Xref 11

ANSYS CFX
Reference Guide
ANSYS CFX Release 11.0
December 2006
ANSYS, Inc.
Southpointe
275 Technology Drive
Canonsburg, PA 15317
ansysinfo@ansys.com
http://www.ansys.com
(T) 724-746-3304
(F) 724-514-9494
Copyright and Trademark Information
© 1996-2006 ANSYS Europe, Ltd. All rights reserved. Unauthorized use, distribution, or duplication is
prohibited.
ANSYS, ANSYS Workbench, AUTODYN, CFX, FLUENT and any and all ANSYS, Inc. brand, product, service
and feature names, logos and slogans are registered trademarks or trademarks of ANSYS, Inc. or its
subsidiaries located in the United States or other countries. ICEM CFD is a trademark used by ANSYS, Inc.
under license. CFX is a trademark of Sony Corporation in Japan. All other brand, product, service and
feature names or trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Disclaimer Notice
THIS ANSYS SOFTWARE PRODUCT AND PROGRAM DOCUMENTATION INCLUDE TRADE SECRETS AND ARE
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY PRODUCTS OF ANSYS, INC., ITS SUBSIDIARIES, OR LICENSORS. The
software products and documentation are furnished by ANSYS, Inc., its subsidiaries, or affiliates under a
software license agreement that contains provisions concerning non-disclosure, copying, length and
nature of use, compliance with exporting laws, warranties, disclaimers, limitations of liability, and
remedies, and other provisions. The software products and documentation may be used, disclosed,
transferred, or copied only in accordance with the terms and conditions of that software license
agreement.
ANSYS, Inc. and ANSYS Europe, Ltd. are UL registered ISO 9001:2000 companies.
U.S. Government Rights

For U.S. Government users, except as specifically granted by the ANSYS, Inc. software license agreement,
the use, duplication, or disclosure by the United States Government is subject to restrictions stated in the
ANSYS, Inc. software license agreement and FAR 12.212 (for non DOD licenses).
Third-Party Software
See the online documentation in the product help files for the complete Legal Notice for ANSYS
proprietary software and third-party software. The ANSYS third-party software information is also
available via download from the Customer Portal on the ANSYS web page. If you are unable to access the
third-party legal notices, please contact ANSYS, Inc.
Published in the U.S.A.
Table of Contents
Copyright and Trademark Information
Disclaimer Notice
U.S. Government Rights
Third-Party Software
CFX Expression Language
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
CEL Fundamentals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
How CEL Interacts with the ANSYS CFX-Solver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Values and Expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
CFX Expression Language Statements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
CEL Variables, Functions and Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Variables Available for use in CEL Expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
CEL Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
CEL Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
CEL Constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Using Expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
CEL Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Example 1: Reynolds Number Dependent Viscosity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
Example 2: Feedback to Control Inlet Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
The Expression Workspace. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
CEL Technical Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Volume Mesh Import API
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Valid Mesh Elements in ANSYS CFX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Creating a Custom Mesh Import Executable for ANSYS CFX-Pre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
Compiling Code with the Mesh Import API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Linking Code with the Mesh Import API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide Page v

Table of Contents: Mesh and Results Export API
Using a Custom Mesh Import Executable with ANSYS CFX-Pre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Details of the Mesh Import API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Defined Constants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Initialization Routines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Termination Routines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Error Handling Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Node Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29
Element Routines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
Primitive Region Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Composite Regions Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
Explicit Node Pairing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Fortran Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Unsupported Routines Previously Available in the API . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
An Example of a Customized C Program for Importing Meshes into ANSYS CFX-Pre. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Import Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
ANSYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
ANSYS CFX Def/Res. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
CFX-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
CFX-5.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
CFX-TfC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45
CGNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
FLUENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
GridPro/az3000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
I-DEAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
ICEM CFX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
PATRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
NASTRAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
CFX-TASCflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Mesh and Results Export API
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51
Defined Constants and Structures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Element Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Volume List Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Region List Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
Count Entries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Node Data Structure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Element Data Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Initialization and Error Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
cfxExportInit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
cfxExportDone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
cfxExportError . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
cfxExportFatal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Zone Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
cfxExportZoneCount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
cfxExportZoneSet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
cfxExportZoneGet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
cfxExportZoneFree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
cfxExportZoneIsRotating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
cfxExportZoneMotionAction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Page vi ANSYS CFX Reference Guide

Table of Contents: Reference Guide for Mesh Deformation and Fluid-Structure Interaction
Node Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
cfxExportNodeCount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
cfxExportNodeList . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
cfxExportNodeGet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
cfxExportNodeFree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
Element Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
cfxExportElementCount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
cfxExportElementList . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
cfxExportElementGet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
cfxExportElementFree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
Region Routines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
cfxExportRegionCount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
cfxExportRegionSize. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
cfxExportRegionName. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
cfxExportRegionList . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
cfxExportRegionGet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
cfxExportRegionFree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Face Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
cfxExportFaceNodes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
Volume Routines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
cfxExportVolumeCount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
cfxExportVolumeSize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
cfxExportVolumeName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
cfxExportVolumeList . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .61
cfxExportVolumeGet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
cfxExportVolumeFree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
Boundary Condition Routines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
cfxExportBoundaryCount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
cfxExportBoundaryName . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
cfxExportBoundaryType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
cfxExportBoundarySize . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
cfxExportBoundaryList. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
cfxExportBoundaryGet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
cfxExportBoundaryFree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Variable Routines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
cfxExportVariableCount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
cfxExportVariableSize. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
cfxExportVariableName. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
cfxExportVariableList . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
cfxExportVariableGet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
cfxExportVariableFree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Reference Guide for Mesh Deformation and Fluid-Structure Interaction
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Mesh Deformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Mesh Folding: Negative Sector and Element Volumes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Applying Large Displacements Gradually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Consistency of Mesh Motion Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Solving the Mesh Displacement Equations and Updating Mesh Coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Mesh Displacement vs. Total Mesh Displacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Simulation Restart Behavior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide Page vii

Table of Contents: DesignXplorer Interface
Fluid Structure Interaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Uni-Directional (1-Way) FSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Bi-Directional (2-Way) FSI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
DesignXplorer Interface
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Using DesignXplorer in CFX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
The Set Up CFX/DesignXplorer Study Dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Numerical Accuracy
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Definition of Errors in CFD Simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Numerical Errors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Modeling Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88
User Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89
Application Uncertainties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
Software Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90
General Best Practice Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Avoiding User Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Geometry Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
Grid Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
Model Selection and Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Reduction of Application Uncertainties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
CFD Simulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Handling Software Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Selection and Evaluation of Experimental Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Verification Experiments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Validation Experiments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Demonstration Experiments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Cavitation
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Liquid Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Pump Performance without Cavitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Pump Performance with Cavitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Procedure for Plotting Performance Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Convergence Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Post-Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Combustion
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Gas Turbine Combustors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Reactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Post-Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Page viii ANSYS CFX Reference Guide

Table of Contents: ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for HVAC
Combustion Modeling in HVAC cases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Convergence tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Post-processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for HVAC
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Generic HVAC Simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Multiphase
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Bubble Columns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Post-Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Mixing Vessels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Free Surface Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Turbomachinery
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Gas Compressors and Turbines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Post-Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Liquid Pumps and Turbines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Post-Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Fans and Blowers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Set Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Post-Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Frame Change Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Frozen Rotor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Stage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Transient Rotor-Stator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Domain Interface Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
General Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Case 1: Impeller/Volute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Case 2: Step Change Between Rotor and Stator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Case 3: Blade Passage at or Close to the Edge of a Domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Case 4: Impeller Leakage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Case 5: Domain Interface Near Zone of Reversed Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide Page ix

Table of Contents: Frequently Asked Questions
Frequently Asked Questions
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881
The Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 881
Help Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 882
ANSYS CFX-Pre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 882
ANSYS CFX-Solver and ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 882
ANSYS CFX-Post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 883
The Answers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 883
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 883
Help Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885
ANSYS CFX-Pre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 885
ANSYS CFX-Solver and ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 887
ANSYS CFX-Post . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 892
Bibliography
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 897
References 1-20 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 897
References 21-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 899
References 41-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 901
References 61-80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 903
References 81-100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 905
References 101-120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 907
References 121-140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 909
References 141-160 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 911
Page x ANSYS CFX Reference Guide

CFX Expression Language
Introduction
This chapter includes:
• CEL Fundamentals (p. 1)
• CEL Variables, Functions and Constants (p. 4)
• CEL Examples (p. 16)
• The Expression Workspace (p. 18)
• CEL Technical Details (p. 19)
CEL is an interpreted, declarative language which has been developed to enable ANSYS CFX
users to enhance their simulations without recourse to writing and linking separate external
Fortran routines.
You can use CEL expressions in ANSYS CFX-Pre and ANSYS CFX-Post anywhere a value is
required for input.
CEL can be used to:
• Define material properties which depend on other variables.
• Specify complex boundary conditions.
• Add terms to the solved equations.
You can also monitor the value of an expression during the solution using monitor points.
For details, see Monitor Tab (p. 223 in "ANSYS CFX-Pre User's Guide").
Important: There is some CEL that works in CFX-Pre and CFX-Solver, but not in CFX-Post. Any
expression created in CFX-Pre and used as a DesignXplorer output parameter could
potentially cause fatal errors during the DesignXplorer run, so you should create all
expressions for DesignXplorer output parameters in CFX-Post.
CEL Fundamentals
The following topics will be discussed:
• How CEL Interacts with the ANSYS CFX-Solver (p. 2)
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide Page 1

ANSYS CFX Release 11.0. © 1996-2006 ANSYS Europe, Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
CFX Expression Language: CEL Fundamentals
• Values and Expressions (p. 2)
• CFX Expression Language Statements (p. 3)
How CEL Interacts with the ANSYS CFX-Solver

At various points in the flow solver operation, the calculation requires information such as
the rate of flow at an inlet boundary, or the viscosity in some part of the fluid. This
dependence can be specified in a simple manner, but more complex dependencies may be
developed by using CEL.
Consider the case of flow through a pipe. You may wish to set a velocity profile at the inlet
which will typically be greatest at the center. The profile can be expressed mathematically
in terms of a function of x, y and z, which are ANSYS CFX system variables known to the
ANSYS CFX-Solver. The mathematical definition of the profile is called an expression, and
the value of this expression is a term which is input to the flow solver. You can define many
terms in ANSYS CFX by way of expressions: fluid properties, subdomain sources, boundary
conditions and initial values are all ANSYS CFX terms which can be described using
expressions.
A key feature of CEL is that it is used dynamically by the ANSYS CFX-Solver. For example, you
can set viscosity to be dependent on temperature using CEL, and the current heat transfer
CFD solution will be computed for this relationship.
Values and Expressions

CEL can be used to generate both values and expressions. Values are dimensional (i.e., with
units) or dimensionless constants. The simplest type of definition is the dimensionless value,
for example:
b = 3.743
You can also specify a value with units, for example:
g = 9.81 [m s^-2]
The dimensions of the quantities of interest for CFD calculations can be written in terms of
mass, length, time, temperature and angle. The concept of units is fundamental to the
behavior of values and expressions.
Values can be used directly, or they can be used as part of an expression. For example, you
can use an expression to add two values together:
<Expr_1> = <Value_1> + <Value_2>.
In this example, you may wish to pre-define <Value_1> and <Value_2>, but this is not
required. However, in order to add two quantities together, they must have the same
dimension, i.e., it is meaningful to add a quantity in inches to one expressed in metres, but it
is not meaningful to add one expressed in kilograms to one in square feet.
Expressions can also be functions of other (predefined) expressions:
<Expr_2> = <Expr_1> + <Value_3>
Page 2 ANSYS CFX Reference Guide. ANSYS CFX Release 11.0. © 1996-2006 ANSYS Europe, Ltd. All rights reserved.
CFX Expression Language: CEL Fundamentals
Units follow the conventions in the rest of ANSYS CFX, in that a calculation has a set of
solution units (by default, SI units), and that any quantity can be defined either in terms of
the solution units, or any other set of units with the correct form.
An expression does not have its own units string, but if it references quantities which have
dimensions, these will determine the resulting units for the expression. For example, if an
expression depends inversely on the square of the x coordinate, then it has implied
dimensions of length to the power -2.
CFX Expression Language Statements

The CFX Expression Language is declarative. You declare the name and definition of the
expression using expression language statements. The statements must conform to a
predefined syntax which is similar to Fortran mathematical statements.
The statement must consist of the following:
• a number, optionally with associated units. This defines a constant. Constants without
units are termed dimensionless.
• one or more references to constants, system variables, or existing user variables,
separated by + (addition), - (subtraction), * (multiplication), / (division) and ^
(exponentiation), with optional grouping of these by parentheses. The syntax rules for
these expressions are the same as those for conventional arithmetic.
Use of Constants do not need to be defined prior to being used in an expression. For example, you
Constants could choose to evaluate the expression x + 5 [m]. Or, you could define a constant, b = 5
[m] and then create an expression x + b.
The use of constants may be of benefit in generating complicated expressions or if you have
several expressions that use the same constants.
Expression All numbers are treated as real numbers.

Syntax
The precedence of operators is as follows (from highest to lowest):
• The power operator ‘^’ as in ‘x^y’.
• The unary minus or negation operator ‘-’ as in ‘-x’.
• Multiplication and division as in ‘x*y/z’.
• Addition and subtraction as in ‘x+y-z’.
Please note that, as of ANSYS CFX 10.0, the precedence of operators has been made
consistent with standard programming languages such as Fortran and C. Therefore, the
power operator, which previously had lower precedence than unary minus, now has the
highest precedence.
Multiple-Line It is often useful, particularly with complex expressions, to use more than one line when
Expressions creating your expression. ANSYS CFX allows you to use multiple lines to generate an
expression, provided each line is separated by an appropriate operator.
For example, you may have an equation, A + B/C, that consists of three complex terms, A, B,
and C. In this case, you could use three lines to simplify creating the expression:
A+
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide. ANSYS CFX Release 11.0. © 1996-2006 ANSYS Europe, Ltd. All rights reserved. Page 3
CFX Expression Language: CEL Variables, Functions and Constants
B
/C
Note that the operator may be used at the end of a line (A +) or at the beginning of a line (/
C). You do not need to enter the operator twice.
Once the expression has been created, it will appear in the Existing Definitions listbox as if
it was generated on a single line (A + B/C).
CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

The following topics are discussed:
• Variables Available for use in CEL Expressions (p. 4)
• CEL Operators (p. 10)
• CEL Functions (p. 11)
• CEL Constants (p. 15)
• Using Expressions (p. 16)
Variables Available for use in CEL Expressions

The following is a list of the more common variables that are available for use with CEL when
defining expressions. To view a complete list you can right-click in the Expression details
view, in the Definition panel.
• For details, see Expressions (p. 115 in "ANSYS CFX-Pre User's Guide").
• For details, see CFX Expression Language (CEL) in ANSYS CFX-Post (p. 178 in "ANSYS
CFX-Post User's Guide").
Many variables have a long and a short form (e.g., Pressure or p).
Additional variables are available in ANSYS CFX-Post. For details, see CFX Expression
Language (CEL) in ANSYS CFX-Post (p. 178 in "ANSYS CFX-Post User's Guide").
Table 1 Common CEL variables
Name Units Meaning
aaxis m Axial spatial location measured along the
locally-defined axis from the origin of the
latter. When the locally-defined axis happens
to be the z-axis, z and aaxis are identical.
absorb m^-1 Absorption Coefficient
acplgstep* Dimensionless Accumulated Coupling Step. For details, see
CEL Variables atstep, ctstep, dtstep, aitern,
citern, acplgstep and cstagger (p. 9).
af * Dimensionless Contact Area Fraction
aitern * Dimensionless Accumulated iteration number. For details,
see CEL Variables atstep, ctstep, dtstep, aitern,
Name Units Meaning

atstep * Dimensionless Accumulated timestep. See For details, see
CEL Variables atstep, ctstep, dtstep, aitern,
AV name Additional Variable name
beta K^-1 Thermal Expansivity
citern * Dimensionless Current iteration number. For details, see CEL
Variables atstep, ctstep, dtstep, aitern, citern,
acplgstep and cstagger (p. 9).
cond kg m s^-3 K^-1 Thermal Conductivity
Cp m^2 s^-2 K^-1 Specific Heat Capacity at Constant Pressure
cstagger* Dimensionless Current stagger iteration. For details, see CEL
ctstep * Dimensionless Current timestep. For details, see CEL
Cv * m^2 s^-2 K^-1 Specific Heat Capacity at Constant Volume
deneff * kg m^-3 Effective Density
density kg m^-3 Density
dtstep s Timestep Interval
ed m^2 s^-3 Turbulent eddy dissipation
eddy viscosity kg m^-1 s^-1 Eddy Viscosity
emis Dimensionless Emissivity
enthalpy m^2 s^-2 Static Enthalpy
extinct * m^-1 Extinction Coefficient
htot m^2 s^-2 Total Enthalpy
htotstn m^2 s^-2 Total Enthalpy in Stationary Frame
ke m^2 s^-2 Turbulent kinetic energy
Mach Dimensionless Mach Number
Machstn Dimensionless Mach Number in Stationary Frame
mconc m^-3 kg Mass concentration of a component
mean particle m Mean Particle Diameter
diameter *
Mesh Displacement m The displacement relative to the previous
mesh
mf Dimensionless Mass Fraction
mfc * Dimensionless Conservative Mass Fraction
mixfrc Dimensionless Mixture Fraction Mean
mixture length m Mixture Model Length Scale
scale *
mixvar Dimensionless Mixture Fraction Variance
molconc m^-3 mol Molar Concentration
molf Dimensionless Molar Fraction
Name Units Meaning

mw * kg mol^-1 Molar Mass
p kg m^-1 s^-2 Pressure
pabs * kg m^-1 s^-2 Absolute Pressure
pref kg m^-1 s^-2 Reference Pressure
ptot kg m^-1 s^-2 Total Pressure
ptotstn kg m^-1 s^-2 Total Pressure in Stationary Frame
r m 2 2
Radial spatial location. r = x + y . For
details, see CEL Variables r and theta (p. 8).
raxis m Radial spatial location measured normal to
the locally-defined axis. When the
locally-defined axis happens to be the z-axis, r
and raxis are identical.
rademis kg s^-3 Radiative Emission
radinc kg s^-3 Incident Radiation
radint kg s^-3 Radiative Emission
refrac Dimensionless Refractive Index
rNoDim * Dimensionless Non-dimensional radius (only available when
a rotating domain exists). For details, see CEL
Variable rNoDim (p. 8).
rothalpy m^2 s^-2 Rothalpy
rs uu, rs vv, rs ww, m^2 s^-2 The six Reynolds Stress components
rs uv, rs uw, rs vw
rsstat uu, rsstat vv, m^2 s^-2 The six Statistical Reynolds Stress components
rsstat ww, rsstat uv,
rsstat uw, rsstat vw
scatter m^-1 Scattering Coefficient
sootmf Dimensionless Soot mass fraction
sootncl m^-3 Soot nuclei specific concentration
specvol * m^3 kg^-1 Specific Volume
speedofsound * m s^-1 Local speed of sound in fluid
sstrnr s^-1 Shear strain rate
subdomain * Dimensionless Subdomain variable (1.0 in subdomain, 0.0
elsewhere). For details, see CEL Variable
subdomain and inside Function (p. 8).
inside() Dimensionless inside variable (1.0 in subdomain, 0.0
@<Locations> * elsewhere). For details, see CEL Variable
subdomain and inside Function (p. 8).
T K Temperature
t* s Time
Name Units Meaning

taxis rad taxis is the angular spatial location measured
around the locally-defined axis, when the
latter is defined by the Coordinate Axis option.
When the locally defined axis is the
z(/x/y)-axis, taxis is measured from the
x(/y/z)-axis, positive direction as per
right-hand rule.
tef s^-1 Turbulent Eddy Frequency
theta rad Angle, arctan(y/x). For details, see CEL
Variables r and theta (p. 8).
tmf * Dimensionless Total Bounded Mass Fraction
Total Mesh m The total displacement relative to the initial
Displacement mesh
Ttot K Total Temperature
Ttotstn K Total Temperature in Stationary Frame
u m s^-1 Velocity in the x coordinate direction
v m s^-1 Velocity in the y coordinate direction
velstn u m s^-1 Velocity in Stationary Frame in the x
coordinate direction
velstn v m s^-1 Velocity in Stationary Frame in the y
velstn w m s^-1 Velocity in Stationary Frame in the z
vf Dimensionless Volume Fraction
vfc Dimensionless Conservative Volume Fraction. For details, see
Volume Fraction (p. 157 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver
Modeling Guide").
visckin * m^2 s^-1 Kinematic Viscosity
viscosity kg m^-1 s^-1 Dynamic Viscosity
w m s^-1 Velocity in the z coordinate direction
xGlobal m Direction 1, 2 and 3 in Global Coordinate
yGlobal Frame. For details, see Coordinate Frames
zGlobal (p. 22 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide").
x m Direction 1, 2 and 3 in Local Coordinate Frame.

y For details, see Coordinate Frames (p. 22 in
z "ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide"). Cannot
be used as the variable in the functions
documented in Table 4.
*. Not output to ANSYS CFX-Post. For details, see CEL Variables In ANSYS CFX-Post
(p. 179 in "ANSYS CFX-Post User's Guide").
System Variable In order to distinguish system variables of the different components and fluids in your
Prefixes ANSYS CFX model, prefixes are used. For example, if carbon dioxide is a material used in the
fluid air, then some of the system variables that you might expect to see are:
air.density - the density of air
air.viscosity - the viscosity of air
air.carbondioxide.mf - the mass fraction of carbon dioxide in air
In a single phase simulation the fluid prefix may be omitted. For multiphase cases a fluid
prefix indicates a specific fluid; omitting the prefix indicates a bulk or fluid independent
variable, such as pressure.
CEL Variables r r is defined as the normal distance from the third axis with respect to the Reference
and theta Coordinate Frame. theta is defined as the angular rotation about the third axis with respect
to the Reference Coordinate Frame. For details, see Coordinate Frames (p. 22 in "ANSYS
CFX-Solver Modeling Guide").
Note: theta is expressed in radians and will have values between – π and π .
r and theta are particularly useful for describing radial distributions, for instance the
velocity profile at the inlet to a pipe.
Figure 1 r and theta with Respect to the Reference Coordinate Frame
Y
Reference
Coordinate Frame
r
theta
X
Z
CEL Variable rNoDim is a dimensionless system variable which can be useful for rotating machinery
rNoDim applications. It is a ratio of radii, defined to be zero at the minimum radius and unity at the
maximum radius, so that in general:
R–R
min
rNoDim = --------------------------
-
R max – R min
where R is the radius of any point in the domain from the axis of rotation. rNoDim is only
available for domains defined with a rotating frame of reference.
CEL Variable subdomain is essentially a step function variable, defined to be unity within a subdomain
subdomain and and zero elsewhere. This is useful for describing different initial values or fluid properties in
inside Function
different regions of the domain. It works in all subdomains, and cannot be applied to specific
subdomains (e.g., an expression for temperature in a subdomain could be 373*subdomain
[K]).
The inside CEL function can be used in a similar way to the subdomain variable, but allows
a specific 2D or 3D location to be given. For example, 273 [K] * inside()@Subdomain 1
has a value of 273 [K] at points in Subdomain 1 and 0 [K] elsewhere. Furthermore, the
location does not need to be a subdomain, but can be any 2D or 3D named sub-region of
the physical location on which the expression is evaluated.
CEL Variables These variables allow access to timestep, timestep interval, and iteration number in CEL
atstep, ctstep, expressions. They may be useful in setting parameters such as the Physical Timescale via CEL
dtstep, aitern,
expressions.
citern,
acplgstep and
cstagger
Steady-State In steady-state runs, only aitern and citern are of use. citern gives the outer iteration
Runs number of the current run. The outer iteration number begins at 1 for each run, irrespective
of whether it is a restarted run. aitern gives the accumulated outer iteration number, which
accumulates across a restarted run. atstep is equivalent to aitern and ctstep to citern
for transient runs.
Transient Runs In transient runs, atstep and ctstep are used for the accumulated and current timestep
numbers of the outer timestep loop. citern gives the current coefficient loop number
within the current timestep. Thus, citern will cycle between 1 and n for each timestep
during a transient run, where n is the number of coefficient loops. aitern is equivalent to
citern for transient runs.
ANSYS For ANSYS Multi-field runs, cstagger and acplgstep are also available. cstagger gives the
Multi-field Runs current stagger iteration, which will cycle between 1 and n for each coupling step of the run.
acplgstep gives the accumulated coupling step. This gives the multi-field timestep number
or "coupling step" number for the run, and accumulates across a restarted run. For transient
ANSYS Multi-field runs where the CFX timestep is the same as the multi-field timestep,
acplgstep is equivalent to atstep. ANSYS Multi-field runs are described in Coupling ANSYS
CFX to an External Solver: ANSYS Multi-field Simulations (p. 335 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver
Modeling Guide").
Expression Your CEL expression name can be any name that does not conflict with the name of a ANSYS
names CFX system variable, mathematical function, or an existing CEL expression. Further
information on viewing reserved names is available. For details, see RULES and VARIABLES
Files (p. 78 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's Guide").
Scalar A scalar expression is a real valued expression using predefined variables, user variables and
expressions literal constants (e.g., 1.0). Note that literal constants have to be of the same dimension.
Scalar expressions can include the operators + - * / and ^ and several of the mathematical
functions found in standard Fortran (e.g., sin() and exp()).
An expression’s value is a real value and has specified dimensions (except where it is
dimensionless - but this is also a valid dimension setting).
For example, if t is time and L is a length then the result of L/t has the same dimensions as
speed.
The + and - operators are only valid between expressions with the same dimensions and
result in an expression of those dimensions.
The * and / operators combine the dimensions of their operands in the usual fashion. X^I,
where I is an integer, results in an expression whose dimensions are those of X to the power
I. The trigonometric functions all work in terms of an angle in radians and a dimensionless
ratio.
Expression There are three properties of expressions:

properties
• An expression is a simple expression if the only operations are +, -, *, / and there are no
functions used in the expression.
• An expression is a constant expression if all the numbers in the expression are explicit
(i.e., they don’t depend on values from the solver).
• An expression is an integer expression if all the numbers in the expression are integers
and the result of each function or operation is an integer.
For example (3+5)/2 is a simple, constant, integer expression. However, 2*(1/2) is not a
constant integer expression, since the result of 1/2 is 0.5, not an integer. Also 3.*4 is not a
constant integer expression, since 3. is not an integer. Moreover 2^3 is not a simple,
constant, integer expression, since ^ is not in the list (+, -, *, /).
Expressions are evaluated at runtime and in single precision floating point arithmetic.
Available and ANSYS CFX System Variables and user-defined expressions will be available or unavailable
Unavailable depending on the simulation you are performing and the expressions you wish to create. In
Variables
some circumstances, System Variables are logically unavailable; for instance, time (t) is not
available for steady-state simulations. In others, the availability of a System Variable is not
allowed for physical model reasons. For example, density can be a function of pressure (p),
temperature (T) and location (x, y, z), but no other system variables.
Information on how to find dependencies for all parameters is available. For details, see
RULES and VARIABLES Files (p. 78 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's Guide").
ANSYS CFX-Pre checks expressions for syntax and use of system variables when you use
them to define a parameter in ANSYS CFX-Pre.
The expression definition can depend on any system variable. If, however, that expression
depends on a system variable which is unavailable for a particular context, then that
expression will also be unavailable.
CEL Operators
ANSYS CFX provides a range of mathematical operators as built-in mathematical functions
to help you create complex expressions using the Expression details view.
Table 2 CEL operators
Operator First Operand’s Second Operands’ Result’s
Dimensions [x] Operand’s Values Dimensions
Dimensions [y] (Approx)
-x Any Any [x]
x+y Any [x] Any [x]
x-y Any [x] Any [x]
x*y Any Any Any [x]*[y]
Operator First Operand’s Second Operands’ Result’s

Dimensions [x] Operand’s Values Dimensions
Dimensions [y] (Approx)
x/y Any Any y≠ 0 [x]/[y]
x^y (if y is a simple, Any Dimensionless Any* [x]^y

constant, integer
expression)
x^y (if y is any Any Dimensionless x>0 [x]^y
simple, constant,
expression)
x^y (if y is not Dimensionless Dimensionless x>0 Dimensionless
simple & constant)
*. For y < 0, x must be non-zero.
CEL Functions
The following mathematical functions are available for use with all CEL expressions. In the
Function column in the table below, [ ] denotes a dimensionless quantity and [a] denotes
any dimension of the first operand.
Standard The mathematical functions listed in the table below can be incorporated into any CEL
Mathematical expression in ANSYS CFX-Pre, the ANSYS CFX-Solver or ANSYS CFX-Post.
Functions
Table 3 Standard mathematical CEL functions
Function Operand’s Values Result’s Dimensions
sin( [radians] ) Any Dimensionless
cos( [radians] ) Any Dimensionless
tan( [radians] ) Any* Dimensionless
asin( [ ] ) –1 ≤ x ≤ 1 Radians
acos( [ ] ) –1 ≤ x ≤ 1 Radians
atan( [ ] ) Any Radians

atan2( [a], [a] ) Any Radians
sinh Any Dimensionless
cosh Any Dimensionless
tanh Any Dimensionless
besselJ( [ ], [radians] ) 0≤n Dimensionless
exp( [ ] ) Any Dimensionless

loge( [ ] )† 0<x Dimensionless
log10( [ ] )‡ 0<x Dimensionless

abs( [a] ) Any [x]
sqrt( [a] ) 0≤x [x]^0.5
step( [ ] ) ** Any Dimensionless

min( [a], [a] ) Any [x]
Function Operand’s Values Result’s Dimensions

max( [a], [a] ) Any [x]
int Any Same as Input
nint Any Same as Input
*. step(x) is 0 for negative x, 1 for positive x and 0.5 for x=0. x must be dimensionless.
†. ln(x) is valid as an alias for loge(x)
‡. log(x) is valid as an alias for log10(x)
**. tan(x) is undefined for n π /2 where n=1, 3, 5 ...
Additional Syntax
ANSYS CEL expressions can also incorporate specialized functions that are useful in CFD
CFX-Solver CEL calculations. Table 4 summarizes additional CEL functions that are available for use in ANSYS
Functions
CFX-Pre and the ANSYS CFX-Solver.
Important: The additional CEL functions and syntax documented here does not apply to use
of CEL in ANSYS CFX-Post. For details, see Quantitative CEL Functions in ANSYS CFX-Post
The syntax used for calling these functions when used within CEL expressions is:
[<Fluid>.]<function>([<Fluid>.]<variable>)@<Location>
where terms enclosed in square braces [ ] are optional and terms in < > should be
replaced with the required entry.
• [<Fluid>.] is an optional prefix that is not required for single-phase flows. Special
considerations for multiphase flow will be explained below. For details, see CEL
functions with Multiphase Flow (p. 14).
• <function> specifies the CEL function to evaluate.
• (<variable>) is the variable to be operated on. If this is not required (see Table 4), it
should be left blank with brackets (i.e., ()). You can use the short form for variable
names, as listed in Table 1, or the long name variables. You cannot use a general CEL
expression, as in ANSYS CFX-Post. You could create an Additional Variable based on an
expression and then use the Additional Variable as the <variable> argument. The
variable operated on is always the conservative variable. <variable> must be valid for
the physical models being used over the entire <Location>. For example, if the location
spans fluid and solid domains, then <variable> cannot be Pressure.
Note: If the variable is the component of a vector or tensor, ANSYS CFX-Solver will generally
use the global coordinate frame component. An exception applies for the position vector x,
y, z components.
• @<Location> should be a named boundary, domain, subdomain region, or composite
region that is defined in the CCL file. For mesh regions, use @REGION:<Region Name>
instead. The valid locations for each function are listed in Table 4.
Note: You cannot use a composite region that consists of a mixture of 2D and 3D regions.
Examples of the calling syntax for an expression are:

Pinitial = areaAve(p)@Inlet
This results in the area-weighted average of pressure on the boundary named Inlet.
RegionArea = area()@REGION:myCompositeMeshRegion
This results in the area of a 2D mesh region named myCompositeMeshRegion.
Table 4 Additional CEL Functions in ANSYS CFX-Pre/ANSYS CFX-Solver
Function Name and Syntax Operation Valid <Location>
<required> [<optional>]
area( )@<Location> Area of a boundary or Any 2D region (e.g.,
interface. boundary or interface)
area_x( )@<Location>* The (signed) Any 2D region (e.g., a
area_y( )@<Location>
component of the boundary or interface)
normal area vector in
area_z( )@<Location>
the local x, y or z
direction.
areaAve(<var>)@<Location> Area-weighted average Any 2D region (e.g., a
of <var> on a boundary. boundary or interface)
areaInt(<var>)@<Location> Area-weighted integral Any 2D region (e.g., a
of <var> on a boundary. boundary or interface)
ave(<var>)@<Location> Arithmetic average of Any 3D region (e.g.,
<var> within a domain domain or subdomain)
or subdomain.
[<Fluid>.]force( )@<Location> The magnitude of the Any 2D region (e.g., a
force vector on a wall)
boundary.
[<Fluid>.]force_x( )@<Location> The (signed) Any 2D region (e.g., a
[<Fluid>.]force_y( )@<Location> component of the force wall)
[<Fluid>.]force_z( )@<Location> vector in the local x, y or
z direction.
inside()@<Location> Similar to the Any 2D or 3D named
subdomain variable, but sub-region of the physical
allows a specific 2D or location on which the
3D location to be given. expression is evaluated.
For details, see CEL
Variable subdomain
and inside Function
(p. 8).
mass()@<Location> The total mass within a Any 3D region (e.g.,
domain or subdomain. domain or subdomain)
This is fluid dependent.
massAve(<var>)@<Location> Mass-weighted average Any 3D region (e.g.,
of <var> on a domain or domain or subdomain)
subdomain.
massInt(<var>)@<Location> The mass-weighted Any 3D region (e.g.,
integration of <var> domain or subdomain)
within a domain or
subdomain
[<Fluid>.]massFlow()@<Location> Mass flow through a Any fluid surfaces (e.g.,
boundary. Inlets, Outlets, Openings
and fluid-fluid interfaces)
[<Fluid>.]massFlowAve(<var>) Mass flow weighted Any fluid surfaces (e.g.,
@<Location> average of <var> on a Inlets, Outlets, Openings
boundary. and fluid-fluid interfaces)
[<Fluid>.]massFlowAveAbs(<var>) Absolute mass flow Any fluid surfaces (e.g.,
@<Location> weighted average of Inlets, Outlets, Openings
<var> on a boundary. and fluid-fluid interfaces)
Function Name and Syntax Operation Valid <Location>

<required> [<optional>]
[<Fluid>.]massFlowInt(<var>) Mass flow weighted Any fluid surfaces (e.g.,
@<Location> integration of <var> on Inlets, Outlets, Openings
a boundary. and fluid-fluid interfaces)
maxVal(<var>)@<Location> Maximum Value of Any 3D region (e.g.,
or subdomain.
minVal(<var>)@<Location> Minimum Value of Any 3D region (e.g.,
or subdomain.
probe(<var>)@<Location> Returns the value of the Any point object (e.g., a
specified variable on Source Point or Cartesian
the specified Point Monitor Point)
locator.
rmsAve(<var>)@<Location> RMS average of <var> Any 3D region (e.g.,
within a domain. domain or subdomain)
sum(<var>)@<Location> Sum of <var> over all Any 3D region (e.g.,
domain or subdomain domain or subdomain)
vertices.
[<Fluid>.]torque()@<Location> Magnitude of the Any 2D region (e.g., a
torque vector on a wall)
boundary.
[<Fluid>.]torque_x()@<Location> The (signed) Any 2D region (e.g., a
[<Fluid>.]torque_y()@<Location> components of the wall)
[<Fluid>.]torque_z()@<Location> torque vector about the
local x, y, or z coordinate
axis.
volume( )@<Location> The total volume of a Any 3D region (e.g.,
domain or subdomain. domain or subdomain)
volumeAve(<var>)@<Location> Volume-weighted Any 3D region (e.g.,
average of <var> on a domain or subdomain)
domain.
volumeInt(<var>)@<Location> Volume-weighted Any 3D region (e.g.,
integration of <var> domain or subdomain)
within a domain or
subdomain.
*. The normal area vectors are always directed out of the domain, therefore you may
obtain positive or negative areas depending on the orientation of your domain and
the boundary you are operating on. The area of a closed surface will always be zero.
CEL functions with Multiphase Flow

If the function is fluid-specific, various behaviors are possible depending on the function
type:
• For massFlow and massFlowAve, if the fluid prefix is not specified for the function, then
the bulk mass flows will be used
• For other fluid-specific functions, if a fluid-specific variable is specified and no fluid is
specified for the function, then the fluid specified for the variable will be assumed for
the function as well.
• For a fluid-specific function that is specified, with a variable that is fluid-specific, and no
fluid is specified for the variable, then the fluid specified for the function will be assumed
for the variable as well.
• If either the function or variable are fluid-specific, and a prefix is not given for either, the
solver will stop with an error.
Table 5 CEL Multiphase Examples:
CEL Function - Multiphase Behavior
massFlow()@inlet Bulk mass flow rate through inlet
Air.massFlow()@inlet Air mass flow rate through inlet
massFlowAve(p)@inlet Bulk mass flow averaged pressure on inlet
Air.massFlowAve(p)@inlet Air mass flow averaged pressure on inlet
massFlowAve(vf)@inlet Error because no fluid specified
massFlowAve(Air.vf)@inlet Bulk mass flow averaged air volume fraction on
inlet
Air.massFlowAve(Air.vf)@inlet Air mass flow averaged air volume fraction on
inlet
Air.massFlowAve(vf)@inlet Same as Air.massFlowAve(Air.vf) @ inlet
Functions involving coordinates

The CEL variables x, y and z, representing the local coordinates, cannot be used as the
variable. However, the variables xGlobal, yGlobal and zGlobal can be used. For details,
see Coordinate Frames (p. 22 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide"). For example, the
following is a valid expression definition:
z*areaAve(xGlobal)@inlet
Operations performed on a domain use vertex values. Operations on a subdomain use
element values. By combining these functions with the monitor points feature, you can
monitor the value of an expression which is based on these functions. For details, see
Monitor Tab (p. 223 in "ANSYS CFX-Pre User's Guide").
CEL Constants
The Expression details view provides the following useful constants for developing
expressions using CEL.
Table 6 CEL constants
Constant Units Description
e Dimensionless Constant: 2.7182817
g m s^-2 Acceleration due to gravity: 9.8066502
pi Dimensionless Constant: 3.1415927
R J K^-1 mol^-1 Universal Gas Constant: 8.314472
stefan W m^-2 K^-4 5.670400E-08
boltzmann J K^-1 1.3806503E-23
planck Js 6.62606876E-34
clight m s^-1 2.99792458E+08
avogadro mol^-1 6.02214199E+23
CFX Expression Language: CEL Examples
Using Expressions
The interaction with CEL consists of two phases:
• a definition phase, and,
• a use phase.
The definition phase consists of creating a set of values and expressions of valid syntax. The
purpose of the Expression details view is to help you to do this.
Use of Offset When using temperature values in expressions, it is generally safer to use units of [K] only.
Temperature When units are used that posses an offset (e.g., [C]), they are converted internally to [K]. For
terms that have temperature to the power of unity, any unit conversion will include the
offset between temperature scales. However, in all other cases the offset is ignored since
this is usually the most appropriate behavior. You should therefore take care when
specifying an expression involving non-unit powers of temperature. For example, each of
the expressions below is equivalent:
Temperature = 30 [C]
Temperature = 303.15 [K]
Temperature = 0 [C] + 30 [K]
Temperature = 273.15 [K] + 30 [K]
These are only equivalent because all units are to the power of unity and units other than [K]
appear no more than once in each expression. The following expression will not produce
the expected result:
Temperature = 0 [C] + 30 [C]
This is equivalent to 576.30 [K], since each value is converted to [K] and then summed. The
two expression below are equivalent (as expected) because the offset in scales is ignored for
non-unit powers of temperature:
Specific Heat = 4200 [J kg^-1 C^-1]
Specific Heat = 4200 [J kg^-1 K^-1]
CEL Examples
The following examples are included in this section:
• Example 1: Reynolds Number Dependent Viscosity (p. 16)
• Example 2: Feedback to Control Inlet Temperature (p. 17)
Example 1: Reynolds Number Dependent Viscosity

In this example it is assumed that some of the fluid properties, including the dynamic
viscosity, are not known. However the Reynolds number, inlet velocity and a length scale are
known. The flow is compressible and therefore the density is variable.
Given this information it is possible to calculate the fluid dynamic viscosity based on the
Reynolds number. The Reynolds number is given by:
ρUL
Re = -----------
µ
CFX Expression Language: CEL Examples
where ρ is density, U a velocity scale, L a length scale and µ the dynamic viscosity. The
velocity scale is taken as the inlet velocity, the length scale as the inlet width and the density
is calculated as the average density over the inlet area.
The LIBRARY section of the CCL (CFX Command Language) file appears as follows:
LIBRARY :
CEL :
EXPRESSIONS :
Re = 4.29E6 [ ]
Vel = 60 [m s^-1]
L=1.044[m]
Visc=areaAve(density)@in*Vel*L/Re
END
END
MATERIAL : Air Ideal Gas
Option = Pure Substance
PROPERTIES :
Option = Ideal Gas
Molar Mass = 2.896E1 [kg kmol^-1]
Dynamic Viscosity = Visc
Specific Heat Capacity = 1.E3 [J kg^-1 K^-1]
Thermal Conductivity = 2.52E-2 [W m^-1 K^-1]
END
END
END
This shows that four CEL expressions have been created. The first three expressions define
constant values that are used in the Visc expression. The Visc expression calculates the
dynamic viscosity based on the equation for Reynolds number given above. Within the
expression the function areaAve(density)@in is used to evaluate the average density at
the inlet. This function can be selected in ANSYS CFX-Pre in the Expression details view. For
details, see Expressions (p. 115 in "ANSYS CFX-Pre User's Guide").
The Visc expression can now be used to replace the value of Dynamic Viscosity in the
MATERIAL > PROPERTIES section.
Example 2: Feedback to Control Inlet Temperature

In this example a feedback loop is used to control the outlet temperature by varying the
temperature at an inlet. To illustrate the example consider the geometry shown below:
Figure 2 Temperature feedback loop
Side Temperature Control
InletFlow = 5 InletFlow = 1 m/s
Main
Outlet
InletFlow =
Fluid from a main and a side inlet enter at temperatures of 275 K and 375 K respectively. The
temperature of the fluid entering from the third inlet depends on the outlet temperature.
When the outlet temperature is greater than 325 K, the fluid from the third inlet is set to
CFX Expression Language: The Expression Workspace
275 K. When the outlet temperature is less than 325 K, the fluid from the third inlet is set to
375 K. In addition an expression is used to set the dynamic viscosity to be a linear function
of temperature.
The LIBRARY section of the CCL (CFX Command Language) file appears as follows. Note that
the the “\” character indicates a line continuation in CCL.
LIBRARY:
MATERIAL: Water at STP Modified
PROPERTIES:
Option = General Fluid
Density = 9.999E2 [kg m^-3]
Dynamic Viscosity = VisT
Specific Heat Capacity = 4.21E3 [J kg^-1 K^-1]
Thermal Conductivity = 5.69E-1 [W m^-1 K^-1]
END # PROPERTIES
END # MATERIAL Water at STP Modified
CEL:
EXPRESSIONS:
Tupper = 375.0 [ K ] # Upper temp.
Tlower = 275.0 [ K ] # Lower temp.
Visupper = 0.000545 [ N s m^-2 ] # Vis. at Tupper
Vislower = 0.0018 [ N s m^-2 ] # Vis. at Tlower
VisT = Vislower+(Visupper-Vislower)*(T-Tlower)/ \
(Tupper-Tlower)
# Vis.-Temp. relationship
Tm=(Tupper+Tlower)/2
Tout=areaAve(Water at STP Modified.T)@outlet
Tcontrol=Tlower*step((Tout-Tm)/1[K]) \
+Tupper*step((Tm-Tout)/1[K])
END # EXPRESSIONS
END # CEL
END # LIBRARY
The first four expressions, Tupper, Tlower, Visupper and Vislower are simply constant
values to define temperature and viscosity values. The expression VisT produces a linear
function for the dynamic viscosity taking a value of Visupper at Tupper and a value of
Vislower at Tlower. The expression Tm sets the desired value of the outlet temperature. In
this case it is set to a mean value of the two inlet temperatures.
Tout calculates the outlet temperature using the areaAve function. This function can be
selected in ANSYS CFX-Pre in the Expression details view. For details, see Expressions
(p. 115 in "ANSYS CFX-Pre User's Guide").
Finally the expression Tcontrol is used to set the temperature of the third inlet. Two step
functions are used so that the temperature is equal to Tlower when Tout-Tm is positive (i.e.,
the outlet temperature is greater than Tm), and is equal to Tupper when Tout-Tm is positive.
The Expression Workspace

The Expression workspace is an interactive tool accessible through the ANSYS CFX-Pre
Tools menu, allowing you to develop expressions for use within ANSYS CFX. A detailed
description of the Expression workspace is available. For details, see Expressions (p. 115 in
"ANSYS CFX-Pre User's Guide").
CFX Expression Language: CEL Technical Details
CEL Technical Details

CEL is a byte code compiled language. Compiled languages, such as Fortran, rely on a
translation program to convert them into the native machine language of the host platform.
Interpreted languages are of two types: the fully interpreted languages such as the UNIX C
shell, and the byte code compiled languages such as CEL. With byte codes, host machines
are loaded with a client program (written in a compiled language and compiled for that
machine architecture) which interprets the byte stream. The advantage of the byte code is
that they can be the same on all host platforms, obviating the need for platform dependent
codes.
Since the byte codes are interpreted, there is no need to re-link executable programs to
perform a different calculation. Furthermore, many of the problems encountered by writing
and linking in separate routines, for instance in C or Fortran, are averted, and the time taken
to set up and debug complicated problems reduced considerably.
The link between CEL and the ANSYS CFX-Solver is accomplished through an internal
program called genicode. Genicode generates intermediate code from your CEL definitions
and writes to a file which is then interpreted by the ANSYS CFX-Solver during the solution
process.
CFX Expression Language: CEL Technical Details
Volume Mesh Import API
Introduction
This chapter describes:
• Valid Mesh Elements in ANSYS CFX (p. 21)
• Creating a Custom Mesh Import Executable for ANSYS CFX-Pre (p. 22)
• Using a Custom Mesh Import Executable with ANSYS CFX-Pre (p. 25)
• Details of the Mesh Import API (p. 26)
• An Example of a Customized C Program for Importing Meshes into ANSYS CFX-Pre
(p. 38)
• Import Programs (p. 43)
The Mesh Import Application Programming Interface (API) allows the user to build a
customized executable that reads a 3 dimensional mesh from a 3rd-party mesh file into
ANSYS CFX-Pre.
This API enables the user to extend the number of file formats that ANSYS CFX-Pre can
understand and read beyond those supplied as part of the standard installation.
The communication between the executable and ANSYS CFX-Pre is via a communications
channel that is controlled by use of routines in the API provided.
Valid Mesh Elements in ANSYS CFX

The ANSYS CFX-Solver technology works with unstructured meshes. This does not prohibit
the use of structured meshes. However a structured mesh will always be dealt with
internally as an unstructured mesh.

Volume Mesh Import API: Creating a Custom Mesh Import Executable for ANSYS CFX-Pre
The ANSYS CFX-Solver can solve flows in any mesh comprising one or more of the following
element types:
Tetrahedral Pyramidal
Prismatic (Wedge) Hexahedral
The user must write the program using the API to translate the mesh read from the 3rd party
file into a format that can be processed by ANSYS CFX-Pre.
Creating a Custom Mesh Import Executable for ANSYS CFX-Pre

You can create your own customized program using the 'C' programming language or
Fortran programming language. A number of API functions are provided in a library
supplied with the ANSYS CFX installation. For details, see Details of the Mesh Import API
(p. 26).
The installation contains a C source code example file that can be used as the basis of your
custom executable. This file, ImportTemplate.c, is provided in <CFXROOT>/examples/,
and is listed in: An Example of a Customized C Program for Importing Meshes into ANSYS
CFX-Pre (p. 38).
The basic structure of a program written to import a 3rd party mesh into ANSYS CFX-Pre is
as follows:
1. Inclusion of the cfxImport.h header file (for C programs and not Fortran programs).
2. Initialization for import with the cfxImportInit routine.
3. Definition of node data with cfxImportNode.
4. Definition of element data with cfxImportElement.
5. Optionally, definitions of 2D and 3D regions with either cfxImportRegion or the
following three functions: cfxImportBegReg, cfxImportAddReg, cfxImportEndReg
6. Data transfer with cfxImportDone.
The header files associated with the API are located in <CFXROOT>/include/. If you do not
use the header file cfxImport.h , the functionality of the routines contained within the API
may not follow defined behavior.
After writing the program, you will need to compile the source code. For details, see
Compiling Code with the Mesh Import API (p. 23).
You will also need to link your routine with the API routine libraries. For details, see Linking
Code with the Mesh Import API (p. 23).
After a customized executable has been produced, it can be run in ANSYS CFX-Pre. For
details, see Using a Custom Mesh Import Executable with ANSYS CFX-Pre (p. 25).
Compiling Code with the Mesh Import API

Compilation of a customized executable must be performed using an appropriate compiler
and Compiler Flags.
The customized executable must also be linked with the provided mesh import API library
and the provided i/o library as detailed in Linking Code with the Mesh Import API (p. 23).
Note: Windows users should note that custom mesh import programs must be compiled as
multi-threaded applications
Compiler Flags The following compiler flags are necessary for successful compilation:
Platform Flag
hpux (pa-2) +DS2.0W +DA2.0W
hpux-ia64 +DD64
linux (32 bit) <none>
linux-ia64 <none>, but use icc compiler
irix -64
solaris -xarch=v9
aix -q64 (the linker may also need -b64)
Linking Code with the Mesh Import API

In order to build an import utility routine, it must be linked with the mesh import API library
and the provided i/o library. These libraries are located in <CFXROOT>/lib/<os>/:
• libmeshimport.lib (on Windows), or libmeshimport.a (on UNIX/Linux)
• libratlas_api.lib (on Windows), or libratlas_api.a (on UNIX/Linux)
• libratlas.lib (on Windows), or libratlas.a (on UNIX/Linux)
• libpgtapi.lib (on Windows), or libpgtapi.a (on UNIX/Linux)
• libunits.lib (on Windows), or libunits.a (on UNIX/Linux)
• libcclapilt.lib (on Windows), or libcclapilt.a (on UNIX/Linux)
• libio.lib (on Windows), or libio.a (on UNIX/Linux)
Linking a On most UNIX systems you should be able to build the executable with the command:
Customized C cc myimport.c -I<CFXROOT>/include/ -o myimport -L<CFXROOT>/lib/<os> -lmeshimport
Mesh Import -lratlas_api -lratlas -lpgtapi -lunits -lcclapilt -lio -lm -lc
Executable on a Here, -lmeshimport, -lratlas_api, -lratlas, -lpgtapi, -lunits, -lcclapillt, and
UNIX Platform -lio indicate the libraries mentioned above, while -lm and -lc are system libraries.
In this example, your own import program is named myimport.c and the executable file
will be called myimport. You should ensure that the libraries to which you are linking (which
are in the path given after -L) appear on the command line after the source file (or object
file if you are just linking to an existing object).
Linking a The following is an example of how to build the executable on Linux, when the source code
Customized for the executable is written in Fortran:
Fortran Mesh g77 myImport.F -L<install_dir>/lib/linux -lmeshimport -lratlas_api -lratlas -lpgtapi
Import -lunits -lcclapilt -lio -o myImport.exe
Executable on a
UNIX Platform
Linking a On Windows systems, assuming Microsoft Developer Studio is available, the instructions for
Customized Visual C++ Version 6 or .NET should be followed to create the customized executable.
Mesh Import
Executable on a For details, see Visual C++ Version 6 (p. 24).
Windows For details, see .NET (p. 25).
Platform
Visual C++ Version 6
1. Create a new project by selecting File > New, which should be a Win32 Console
Application.
2. Specify the libraries which need to be linked in, by selecting Project > Add to Project >
Files. Add Library Files libmeshimport.lib, libratlas_api.lib, libratlas.lib,
libpgtapi.lib, libunits.lib, libcclapilt.lib, and libio.lib from the
<CFXROOT>\lib\winnt directory.
3. Specify the header files which need to be included, by selecting Project > Settings.
Select Settings for: All Configurations and the C/C++ tab, and select the
Preprocessor category. You need to add the Additional Include Directory
<CFXROOT>\include\.
4. Next, you should create your C++ source file. Select New > C++ source file, and copy
your C++ source file into the window for this file.
5. Before building the executable, you must choose to ignore the standard C and LIBCD
libraries. To do this: under Project Settings, click on the Link tab and enter C,LIBCD in
the Ignore Libraries box.
6. You must also compile with multithreading ON. Under Project Settings, click on the
C/C++ tab, select Code Generation from the Category option menu, and select
Multithreaded DLL from the Use run-time Library option menu.
To build the executable, select Build > Build <program_name>.exe, where
<program_name> is the name of the project.
Volume Mesh Import API: Using a Custom Mesh Import Executable with ANSYS CFX-Pre
.NET
1. Create a new project by selecting File > New, which should be a Win32 Console
Application.
2. Specify the libraries which need to be linked in, by selecting
Project > Add existing item. Change Files of Type to *.* so that the .lib files are not
filtered out.
3. Specify the header files which need to be included, by selecting
Project > <program_name> Properties > C/C++ > Additional Include directives
(where <program_name> corresponds to the name of your project).
4. Next, you should create your C++ source file. When the project is created, three source
files stdafx.h stdafx.cpp and <program_name>.cpp are created.
<program_name>.cpp includes stdafx.h and has a function _tmain(). Delete the
contents of this file, then:
a. Add the following lines to the start of the file
#include "stdafx.h"
#define PROTOTYPE1 to the beginning of the file.
b. Paste in your mesh import source code and rename the main() function to
_tmain().
5. Before building the executable, you must choose to ignore the standard C and LIBCD
libraries. To do this: set Project > <program_name> Properties > Linker > Input >
Ignore Specific Library to C LIBCD.
6. You must also compile with multithreading ON. Select
.Project > <program_name> Properties > C/C++ >Code Generation > Runtime Library
to Multithreaded DLL.
To build the executable, select Build > Build <program_name>.exe.
Using a Custom Mesh Import Executable with ANSYS CFX-Pre

The executable is run from within ANSYS CFX-Pre.
To import a mesh into ANSYS CFX-Pre using the created executable, open the Import Mesh
dialog box, then set File Type to User Import (*) and select the file containing the mesh
to import. For details, see Importing Meshes (p. 62 in "ANSYS CFX-Pre User's Guide").
When the User Import option has been selected, set Exec Location as the name of the
compiled executable program and enter any command line arguments that the program
requires into the Exec Arguments box.
When Open is clicked the program will be executed with the syntax:
<User's Import Executable> <Executable Arguments> <Mesh file>
It is important therefore that the executable handles any arguments that are specified.
If the executable is to be used on a regular basis it is possible to specify the location of the
executable in the .cfx5rc file or as an environment variable that ANSYS CFX-Pre will read on
startup.
This can be done by one of the following methods:
Volume Mesh Import API: Details of the Mesh Import API
• specifying the full path name in the Options dialog (It is also possible to specify the
default arguments to use in this dialog).
• adding the following line to the.cfx5rc file:
CFX_IMPORT_EXEC="<executable_path>"
where <executable_path> is the full path and name of your executable.
For details, see Resources Set in cfx5rc Files (p. 25 in "ANSYS CFX Introduction").
• setting CFX_IMPORT_EXEC in the system environment.
When User Import option is next specified for the Mesh Format, the Advanced Options form
will appear with the name of your executable in the Exec Location box.
Details of the Mesh Import API

This section contains information about the functions that are used to write a customized
import executable in the Mesh Import API.
Before trying to use any of the routines listed in this section, it is highly recommended that
you read Creating a Custom Mesh Import Executable for ANSYS CFX-Pre (p. 22).
This section contains details of:
• Defined Constants (p. 26)
• Initialization Routines (p. 27)
• Termination Routines (p. 28)
• Error Handling Routines (p. 28)
• Node Routines (p. 29)
• Element Routines (p. 30)
• Primitive Region Routines (p. 33)
• Composite Regions Routines (p. 34)
• Explicit Node Pairing (p. 35)
• Fortran Interface (p. 35)
• Unsupported Routines Previously Available in the API (p. 38)
Note: In past releases of ANSYS CFX the API has defined IDs of nodes and elements as
integers (int). This release now uses a datatype ID_t to represent these quantities. This type
is currently defined as an unsigned integer (unsigned int). This allows a greater number of
nodes and elements to be imported than in the past.
Defined Constants
The following are defined in the header file cfxImport.h, which should be included in the
import program.
Element Types There are currently 4 types of elements, which are identified by the number of nodes:
Tetrahedrons (4 nodes), pyramids (5 nodes), wedges or prisms (6 nodes), and hexahedrons
(8 nodes). The element types may be identified by the defined constants:
#define cfxELEM_TET 4
#define cfxELEM_PYR 5
#define cfxELEM_WDG 6
#define cfxELEM_HEX 8
The element node ordering and local face numbering follow Patran Neutral file conventions
for element descriptions.
Region Types Regions may be defined in terms of nodes, faces or elements, based on the type argument
to the cfxImportBegReg or cfxImportRegion routines. The three types are defined by the
defined constants:
#define cfxImpREG_NODES 1
#define cfxImpREG_FACES 2
#define cfxImpREG_ELEMS 3
Node and Face regions define 2D regions of the imported mesh. Element regions define 3D
regions of the imported mesh.
It is best to use face regions to define 2D regions of the mesh and element regions to define
3D regions of the mesh.
Node regions will be automatically transformed into a face region by the import process.
This transformation requires the node ID’s specified to define vertices of valid element faces.
If no element faces can be constructed from the defined node region the node region will
be deleted.
Note: Due to the limited topological information recoverable from a set of nodes it is not
advisable to define 2D regions internal to a 3D region using nodes. In this case it is advisable
to use Face regions.
Node regions are specified by a list of node ID’s.
Face regions are defined by a list of face ID’s. These face ID’s are a combination of an element
ID and a local face number in the element.
Initialization Routines
The following routines check and initialize the Import API. With the exception of
cfxImportStatus the first call to the Import API must be either cfxImportInit for
communication with ANSYS CFX, or cfxImportTest for testing the import routine in
stand-alone mode.
cfxImportStatus int cfxImportStatus ()

Returns 0 if descriptor is not opened and -1 if not opened for writing. In the normal case, 1
is returned if opened for writing to a ANSYS CFX, and 2 if opened for writing to a file.
cfxImportInit void cfxImportInit ()

Performs initialization to begin communicating with ANSYS CFX. This routine should be
called early on in the import program to let ANSYS CFX know that data is to be sent. If not
called within 60 seconds, ANSYS CFX will terminate the import process. If called and there is
no connection with ANSYS CFX, then the routine cfxImportTest("/dev/null") (UNIX) or
cfxImportTest("null") (Windows) will be called. This routine will be automatically
called by most of the API routines if not already called.
There is no return value for this routine. In the case of an error, cfxImportFatal will be
called.
cfxImportTest int cfxImportTest (filename)

char *filename;
This routine allows testing of import program in isolation from ANSYS CFX by writing data
to a file filename instead of attempting to write it to the ANSYS CFX communication
channel.
The routine will return the file descriptor of the output file or will terminate with a call to
cfxImportFatal on error.
Termination Routines
With the exception of cfxImportTotals the last call to the Import API must always be
cfxImportDone. This function performs the final processing of the import data, and then
transfers the data to ANSYS CFX.
cfxImportDone long cfxImportDone ()

Indicate to the import API that all mesh data has been given and the API should now send
the data to ANSYS CFX. Except for cfxImportTotals, this should be last call made to the
API. Returns the total number of bytes transferred to ANSYS CFX by the import program.
cfxImportTotals long cfxImportTotals (counts)

size_t counts[cfxImpCNT_SIZE];
Get the total number of nodes, elements, regions and other useful information given to the
mesh import API by the program. This information is returned in the array counts, which
should be of size at least cfxImpCNT_SIZE (currently defined as 9). The values returned in
counts may be indexed by the enum list in cfxImport.h, which is:
counts[cfxImpCNT_NODE] = number of nodes
counts[cfxImpCNT_ELEMENT] = number of elements
counts[cfxImpCNT_REGION] = number of regions
counts[cfxImpCNT_UNUSED] = number of unused nodes
counts[cfxImpCNT_DUP] = number of duplicate nodes
counts[cfxImpCNT_TET] = number of tetrahedral elements
counts[cfxImpCNT_PYR] = number of pyramid elements
counts[cfxImpCNT_WDG] = number of wedge elements
counts[cfxImpCNT_HEX] = number of hexahedral elements
The return value for the function is the total number of bytes of data sent to ANSYS CFX or
written to the test file given when cfxImportTest was called.
Error Handling Routines

The first error handling routine allows the programmer to define an error callback function
that is called when a fatal error is generated by the API or explicitly by the programmers
code.
The second routine performs a method for clean termination of the program, shutting down
the program and communication with ANSYS CFX.
cfxImportError void cfxImportError (callback)
void (*callback)(char *errmsg);
Define a user routine to be called before terminating due to a fatal error. callback is the
application-supplied function to be called in the case of an error. The callback routine takes
a single argument, errmsg, which will be passed by cfxImportFatal and should be
processed by the callback function as a brief message describing the error that has
occurred,. If this function is not called or callback is not specified, then the normal
termination behavior of the mesh import API will be that the any fatal errors will write the
error message to stderr as well as being sent to ANSYS CFX.
cfxImportFatal void cfxImportFatal (errmsg)

char *errmsg;
Terminate with an error message, errmsg. This routine will send the message to ANSYS CFX,
shut down the communication channel or test file and call the user callback function (if
specified by a call to cfxImportError).
There is no return from this call. The import program will terminate immediately after clean
up tasks have been performed.
Node Routines
These routines define the 3D coordinates of points in space(nodes) which will be used to
define elements or 2D regions which are to be imported to ANSYS CFX. Each node has a
unique identifier called a node ID.
cfxImportNode ID_t cfxImportNode (nodeid, x, y, z)

ID_t nodeid;
double x, y, z;
Define a node in the import API to be subsequently imported into ANSYS CFX. The unique
identifier of the node is given by nodeid, and the coordinates of the node by x, y, and z.
Returns 0 if nodeid is invalid (less than 1), or nodeid is successfully defined. If a node with
the same identity has already been defined, the coordinate values will alter to the supplied
values.
cfxImportGetNo ID_t cfxImportGetNode (nodeid, x, y, z)

de ID_t nodeid;
double *x, *y, *z;
Get the coordinates for the node identified by nodeid and return the values in x, y, and z.
Returns 0 if the node has not been defined or the node ID for the node.
cfxImportNodeL ID_t * cfxImportNodeList ()

ist Returns an array of all node identifiers currently defined or NULL if no nodes have been
defined. The first entry in the array is the number of nodes currently defined.
The memory for the array returned is allocated using malloc by the routine, consequently
it should be destroyed when no longer required by calling free.
Element Routines
The following routines define the topology of elements (using node ID’s) which are to be
imported to ANSYS CFX. Also included here are routines which get the local face number
and vertices of an element.
cfxImportEleme ID_t cfxImportElement (elemid, elemtype, nodelist)

nt ID_t elemid, *nodelist; int elemtype;
Define a new element to be imported to ANSYS CFX. The unique identifier of the element is
given by elemid, the element type by elemtype and the list of vertices by nodelist. If an
element with the same ID has already been defined, it will be replaced by the new element
being defined.
Only volume elements are currently supported by ANSYS CFX; these may be tetrahedrons
(4 vertices), pyramids (5 vertices), prisms (6 vertices) or hexahedrons (8 vertices). elemtype
is the number of vertices for the element.
The following defines are included in the header file, cfxImport.h for convenience:
#define cfxELEM_TET 4 /* tet element (4 nodes ) */
#define cfxELEM_PYR 5 /* pyramid element (5 nodes ) */
#define cfxELEM_WDG 6 /* wedge element (6 nodes) */
#define cfxELEM_HEX 8 /* hex element (8 nodes) */
The list of vertices in nodelist refers to ID’s of nodes which on termination of the import
program by a call to cfxImportDone must have been defined by calls to cfxImportNode. If
this is not the case a fatal error will be reported and the API will terminate.
The vertex ordering for the elements follows Patran Neutral File element conventions, and
is shown in the following figure.
5
4
4
3
2 1 3
1 2
Tetrahedron
Pyramid
6 8
7
5
5
6
4
3 4
2 1 3
2
1 Prism Hexahedron
Returns 0 in the case of an elemid is invalid (less than 1) or an unsupported value is given
by elemtype, or elemid if the element is successfully defined. If the element already exists
the vertices of the element will be redefined.
cfxImportGetEle ID_t cfxImportGetElement (elemid, nodelist)

ment ID_t elemid, nodelist[];
Get the node ID’s for corresponding to the vertices of element identified by elemid and
store in the array nodelist. This array needs to be at least as large the number of vertices for
the element (a size of 8 will handle all possible element types).
Returns 0 if the element is not defined, or the element type (number of vertices). The node
ID’s will be ordered in the order expected by cfxImportElement if the program was to
redefine the element.
cfxImportEleme ID_t * cfxImportElementList ()

ntList Returns an array of all the currently defined element ID’s or NULL if no elements have been
defined. The first entry in the array is the number of elements.
The memory for the array returned is allocated using malloc by the routine, consequently
it should be destroyed when no longer required by calling free.
cfxImportGetFa ID_t cfxImportGetFace (elemid, facenum, nodelist)
ce ID_t elemid, nodelist[]; int facenum;
Gets the node ID’s for the local facenum’th face of the element identified by elemid.
The node ID’s is returned in nodelist, which should be of at least of size 4. The nodes
correspond to the vertices of the face and are ordered counter-clockwise such that the
normal for the face points away from the element. The face numbers and associated node
indices are modeled after Patran Neutral File elements, and are tabulated here:
Element Type Face Nodes

tetrahedron 1 1 3 2
2 1 2 4
3 2 3 4
4 1 4 3
pyramid 1 1 4 3 2
2 1 2 5
3 2 3 5
4 3 4 5
5 1 5 4
prism 1 1 3 2
2 4 5 6
3 1 2 5 4
4 1 4 6 3
5 2 3 6 5
hexahedron 1 1 2 6 5
2 3 4 8 7
3 1 4 3 2
4 2 3 7 6
5 5 6 7 8
6 1 5 8 4
Returns -1 if the element has not been defined, 0 if the face number is out of range, or the
number of nodes for the face (3 or 4):
cfxImportFindF ID_t cfxImportFindFace (elemid, nnodes, nodeid)

ace ID_t elemid, nodeid[]; int nnodes;
Gets the local face number in element identified by elemid that contains all the nodes
supplied by the calling routine in nodeid. nnodes is the number of nodes for the face (3 or 4).
Returns -1 if the element is not found or nodeid is not supplied or nnodes is greater than 4
or less than 3. Returns 0 if there is no match, or the local face number (1 to 6) of the element.
Primitive Region Routines

The following routines allow for the specification of 2D regions as a group of nodes or faces,
or a 3D region as a group of elements. In the case of nodes and faces, only those which are
define faces of valid imported elements will be imported; others are ignored by ANSYS CFX.
cfxImportBegRe int cfxImportBegReg (regname, regtype)

g char *regname;
int regtype;
Initialize for the specification of a region. If a region is currently being defined,
cfxImportEndReg will be called.
The name of the region is given by regname. If the region name is NULL, the name Unnamed
Region 2D or Unnamed Region 3D, with a sequential integer appended, will be used. If a
region named regname has already been defined, then additional objects will be added to
the previous region.
The type of region is given by regtype, which should be one of cfxImpREG_NODES,
cfxImpREG_FACES or cfxImpREG_ELEMS depending on whether the region is to be defined
by nodes, faces or elements, respectively. It is not currently possible to mix types in a region;
doing so will cause the import API to terminate with an error message.
Returns the number of objects (node, faces or elements) currently in the region.
cfxImportAddRe int cfxImportAddReg (numobjs, objlist)

g int numobjs, *objlist;
Add ID’s of objects being defined to the current region.
A region must be currently defined or reactivated by cfxImportBegReg or an error will
occur, and the API will terminate.
The number of objects to add is given by numobjs and the ID’s of the objects are supplied
in objlist.
The objects are interpreted as node ID’s, face ID’s, or element ID’s, depending on the type of
the region indicated when cfxImportBegReg was called.
On calling cfxImportDone, any node ID’s , face ID’s or element ID’s specified in the object
list must have been defined by the appropriate routine or they will be removed from the
region.
Returns the total number of objects in the current region after the object ID’s have been
added.
cfxImportEndRe int cfxImportEndReg ()

g End the specification of the current region.
Returns the number of objects (nodes, faces or elements) in the region.
cfxImportRegio int cfxImportRegion (regname, regtype, numobjs, objlist)

n char *regname;
int regtype, numobjs, *objlist;
Import a region named regname of type regtype. The number of objects to add to the
region is given by numobjs, and the list of object ID’s by objlist. This routine combines
calls to cfxImportBegReg, cfxImportAddReg and cfxImportEndReg.
Returns the total number of objects in the region on termination of the routine.
cfxImportRegio char ** cfxImportRegionList ()

nList Return a NULL terminated list of currently defined region names.
The memory for the array and each character string in the array returned is allocated using
malloc by the routine, consequently each array member and the array itself should be
destroyed when no longer required by calling free.
cfxImportGetRe int * cfxImportGetRegion (regname)

gion char *regname;
Returns a list of objects in the region named regname, or NULL if the region does not exist.
The first entry in the returned list is the region type and the second entry is the number of
object ID’s.
The memory for the array is allocated using malloc by the routine, consequently the array
itself should be destroyed when no longer required by calling free.
Composite Regions Routines

The following routines allow composite regions to be defined in terms of primitive regions
or other composite regions.
cfxImportBegCo cfxImportBegCompReg()
mpRegion char *regionName;
Begin defining a composite region with the name regionName,
Returns -1 if a primitive region regionName is already defined or memory couldn’t be
allocated, or 0 if successfully created.
cfxImportAddC int cfxImportAddCompRegComponents(componentCount,components)

ompRegCompo int componentCount;
char **components;
nents
Add a set of component region names specified in components to the composite region
currently being defined. componentCount specified how many components are specified in
the components array,
Returns -1 if a composite region isn’t being defined or insufficient memory is available to
add the components of the composite region, or 0 if the components were successfully
added.
cfxImportEndCo int cfxImportEndCompReg()

mpReg Finish defining the current composite region.
Returns -1 if a composite region isn’t currently being defined or 0 otherwise.
cfxImportComp int cfxImportCompositeRegion(regionName, componentCount, components)

ositeRegion char *regionName, **components;
int componentCount;
Define a composite region named regionName with componentCount components
supplied in character array components.
Returns 0 if successful or -1 if an error occurred preventing the composite region being
defined.
Explicit Node Pairing

The following routine provides a method for explicitly marking two nodes as being identical
(or in the same position in space).
cfxImportMap ID_t cfxImportMap (nodeid, mapid)

ID_t nodeid, mapid;
Explicitly map the node identified by nodeid to the node identified by mapid.
On calling cfxImportDone the Mesh Import API will update regions and elements
referencing the mapped node to the node it is mapped to. This therefore reduces the total
node count imported to ANSYS CFX and eliminates the duplicate nodes.
Duplicate nodes may also be removed by ANSYS CFX if the appropriate options are selected
in the ANSYS CFX interface and an appropriate tolerance set. For details, see Importing
Meshes (p. 62 in "ANSYS CFX-Pre User's Guide").
Fortran Interface
The following routines are callable from Fortran, and interface with the corresponding C
routine. There are currently no return values.
cfxinit call cfxinit

Interface to cfxImportInit. Initializes for import.
cfxtest CHARACTER*n filename

call cfxtest(filename)
Interface to cfxImportTest. filename is a CHARACTER*n value which gives the name of
the file to dump the output to.
cfxunit CHARACTER*n units

call cfxunit(units)
Interface to cfxImportUnits. Specify the units the mesh is specified in.
cfxwarn CHARACTER*n mesg

call cfxtest(mesg)
Interface to cfxImportWarning. Emit a warning message mesg.
cfxfatl CHARACTER*n mesg

call cfxtest(mesg)
Interface to cfxImportFatal. Emit an message mesg and terminate the program cleanly.
cfxdone call cfxdone

Interface to cfxImportDone. Terminates the program and transfers the data to ANSYS
CFX-Pre.
cfxnode INTEGER idnode

DOUBLE PRECISION x,y,z
call cfxnode(idnode,x,y,z)
Interface to cfxImportNode. Imports a node with the specified coordinates. idnode is an
INTEGER value for the node ID, and x, y, and z are the DOUBLE PRECISION coordinates of the
node.
cfxnodg INTEGER idnode
DOUBLE PRECISION x,y,z
call cfxnodg(idnode,x,y,z)
Interface to cfxImportGetNode. Queries the current coordinates or a node referenced by
idnode. idnode is an INTEGER value for the node ID, and x, y, and z are the DOUBLE
PRECISION coordinates of the node.
cfxnods INTEGER ids(*)

call cfxnods(ids)
Interface to cfxImportNodeList. Retrieves the list of all valid node IDs having been
imported into the API. ids is an INTEGER array that must be at least as large as the number
of nodes currently imported.
cfxelem INTEGER idelem,itelem,nodes(*)

call cfxelem(idelem,itelem,nodes)
Interface to cfxImportElement. idelem is element ID, and itelem is the element type
(number of nodes - 4,5,6, or 8). Both are INTEGERS. nodes is an array of INTEGER node ID’s
dimensioned of size at least itelem.
cfxeleg INTEGER idelem,itelem,nodes(*)

call cfxeleg(idelem,itelem,nodes)
Interface to cfxImportGetElement. Queries the current node ids that define the vertices of
the element referenced by the id idelem. idelem is element ID, and itelem is the element
type (number of nodes - 4,5,6, or 8). Both are INTEGERS. nodes is an array of INTEGERs that
will contain the node ID's on successful return. It should be dimensioned of size at least
itelem.
cfxeles INTEGER ids(*)

call cfxeles(ids)
Interface to cfxImportElemList. Retrieves the list of all valid element IDs having been
imported into the API. ids is an INTEGER array that must be at least as large as the number
of elements currently imported.
cfxfacd INTEGER eleid, elefc, id

call cfxfacd(eleid, elefc, id)
Interface to cfxImportFaceID. Defines a face id (id) in terms of an element ID (eleid) and
local face (elefc) of that element.
cfxface INTEGER eleid, elefc, vtx(*)

INTEGER cfxface(eleid, elefc, vtx)
Interface to cfxImportGetFace. Returns the node IDs of the vertices defining a face located
by the element ID (eleid) and local face (elefc) of that element.
cfxffac INTEGER eleid, nvtx, vtx(*), elefc

call cfxffac(eleid, nvtx, vtx, elefc)
Interface to cfxImportFindFace. Returns the local face (elefc) of an element (eleid)
which is defined by the vertices (vtx).
cfxregn CHARACTER*n regname

INTEGER type,nobjs,objs(*)
call cfxregn(regname,type,nobjs,objs)
Interface to cfxImportRegion. Regname is a CHARACTER*n string defining the region
name, type is an INTEGER value specifying the type of region, either 1 for nodes, 2 for faces,
or 3 for elements. Nobjs is an INTEGER value which gives the number of objects in the region,
and objs is an INTEGER array of object ID’s dimensioned at least size nobjs.
cfxregb CHARACTER*n regname

INTEGER type
call cfxregb(regname,type)
Interface to cfxImportBegReg. Start defining a new region or make an existing region of
the same name the current one if it already exists and is of the same type. regname is a
CHARACTER*n string defining the region name, type is an INTEGER value specifying the type
of region, either 1 for nodes, 2 for faces, or 3 for elements.
cfxrega INTEGER nobjs,objs(*)

call cfxrega(nobjs,objs)
Interface to cfxImportAddReg. Add the objects (objs) to the current region. nobjs is an
INTEGER value which gives the number of objects to add to the region, and objs is an
INTEGER array of object ID’s dimensioned at least size nobjs.
cfxrege call cfxrege()

Interface to cfxImportEndReg. Finish defining the current region (after the call there will be
no current region).
cfxregs CHARACTER*n regname

INTEGER numobj
call cfxregb(regname,numobj)
Query how many objects (returned in numobj) are referenced by the region regname.
regname is a CHARACTER*n string specifying the region name.
cfxregg CHARACTER*n regname

INTEGER type, obj(*)
call cfxregg(regname, type, objs)
Get the type (type) and object IDs (objs) referenced by the region regname. regname is a
CHARACTER*n string specifying the region name. type is INTEGER and objs is an INTEGER
array at least of the size returned by cfxregs.
cfxcmpb CHARACTER*n regname

call cfxcmpb(regname)
Interface to cfxImportBegCompReg. Start defining a new composite region or make an
existing composite region of the same name the current one if it already exists regname is
a CHARACTER*n string defining the region name.
cfxcmpa INTEGER nregs

CHARACTER*(n) regs
call cfxcmpa(nregs,regs)
Interface to cfxImportAddCompReg. Add the region names (regs) to the current composite
region being defined. nregs is an INTEGER value which gives the number of regions to add
to the region, and regs is an CHARACTER*(*) array of region names dimensioned at least
size nregs.
cfxcmpe call cfxcmpe()
Volume Mesh Import API: An Example of a Customized C Program for Importing Meshes into ANSYS CFX-Pre
Interface to cfxImportEndCompReg. Finish defining the current composite region (after the
call there will be no current composite region).
Unsupported Routines Previously Available in the API

In ANSYS CFX, Release 11.0 certain functionality available in previous releases is no longer
supported. These routines have been removed as they are directly implemented in ANSYS
CFX.
The following is a list of routines removed from the mesh import API:
cfxImportFixElements
cfxImportTolerance
cfxImportGetTol
cfxImportSetCheck
cfxImportRange
cfxImportCheck
cfxtol
cfxset
cfxchk
An Example of a Customized C Program for Importing Meshes

into ANSYS CFX-Pre
This example, ImportTemplate.c, can be found in <CFXROOT>/examples.
/*
* ImportTemplate.c - Patran Neutral File Import
* reads packets 1 (nodes), 2 (elements) and 21 (named groups)
* and optionally packet 6 (loads), and sends data to TfC
*/
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <ctype.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/stat.h>
#include "cfxImport.h"
#include "getargs.h"
static char options[] = "vlF:";
static char *usgmsg[] = {
"usage : ImportTemplate.c [options] Patran_file",
"options:",
" -v = verbose output",
" -l = process packet 6 - distributed loads",
NULL
};
/*---------- print_error -------------------------------------------
* print error message and line number
*------------------------------------------------------------------*/
static int lineno = 0;
static void print_error (
#ifdef PROTOTYPE
char *errmsg)
#else
errmsg)
char *errmsg;
#endif
{
fprintf (stderr, "%s on line %d\n", errmsg, lineno);
}
/*---------- add_face -----------------------------------------------
* add an element face to the region list
*-------------------------------------------------------------------*/
static void add_face (
#ifdef PROTOTYPE
int elemid, char *data)
#else
elemid, data)
int elemid;
char *data;
#endif
{
int n, nnodes, nodes[8];
ID_t nodeid[8];
char errmsg[81];
/* check for node flags set */
for (nnodes = 0, n = 0; n < 8; n++) {
if ('1' == data[n])
nodes[nnodes++] = n;
}
/* if node flags set, use the node values */
if (nnodes) {
ID_t elemnodes[8];
int elemtype = cfxImportGetElement (elemid, elemnodes);
if (!elemtype) {
sprintf (errmsg,
"element %d not found for packet 6\n", elemid);
cfxImportFatal (errmsg);
}
for (n = 0; n < nnodes; n++) {
if (nodes[n] >= elemtype) {
sprintf (errmsg,
"invalid node flags for element %d\n", elemid);
}
nodeid[n] = elemnodes[nodes[n]];
}
}
/* else get nodes from face number */
else {
int faceid = atoi (&data[8]);
nnodes = cfxImportGetFace (elemid, faceid, nodeid);
if (nnodes < 0) {
sprintf (errmsg,
"element %d not found for packet 6\n", elemid);
}
if (0 == nnodes) {
sprintf (errmsg,
"invalid face number for element %d\n", elemid);
}
}
cfxImportAddReg (nnodes, nodeid);
}
/*========== main ===================================================*/
#define getline() \
{if (NULL == fgets (buffer, sizeof(buffer), fp)) \
cfxImportFatal ("premature EOF"); \
lineno++;}
void main (argc, argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
int n, packet, nlines;
int nnodes;
int elemid;
ID_t nodeid[8];
int lastid = -1, loadid;
int verbose = 0, do_loads = 0;
double xyz[3];
char *p, buffer[256];
char *testfile = NULL;
FILE *fp;
struct stat st;
if (argc < 2)
usage (usgmsg, NULL);
while ((n = getargs (argc, argv, options)) > 0) {
switch (n) {
case 'v':
verbose = 7;
break;
case 'l':
do_loads = 1;
break;
case 'F':
testfile = argarg;
break;
}
}
if (argind >= argc)
usage (usgmsg, "filename not specified\n");
if (stat (argv[argind], &st)) {
fprintf (stderr, "can't stat <%s>\n", argv[argind]);
exit (1);
}
if (S_IFREG != (st.st_mode & S_IFMT)) {
fprintf (stderr, "<%s> is not a regular file\n", argv[argind]);
exit (1);
}
if (NULL == testfile)
cfxImportInit ();
else {
if (verbose)
printf ("writing output to <%s>\n", testfile);
cfxImportTest (testfile);
}
if (NULL == (fp = fopen (argv[argind], "r"))) {
sprintf (buffer, "can't open <%s> for reading", argv[argind]);
cfxImportFatal (buffer);
}
if (verbose) {
printf ("reading Patran Neutral file from <%s>\n", argv[argind]);
fflush (stdout);
}
cfxImportError (print_error);
getline ();
/* header - packet 25 */
if ((packet = atoi (buffer)) == 25) {
getline ();
if (verbose)
fputs (buffer, stdout);
getline ();
packet = atoi (buffer);
}
/* summary - packet 26 */
if (packet == 26) {
getline ();
getline ();
}
/* get remaining packets */
while (packet != 99) {
/* node */
if (packet == 1) {
if (0 != (verbose & 4)) {
printf ("reading packet 01 (nodes)...\n");
fflush (stdout);
verbose &= 3;
}
*nodeid = atoi (&buffer[2]);
getline ();
p = buffer + 48;
for (n = 2; n >= 0; n--) {
*p = 0;
p -= 16;
xyz[n] = atof (p);
}
getline ();
cfxImportNode (*nodeid, xyz[0], xyz[1], xyz[2]);
}
/* element */
else if (packet == 2) {
if (0 != (verbose & 2)) {
printf ("reading packet 02 (elements)...\n");
fflush (stdout);
verbose &= 1;
}
elemid = atoi (&buffer[2]);
n = atoi (&buffer[10]);
nlines = atoi (&buffer[18]);
if (n == 5 || n == 7 || n == 8) {
cfxImpElemType_t typ;
getline ();
nnodes = n == 8 ? n : n-1;
if (nnodes == 4) {
typ = cfxELEM_TET;
} else if (nnodes == 5) {
typ = cfxELEM_PYR;
typ = cfxELEM_WDG;
typ = cfxELEM_HEX;
} else {
cfxImportFatal("invalid number of nodes for element.");
}
lineno++;
for (n = 0; n < nnodes; n++) {
int tmp;
if (1 != fscanf (fp, "%d", &tmp) || tmp < 1) {
cfxImportFatal ("missing or invalid node ID");
} else {
nodeid[n] = (ID_t)tmp;
}
}
while (getc (fp) != '\n')
;
nlines -= 2;
cfxImportElement ((ID_t)elemid, typ, nodeid);
}
while (nlines-- > 0)
getline ();
}
/* distributed loads */
else if (packet == 6 && do_loads) {
loadid = atoi (&buffer[10]);
if (loadid != lastid) {
sprintf (buffer, "PatranLoad%d", loadid);
if (verbose) {
printf ("reading packet 06 (loads) as region <%s>...\n",
buffer);
fflush (stdout);
}
cfxImportBegReg (buffer, cfxImpREG_NODES);
lastid = loadid;
}
getline ();
/* add if element load flag is set */
if ('1' == buffer[0])
add_face (elemid, &buffer[9]);
while (--nlines > 0)
getline ();
}
/* named component */
else if (packet == 21) {
int cnt, type, id;
nnodes = atoi (&buffer[10]) / 2;
getline ();
/* strip leading and trailing spaces */

buffer[sizeof(buffer)-1] = 0;
p = buffer + strlen (buffer);
while (--p >= buffer && isspace(*p))
;
*++p = 0;
for (p = buffer; *p && isspace(*p); p++)
;
if (verbose) {
printf ("reading packet 21 (group) as region <%s>...\n", p);
fflush (stdout);
}
cfxImportBegReg (p, cfxImpREG_NODES);
/* currently only handle type 5 (nodes) in groups */
for (n = 0, cnt = 0; n < nnodes; n++) {
if (0 == (n % 5))
lineno++;
fscanf (fp, "%d%d", &type, &id);
if (5 == type) {
nodeid[cnt++] = id;
if (8 == cnt) {
cfxImportAddReg (8, nodeid);
cnt = 0;
}
}
}
while (getc (fp) != '\n')
;
if (cnt)
cfxImportAddReg (cnt, nodeid);
cfxImportEndReg ();
}
/* all others */
else {
while (nlines--)
getline ();
}
if (NULL == fgets (buffer, sizeof(buffer), fp))
break;
lineno++;
}
fclose (fp);
cfxImportError (NULL);
/* finish up and send the data */
if (verbose) {
printf ("transferring data...\n");
fflush (stdout);
}
cfxImportDone ();
/* print summary */
if (verbose) {
size_t stats[cfxImpCNT_SIZE];
long bytes;
static char *statname[] = {
"imported nodes ",
"imported elements ",
"imported regions ",
Volume Mesh Import API: Import Programs
"unreferenced nodes",
"duplicate nodes ",
"tet elements ",
"pyramid elements ",
"wedge elements ",
"hex elements ",
"total bytes sent "
};
bytes = cfxImportTotals (stats);
putchar ('\n');
for (n = 0; n < 9; n++)
printf ("%s = %ld\n", statname[n], stats[n]);
printf ("%s = %ld\n", statname[9], bytes);
}
exit (0);
}
Import Programs
The following sections detail the standard import programs currently available within
ANSYS CFX-Pre and their command line equivalents.
Information about importing meshes from the ANSYS CFX-Pre interface is given in
Importing Meshes (p. 62 in "ANSYS CFX-Pre User's Guide").
If you wish to use command line options that cannot be specified through the ANSYS
CFX-Pre User Interface, then you may wish to run these programs as user-defined mesh
import programs. Using a Custom Mesh Import Executable with ANSYS CFX-Pre (p. 25)
details how to run a mesh import program.
The executables are located in <CFXROOT>/bin/<os>.
• ANSYS (p. 43)
• ANSYS CFX Def/Res (p. 44)
• CFX-4 (p. 44)
• CFX-5.1 (p. 44)
• CFX-TfC (p. 45)
• CGNS (p. 46)
• FLUENT (p. 46)
• GridPro/az3000 (p. 46)
• I-DEAS (p. 48)
• ICEM CFX (p. 48)
• PATRAN (p. 48)
• NASTRAN (p. 48)
• CFX-TASCflow (p. 48)
ANSYS
Imports an ANSYS file. The external import routine is ImportANSYS. Available options are:
-v Verbose output. Echo additional data to stdout during the import.
-E Import Elements of the same type as regions.
-A Import ANSA parts as regions.
-S Display a list of all supported element types.
ANSYS CFX Def/Res

Imports the mesh from a ANSYS CFX Definition or results file. The external import routine is
ImportDef. Available options are:
-I Read mesh from the initial timestep in the file.
-L Read mesh from the last timestep in the file.

-T<ts> Read mesh from the timestep <ts> specified (Transient files)
CFX-4
Imports a CFX-4 grid file. The external import routine is ImportCFX4.
Available options are:
-C Read coordinates as being in cylindrical coordinates.
-i Included interfaces in regions.
-3 Include USER3D and POROUS regions as 3D regions.
-c Import blocked-off conducting solid regions as 3D regions.
-l Include blocked-off solid regions as 3D regions.
-X Import axisymmetric problem with default values in geometry file.
-a <nk> Override the number of planes created in the k direction by nk (e.g., split theta with
nk planes) for axisymmetric import.
-A <theta> Create a total sector of theta degrees for axisymmetric import.
-S Rename multiple symmetry planes with the same name to conform to ANSYS CFX-Solver
requirements (i.e., must lie in a plane).
CFX-5.1
Imports a CFX-5.1 results file. The external import routine is ImportCFX5.
-f Input file is formatted.
-u Input file is unformatted (Fortran).
-M <machine type> Set the machine type in the case of a binary or unformatted file so that
data conversion may be done if needed. The default file format is 32-bit IEEE (Iris, Sun, HP,
IBM). The currently recognized machine types are:
• IEEE - generic 32-bit IEEE machine.
• BSIEEE - generic 32-bit byteswapped IEEE machine.
• IBM - IBM 32-bit IEEE.
• IRIS - Iris 32-bit IEEE.
• HP - HP 32-bit IEEE.
• SUN - Sun 32-bit IEEE.
• ALPHA - Compaq Tru64 UNIX Alpha 64-bit byte-swapped IEEE.
• DOS - DOS 16-bit byte-swapped IEEE.
• Compaq Tru64 UNIX - Compaq Tru64 UNIX 32-bit byte-swapped IEEE.
• CRAY - Cray 64-bit format.
• CONVEX - native Convex floating point format.
• Windows - 32-bit Windows.
The argument machine type is case insensitive, and only the first 2 characters are needed
(any others are ignored).
CFX-TfC
Imports a CFX-TfC 1.3 mesh file. The external import routine is ImportGEM.
-f Input file is formatted.

-u Input file is unformatted (Fortran).
-r Read regions from BFI file.
-b <file> Use file as BFI file name instead of default name.
CGNS
Imports a CGNS file The external import routine is ImportCGNS. Available options are:
-b Read a grid from the specific CGNS base.

-B Read all CGNS bases. (default)
-c Read BOCO information as 2D regions.
-f Import Family Information as regions.

-E Import each Element Section as a separate region.
-I Import each side of a connection as a separate region.

-P Do not add the Zone name as a prefix to any region being defined.
FLUENT
Imports Fluent msh and cas files. The external import routine is ImportFluent. The import
routine will read the mesh information from the .cas or .msh file.
Available command line options are:
-I Import interior boundary conditions.
GridPro/az3000
Imports a GridPro/az3000 grid and connectivity file from Program Development
Corporation (PDC).
The external import routine is ImportPDC. The import routine will attempt to determine the
connectivity file associated with the grid file by appending the extension conn to the grid
file name. If the file is not found, then the grid file name extension will be replaced by conn
and the new file checked for. If neither of these are found, the import routine will look for a
file named conn.tmp, and if found will use it. A command line option (-c) is also available to
explicitly name the connectivity file.
If a connectivity file is found, the interface information in the file will be used to eliminate
the duplicate nodes at block interfaces, and boundaries conditions will be imported as
regions into ANSYS CFX. If the boundary condition is named in the connectivity file, then
that name will be used for the region name, else the default name UnnamedRegionX with
the X replaced by a number will be used. If a connectivity file is not found, or the command
line option to ignore the connectivity file is given (-i), then only the grid file will be
imported, resulting in duplicate nodes at the block interfaces. You may then wish to
eliminate these duplicate nodes with the command line option (-d or -D).
-i Ignore the connectivity file. Duplicate nodes will result and no regions will be imported.
-c <connfile> Set the name of the connectivity file associated with the grid file to
connfile.
-p Include periodic boundary conditions as regions. These are not normally included in the
import. Setting this flag will result in these being imported as regions.
-q Read from the property file
-P <propfile> Set the name of the property file associated with the grid file to propfile.
-3 Import grid blocks as 3D regions
SplitCGNS.exe The SplitCGNS.exe program will take a single CGNS file and split it into multiple files on a
"file per problem basis". The method for running this is:
SplitCGNS.exe [ -l ] <filename> <basename>
If the file contains two problems called "Pipe" and "Elbow", the import filter will only
currently read "Pipe", but using SplitCGNS will produce two files called
basename_Pipe.cgns and basename_Elbow.cgns each containing a single problem which
can then be selected for import via the normal method.
Specifying the "-l" option "links" the part of the data in the original file to the created file
using a relative pathname. The created file does not therefore need to duplicate data.
The "-l" option should only be used if the original file and resulting files are going to be kept
relative to each other i.e., if when SplitCGNS was run the original file was in
../../example.cgns, it must always remain in this position relative to the created files.
I-DEAS
Imports an I-DEAS Universal file from SDRC. The external import routine is ImportIDEAS.
Reads datasets 781 and 2411 (nodes) as nodes, 780 and 2412 (elements) as elements, and
nodes (type 7) from datasets 752 and 2417 (permanent groups) as regions. All other datasets
are read, but not processed.
-n Import nodes in a PERMANENT group as a 2D region.

-l Import elements in a PERMANENT group as a 3D region.
-f Import faces in a PERMANENT group as a 2D region.
ICEM CFX
Imports a file written for ANSYS CFX by ICEM Tetra. The external import routine is
ImportICEM. Available options are:
-P Read coordinate data from a binary file as double precision.
PATRAN
Imports a PATRAN Neutral file. The external import routine is ImportPatran. Reads packet
01 (nodes) as nodes, packet 02 (elements) as elements, and nodes (type 5) from packet 21
(named groups) as regions. A command line option is available to read packet 06 (loads) as
regions also. All other packets are read, but not processed.
-l Import packet 06 (distributed loads) as regions. The regions will be assigned the name
PatranLoadX where the X is replaced by the load ID number.
NASTRAN
Imports a NASTRAN file. The external import routine is ImportMSC. Currently reads only
nodes (GRID), tet (CTETRA) and hex (CHEXA) elements.
-l Import PLOAD4 datasets as 2D regions.
-s Import PSOLID datasets as 3D regions.
CFX-TASCflow
Imports TASCflow Version 2 files. The external import routine is ImportGRD. The import
routine will read the mesh information from the GRD file and automatically remove duplicate
nodes where interfaces are defined and are 1:1.
Available command line options are:
-V More verbose output.
-i Ignore the blockoff file (BCF).
-c Ignore GCI file.
-o Old style 2.4 format.

-b <file> Specifies bcf file which contains blocked-off regions (boundary condition
information is ignored). For details, see CFX-TASCflow Files (p. 68 in "ANSYS CFX-Pre User's
Guide").
-g <file> Specifies gci file to import. For details, see CFX-TASCflow Files (p. 68 in "ANSYS
CFX-Pre User's Guide").
-f Formatted (ASCII) GRD file.
-u Fortran unformatted GRD file.

-3 Import labelled 3D regions.
Mesh and Results Export API
Introduction
The topic(s) in this section include:
• Defined Constants and Structures (p. 53)
• Initialization and Error Routines (p. 54)
• Zone Routines (p. 55)
• Region Routines (p. 59)
• Face Routines (p. 60)
• Volume Routines (p. 61)
• Boundary Condition Routines (p. 62)
• Variable Routines (p. 64)
This document describes the functionality of the ANSYS CFX Export API. Sections detail how
to use them, the terminology and an example (For details, see Custom User Export (p. 138 in
"ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's Guide").). The full list of constants, data structures, types
and functions available to the programmer are given below.
• Defined Constants and Structures (p. 53)
• Element Types (p. 53)
• Volume List Types (p. 53)
• Region List Types (p. 53)
• Count Entries (p. 54)
• Node Data Structure (p. 54)
• Element Data Structure (p. 54)
• Initialization and Error Routines (p. 54)
• cfxExportInit (p. 55)
• cfxExportDone (p. 55)
• cfxExportError (p. 55)
• cfxExportFatal (p. 55)
Mesh and Results Export API: Introduction
• Zone Routines (p. 55)
• cfxExportZoneCount (p. 55)
• cfxExportZoneSet (p. 56)
• cfxExportZoneGet (p. 56)
• cfxExportZoneFree (p. 56)
• cfxExportZoneIsRotating (p. 56)
• cfxExportZoneMotionAction (p. 57)
• cfxExportNodeCount (p. 57)
• cfxExportNodeList (p. 57)
• cfxExportNodeGet (p. 57)
• cfxExportNodeFree (p. 58)
• cfxExportElementCount (p. 58)
• cfxExportElementList (p. 58)
• cfxExportElementGet (p. 58)
• cfxExportElementFree (p. 59)
• Region Routines (p. 59)
• cfxExportRegionCount (p. 59)
• cfxExportRegionSize (p. 59)
• cfxExportRegionName (p. 59)
• cfxExportRegionList (p. 60)
• cfxExportRegionGet (p. 60)
• cfxExportRegionFree (p. 60)
• cfxExportFaceNodes (p. 60)
• Face Routines (p. 60)
• cfxExportFaceNodes (p. 60)
• Volume Routines (p. 61)
• cfxExportVolumeCount (p. 61)
• cfxExportVolumeSize (p. 61)
• cfxExportVolumeName (p. 61)
• cfxExportVolumeList (p. 61)
• cfxExportVolumeGet (p. 62)
• cfxExportVolumeFree (p. 62)
• Boundary Condition Routines (p. 62)
• cfxExportBoundaryCount (p. 62)
• cfxExportBoundaryName (p. 62)
• cfxExportBoundaryType (p. 63)
• cfxExportBoundarySize (p. 63)
• cfxExportBoundaryList (p. 63)
• cfxExportBoundaryGet (p. 63)
Mesh and Results Export API: Defined Constants and Structures
• cfxExportBoundaryFree (p. 64)
• Variable Routines (p. 64)
• cfxExportVariableCount (p. 64)
• cfxExportVariableSize (p. 64)
• cfxExportVariableName (p. 64)
• cfxExportVariableList (p. 65)
• cfxExportVariableGet (p. 65)
• cfxExportVariableFree (p. 65)
Defined Constants and Structures

The following constants and data structures are defined in the header file cfxExport.h,
which should be included in the export program.
Element Types
ANSYS CFX can use 4 types of element, which are identified by the number of nodes:
tetrahedrons (4 nodes), pyramids (5 nodes), prisms/wedges (6 nodes), and hexahedrons (8
nodes). The element types are identified in the Export API by the following constants:
#define cfxELEM_TET 4
#define cfxELEM_PYR 5
#define cfxELEM_WDG 6
#define cfxELEM_HEX 8
Volume List Types

The Export API contains functions (For details, see Volume Routines (p. 61).) that enable the
user to query how volumes are defined in the results file. It is possible to request how a
volume is defined in terms of nodes or elements. The following constants are defined in the
header file and should be used as arguments to the Volume routines:
#define cfxVOL_NODES 0
#define cfxVOL_ELEMS 1
Region List Types

The Export API contains functions (For details, see Region Routines (p. 59).) that enable the
user to query how regions are defined in the results file. It is possible to request how a region
is defined in terms of nodes or faces. The following constants are defined in the header file
and should be used as arguments to the Region routines:
#define cfxREG_NODES 0
#define cfxREG_FACES 1
In the case of nodes, the global node number is returned, while in the case of faces, the
returned value is a combination of the global element number and local face number of the
element. The following macros are available to enable the user to extract the elem
ent and f
Mesh and Results Export API: Initialization and Error Routines
ace number from the combined value:
#define cfxFACENUM(face) ((face) & 7)
#define cfxELEMNUM(face) ((face) >> 3)
Count Entries
Two routines exist for initializing the Export API (For details, see cfxExportInit (p. 55).) and
requesting the totals of certain quantities in a zone (For details, see cfxExportZoneSet
(p. 56).). The array returned from both of these routines requires the following constants to
be used by the calling program to reference the correct quantities.
enum cfxCounts {
cfxCNT_NODE = 0, /* number of nodes */
cfxCNT_ELEMENT, /* number of elements */
cfxCNT_VOLUME, /* number of volumes */
cfxCNT_REGION, /* number of regions */
cfxCNT_VARIABLE, /* number of variables */
cfxCNT_TET, /* number of tetrahedral elements */
cfxCNT_PYR, /* number of pyramid elements */
cfxCNT_WDG, /* number of wedge elements */
cfxCNT_HEX, /* number of hexahedral elements */
cfxCNT_SIZE /* size of count array */
};
Node Data Structure

Nodes are represented in the Export API using the following structure (note the change in
data type of x, y and z):
typedef struct cfxNode {
float x, y, z;
} cfxNode;
where x, y, and z are the coordinates of the node. A pointer to an array of these structures is
returned by cfxExportNodeList. For details, see cfxExportNodeList (p. 57).
Element Data Structure

Elements are represented by the Export API using the following structure:
typedef struct cfxElement {
int type;
int *nodeid;
} cfxElement;
where type is the element type (For details, see Element Types (p. 53).) and nodeid is an
array of node numbers that define the topology of the element. A pointer to an array of
these structures is returned by cfxExportElementList. For details, see
cfxExportElementList (p. 58).
Initialization and Error Routines

The following routines open and close the ANSYS CFX results file, initialize the Export API,
and handle fatal error processing. The first call to any of the API routines must be
cfxExportInit and the last call should be cfxExportDone.
• For details, see cfxExportInit (p. 55).

• For details, see cfxExportDone (p. 55).
Mesh and Results Export API: Zone Routines
cfxExportInit
int cfxExportInit (char *resfile, int counts[cfxCNT_SIZE])
Opens the ANSYS CFX results file named resfile and initializes the Export API. This should
be the first call made to the API.
The routine returns the total number of zones. If the array counts is supplied to the routine
(i.e., is not NULL), the array is filled with values representing the total number of nodes,
elements, volumes, regions and variables for all the zones are returned in this array.
cfxExportDone
void cfxExportDone ()
Closes the ANSYS CFX results file and destroys any internal storage used by the API. This
should be the final call made to the Export API.
cfxExportError
void cfxExportError (void (*callback) (char *errmsg))
Specify a callback function that will be executed when a fatal error is generated by a call to
cfxImportFatal (For details, see cfxImportFatal (p. 29).). The argument, callback, is the
function that will be called, it should take an argument that is the error message passed to
cfxImportFatal. It is the responsibility of the function to terminate the application if required.
cfxExportFatal
void cfxExportFatal (char *errmsg)
Generate a fatal error message (errmsg) and close the ANSYS CFX results file. This routine
also calls a callback function, if one has been specified by cfxExportError (For details, see
cfxExportError (p. 55).). If no callback function has been specified the function also
terminates the application. There is no return from this call.
Zone Routines
A zone is defined in Region (p. 141 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's Guide"). The
following routines provide functionality for returning the number of zones in the open
ANSYS CFX results file specifying and requesting the current zone, and destroying any
internal storage associated with a zone. All other routines in the Export API refer to
quantities in the current zone being accessed by the API. By default the current zone is the
global zone (a combination of all zones in the ANSYS CFX results file), but this can be the
current zone can be altered by making a call to cfxExportZoneSet (For details, see
cfxExportZoneSet (p. 56).). Once this call has been made, any other function returns
information about this zone until a subsequent call is made.
cfxExportZoneCount
int cfxExportZoneCount ()
Mesh and Results Export API: Zone Routines
Return the number of zones in the ANSYS CFX results file.
cfxExportZoneSet
int cfxExportZoneSet (int zone, int counts[cfxCNT_SIZE])
Set the current zone being accessed by the Export API.
The value of zone should be between 1 and the value returned by cfxExportZoneCount
(see cfxExportZoneCount (p. 55)) or 0 if the global zone is to be accessed.
The function returns 0 if the value of zone is invalid or the the value zone if setting of the
zone was successful.
The argument counts can be passed as a NULL pointer. In this case no information is
returned to the calling function other than the return value mentioned above. If counts is
specified it must be at least cfxCNT_SIZE in size, not specifying an array large enough can
result in errors. In the case when counts is supplied correctly the total number of nodes,
elements, volumes, regions and variables will be returned.
cfxExportZoneGet
int cfxExportZoneGet ()
Returns the current zone number.
cfxExportZoneFree
void cfxExportZoneFree ()
While a zone is being accessed, internal storage is allocated, this storage should be
deallocated when no longer required. This can be done by calling cfxExportZoneFree or
by calling cfxExportNodeFree, cfxExportElementFree, cfxExportVolumeFree,
cfxExportRegionFree and cfxExportVariableFree. Details on each of these routines is
available:
• For details, see cfxExportNodeFree (p. 58).
• For details, see cfxExportElementFree (p. 59).
• For details, see cfxExportVolumeFree (p. 62).
• For details, see cfxExportRegionFree (p. 60).
• For details, see cfxExportVariableFree (p. 65).
cfxExportZoneIsRotating
int cfxExportZoneIsRotating(double rotationAxis[2][3], double *angularVelocity)
Query whether the current zone is rotating and describe axis and angular velocity of the
rotation if applicable.
Returns 1 if the current zone is rotating and 0 if it is not, for the combined zone the return
value is always -1.
If successful the rotation axis is returned in rotationAxis and the velocity in
angularVelocity in radians/second.
Mesh and Results Export API: Node Routines
cfxExportZoneMotionAction
int cfxExportZoneMotionAction(const int zone, const int flag)
Specify whether grid coordinates and variables should have the appropriate rotation
applied to them if the zone is rotating so that grid coordinates appear in their correct
locations and velocities (for examples) take this rotation into consideration.
If cfxExportZoneList and cfxExportVariableList should return rotated values, flag
should be set to cfxMOTION_USE.
The default behaviour for a particular zone will be used if cfxMOTION_IGNORE is specified or
this function isn't called.
If zone is not valid or flag is not cfxMOTION_USE, cfxMOTION_IGNORE the return value will
be -1 otherwise 0 is returned.
Node Routines
Accessing nodes within the current zone (For details, see cfxExportZoneSet (p. 56).) is
performed by making calls to the following functions. It should be noted that the nodes for
a zone are not loaded into the Export API until either cfxExportNodeList (For details, see
cfxExportNodeList (p. 57).) or cfxExportNodeGet (For details, see cfxExportNodeGet
(p. 57).) are called. This reduces memory overheads in the API by not allocating space until
required.
When access to nodes in the current zone is no longer required a call to
cfxExportNodeFree (For details, see cfxExportNodeFree (p. 58).) should be made to
deallocate any internal storage.
cfxExportNodeCount
int cfxExportNodeCount ()
Query the number of nodes defined in the current zone.
cfxExportNodeList
cfxNode *cfxExportNodeList ()
Return a pointer to an array of cfxNode elements (For details, see cfxnode (p. 35).)
containing the coordinate values of each node in the current zone. The first node in the zone
is the first element of the array, the second the second and so on.
The memory allocated to represent this information should be deallocated using
cfxExportNodeFree when no longer required (For details, see cfxExportNodeFree (p. 58).).
cfxExportNodeGet
int cfxExportNodeGet (int nodeid, double *x, double *y, double *z)
Query the coordinates of a specific node in the current zone.
Mesh and Results Export API: Element Routines
The index (nodeid) is specified between 1 and the number of nodes returned by
cfxExportNodeCount (For details, see cfxExportNodeCount (p. 57).). If the value of nodeid
is out of range the return value is 0 otherwise it is nodeid.
cfxExportNodeFree
void cfxExportNodeFree ()
Deallocate any internal storage allocated by the Export API after calls to
cfxExportNodeList (For details, see cfxExportNodeList (p. 57).) and cfxExportNodeGet
(For details, see cfxExportNodeGet (p. 57).) have been made in the current zone.
Element Routines
Accessing elements within the current zone (For details, see cfxExportZoneSet (p. 56).) is
performed by making calls to the following functions. It should be noted that the elements
for a zone are not loaded into the Export API until either cfxExportElementList (For
details, see cfxExportElementList (p. 58).) or cfxExportElementGet (For details, see
cfxExportElementGet (p. 58).) are called. This reduces memory overheads in the API by not
allocating space until required.
When access to elements in the current zone is no longer required a call to
cfxExportElementFree (For details, see cfxExportElementFree (p. 59).) should be made to
cfxExportElementCount
int cfxExportElementCount ()
Query the number of elements defined in the current zone.
cfxExportElementList
cfxElement *cfxExportElementList ()
Return a pointer to an array of cfxElement elements (For details, see cfxelem (p. 36).)
containing the type and vertices of each element in the current zone. The first element in
the zone is the first element of the array, the second the second and so on.
The memory allocated to represent this information should be deallocated using
cfxExportElementFree when no longer required (For details, see cfxExportElementFree
(p. 59).).
cfxExportElementGet
int cfxExportElementGet (int elemid, int elemtype, int *nodelist)
Query the type and vertices of a specific element in the current zone.
The index (elemid) is specified between 1 and the number of elements returned by
cfxExportElementCount (For details, see cfxExportElementCount (p. 58).). If the value of
elemid is out of range the return value is 0 otherwise it is elemid.
Mesh and Results Export API: Region Routines
The type of the element is returned in elemtype and the vertices defining the element in
nodelist. Note: nodelist must be large enough to hold the element number of vertices in the
element (normally an array of 8 integers is used as this allows space enough for all element
types to be handled).
cfxExportElementFree
void cfxExportElementFree ()
Deallocates any internal storage allocated by making calls to cfxExportElementList (For
details, see cfxExportElementList (p. 58).) or cfxExportElementGet (For details, see
cfxExportElementGet (p. 58).).
Region Routines
Regions are groups of faces in a ANSYS CFX results file. Accessing regions within the current
zone (For details, see cfxExportZoneSet (p. 56).) is performed by making calls to the
following functions. It should be noted that the region information is not loaded into the
Export API until either cfxExportRegionList (For details, see cfxExportRegionList (p. 60).)
or cfxExportRegionGet (For details, see cfxExportRegionGet (p. 60).) are called. This
reduces memory overheads in the API by not allocating space until required.
When access to region in the current zone is no longer required a call to
cfxExportRegionFree (For details, see cfxExportRegionFree (p. 60).) should be made to
cfxExportRegionCount
int cfxExportRegionCount ()
Query the number of regions defined in the current zone.
cfxExportRegionSize
int cfxExportRegionSize (int regnum, int type)
Query the number of faces (if type is cfxREG_FACES) or nodes (if type is cfxREG_NODES)
defined in the region identified by regnum in the current zone.
The function returns the number of faces or nodes in the current zone or 0 if either regnum
is out of range or type is invalid.
cfxExportRegionName
char *cfxExportRegionName (int regnum)
Query the name of the region in the current zone identifies by regnum.
The function returns the name of the region or NULL if the region number supplied is out of
range. The pointer returned points to static storage, which will be overwritten by the next
call to cfxExportRegionName.
Mesh and Results Export API: Face Routines
cfxExportRegionList
int *cfxExportRegionList (int regnum, int type)
Query the nodes (type is cfxREG_NODES) or faces (cfxREG_FACES) that define a region. This
function returns a pointer to an array of node ids or face ids that define the region identified
by regnum or NULL if the region number is out of range or the type is not recognized. If type
is specified as cfxREG_FACES, the returned ids will represent faces. The element number
and local element face number may be extracted from each face id returned by using the
macros cfxELEMNUM and cfxFACENUM. The node numbers for the face may be obtained by
calling cfxExportFaceNodes. For details, see cfxExportFaceNodes (p. 60).
cfxExportRegionGet
int cfxExportRegionGet (int regnum, int type, int index, int *id)
Query the index’th element (type is cfxREG_ELEM) or index’th node (type is cfxREG_NODE)
that defines a the region regnum in the current zone.
If regnum is out of range or type is not recognized or index is out of range, 0 is returned.
Otherwise id will contain the id of the appropriate node or face defining the region and the
function will return index.
If type is specified as cfxREG_FACES, the returned id will represent the identity of a face. The
element number and local element face number may be extracted from the id by using the
macros cfxELEMNUM and cfxFACENUM.
cfxExportRegionFree
void cfxExportRegionFree (int regnum)
Deallocate any internal data storage associated with the region defined by regnum.
Face Routines
Faces are 2 dimensional (2D) units of mesh. Each global face ID is returned from
cfxExportBoundaryList (For details, see cfxExportBoundaryList (p. 63).) or
cfxExportRegionList (For details, see cfxExportRegionList (p. 60).).
Within ANSYS CFX 11.0 faces are either represented as Triangles (three vertices) or
Quadrilaterals (two vertices). Each face in an ANSYS CFX 11.0 res file will be parented by a
single 3D element. The parent element of a face can be returned by the cfxELEMNUM macro
with the gloabl face ID, and the local face of that element can be determined by calling
cfxFACENUM with the same global face ID
cfxExportFaceNodes
int cfxExportFaceNodes (int faceid, int *nodes)
Requests the vertices for the face identified by faceid. The argument faceid should be
constructed from the element number and local face number using the following formula:
(element_number << 3) & local_face_number
Mesh and Results Export API: Volume Routines
Values returned from cfxExportRegionGet and cfxExportRegionList can be supplied
directly to this function.
The number of vertices defining the face are returned if faceid is valid, otherwise 0 is
returned. The node numbers are returned in the array nodes, which should be dimensioned
to a minimum size of 4 in the calling routine.
Volume Routines
Volumes are groups of elements in an ANSYS CFX results file. Accessing volumes within the
current zone (For details, see cfxExportZoneSet (p. 56).) is performed by making calls to the
following functions. It should be noted that the volume definitions for a zone are not loaded
into the Export API until either cfxExportVolumeList (For details, see cfxExportVolumeList
(p. 61).) or cfxExportVolumeGet (For details, see cfxExportVolumeGet (p. 62).) are called.
This reduces memory overheads in the API by not allocating space until required.
When access to volume information in the current zone is no longer required a call to
cfxExportVolumeFree (For details, see cfxExportVolumeFree (p. 62).) should be made to
cfxExportVolumeCount
int cfxExportVolumeCount ()
Query the number of volumes defined in the current zone.
cfxExportVolumeSize
int cfxExportVolumeSize (int volnum, int type)
Query the number of nodes (if type is cfxVOL_NODES) or number of elements (if type is
cfxVOL_ELEMS) defining the volume indexed by volnum in the current zone. The return
value will be 0 if volnum is out of range or type is invalid.
cfxExportVolumeName
char *cfxExportVolumeName (int volnum)
Query the name of the volume in the current zone indexed by volnum. Returns NULL if the
volnum is out of range.
Note: The returned pointer points to internal storage, which will be overwritten by the next
call to cfxExportVolumeName.
cfxExportVolumeList
int *cfxExportVolumeList (int volnum, int type)
Query the nodes (type is cfxVOL_NODES) or elements (cfxVOL_ELEMS) that define a volume.
This function returns a pointer to an array of node ids or element ids that define the volume
identified by volnum or NULL if the volume number is out of range or the type is not
recognized.
Mesh and Results Export API: Boundary Condition Routines
cfxExportVolumeGet
int cfxExportVolumeGet (int volnum, int type, int index, int *id)
Query the [index]th element (type is cfxVOL_ELEM) or [index]th node (type is cfxVOL_NODE)
that defines a the volume volnum in the current zone.
If volnum is out of range or type is not recognized or index is out of range 0 is returned.
Otherwise id will contain the id of the appropriate node or element in defining the volume
and the function will return index.
cfxExportVolumeFree
void cfxExportVolumeFree (int volnum)
Deallocate any internal data storage associated with the volume defined by volnum.
Boundary Condition Routines

Boundary condition are located on groups of faces in an ANSYS CFX 11.0 results file.
Accessing boundary condition locations within the current zone (For details, see
cfxExportZoneSet (p. 56).) is performed by making calls to the following functions. It should
be noted that the boundary condition location information is not loaded into the Export API
until either cfxExportBoundaryList (For details, see cfxExportBoundaryList (p. 63).) or
cfxExportBoundaryGet (For details, see cfxExportBoundaryGet (p. 63).) are called. This
reduces memory overheads in the API by not allocating space until required.
When access to regions in the current zone are no longer required a call to
cfxExportBoundaryFree (For details, see cfxExportBoundaryFree (p. 64).) should be made
to deallocate any internal storage.
cfxExportBoundaryCount
int cfxExportBoundaryCount ()
Query the number of boundary condition patches defined in the current zone.
The function returns the number of boundary conditions in the current zone.
cfxExportBoundaryName
const char *cfxExportBoundaryName (const int bcidx)
Query the name of the boundary condition in the current zone identified by bcidx.
The function returns the name of the boundary condition or NULL if the bcidx supplied is
out of range.
The pointer returned points to static storage, which will be overwritten by the next call to
cfxExportBoundaryName.
Note: The following routines use bcidx which must lie between 1 and
cfxExportBoundaryCount() and use index which must lie between 1 and
cfxExportBoundarySize (bcidx, type).
Mesh and Results Export API: Boundary Condition Routines
cfxExportBoundaryType
const char *cfxExportBoundaryType (const int bcidx)
Query the type (e.g. Inlet, Outlet etc) of the boundary condition in the current zone
identified by bcidx.
The function returns the type of the boundary condition or NULL if the bcidx supplied is out
of range.
cfxExportBoundaryType.
cfxExportBoundarySize
int cfxExportBoundarySize (const int bcidx, const int type)
Query the number of faces (if type is cfxREG_FACES) or nodes (if type is cfxREG_NODES)
defined in the boundary condition identified by bcidx in the current zone.
The function returns the number of faces or nodes or 0 if either bcidx is out of range or type
is invalid.
cfxExportBoundaryList
int *cfxExportBoundaryList (const int bcidx, const int type)
Query the faces (if type is cfxREG_FACES) or nodes (if type is cfxREG_NODES) that define a
boundary condition.
This function returns a pointer to an array of node ids or face ids that define the location of
the boundary condition identified by bcidx or NULL if bcidx is out of range or the type is
not recognized.
If type is specified as cfxREG_FACES, the returned ids will represent faces. The element
number and local element face number may be extracted from each face id returned by
using the macros cfxELEMNUM and cfxFACENUM respectively. The node numbers for the face
may be obtained by calling cfxExportFaceNodes . For details, see cfxExportFaceNodes
(p. 60).
The returned pointer points to static data which should be destroyed using
cfxExportBoundaryFree. Subsequent calls to cfxExportBoundaryList will overwrite
the array.
cfxExportBoundaryGet
int cfxExportBoundaryGet (const int bcidx, const int type, const int index, int *id)
Query the index'th face (type is cfxREG_FACES) or index'th node (type is cfxREG_NODES)
that defines the boundary condition location indexed by bcidx in the current zone.
If bcidx is out of range or type is not recognized or index is out of range (not between 1 and
cfxExportBoundarySize), 0 is returned.
Otherwise id will contain the identifier of the appropriate node or face defining the
boundary condition location and the function will return index.
Mesh and Results Export API: Variable Routines
If type is specified as cfxREG_FACES, the returned id will represent the identity of a face. The
element number and local element face number may be extracted from the id by using the
macros cfxELEMNUM and cfxFACENUM respectively.
cfxExportBoundaryFree
void cfxExportBoundaryFree (const int bcidx)
Deallocate any internal data storage associated with the boundary condition defined by
bcidx .
Variable Routines
These routines access the variable data defined on the current zone as defined by
cfxExportZoneSet. For details, see cfxExportZoneSet (p. 56). The variable data arrays are
not loaded into memory until either cfxExportVariableList or cfxExportVariableGet
are called, and remain in memory until cfxExportVariableFree is called.
• For details, see cfxExportVariableList (p. 65).
• For details, see cfxExportVariableGet (p. 65).
• For details, see cfxExportVariableFree (p. 65).
cfxExportVariableCount
int cfxExportVariableCount(int usr_level)
Query the number of variables at interest level usr_level or below. If usr_level is 0, then
the total number of variables is returned.
cfxExportVariableSize
int cfxExportVariableSize (int varnum, int *dimension, int *length, int *bdnflag)
Query the dimension, dimension, and length, length, for the variable identified by varnum,
which should be from 1 to the number of variables, returned by cfxExportVariableCount
(For details, see cfxExportVariableCount (p. 64).). The length, length, will either be 1 or the
same as the number of nodes returned by cfxExportNodeCount (For details, see
cfxExportNodeCount (p. 57).). If 1, then the variable has meaningful values only at the
boundary nodes, with a constant value in the interior.
The function also returns bdnflag which indicates if the variable contains corrected
boundary node values (1) or not (0).
The function returns varnum if successful, or 0 if the variable number is out of range.
cfxExportVariableName
char *cfxExportVariableName (int varnum, int alias)
Query the name of the variable identified by varnum.
The return value of the function is NULL if the variable number is out of range or the name
of the variable.
cfxExportVariableName.
The argument alias indicates whether the short name (alias=0) or long name (alias=1)
should be returned. For example, the short and long names for the total temperature
variable are TEMPTOT and Total Temperature, respectively.
cfxExportVariableList
float *cfxExportVariableList (int varnum, int correct)
Query the results data for a variable identified by varnum.
Returns NULL if the variable number is out of range or the variable data if successful.
The flag correct indicates whether to correct boundary node data (correct=1) or not
(correct=0), assuming that it exists.
The data is in the same order as the nodes returned from cfxExportNodeList (For details,
see cfxExportNodeList (p. 57).).
For multidimensional variables, the data is stored with dimension consecutive values for
each node.
The storage for the data is created by the Export API when this function is called. When the
data is no longer required a call to cfxExportVariableFree (For details, see
cfxExportVariableFree (p. 65).) should be made by the calling function.
cfxExportVariableGet
int cfxExportVariableGet (int varnum, int correct, int index, float *value)
Request the value(s) of the variable identified by varnum at the location given by index,
which should be from 1 to the length of the variable, inclusively.
The flag correct indicates whether to correct boundary node data (correct=1) or not
(correct=0), assuming that it exists.
The function returns index, or 0 if the location is out of range.
The values of the variable are returned in value which should be dimensioned at least as
large as the dimension of the variable.
cfxExportVariableFree
void cfxExportVariableFree (int varnum)
Deallocates the internal data storage for the variable identified by varnum for the current
zone.
Reference Guide for Mesh
Deformation and
Fluid-Structure Interaction
Introduction
This guide is part of a series that provides advice for using ANSYS CFX in specific engineering
application areas. It is aimed at users with little or moderate experience using ANSYS CFX for
applications involving Mesh Deformation and/or Fluid Structure Interaction.
Mesh Deformation
Mesh deformation is an important part of executing simulations with changing domain
geometry. In ANSYS CFX, this capability is available in fluid and solid domains. Motion can
be specified on selected regions via CEL or an external solver coupling (e.g., ANSYS
Multi-field MFX), or on all nodes in an entire domain via a user-Fortran junction box routine.
Mesh Folding: Negative Sector and Element Volumes

It is not uncommon for the mesh to become folded (or tangled) during the mesh
deformation process. When this occurs, a message indicating the existence and location of
either negative sector volumes or negative (i.e., topologically invalid) elements is written to
the simulation output file. Notification of negative sector volumes highlights the existence
of non-convex mesh elements that still have a positive volume. Although the existence of
negative sector volumes is not a fatal condition, it does indicate that:
• Mesh elements are only barely positive
• Further mesh deformation is likely to yield elements with negative volumes, which is a
fatal condition
Some of the most common causes for mesh folding during deformation are identified in the
following sections.
Reference Guide for Mesh Deformation and Fluid-Structure Interaction: Mesh Deformation
Applying Large Displacements Gradually

In many simulations that require mesh deformation, the motion is known a priori. In these
cases, the motion can be applied gradually, by relating it to the iteration or timestep
counters, to reduce the likelihood of mesh folding. Mesh folding is often avoided with this
strategy because the mesh displacement equations are assembled using the updated
meshes from each deformation step (i.e., outer iteration or timestep). In general, the desired
total mesh deformation should be split up so that regions where motion is specified move
through less than approximately 5 adjacent elements per step.
In some simulations, the motion is not known a priori. Fluid Structure Interaction is an
excellent example of this. In these cases, mechanisms available for under-relaxing the
displacements applied per deformation step should be used. For details, see Solver
Controls, External Coupling Tab (p. 342 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide").
Consistency of Mesh Motion Specifications

Mesh motion options such as Specified Displacement may be applied on multiple
boundary and subdomain regions. Since the specified motion is applied directly to mesh
nodes, rather than control volume integration points, care is required to ensure that motion
specified on adjacent regions is self-consistent. For example, the motion specified on one
moving wall should be reduced to zero for any nodes that are shared with another
stationary wall. If this is not done, then the motion applied to the shared nodes will be either
the moving or stationary condition, depending on which was applied last during the
equation assembly process.
Folded meshes often result from the application of inconsistent motion specifications.
Solving the Mesh Displacement Equations and Updating Mesh Coordinates

During each outer iteration or timestep, the mesh displacement equations are solved to the
specified convergence level and the resulting displacements are applied to update the
mesh coordinates. This occurs before proceeding to solve the general transport (e.g.,
hydrodynamics, turbulence, etc.) equations.
Unlike other equation classes, the convergence level (i.e., controls and criteria) applied to
mesh displacement equations is unaffected by changes made to the basic settings for all
other equations. The default convergence controls and criteria for the mesh displacement
equation are tabulated below, and are changed by visiting the Mesh Displacement entry
in the Equation Class Settings tab under Solver Control.
Setting Value
Maximum Number of Coefficient Loops 5
Minimum Number of Coefficient Loops 1
Residual Type RMS
Residual Target 1.0E-4
Reference Guide for Mesh Deformation and Fluid-Structure Interaction: Fluid Structure Interaction
Mesh folding occurs and is detected when the displacements are used to update the mesh
coordinates. Folded meshes can occur if the displacement equations are incompletely
solved. In this case, the unconverged displacement solution field does not vary smoothly
enough to ensure that adjacent mesh nodes move by similar amounts.
Mesh Displacement vs. Total Mesh Displacement

A number of new variables become available when executing simulations with mesh
deformation. Two of these variables are Mesh Displacement and Total Mesh
Displacement.
Mesh Displacement is the principle variable that is solved for by the mesh motion model
(see Mesh Deformation (p. 4 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide")). This variable
represents the displacement relative to the previous mesh locations. Conversely, Total
Mesh Displacement is a derived quantity that represents the displacement relative to the
initial mesh.
Simulation Restart Behavior

The following table summarizes the behavior that occurs when simulations with (or
without) mesh deformation are restarted with (or without) mesh deformation. With only the
exception noted, the simulation type (i.e., steady state or transient) used for the initial or
restart run does not affect behavior.
Initial Simulation Restart Simulation Restart Behavior

No Deformation Deformation Mesh from initial run serves as
initial mesh for restart run
Deformation No Deformation Final mesh from initial run serves
as mesh for restart run
Deformation Deformation Initial mesh from initial run serves
as initial mesh for restart run*
*. If the restart is a transient run with the initial time set to Value, then the final mesh from
the initial run will serve as the initial mesh for the restart simulation.
Fluid Structure Interaction

ANSYS CFX provides the ability to solve, or take part in the solution of cases that involve the
coupling of solution fields in fluid and solid domains. This coupling is commonly referred to
as Fluid Structure Interaction (FSI). One example of FSI is the simulation of an internal
combustion engine, which involves the solution of fluid flow, conjugate heat transfer and
combustion problems on deforming meshes.
In the discussion that follows, examples are presented to demonstrate the FSI capabilities
using ANSYS CFX by itself or with other CAE packages like ANSYS Mechanical and
Multiphysics. These examples are grouped according to the degree of coupling that must
be maintained during the simulation in order to ensure that accurate results are obtained.
Uni-Directional (1-Way) FSI

In many FSI simulations, the coupling between the solution fields is predominantly
uni-directional; a given field may strongly affect, but not be affected by other fields. In
ANSYS CFX, there are a variety of strategies to efficiently execute such simulations. These
strategies are identified in the following examples.
Using ANSYS One of the most useful examples of uni-directional FSI within ANSYS CFX involves
CFX Only prescribed mesh deformation of fluid or solid domains. This is possible using the CEL to
specify the motion of sub-domains or domain boundaries, or by reading a sequence of
pre-defined meshes.
Using ANSYS In some FSI simulations, the capabilities of ANSYS software products are required in addition
CFX and ANSYS to those of ANSYS CFX. In these circumstances, ANSYS CFX provides tools to facilitate the
import and export of solution data in a variety of formats.
Importing Data from the ANSYS Solver

The recommended method for importing boundary condition data from ANSYS into ANSYS
CFX is via boundary profile data. For information about the creation and use of profile data
files, refer to Chapter 6, Unidirectional Load Transfer, of Coupled-Field Analysis Guide in the
ANSYS user documentation and Use Profile Data (p. 178 in "ANSYS CFX-Pre User's Guide"),
respectively.
Export Data to Other ANSYS Software Products

Two methods exist for exporting data from ANSYS CFX for use in other ANSYS software
products. The first method requires the use of the MFS variant of the ANSYS Multi-field
solver and the second method does not.
1. For information about exporting mechanical and thermal surface data and thermal
volumetric data for use with the MFS solver, Refer to ANSYS Multi-field Export Options
(p. 124 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's Guide"). For information about using the
exported results and the MFS Solver, refer to Chapter 3, The ANSYS Multi-field (TM) Solver
- MFS Single-Code Coupling, of the Coupled-Field Analysis Guide.
2. For information about exporting mechanical and thermal surface data for general use,
refer to ANSYS Import/Export (p. 54 in "ANSYS CFX-Post User's Guide"). This method
involves reading an ANSYS Coded Database (CDB) file and interpolating ANSYS CFX
solution data onto the mesh contained in that file. For more information about how
these steps are automated in the ANSYS Workbench Simulation environment, refer to
the Coupled Environments subsection of the Simulation Help section of the ANSYS
Workbench documentation.
Using ANSYS Solution data can be exported from ANSYS CFX in a variety of general formats during or after
CFX and Other execution of the ANSYS CFX-Solver. For information about the export of data in CGNS
CAE Software
format during the execution of the solver, refer to Export Results Tab (p. 231 in "ANSYS
CFX-Pre User's Guide"). For information about the extraction and export of CGNS, MSC
Patran, FIELDVIEW, EnSight and custom data from ANSYS CFX results files, refer to Generic
Export Options (p. 125 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's Guide").
Bi-Directional (2-Way) FSI

In some simulations, there is a strong and potentially non-linear relationship between the
fields that are coupled in the Fluid Structure Interaction. Under these conditions, the ability
to reach a converged solution will likely require the use of bi-directional FSI. As for
uni-directional interaction, examples are provided below that demonstrate the variety of
strategies to execute such simulations.
Using ANSYS Conjugate heat transfer is an example of bi-directional interaction that can be solved using
CFX Only the ANSYS CFX-Solver only.
Using ANSYS Communicating data between and ANSYS CFX and ANSYS is automated by the MFX branch
CFX and ANSYS of the ANSYS Multi-field solver. In this branch of the ANSYS Multi-field solver, data is
communicated between the ANSYS CFX and ANSYS field solvers through standard internet
sockets using a custom client-server communication protocol. This custom solution
maximizes execution efficiency and robustness, and greatly facilitates future extensibility.
Setup requires creation of the fluid and solid domain/physical models in the ANSYS CFX-Pre
and ANSYS user interfaces, respectively, and the specification of coupling data transfers and
controls in the ANSYS CFX-Pre user interface. Execution and run-time monitoring of the
coupled simulation is performed from the ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager. Note that a
dedicated MFX-ANSYS/CFX tab is also provided in the ANSYS Launcher to begin execution
of the coupled simulation (see General Procedure (p. 21 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager
User's Guide")).
Refer to the following sections for more information:
• Coupling ANSYS CFX to an External Solver: ANSYS Multi-field Simulations (p. 335 in
"ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide")
• Coupled-Field Analysis Guide in the ANSYS user documentation
• Coupled Environments, a subsection of Simulation Help in the ANSYS Workbench
documentation
Coupled simulations begin with the execution of the ANSYS and CFX field solvers. The
ANSYS solver acts as a coupling master process to which the CFX solver connects. Once that
connection is established, the solvers advance through a sequence of six pre-defined
synchronization points (SPs), as illustrated in Figure 1. At each of these SPs, each field solver
gathers the data it requires from the other solver in order to advance to the next point.
The first three SPs are used to prepare the solvers for the calculation intensive solution
process, which takes place during the final three SPs. These final SPs define a sequence of
coupling steps, each of which consists of one or more stagger/coupling iterations. During
every stagger iteration, each field solver gathers the data it requires from the other solver,
and solves its field equations for the current coupling step. Stagger iterations are repeated
until a maximum number of stagger iterations is reached or until the data transferred
between solvers and all field equations have converged. The latter guarantees an implicit
solution of all fields for each coupling step.
Figure 1 Sequence of Synchronization Points
Using ANSYS Third party code-coupling software or proprietary interfaces provided by the CAE software
CFX and Other vendors can also be used in conjunction with ANSYS CFX. Please contact those software
CAE Software
providers and your ANSYS CFX service representative for more information.
DesignXplorer Interface
Introduction
• Using DesignXplorer in CFX (p. 75)
DesignXplorer is a demonstration feature in this release.

A sample tutorial describing how to use DesignXplorer in CFX is available; see Tutorial 22:
Optimizing Flow in a Static Mixer (p. 369).
Using DesignXplorer in CFX

DesignXplorer enables you to modify the geometry and physics of your project so that you
can determine which parameter settings provide the best results. You do this by running a
DesignXplorer study with CFX in the Workbench.
You can run a DesignXplorer study by opening a project in Workbench, selecting a .res file,
and selecting Define CFX/DesignXplorer Study from the left pane. This displays the Set up
CFX/DesignXplorer Study dialog.
The Set Up CFX/DesignXplorer Study Dialog

The Set up CFX/DesignXplorer Study dialog has two tabs: the Parametric Study Settings tab
and the Solver Run Settings tab. Most of the settings are straightforward, but the
descriptions that follow provide tips about choosing the appropriate values.

DesignXplorer Interface: Using DesignXplorer in CFX
The Parametric The Parametric Study Settings tab controls where DesignXplorer finds its source files.
Study Settings
Tab
The Parametric Geometry Settings enable you to specify that you want to run studies that
involve changes to the geometry of an object (for example, the diameter of openings). If you
do not check Specify Geometry Settings, you can still change the physics of your study (for
example, the velocity and temperature characteristics). The Mesh File must be a .cmdb file.
The Parametric Post-Processing Settings section is where you specify the file that
contains the output parameters that you want to explore. These parameters are defined in
CEL, the CFX Expression Language. There is some CEL that works in CFX-Pre and CFX-Solver,
but not in CFX-Post. Any expression created in CFX-Pre and used as a DesignXplorer output
parameter could potentially cause fatal errors during the DesignXplorer run, so you should
create all expressions for DesignXplorer output parameters in CFX-Post.
The Define CFX Solver Run Settings checkbox enables the Solver Run Settings tab.
The Solver Run The Solver Run Settings tab enables you to specify a Parallel Run (which requires a special
Settings Tab license). You can also set the Working Folder and enable the Advanced Control tabs
(Partitioner, Solver, and Interpolator).
The Advanced Settings tabs control the same operations as the Define Run dialog. For
details, see Run Definition Tab (p. 8 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's Guide").
ANSYS CFX Best Practices
Guide for Numerical Accuracy
Introduction
• An Approach to Error Identification, Estimation and Validation (p. 79)
• Definition of Errors in CFD Simulations (p. 81)
• General Best Practice Guidelines (p. 91)
• Selection and Evaluation of Experimental Data (p. 102)
application areas. The current guidelines are adapted from Best Practice Guidelines
developed for the nuclear reactor safety applications [143]. This guide is aimed at users with
moderate or little experience using ANSYS CFX and provides best practice guidelines for
Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD) simulation and documentation of the verification,
validation, and demonstration test cases.
An Approach to Error Identification, Estimation and Validation
An evaluation of CFD capabilities has to ensure that the different types of errors are
identified and, as far as possible, treated separately. It is known from single-phase studies
that the quantification and documentation of modeling errors (as in turbulence model, et
cetera) can only be achieved if the other major sources of errors are reduced below an
“acceptable” level. In an ideal world, this would mean, amongst other demands, that
solutions are provided for grids and with timesteps, which are fine enough so that numerical
errors can be neglected. This is not a trivial task and the separation of errors cannot always
be achieved. These difficulties will be greatly increased by the inclusion of multi-phase
physics and unsteady effects. Nevertheless, the worst strategy would be to avoid the subject
and to provide solutions on a single grid, with a single timestep and with other uncertainties
in initial and boundary conditions not evaluated. This would result in solutions, which would
be of little use for the validation goals.

ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Numerical Accuracy: Introduction
An essential quantity in the quality assurance procedure is the definition of target variables.
They will mainly be scalar (integral) quantities (for instance, forces, heat transfer rates, max.
temperature) or one-dimensional distributions like the wall heat transfer along a certain
line, et cetera. Convergence studies can be based on these variables without a reference to
the grid used in the simulation. They can also be used for an asymptotic evaluation of
convergence on unstructured meshes. Even more important, these quantities are of
immediate meaning to engineers and allow to understand the uncertainty from a physical
standpoint. A danger of integral or local scalar quantities is that they might not be sensitive
enough to detect local changes in the solutions under grid refinement. This should be kept
in mind during the analysis.
In order to tackle the problem, it is necessary to first define the different type of errors, which
can impact a CFD simulation. It is then required to list the most promising strategies in order
to reduce or avoid these errors. Based on these strategies, procedures have to be defined,
which can be used for the test case simulations.
It might be not possible to rigorously perform the error estimation and reduction
procedures described in the following sections for the complex demonstration cases.
However, the best attempt should be made to follow the principal ideas and to avoid single
grid solutions without sensitivity studies. For these cases, it is even more important to follow
a stringent documentation procedure and to list the possible deficiencies and uncertainties
in the simulations.
The strategies for the reduction and evaluation of numerical errors have been developed for
single-phase flows. There is no principal difference between the single- and multi-phase
flow formulations. They are both based on (ensemble) averaged equations, and are
mathematically similar. From a physical standpoint, there are however significant additional
challenges due to the presence of the different phases, besides the obviously higher
demands on model formulation. One of the additional complication lies in the presence of
sharp interfaces between the phases, which require a higher degree of grid resolution than
usually necessary for single-phase flows. In addition, multi-phase flows have a higher affinity
to physical instabilities, which might be suppressed on coarse grids, but appear under grid
refinement. (This effect is sometimes also observed in single-phase flows. An example is the
blunt trailing edge of an airfoil, where extreme grid refinement will eventually capture the
vortex shedding of the mixing layer). It is to be kept in mind that the brute application of
procedures might not lead to the desired results. Also in these cases, the spirit behind the
guidelines should be followed and carried as far as possible.
Validation studies have to be based on experimental data. These data can introduce
significant errors into the comparison. It is therefore required to select the project test cases
with attention to potential error sources and experimental uncertainties. Definitions on the
different types of test cases as well as on the requirements for the project are given in
Section “Selection and Evaluation of Experimental Data (p. 102).”
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Numerical Accuracy: Definition of Errors in CFD Simulations
Definition of Errors in CFD Simulations

CFD simulations have the following potential sources for errors or uncertainties:
• Numerical Errors
• Modeling Errors
• User Errors
• Application Uncertainties
• Software Errors.
Numerical errors result from the differences between the exact equations and the
discretized equations solved by the CFD code. For consistent discretization schemes, these
errors can be reduced by an increased spatial grid density and/or by smaller timesteps.
Modeling errors result from the necessity to describe flow phenomena like turbulence,
combustion, and multi-phase flows by empirical models. For turbulent flows, the necessity
for using empirical models derives from the excessive computational effort to solve the
exact equations1 with a Direct Numerical Simulation (DNS) approach. Turbulence models
are therefore required to bridge the gap between the real flow and the statistically averaged
equations. Other examples are combustion models and models for interpenetrating
continua, for example, two-fluid models for two-phase flows.
User errors result from inadequate use of CFD software. They are usually a result of
insufficient expertise by the CFD user. They can be reduced or avoided by additional
training and experience in combination with a high quality project management and by
provision and use of Best Practice Guidelines and associated checklists.
Software errors are the result of an inconsistency between the documented equations and
the actual implementation in the CFD software. They are usually a result of programming
errors.
Application uncertainties are related to insufficient information to define a CFD simulation.
A typical example is insufficient information on the boundary conditions.
A more detailed definition of the different errors is given in the remainder of this section.
Numerical Errors
Solution Error The most relevant errors from a practical standpoint are solution errors2. They are the
difference between the exact solution of the model equations and the numerical solution.
The relative solution error can be formally defined as:
f exact – f numeric
E s = ------------------------------------- (Eqn. 1)
f exact
1. The Navier-Stokes equations for single-phase, Newtonian fluids

2. Sometimes also called ‘discretization errors’
Equation (1) is valid for every grid point for which the numerical solution exists. A global
number can be defined by applying suitable norms, as:
f exact – f numeric
Ê s = -----------------------------------------
- (Eqn. 2)
f exact
The goal of a numerical simulation is to reduce this error below an acceptable limit.
Obviously, this is not a straightforward task, as the exact solution is not known and the error
can therefore not be computed. Exceptions are simple test cases for code verification where
an analytical solution is available.
Given a grid spacing ∆ , and the truncation error order of a consistent discretization scheme,
p , a Taylor series can be written to express the exact solution as:
p
f exact = f numeric + c∆ + HOT (Eqn. 3)
th
In other words, the numerical solution converges towards the exact solution with the p
power of the grid spacing. Analogous definitions are available for time discretization errors.
Spatial Spatial discretization errors are the result of replacing the analytical derivatives or integrals
Discretization in the exact equations by numerical approximations, which have a certain truncation error.
Error
The truncation error can be obtained by inserting a Taylor series expansion of the numerical
solution into the different terms of the discretized equations:
∞
(i) i
f numerical = f exact + ∑ ci f ∆ (Eqn. 4)
i=1
(i) th
where f is the i derivative of the exact solution at a given location. An example is a
central difference for a spatial derivative:
∂f f i + 1 – f i – 1
------ ≈ -----------------------------
∂x x i + 1 – x i – 1
(1) (2) 2 (3) 3
( f exact + f ∆x + c 2 f ∆x + c 3 f ∆x + HOT ) ⁄ ( 2∆x ) (Eqn. 5)
=
(1) (2) 2 (3) 3
– ( f exact – f ∆x + c 2 f ∆x – c 3 f ∆x + HOT ) ⁄ ( 2∆x )
(1) 2
= f + o ( ∆x )
This formulation has a truncation error of order 2 and is therefore second order accurate.
The overall truncation error order of the spatial discretization scheme is determined by the
lowest order truncation error after all terms have been discretized.
2 (3) 2
In the o ( ∆x ) term of Equation 5, the leading term is proportional to f ∆x . First order
upwind differencing of the convective terms yields truncation errors o ( ∆x ) with leading
(2)
term proportional to f ∆x . This term then contributes to the diffusion term
(numerical/false diffusion) which is most dangerous in 3D problems with grid lines not
aligned to the flow direction. These schemes enhance the dissipation property of the
numerical algorithm (see for example, Ferziger and Peric [141]) and are not desirable in high
quality CFD simulations.
From a practical standpoint, it is important to understand that for a first order method, the
error is reduced to 50% by a doubling of the grid resolution in each spatial direction. For a
second order method, it is reduced to 25% for the same grid refinement.
Time Time adds another dimension to a CFD simulation. The definition of time discretization
Discretization errors is therefore similar to the definition of the spatial discretization errors. The spatial
Error
discretization usually results in a system of non-linear algebraic equations of the form:
∂φ
------ = g ( φ ) (Eqn. 6)
∂t
The error in the time discretization can again be obtained by a Taylor series expansion of the
numerical formulation of this equation. With the example of a backward Euler integration:
n+1 n
φ –φ n+1
------------------------ = g ( φ ) (Eqn. 7)
∆t
the discretization error is:
n+1 n+1 ( 1 )n + 1 ( 2 )n + 1 2
φ – (φ –φ ∆t + c 2 φ ∆t + HOT )
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
∆t
(Eqn. 8)
n+1
∂φ ( 2 )n + 1
= --------------- + c 2 φ ∆t + HOT
∂t
The error is therefore first order for the time derivative.

An additional complication for implicit methods comes from the inclusion of the unknown
n+1
φ in the right hand side of Equation 7. In order to benefit from an implicit method, a
linearization of g has to be included:
n+1 n ∆φ 2 ∂g
g (φ ) = g ( φ ) + G ------- ∆t + o ( ∆t ) ; with G = ------ (Eqn. 9)
∆t ∂φ
The resulting discretized equation is therefore:
1 n+1 n n
------ – G ( φ – φ ) = g (φ ) (Eqn. 10)
∆t
This constitutes an implicit formulation with first order accuracy. A second order time
differencing is not compatible with this linearization of the right hand side, as the
linearization introduced a first order error in ∆t . In order to be able to satisfy the implicit
dependency of the right hand side on the time level n + 1 more closely, inner iterations (or
coefficient loops) are frequently introduced:
n + 1, m + 1 n
φ –φ n + 1, m + 1
------------------------------------- = g ( φ )
∆t (Eqn. 11)
n + 1 ,m n + 1 ,m + 1 n + 1, m n + 1, m + 1 n + 1, m 2
= g (φ ) + G(φ –φ ) + o(φ –φ )
where an additional iteration over the index m is carried out. This equation can be
reformulated as:
n + 1, m n
1 n + 1, m + 1 n + 1, m n + 1, m φ –φ
------ – G ( φ –φ ) = g (φ ) – ------------------------------ (Eqn. 12)
∆t ∆t
This equation can be converged completely (left hand side goes to zero) in m in order to
solve the original exact implicit formulation given by Equation 7. It is obvious that it is not
necessary to converge the coefficient loop to zero, while the right hand side has a finite (first
order) error in ∆t . It can be shown that for a first order time integration, one coefficient loop
is consistent with the accuracy of the method. In case that a second order accurate scheme
is used in the time derivative, two coefficient loops will ensure overall second order accuracy
of the method. Note, however, that this is only correct if the coefficient loops are not
under-relaxed in any way.
For explicit methods, no coefficient loops are required and the time discretization error is
defined solely from a Taylor series expansion.
Iteration Error The iteration error is similar to the coefficient loop error described above. It occurs in case
that a steady-state solution is sought from an iterative method. In most CFD codes, the
iteration is carried out via a (pseudo-) timestepping scheme as given in the example above:
1 n+1 n n
------ – G ( φ – φ ) = g (φ ) (Eqn. 13)
∆t
Zero iteration error would mean that the left hand side is converged to zero, leading to the
converged solution g ( φ ) = 0 . However, in practical situations, the iterative process is
stopped at a certain level, in order to reduce the numerical effort. The difference between
this solution and the fully converged solution defines the iteration error.
The iteration error is usually quantified in terms of a residual or a residual norm. This can be
the maximum absolute value of the right hand side, g ( φ ) , for all grid points, or a root mean
square of this quantity. In most CFD methods, the residual is non-dimensionalized to allow
for a comparison between different applications with different scaling. However, the
non-dimensionalization is different for different CFD codes, making general statements as
to the required absolute level of residuals impractical. Typically, the quality of a solution is
measured by the overall reduction in the residual, compared to the level at the start of the
simulation.
The iteration error should be controlled with the use of the target variables. The value of the
target variable can be plotted as a function of the convergence level. In case of iterative
convergence, the target variable should remain constant with the convergence level. It is
desirable to display the target variable in the solver monitor during the simulation.
Round-off Error Another numerical error is the round-off error. It results from the fact that a computer only
solves the equations with a finite number of digits (around 8 for single precision and around
16 for double precision). Due to the limited number of digits, the computer cannot
differentiate between numbers that are different by an amount below the available
accuracy. For flow simulations with large-scale differences (for instance, extent of the
domain vs. cell size), this can be a problem for single precision simulations. Round-off errors
are often characterized by a random behavior of the numerical solution.
Solution Error The most practical method to obtain estimates for the solution error is systematic grid
Estimation refinement or timestep reduction. In the following, the equations for error estimation are
given for grid refinement. The same process can be used for timestep refinement.
In case that the asymptotic range of the convergence properties of the numerical method
is reached, the difference between solutions on successively refined grids can be used as an
error estimator. This allows the application of Richardson extrapolation to the solutions on
the different grids, Roache [139]. In the asymptotic limit, the solution can be written as
follows:
2
f exact = f i + g 1 h i + g 2 h i + ... (Eqn. 14)
In this formulation, h is the grid spacing (or a linear measure of it) and the g i are functions
independent of the grid spacing. The subscript, i , refers to the current level of grid
resolution. Solutions on different grids are represented by different subscripts.
The assumption for the derivation of an error estimate is that the order of the numerical
discretization is known. This is usually the case. Assuming a second order accurate method,
the above expansion can be written for two different grids:
2
f exact = f 1 + g 2 h 1 + ... (Eqn. 15)
2
f exact = f 2 + g 2 h 2 + ...
Neglecting higher order terms, the unknown function g 2 can be eliminated from this
equation. An estimate for the exact solution is therefore:
2 2
h2 f 1 – h1 f 2
f exact 2 2
- + HOT
= ---------------------------- (Eqn. 16)
h2 – h1
The difference between the fine grid solution and the exact solution (defining the error) is
therefore:
f1– f2 h
- + HOT ; with r = ----2-
E = f exact – f 1 = ---------------- (Eqn. 17)
2
r –1 h1
For an arbitrary order of accuracy, p , of the underlying numerical scheme, the error is given
by:
f1– f2
E = f exact – f 1 = ----------------
p
- + HOT (Eqn. 18)
r –1
In order to build the difference between the solutions f 1 and f 2 , it is required that the
coarse and the fine grid solution is available at the same location. In case of a doubling of
the grid density without a movement of the coarse grid nodes, all information is available
on the coarse grid nodes. The application of the correction to the fine grid solution requires
an interpolation of the correction to the fine grid nodes, Roache [139]. In case of a general
grid refinement, the solutions are not available on the same physical locations. An
interpolation of the solution between the different grids is then required for a direct error
estimate. It has to be ensured that the interpolation error is lower than the solution error in
order to avoid a contamination of the estimate.
Richardson interpolation can also be applied to integral quantities (target variables), like lift
or drag coefficients, et cetera. In this case, no interpolation of the solution between grids is
required.
Note that the above derivation is only valid if the underlying method has the same order of
accuracy everywhere in the domain and if the coarse grid is already in the asymptotic range
(the error decreases with the order of the numerical method). In addition, the method
magnifies round-off and iteration errors.
The intention of the Richardson interpolation was originally to improve the solution on the
fine grid. This requires an interpolation of the correction to the fine grid, and introduces
additional inaccuracies into the extrapolated solution, like errors in the conservation
properties of the solution. A more practical use of the Richardson extrapolation is the
determination of the relative solution error, A 1 :
f 1 – f exact
A 1 = ------------------------ (Eqn. 19)
f exact
An estimate, E 1 , of this quantity can be derived from Equation 16:
f2– f1 1
A 1 = ----------------- ------------- (Eqn. 20)
f 1 r p– 1
It can be shown, Roache [139], that the exact relative error and the approximation are
related by:
p+1
A1 = E1 + O ( h ) (Eqn. 21)
Equation 20 can also be divided by the range of f 1 or another suitable quantity in order to
prevent the error to become infinite as f 1 goes to zero.
In order to arrive at a practical error estimator, the following definitions are proposed:
Field error:
f2– f1 1
A f = ------------------------ ------------------ (Eqn. 22)
range ( f 1 ) ( r p – 1 )
Maximum error:
max ( f 2 – f 1 ) 1
A max = --------------------------------- ------------------ (Eqn. 23)
range ( f 1 ) ( r p – 1 )
RMS error:
rms ( f 2 – f 1 ) 1
A rms = -------------------------------- ------------------ (Eqn. 24)
range ( f 1 ) ( r p – 1 )
Target variable error:
Θ1 – Θ2 1
A rms = ---------------------- ------------------ (Eqn. 25)
Θ1 ( r p – 1 )
where Θ is the defined target variable (list, drag, heat transfer coefficient, max temperature,
mass flow, et cetera).
The range of a vector is defined by:
Similar error measures can be defined for derived variables, which can be specified for each
test case. Typical examples would be the total mass flow, the pressure drop or the overall
heat transfer. This will be the recommended strategy, as it avoids the interpolation of
solutions between the coarse and the fine grid.
For unstructured meshes, the above considerations are only valid in case of a global
refinement of the mesh. Otherwise, the solution error will not be reduced continuously
across the domain. For unstructured refinement the refinement level, r , can be defined as
follows:
N1 1 ⁄ D
r effective = ⎛ ------⎞ (Eqn. 26)
⎝ N 2⎠
where N i is the number of grid points and D is the dimension of the problem.
It must be emphasized that these definitions do not impose an upper limit on the real error,
but are estimates for the evaluation of the quality of the numerical results. Limitations of the
above error estimates are:
• The solution has to be smooth
• The truncation error order of the method has to be known
• The solution has to be sufficiently converged in the iteration domain
• The coarse grid solution has to be in the asymptotic range.
For three-dimensional simulations, the demand that the coarse grid solution is in the
asymptotic range is often hard to ensure. It is therefore required to compute the error for
three different grid levels, to avoid fortuitous results. If the solution is in the asymptotic
range, the following indicator should be close to constant:
error
E h = -----------
p
- (Eqn. 27)
h
Modeling Errors
In industrial CFD methods, numerous physical and chemical models are incorporated.
Models are usually applied to avoid the resolution of a large range of scales, which would
result in excessive computing requirements.
The classical model used in almost all industrial CFD applications is a turbulence model. It is
based on time or ensemble averaging of the equations resulting in the so-called Reynolds
Averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) equations. Due to the averaging procedure, information
from the full Navier-Stokes equations is lost. It is supplied back into the code by the
turbulence model. The most widely used industrial models are two-equation models, like
the k-ε or k-ω models.
The statistical model approach reduces the resolution requirements in time and space by
many orders of magnitude, but requires the calibration of model coefficients for certain
classes of flows against experimental data. There is a wide variety of models that are
introduced to reduce the resolution requirements for CFD simulations:
• Turbulence models
• Multi-phase models
• Combustion models
• Radiation models
• et cetera.
In combustion models, the reduction can be both in terms of the chemical species and in
terms of the turbulence-combustion interaction. In radiation, the reduction is typically in
terms of the wavelength and/or the directional information. For multi-phase flows, it is
usually not possible to resolve a large number of individual bubbles or droplets. In this case,
the equations are averaged over the different phases to produce continuous distributions
for each phase in space and time.
As all of these models are based on a reduction of the ‘real’ physics to a reduced ‘resolution’,
information has to be introduced from outside the original equations. This is usually
achieved by experimental calibration, or by available DNS results.
Once a model has been selected, the accuracy of the simulation cannot be increased
beyond the capabilities of the model. This is the largest factor of uncertainty in CFD
methods, as modeling errors can be of the order of 100% or more. These large errors occur
in cases where the CFD solution is very sensitive to the model assumptions and where a
model is applied outside its range of calibration.
Because of the complexity of industrial simulations, it cannot be ensured that the models
available in a given CFD code are suitable for a new application. While in most industrial
codes a number of different models are available, there is no a priori criterion as to the
selection of the most appropriate one. Successful model selection is largely based on the
expertise and the knowledge of the CFD user.
User Errors
User errors result from the inadequate use of the resources available for a CFD simulation.
The resources are given by:
• Problem description
• Computing power
• CFD software
• Physical models in the software
• Project time frame.
According to the ERCOFTAC Best Practice Guidelines [140], some of the sources for user
errors are:
• Lack of experience
• Lack of attention to detail, sloppiness, carelessness, mistakes and blunders.
Often, user errors are related to management errors when insufficient resources are
assigned to a project, or inexperienced users are given a too complex application. Typical
user errors are:
• Oversimplification of a given problem, for example, geometry, equation system, et
cetera
• Poor geometry and grid generation
• Use of incorrect boundary conditions
• Selection of non-optimal physical models
• Incorrect or inadequate solver parameters, for example, timestep, et cetera
• Acceptance of non-converged solutions
• Post-processing errors.
Application Uncertainties
Application uncertainties result from insufficient knowledge to carry out the simulation.
This is in most cases a lack of information on the boundary conditions or of the details of the
geometry. A typical example is the lack of detailed information at the inlet. A complete set
of inlet boundary conditions is composed of inflow profiles for all transported variables
(momentum, energy, turbulence intensity, turbulence length scale, volume fractions, et
cetera). This information can be supplied from experiments or from a CFD simulation of the
upstream flow. In most industrial applications, this information is not known and bulk
values are given instead. In some cases the detailed information can be obtained from a
separate CFD simulation (for instance a fully developed pipe inlet flow), in other cases, the
boundaries can be moved far enough away from the area of interest to minimize the
influence of the required assumptions for the complete specification of the boundary
conditions.
Typical application uncertainties are:
• Lack of boundary condition information
• Insufficient information on the geometry
• Uncertainty in experimental data for solution evaluation.
Software Errors
Software errors are defined as any inconsistency in the software package. This includes the
code, its documentation and the technical service support. Software errors occur in the case
that the information the user has on the equations to be solved by the software is different
from the actual equations solved by the code. This difference can be a result of:
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Numerical Accuracy: General Best Practice Guidelines
• Coding errors (bugs)
• Errors in the Graphical User Interface (GUI)
• Documentation errors
• Incorrect support information.
General Best Practice Guidelines

In order to reduce the numerical errors, it is necessary to have procedures for the estimation
of the different errors described in Section “Definition of Errors in CFD Simulations.” The
main goal is to reduce the solution error to a minimum with given computer resources.
Avoiding User Errors

User errors are directly related to the expertise, the thoroughness, and the experience of the
user. For a given user, these errors can only be minimized by good project management and
thorough interaction with others. In case of inexperienced users, day-to-day interaction
with a CFD expert/manager is required to avoid major quality problems. A structured work
plan with intermediate results is important for intermediate and long-term projects.
A careful study of the CFD code documentation and other literature on the numerical
methods as well as the physical models is highly recommended. Furthermore, benchmark
studies are recommended to understand the capabilities and limitations of CFD methods. A
comparison of different CFD methods is desirable, but not always possible.
Geometry Generation
Before the grid generation can start, the geometry has to be created or imported from
CAD-data. In both cases, attention should be given to:
• The use of a correct coordinate system
• The use of the correct units
• The use of geometrical simplification, for example, symmetry planes
• Local details - In general, geometrical features with dimensions below the local mesh
size are not included in the geometrical model, for example, wall roughness or porous
elements. These should be incorporated through a suitable model.
In the case that the geometry is imported from CAD-data, these data should be checked on
beforehand. Frequently, after the import of CAD-data, the CAD-data has to be adapted
(cleaned) before it can be used for mesh generation. It is essential for mesh generation to
have closed volumes. The various CAD-data formats do not always contain these closed
volumes. Therefore, the CAD-data has to be altered in order to create the closed volumes. It
has to be ensured that these changes do not influence the flow to be computed.
Grid Generation
In a CFD analysis, the flow domain is subdivided in a large number of computational cells.
All these computational cells together form the so-called mesh or grid. The number of cells
in the mesh should be taken sufficiently large, such that an adequate resolution is obtained
for the representation of the geometry of the flow domain and the expected flow
phenomena in this domain.
A good mesh quality is essential for performing a good CFD analysis. Therefore, assessment
of the mesh quality before performing a large and complex CFD analysis is very important.
Most of the mesh generators and CFD solvers offer the possibility to check the mesh on
several cells or mesh parameters, such as aspect ratio, internal angle, face warpage, right
handiness, negative volumes, cracks, and tetrahedral quality. The reader is referred to the
user guides of the various mesh generators and CFD solvers for more information on these
cells and mesh parameters.
Recommendations for grid generation are:
• Avoid high grid stretching ratios.
• Aspect ratios should not be larger than 20 to 50 in regions away from the boundary.
• Aspect ratios may be larger than that in unimportant regions.
• Aspect ratios may, and should, be larger than that in the boundary layers. For well
resolved boundary layers at high Re numbers, the near-wall aspect ratios can be of
the order of 105-106.
• Avoid jumps in grid density.
• Growth factors should be smaller than 1.3.
• Avoid poor grid angles.
• Avoid non-scalable grid topologies. Non-scalable topologies can occur in
block-structured grids and are characterized by a deterioration of grid quality under
grid refinement.
• Avoid non-orthogonal, for example, unstructured tetrahedral meshes, in (thin)
boundary layers.
• Use a finer and more regular grid in critical regions, for example, regions with high
gradients or large changes such as shocks.
• Avoid the presence of arbitrary grid interfaces, mesh refinements or changes in element
types in critical regions. An arbitrary grid interface occurs when there is no one-to-one
correspondence between the cell faces on both sides of a common interface, between
adjacent mesh parts.
If possible, determine the size of the cells adjacent to wall boundaries where turbulence
models are used, before grid generation has started.
Numerical diffusion is high when computational cells are created that are not orthogonal to
the fluid flow. If possible, avoid computational cells that are not orthogonal to the fluid flow.
Judge the mesh quality by using the possibilities offered by the mesh generator. Most mesh
generators offer checks on mesh parameters, such as aspect ratio, internal angle, face
warpage, right handiness, negative volumes, cracks, and tetrahedral quality.
It should be demonstrated that the final result of the calculations is independent of the grid
that is used. This is usually done by comparison of the results of calculations on grids with
different grid sizes.
Some CFD methods allow the application of grid adaptation procedures. In these methods,
the grid is refined in critical regions (high truncation errors, large solution gradients, et
cetera). In these methods, the selection of appropriate indicator functions for the
adaptation is essential for the success of the simulations. They should be based on the most
important flow features to be computed.
As a general rule, any important shear layer in the flow (boundary layer, mixing layer, free
jets, wakes, et cetera) should be resolved with at least 10 nodes normal to the layer. This is a
very challenging requirement, which often requires the use of grids that are aligned with
the shear layers.
Model Selection and Application

Modeling errors are the most difficult errors to avoid, as they cannot be reduced
systematically. The most important factor for the reduction of modeling errors is the quality
of the models available in the CFD package and the experience of the user. There is also a
strong interaction between modeling errors and the time and space resolution of the grid.
The resolution has to be sufficient for the model selected for the application.
In principle, modeling errors can only be estimated in cases where the validation of the
model is ‘close’ to the intended application. Model validation is essential for the level of
confidence the user can have in a CFD simulation. It is therefore required that the user
gathers all available information on the validation of the selected model, both from the
open literature and from the code developers (vendors). In case that CFD is to be applied to
a new field, it is recommended that the user carries out additional validation studies, in
order to gain confidence that the physical models are adequate for the intended simulation.
If several modeling options are available in the code (as is usually the case for turbulence,
combustion and multi-phase flow models), it is recommended to carry out the simulation
with different models in order to test the sensitivity of the application with respect to the
model selection.
In case the user has personal access to a modeling expert in the required area, it is
recommended to interact with the model developer or expert to ensure the optimal
selection and use of the model.
Turbulence There are different methods for the treatment of turbulent flows. The need for a model
Models results from the inability of CFD simulations to fully resolve all time and length scales of a
turbulent motion. In classical CFD methods, the Navier-Stokes equations are usually time- or
ensemble averaged, reducing the resolution requirements by many orders of magnitude.
The resulting equations are the RANS equations. Due to the averaging procedure,
information is lost, which is then fed back into the equations by a turbulence model.
The amount of information, which has to be provided by the turbulence model, can be
reduced if the large time and length scales of the turbulent motion are resolved. The
equations for this so-called Large Eddy Simulation (LES) method are usually filtered over
the grid size of the computational cells. All scales smaller than the resolution of the mesh are
modeled and all scales larger than the cells are computed. This approach is several orders of
magnitude more expensive than a RANS simulation and is therefore not used routinely in
industrial flow simulations. It is most appropriate for free shear flows, as the length scales
near the solid walls are usually very small and require small cells even for the LES method.
RANS methods are the most widely used approach for CFD simulations of industrial flows.
Early methods, using algebraic formulations, have been largely replaced by more general
transport equation models, for both implementation and accuracy considerations. The use
of algebraic models is not recommended for general flow simulations, due to their
limitations in generality and their geometric restrictions. The lowest level of turbulence
models, which offers sufficient generality and flexibility, are two-equation models. They are
based on the description of the dominant length and time scale by two independent
variables. Models that are more complex have been developed and offer more general
platforms for the inclusion of physical effects. The most complex RANS model used in
industrial CFD applications are Second Moment Closure (SMC) models. Instead of two
equations for the two main turbulent scales, this approach requires the solution of seven
transport equations for the independent Reynolds stresses and one length (or related) scale.
The challenge for the user of a CFD method is to select the optimal model for the application
at hand from the models available in the CFD method. In most cases, it cannot be specified
beforehand, which model will offer the highest accuracy. However, there are indications as
to the range of applicability of different turbulence closures. This information can be
obtained from validation studies carried out with the model.
In addition to the accuracy of the model, consideration has to be given to its numerical
properties and the required computer power. It is often observed that more complex
models are less robust and require many times more computing power than the additional
number of equations would indicate. Frequently, the complex models cannot be converged
at all, or, in the worst case, the code becomes unstable and the solution is lost.
It is not trivial to provide general rules and recommendations for the selection and use of
turbulence models for complex applications. Different CFD groups have given preference to
different models for historical reasons or personal experiences. Even turbulence experts
cannot always agree as to which model offers the best cost-performance ratio for a new
application.
One-equation Models
A number of one-equation turbulence models based on an equation for the eddy viscosity
have been developed over the last years. Typical applications are:
• Airplane- and wing flows
• External automobile aerodynamics
• Flow around ships.
These models have typically been optimized for aerodynamic flows and are not
recommended as general-purpose models.
Two-equation Models
The two-equation models are the main-stand of industrial CFD simulations. They offer a
good compromise between complexity, accuracy and robustness. The most popular
models are the standard model and different versions of the k-ω model, see Wilcox [30].
The standard k-ω model of Wilcox is the most well known of the k-ω based models, but
shows a severe free-stream dependency. It is therefore not recommended for general
industrial flow simulations, as the results are strongly dependent on the user input.
Alternative formulations are available, see for example, the Shear Stress Transport (SST)
model, Menter [9].
An important weakness of standard two-equation models is that they are insensitive to
streamline curvature and system rotation. Particularly for swirling flows, this can lead to an
over-prediction of turbulent mixing and to a strong decay of the core vortex. There are
curvature correction models available, but they have not been generally validated for
complex flows.
The standard two-equation models can also exhibit a strong build-up of turbulence in
stagnation regions, due to their modeling of the production terms. Several modifications
are available to reduce this effect, for instance by Kato and Launder [128]. They should be
used for flows around rods, blades, airfoils, et cetera.
Second Moment Closure (SMC) Models

SMC models are based on the solution of a transport equation for each of the independent
Reynolds stresses in combination with the ε - or the ω -equation. These models offer
generally a wider modeling platform and account for certain effects due to their exact form
of the turbulent production terms. Some of these models show the proper sensitivity to
swirl and system rotation, which have to be modeled explicitly in a two-equation
framework. SMC models are also superior for flows in stagnation regions, where no
additional modifications are required.
One of the weak points of the SMC closure is that the same scale equations are used as in
the two-equation framework. As the scale equation is typically one of the main sources of
uncertainty, it is found that SMC models do not consistently produce superior results
compared to the simpler models. In addition, experience has shown that SMC models are
often much harder to handle numerically. The model can introduce a strong non-linearity
into the CFD method, leading to numerical problems in many applications.
SMC models are usually not started from a pre-specified initial condition, but from an
already available solution from a two-equation (or simpler) model. This reduces some of the
numerical problems of the SMC approach. In addition, it offers an important sensitivity
study, as it allows quantifying the influence of the turbulence model on the solution. It is
therefore recommended to fully converge the two-equation model solution and to save it
for a comparison with the SMC model solution. The difference between the solutions is a
measure of the influence of the turbulence model and therefore an indication of the
modeling uncertainty. This is only possible in steady state simulations. For unsteady flows,
the models usually have to be started from the initial condition.
Large Eddy Simulation Models
LES models are based on the numerical resolution of the large turbulence scales and the
modeling of the small scales. LES is not yet a widely used industrial approach, due to the
large cost of the required unsteady simulations. For certain classes of applications, LES will
be applicable in the near future. The most appropriate area will be free shear flows, where
the large scales are of the order of the solution domain (or only an order of magnitude
smaller). For boundary layer flows, the resolution requirements are much higher, as the
near-wall turbulent length scales become much smaller. The internal flows (pipe flows,
channel flows) are in between, as they have a restricted domain in the wall normal direction,
but small scales have to be resolved in the other two directions.
LES simulations do not easily lend themselves to the application of grid refinement studies
both in the time and the space domain. The main reason is that the turbulence model
adjusts itself to the resolution of the grid. Two simulations on different grids are therefore
not comparable by asymptotic expansion, as they are based on different levels of the eddy
viscosity and therefore on a different resolution of the turbulent scales. From a theoretical
standpoint, the problem can be avoided, if the LES model is not based on the grid spacing,
but on a pre-specified filter-width. This would allow reaching grid-independent LES
solutions above the DNS limit. However, LES is a very expensive method and systematic grid
and timestep studies are prohibitive even for a pre-specified filter. It is one of the disturbing
facts that LES does not lend itself naturally to quality assurance using classical methods. This
property of the LES also indicates that (non-linear) multigrid methods of convergence
acceleration are not suitable in this application.
On a more global level, the grid convergence can be tested using averaged quantities
resulting from the LES simulation. The averaged LES results can be analyzed in a similar way
as RANS solutions (at least qualitatively). Again, it is expensive to perform several LES
simulations and grid refinement will therefore be more the exception than the rule.
Due to the high computing requirements of LES, modern developments in the turbulence
models focus on a combination of RANS and LES models. The goal is to cover the wall
boundary layers with RANS and to allow unsteady (LES-like) solutions in largely separated
and unsteady flow regions (for example, flow behind a building, or other blunt bodies).
There are two alternatives of such methods available in ANSYS CFX. The first alternative is
called Scale-Adaptive-Simulation (SAS) model (Menter and Egorov [130, 131, 144, 145]). It
is essentially an improved Unsteady RANS (URANS) method that develops LES-like
solutions in unstable flow regimes. The second alternative is called Detached Eddy
Simulation (DES) (Spalart [146]), implemented in the version of Strelets [58]. The current
recommendation is to use the SAS model, as it has less grid sensitivity than the DES
formulation. In case that SAS does not provide an unsteady solution, the DES model should
be applied. It should be noted that both model formulations require small timesteps with a
Courant number of CFL<1. The user is encouraged to read the original references before
applying these models.
Wall Boundary Conditions

There are generally three types of boundary conditions, which can be applied to a RANS
simulation:
• Wall function boundary conditions
• Integration to the wall (low-Reynolds number formulation)
• Mixed formulation (automatic near-wall treatment).
Wall function boundary conditions

Standard wall functions are based on the assumption that the first grid point off the wall (or
the first integration point) is located in the universal law-of-the-wall or logarithmic region.
This allows to avoid the resolution of the very thin viscous sublayer, leading to a reduction
of the number of cells and to a more moderate (and desirable) aspect ratio of the cells (ratio
of the longest to the smallest side in a structured grid). High aspect ratios can result in
numerical problems due to round-off errors.
On the other hand, standard wall function formulations are difficult to handle, because it
has to be ensured that the grid resolution near the wall satisfies the wall function
requirements. If the grid becomes too coarse, the resolution of the boundary layer is no
longer ensured. If the resolution becomes too fine, the first grid spacing can be too small to
bridge the viscous sublayer. In this case, the logarithmic profile assumptions are no longer
satisfied. The user has to ensure that both limits are not overstepped in the grid generation
phase.
The lower limit on the grid resolution for standard wall functions is a severe detriment to a
systematic grid refinement process, as required by the best practice approach. In other
words, instead of an improved accuracy of the solution with grid refinement, the solution
will deteriorate from a certain level on, leading eventually to a singularity of the numerical
method. Standard wall functions are therefore not recommended for systematic grid
refinement studies. Recently, alternative formulations (scalable wall functions) have
become available, Menter and Esch [142], which allow for a systematic grid refinement
when using wall functions.
Integration to the wall (low-Reynolds number formulation)

The use of low-Reynolds (low-Re) number formulations of turbulence models for the
integration of the equations through the viscous sublayer is generally more accurate, as no
additional assumptions are required concerning the variation of the variables near the wall.
On the downside, most low-Re extensions of turbulence models are quite complex and can
reduce the numerical performance or even destabilize the numerical method. In addition,
+
classical low-Re models require a very fine near-wall resolution of y ∼ 1 at all wall nodes.
This is very hard to ensure for all walls of a complex industrial application. In the case that
significantly coarser grids are used, the wall shear stress and the wall heat transfer can be
reduced significantly below their correct values.
Mixed formulation (automatic near-wall treatment)

In ANSYS CFX, hybrid methods are available for all ω -equation based turbulence models
(automatic near-wall treatment), which automatically switch from a low-Re formulation to
wall functions based on the grid spacing provided by the user. These formulations provide
the optimal boundary condition for a given grid. From a best practice standpoint, they are
the most desirable, as they allow for an accurate near-wall treatment over a wide range of
grid spacings. It should however be remembered that the accurate boundary layer
+
simulations do not only depend on the y near-wall spacing, but also require a minimum
of at least 10 grid nodes inside the boundary layer.
Recommendations for Model Selection

• Avoid the use of classical wall functions, as they are inconsistent with grid refinement.
• Avoid strict low-Re number formulations, unless it is ensured that all near-wall cells are
within the resolution requirements of the formulation.
• In combination with the k-ε model, use scalable wall functions. They can be applied to
a range of grids without immediate deterioration of the solution (default in ANSYS CFX).
• For more accurate simulations, use an automatic wall treatment in combination with
SST turbulence model (default in ANSYS CFX).
Heat Transfer The heat transfer formulation is strongly linked to the underlying turbulence model. For
Models eddy viscosity models, the heat transfer simulation is generally based on the analogy
between heat and momentum transfer. Given the eddy viscosity of the two-equation
model, the heat transfer prediction is based on the introduction of a molecular and a
turbulent Prandtl number. The treatment of the energy equation is therefore similar to the
treatment of the momentum equations. No additional transport equations are required for
the turbulent heat transfer prediction. The boundary conditions are the same as for the
momentum equations and follow the same recommendations.
For SMC models, it is required to solve three additional transport equations for the turbulent
heat transfer vector in order to be consistent with the overall closure level. Only few CFD
methods offer this option. In most cases, the heat transfer is computed from an eddy
diffusivity with a constant turbulent Prandtl number.
Multi-Phase Multi-phase models are required in cases where more than one phase is involved in the
Models simulation (phases can also be non-miscible fluids). There is a wide variety of multi-phase
flow scenarios, with the two extremes of small-scale mixing of the phases or a total
separation of the phases by a sharp interface.
Depending on the flow simulation, different types of models are available. The main
distinction of the models is given below.
Lagrange models solve a separate equation for individual particles, bubbles, or droplets in
a surrounding fluid. The method integrates the three-dimensional trajectories of the
particles based on the forces acting on them from the surrounding fluid and other sources.
Turbulence is usually accounted for by a random motion, superimposed on the trajectory.
Lagrange models are usually applied to flows with low particle (bubble) densities. In these
flows, the interaction between the particles can usually be neglected, thereby reducing the
complexity of the problem significantly.
The Euler-Euler formulation is based on the assumption of interpenetrating continua. A
separate set of mass, momentum, and energy conservation equations is solved for each
phase. Interphase transfer terms have to be modeled to account for the interaction of the
phases. Euler-Euler methods can be applied to separated and dispersed flows by changing
the interface transfer model.
Additional models are required for flows with mass transfer between the phases
(condensation, evaporation, boiling). These models can be applied in the form of
correlations for a large number of particles (bubbles) in a given control volume, or directly
at the interface between the resolved phase boundary.
Reduction of Application Uncertainties

Application uncertainties cannot always be avoided, because the missing information can
frequently not be recovered. The uncertainty can be minimized by interaction with the
supplier of the test case. The potential uncertainties have to be documented before the start
of the CFD application.
In case that the assumptions have to be made concerning any input to a CFD analysis, they
have to be communicated to the partners in the project. Alternative assumptions have to be
proposed and the sensitivity of the solution to these assumptions has to be evaluated by
case studies (alteration of inflow profiles, different locations for arbitrary boundary
conditions, et cetera).
Recommendations are:
• Identify all uncertainties in the numerical setup:
• Geometry reduction
• Boundary condition assumptions
• Arbitrary modeling assumptions, for example, bubble diameter, et cetera.
• Perform a sensitivity analysis with at least two settings for each arbitrary parameter.
• Document the sensitivity of the solution on the assumptions.
CFD Simulation
This section provides recommendations concerning the optimal application of a CFD
method, once the grids are available and the basic physical models have been defined.
Target Variables In order to monitor numerical errors, it is recommended to define target variables. The
convergence of the numerical scheme can then be checked more easily and without
interpolation between different grids. Target variables should be selected by the following
criteria:
1. Representative of the goals of the simulation.
2. Sensitive to numerical treatment and resolution.
This criteria should help to avoid the use of measures, which are insensitive to the
resolution, like pressure-based variables in boundary layer simulations, et cetera.
3. Can be computed with existing post-processing tools.
4. Can be computed inside the solver and displayed during run-time (optimal).
It is optimal if the variable can be computed during run-time and displayed as part of the
convergence history. This allows following the development of the target variable during
the iterative process.
Minimizing A first indication of the convergence of the solution to steady state is the reduction in the
Iteration Errors residuals. Experience shows, however, that different types of flows require different levels of
residual reduction. For example, it is found regularly that swirling flows can exhibit
significant changes even if the residuals are reduced by more than 5 - 6 orders of magnitude.
Other flows are well converged with a reduction of only 3 - 4 orders.
In addition to the residual reduction, it is therefore required to monitor the solution during
convergence and to plot the pre-defined target quantities of the simulation as a function of
the residual (or the iteration number). A visual observation of the solution at different levels
of convergence is recommended.
It is also recommended to monitor the global balances of conserved variables, like mass,
momentum and energy vs. the iteration number.
Convergence is therefore monitored and ensured by the following steps:
• Reduce residuals by a pre-specified level and provide residual plots.
• Plot evolution of r.m.s. and maximum residual with iteration number.
• Report global mass balance with iteration number.
• Plot target variables as function of iteration number or residual level.
• Report target variables as function of r.m.s residual (table).
It is desirable to have the target variable written out at every timestep in order to display it
during the simulation run.
Depending on the numerical scheme, the recommendations may also be relevant to the
iterative convergence within the timestep loop for transient simulations.
Minimizing Spatial discretization errors result from the numerical order of accuracy of the discretization
Spatial scheme and from the grid spacing. It is well known that only second and higher order space
Discretization
discretization methods are able to produce high quality solutions on realistic grids. First
Errors
order methods should therefore be avoided for high quality CFD simulations.
As the order of the scheme is usually given (mostly second order), spatial discretization
errors can only be influenced by the provision of an optimal grid. It is important for the
quality of the solution and the applicability of the error estimation procedures defined in
Section “Solution Error Estimation (p. 85),” that already the coarse grid resolves the main
features of the flow. This requires that the grid points are concentrated in areas of large
solution variation. For the reduction of spatial discretization errors, it is also important to
provide a high-quality numerical grid.
For grid convergence tests, the simulations are carried out for a minimum of three grids. The
target quantities will be given as a function of the grid density. In addition, an error estimate
based on the definition given in Section “Solution Error Estimation (p. 85),” (Equation 25)
will be carried out. It is also recommended to compute the quantity given by Equation 27 to
test the assumption of asymptotic convergence.
It is further recommended that the graphical comparison between the experiments and the
simulations show the grid influence for some selected examples. The following information
should be provided:
• Define target variable as given in Section “Target Variables (p. 99).”
• Provide three (or more) grids using the same topology (or for unstructured meshes, a
uniform refinement over all cells).
• Compute solution on these grids:
• Ensure convergence of the target variable in the time- or iteration domain. See
Sections “Iteration Error (p. 84)” and “Minimizing Iteration Errors (p. 100).”
• Compute target variables for these solutions.
• Compute and report error measure for target variable(s) based on Equation 25.
• Plot selected variables for the different grids in one picture.
• Check if the solution is in the asymptotic range using Equation 27.
Minimizing In order to reduce time integration errors for unsteady-state simulations, it is recommended
Time to use at least a second order accurate time discretization scheme. Usually, the relevant
Discretization
frequencies can be estimated beforehand and the timestep can be adjusted to provide at
Errors
least 10 - 20 steps for each period of the highest relevant frequency. In case of unsteadiness
due to a moving front, the timestep should be chosen as a fraction of:
∆x
∆t ∼ ------ (Eqn. 28)
U
with the grid spacing ∆x and the front speed U .

It should be noted that under strong grid and timestep refinement, sometimes flow features
are resolved that are not relevant for the simulation. An example is the (undesirable)
resolution of the vortex shedding at the trailing edge of an airfoil or a turbine blade in a
RANS simulation for very fine grids and timesteps. Another example is the gradual switch to
a DNS for the simulation of free surface flows with a Volume of Fluid (VOF) method (for
example, drop formation, wave excitation for free surfaces, et cetera). This is a difficult
situation, as it usually means that no grid/timestep converged solution exists below the DNS
range, which can usually not be achieved.
In principle, the time dependency of the solution can be treated as another dimension of the
problem with the definitions of Section “Solution Error Estimation (p. 85).” However, a
four-dimensional grid study would be very demanding. It is therefore more practical to carry
out the error estimation in the time domain separately from the space discretization. Under
the assumption that a sufficiently fine space discretization is available, the error estimation
in the time domain can be performed as a one-dimensional study.
Studies should be carried out with at least two and if possible three different timesteps for
one given spatial resolution. Again, the error estimators given in Section “Solution Error
Estimation (p. 85)” (Equation 25) can be used, if ∆ is replaced by the timestep. The following
information should be provided:
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Numerical Accuracy: Selection and Evaluation of Experimental Data
• Unsteady target variables as function of timestep (graphical representation)
• Error estimate based on Equation 25 for (time averaged) target variables
• Comparison with experimental data for different timesteps.
Avoiding Round-off errors are usually not a significant problem. They can occur for high-Reynolds
Round-Off number flows where the boundary layer resolution can lead to very small cells near the wall.
Errors
The number of digits of a single precision simulation can be insufficient for such cases. The
only way to avoid round-off errors with a given CFD code is the use of a double precision
version. In case of an erratic behavior of the CFD method, the use of a double precision
version is recommended.
Handling Software Errors

Software errors can be detected by verification studies. They are based on a systematic
comparison of CFD results with verified solutions (in the optimal case analytical solutions).
It is the task of the software developer to ensure the functionality of the software by
systematic testing.
In most cases, pre-existing software will be used. It is assumed that all CFD packages have
been sufficiently tested to ensure that no software verification studies have to be carried out
in the project (except for newly developed modules). In case that two CFD packages give
different results for the same application, using the same physical models, the sources for
these differences will have to be evaluated. In case of code errors, they will be reported to
the code developers and if possible removed.
Selection and Evaluation of Experimental Data

Because of the necessity to model many of the unresolved details of technical flows, it is
necessary to assess the accuracy of the CFD method with the help of experimental data.
Experiments are required for the following tasks and purposes:
• Verification of model implementation
• Validation and calibration of statistical models
• Demonstration of model capabilities.
There is no philosophical difference between the different types of test cases. The same test
case can be used for the different phases of model development, implementation,
validation, and application, depending on the status of the model and the suitability of the
data.
Verification Experiments
Purpose The purpose of verification tests is to ensure the correct implementation of all numerical
and physical models in a CFD method. The best verification data would be the analytical
solutions for simple cases, which allow testing all relevant implementation aspects of a CFD
code and the models implemented. As analytical solutions are not always available, simple
experimental test cases are often used instead.
Description For CFD code verification, convergence can be tested against exact analytical solutions like:
• Convection of disturbances by a given flow
• Laminar Couette flow
• Laminar channel flow.
For the verification of newly implemented models, verification can only in limited cases be
based on analytical solutions. An example is the terminal rise velocity of a spherical bubble
in a calm fluid.
In most other cases, simple experiments are used for the verification. It is recommended to
compute the test cases given by the model developer in the original publication of the
model, or other trustworthy publications. Quite often experimental correlations can be
applied, without the need for comparison with one specific experiment. For instance for
turbulence model verification, the most frequently used correlations are those for flat plate
boundary layers.
Requirements The only requirement for verification data is that they allow a judgement of the correct
implementation of the code and/or the models. This requires information from other
sources concerning the performance of the model for the test case. Strictly speaking, it is not
required that the simulations are in good agreement with the data, but that the differences
between the simulations and the data are as expected.
The test suite for model verification must be diverse enough to check all aspects of the
implementation. As an example, a fully developed channel flow does not allow to test the
correct implementation of the convective terms of a transport equation. The test suite
should also allow testing the correct interaction of the new model with existing other
features of the software.
Software verification for physical models should be carried out in the same environment
that the end-user has available. Testing of the new features in an expert environment might
miss some of error sources like the GUI.
Verification cases should be selected before the model is implemented. They must be
considered an integral part of the model implementation.
Validation Experiments
Purpose The purpose of validation tests is to check the quality of a statistical model for a given flow
situation. Validation tests are the only method to ensure that a new model is applicable with
confidence to certain types of flows. The more validation tests a model passes with
acceptable accuracy, the more generally it can be applied to industrial flows. The goal of
validation tests is to minimize and quantify modeling errors. Validation cases are often
called building block experiments, as they test different aspects of a CFD code and its
physical models. The successful simulation of these building blocks is a pre-requisite for a
complex industrial flow simulation.
Description Examples of validation cases are flows with a high degree of information required to test the
different aspects of the model formulation. In an ideal case, a validation test case should be
sufficiently complete to allow for an improvement of the physical models it was designed to
evaluate. Increasingly, validation data are obtained from DNS studies. The main limitation
here is in the low-Reynolds number and the limited physical complexity of DNS data.
Typically, validation cases are geometrically simple and often based on two-dimensional or
axi-symmetric geometries.
Requirements Validation cases are selected to be as close as possible to the intended application of the
model. As an example, the validation of a turbulence model for a flat plate boundary layer
does not ensure the applicability of the model to flows with separation (as is known from
the k-ε model). It is well accepted by the CFD community and by model developers that no
model (turbulence, multi-phase or other) will be able to cover all applications with sufficient
accuracy. This is the reason why there are always multiple models for each application. The
validation cases allow the CFD user to select the most appropriate model for the intended
type of application.
Test case selection requires that the main features of the CFD models that are to be tested
be clearly identified. They must then be dominant in the validation case. Validation cases are
often ‘single physics’ cases, but it will be more and more necessary to validate CFD methods
for combined effects.
The requirements for validation cases are that there should be sufficient detail to be able to
compute the flow unambiguously and to evaluate the performance of the CFD method for
a given target application.
Completeness of information is one of the most important requirements for a validation test
case. This includes all information required to run the simulation, like:
• Geometry
• Boundary conditions
• Initial conditions (for unsteady flows)
• Physical effects involved.
While the first three demands are clearly necessary to be able to set up and run the
simulation, the knowledge of all physical effects taking place in the experiment is not always
considered. However, it is crucial to have a clear understanding of the overall flow in order
to be able to judge the quality of a test case. Typical questions are:
• Is the flow steady-state or does it have a large-scale unsteadiness?
• Is the flow two-dimensional (axi-symmetric, et cetera)?
• Are all the relevant physical effects known (multi-phase, transition, et cetera)?
• Have any corrections been applied to the data and are they appropriate?
• Was there any measurement/wind or water tunnel interference?
Completeness of information is also essential for the comparison of the simulation results
with the experimental data. A validation case should have sufficient detail to identify the
sources for the discrepancies between the simulations and the data. This is a vague
statement and cannot always be ensured, but a validation experiment should provide more
information than isolated point measurements. Profiles and distributions of variables at
least in one space dimension should be available (possibly at different locations). More
desirable is the availability of field data in two-dimensional measuring planes including flow
visualizations.
Completeness also relates to the non-dimensionalization of the data. Frequently the
information provided is not sufficient to reconstruct the data in the form required by the
validation exercise.
In case that the data provided are not sufficient, the impact of the missing information has
to be assessed. Most crucial is the completeness of the data required to set up the
simulation. In case of missing information, the influence of this information deficit has to be
assessed. Typical examples are incomplete inlet boundary conditions. While the mean flow
quantities are often provided, other information required by the method, as profiles for
turbulent length scales and volume fractions is frequently missing. The importance of this
deficit can be estimated by experience with similar flows and by sensitivity studies during
the validation exercise.
Next to the completeness of the data, their quality is of primary importance for a successful
validation exercise. The quality of the data is mainly evaluated by error bounds provided by
the experimentalists. Unfortunately, most experiments still do not provide this information.
Moreover, even if error estimates are available, they cannot exclude systematic errors by the
experimentalist.
In addition to error bounds, it is therefore desirable to have an overlap of experimental data,
which allow testing the consistency of the measurements. Examples are the same data from
different experimental techniques. It is also a quality criterion when different experimental
groups in different facilities have carried out the same experiment. Consistency can also be
judged from total balances, like mass, momentum and energy conservation. Quality and
consistency can frequently be checked if validation exercises have already been carried out
by other CFD groups, even if they used different models.
The availability of the data has to be considered before any CFD validation is carried out.
This includes questions of ownership. For most CFD code developers, data, which cannot be
shown publicly, are much less valuable than freely available experimental results.
Demonstration Experiments
Purpose The purpose of a demonstration exercise is to build confidence in the ability of a CFD
method to simulate complex flows. While validation studies have shown for a number of
building block experiments that the physical models can cover the basic aspects of the
target application, the demonstration cases test the ability of a method to predict combined
effects, including geometrical complexity.
Description For an aerodynamic study, a typical hierarchy would be:

• Verification - Flat plate
• Validation - Airfoil or wing
• Demonstration - Complete aircraft.
Similar hierarchies can be established for other industrial areas.
Requirements Typically, the detail of the experimental data is much lower than for verification or validation
cases.
Completeness of information to set up the test case is of similar importance as for validation
cases and involves the same aspects as listed below:
• Geometry
• Boundary conditions
• Initial conditions (for unsteady flows)
• Physical effects involved.
Typically, the level of completeness of the data for demonstration cases is much lower than
for validation cases. It is therefore even more essential to identify the missing information
and to carry out sensitivity studies with respect to these data.
In terms of post-processing, demonstration cases often do not provide a high degree of
detail. They are usually not appropriate to identify specific weaknesses in the physical
models or the CFD codes. Typically, only the point data or global parameters, as efficiencies,
are provided.
Even though the density of data is usually lower, the quality should satisfy the same criteria
as for validation cases. Error estimates are desirable and so are independent measurements.
Due to the limited amount of data available, the information is usually not sufficient to carry
out consistency checks.
The requirements in terms of availability/openness are usually lower than for validation
cases, as the demonstration applies usually to a smaller audience. A demonstration case
might be carried out for a single customer or one specific industrial sector. It has to be
ensured, as in all cases, that the data can be shown to the target audience of the simulation.
Guide for Cavitation
Introduction
• Liquid Pumps (p. 107)
application areas. It is aimed at users with moderate or little experience using ANSYS CFX for
applications involving cavitation.
Cavitation is the formation of vapor bubbles within a liquid where flow dynamics cause the
local static pressure to drop below the vapor pressure. The bubbles of vapor usually last a
short time, collapsing when they encounter higher pressure. Cavitation should not be
confused with boiling. When a liquid boils, thermal energy drives the local temperature to
exceed the saturation temperature.
Cavitation is a concern in several application areas, including pumps, inducers, marine
propellers, water turbines, and fuel injectors. One of the major problems caused by
cavitation is a loss of pressure rise across a pump. Other problems include noise, vibration,
and damage to metal components.
The next section discusses the effects of cavitation on the performance of liquid pumps.
Liquid Pumps
Water pumps must take in water and deliver it at a higher total pressure with an acceptable
flow rate. Under certain conditions, cavitation may occur on the low pressure side of the
pump, causing a loss of pressure rise and/or flow rate.
Both pump performance without cavitation and the affects of cavitation on performance
will be discussed.

ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Cavitation: Liquid Pumps
Pump Performance without Cavitation

As long as the static pressure remains sufficiently high everywhere in the system, cavitation
will not occur. In this case, for a given pump RPM, the pressure rise and flow rate are directly
coupled, and can be plotted in a pump performance diagram, as shown below.
Figure 1 Flow Rate vs Pressure Rise for a Liquid Pump
Head (m)
Constant RPM
Flow Rate (kg/s)
Pump Performance with Cavitation

If the inlet total pressure is below the critical value for a particular flow rate and RPM,
cavitation will occur causing the pressure rise to diminish. The following performance
diagram shows the effect of cavitation on pressure rise.
Figure 2 Cavitation Performance at Constant RPM and Flow Rate
decreasing inlet pressure
Head (m)
onset of cavitation
NPSH (m)
NPSH is the Net Positive Suction Head, a quantity directly related to the inlet total pressure
by the relation:
p T , inlet – p v
NPSH = ⎛ -----------------------------⎞ (Eqn. 1)
⎝ ρg ⎠
where pT,inlet is the inlet total pressure, pv is the vapor pressure, ρ is density, and g is the
acceleration due to gravity. As the inlet total pressure drops, so does the NPSH value, and
the amount of cavitation increases.
To generate this diagram, RPM and flow rate are fixed, and the pressure rise is measured at
progressively lower inlet total pressures. For the part of the test where the inlet total
pressure is sufficiently high to prevent cavitation, the pressure rise across the pump is
constant, equal to the amount predicted by the first performance diagram. This results in a
horizontal trend in the performance curve as the inlet total pressure is dropped. Since the
pressure rise remains constant, the total pressure at the outlet drops by the same amount
as at the inlet. Using ANSYS CFX software, a mass flow outlet boundary condition can be
specified to fix the flow rate while the inlet total pressure is varied.
When the inlet total pressure reaches a sufficiently low value, cavitation occurs. A further
reduction in inlet total pressure causes more cavitation, which almost always causes a large
loss of pressure rise. In rare cases, pressure rise can actually increase slightly with small
amounts of cavitation. Even in such cases, however, a further increase in cavitation causes a
sudden loss of pressure rise. In the lab, the pressure rise will eventually become insufficient
to maintain the required flow rate. Using ANSYS CFX software, the solution will eventually
fail to converge. Before this point, data should be collected with a sufficient resolution
(sufficiently small changes in inlet pressure) to resolve the part of the performance curve
where the pressure starts to drop. The point of cavitation is often marked by the NPSH at
which the pressure rise has fallen by a few percent.
Procedure for Plotting Performance Curve

1. Set up a simulation with cavitation turned on and pressure levels set high enough to
avoid levels of cavitation that significantly affect pressure rise.
If you have trouble getting a converged solution, try running a simulation with
cavitation turned off, then use the result as an initial guess for a simulation with
cavitation turned on.
2. Run the solver to obtain a solution.
3. Calculate the pressure rise across the pump and the NPSH value, then plot a point in the
performance diagram.
4. Lower the pressure boundary condition by about 5% to 10%.
5. Repeat starting from step 2, using the previous solution as the initial guess, until
cavitation has caused a significant loss of pump head.
Setup
To facilitate setting up typical domain settings for the cavitation of water, you may load a
single-domain mesh, then run the template ccl file:
ANSYS CFX/etc/model-templates/cavitating_water.ccl
This file should be examined in a text editor before using it so that you understand which
settings it specifies.
For the domain fluids list, specify both a liquid and a vapor for the same material. In most
cases, it is sufficient to use a constant-density vapor.
Under Fluid Models for the domain, it is strongly recommended that you select
Homogeneous Model under Multiphase Options. You do not need to select Free Surface
Model for the purpose of simulating cavitation.
Under Fluid Pairs for the domain, select the fluid pair from the list and, for Mass Transfer,
set Option to Cavitation. Select the Rayleigh Plesset cavitation model or a User Defined
Cavitation Model. For the Rayleigh Plesset model, the Mean Diameter for cavitation
bubbles represents the mean nucleation site diameter and must be specified. The default
value of 2e-06 m is a reasonable value in most cases. The Saturation Pressure must be
defined unless the materials you have selected are the components of a homogeneous
binary mixture. In the latter case, the saturation properties will already be defined in the
mixture definition, but you may still choose to override the Saturation Pressure by
specifying it on the Fluid Pairs panel.
When initializing the domain, set the volume fraction of vapor to zero and the volume
fraction of liquid to unity. These settings (represented by the Automatic setting for Volume
Fraction) are used by default in ANSYS CFX.
Set up the problem with one of the following boundary condition combinations:
1. Inlet total pressure and outlet mass flow (recommended)
2. Inlet velocity profile and outlet static pressure
The inlet boundary condition should specify that the volume fraction of vapor is zero.
Turbulence models should be chosen as usual (e.g., k-epsilon or SST). For turbulence
induced cavitation, consider using the DES model.
For advection scheme, use high resolution, or a specified blend factor of unity.
If editing a material, remember that the vapor pressure is on an absolute scale; it does not
depend on the specified reference pressure.
Cavitation models cannot be combined with other types of interphase mass transfer, such
as thermal phase changes.
Convergence Tips
If performing a single solution, initially turn off cavitation, then turn on cavitation and use
the first set of results as an initial guess.
If performing a series of simulations using one solution to initialize the next, solve the cases
in order of decreasing pressure (i.e., approaching cavitation).
Post-Processing
A contour plot of volume fraction for the vapor can show where cavitation bubbles exist.
To calculate the inlet and outlet pressures, use the function calculator.
Guide for Combustion
Introduction
• Gas Turbine Combustors (p. 113)
• Combustion Modeling in HVAC cases (p. 116)
applications involving combustion.
Gas Turbine Combustors

Gas turbines are widely used in stationary and aircraft applications. The combustor receives
the working fluid in a compressed state, burns fuel to increase its temperature, and passes
it to the turbine. One of the key design goals for the combustor is to achieve a stable
combustion process. Another key design goal is to minimize the emission of pollutants,
particularly oxides of nitrogen.
Setup
Steady State vs. Most simulations are steady-state, particularly for stationary gas turbines that operate at a
Transient constant load.
Turbulence The k-e turbulence model is used in many applications, but the SST model should be
Model considered for flows with separated boundary layers, and the Reynolds Stress Model is the
best choice for highly swirling flows.

ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Combustion: Gas Turbine Combustors
Reference Because of the high inlet pressure, a reference pressure between 4 and 20 atmospheres is
Pressure common, and depends upon the type of simulation you are running.
Combustion The choice of combustion model depends of whether the fuel/oxidant combination is
Model premixed. The following table outlines some of the differences.
Premixed Combustion Non-Premixed Combustion

Commonly used for recent stationary gas turbines in Typically used for flight engines
power generation. because it is easier to control variable
operating conditions.
Combustion Models: EDM with product limiter and/or Combustion Models: EDM, FRC/EDM
extinction submodels, FRC/EDM combined, Partially combined, Flamelet (and, for some
Premixed (Turbulent Flame Speed Closure (TFC)) cases, also the Premixed model)
Note that the EDM model usually needs adjusting for
premixed combustion, e.g., extinction by temperature
or by mixing/chemical time scales.
For the preliminary analysis of high speed turbulent flow, the Eddy Dissipation combustion
model is a sensible choice, but cannot simulate burning velocities or flame position.
The Laminar Flamelet model is applicable for turbulent flow with non-premixed
combustion, and provides a robust solution at a low computational expense for multi-step
reactions. The Flamelet model uses a chemistry library, meaning that only two additional
transport equations are solved to calculate multiple species. As a result, the Flamelet model
is a very good choice for modeling the formation of various pollutants during the
combustion process. The Flamelet model predicts incomplete combustion to some extent
(CO in exhaust gas), which helps to predict reduction in temperature (unlike EDM).
Reactions
During the initial analysis of a combustor, the highest values of temperature and outgoing
heat flux are likely to be of primary concern. For this purpose, a single-step Eddy Dissipation
reaction can be used. Such a reaction is likely to overpredict the temperature, and will not
predict emissions correctly, but can provide a conservative indicator of the expected
temperature levels.
Other reaction steps might then be added to the simulation to account for the formation of
combustion byproducts. Each reaction step has its own separate time scale. As a result,
convergence can become very difficult when a multi-step reaction contains more than
about 5 steps.
Convergence Tips
The Equation Class Settings panel in ANSYS CFX-Pre can be used to set different advection
schemes and time scales for each class of equation you are solving. For multi-step Eddy
Dissipation reactions, convergence can be improved by temporarily increasing the mass
fraction time scale by a factor of about 5-10.
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Combustion: Gas Turbine Combustors
For the Eddy Dissipation Model, multistep convergence can be aided by first running a
simplified single-step simulation and using the results from the run as an initial values file
for a multi-step run.
It is ok to restart a Flamelet model from a cold solution. You should avoid restarting with the
Flamelet model from an EDM solution. It is ok to restart an EDM case from a Flamelet model
solution.
The High Resolution advection scheme is always recommended for combustion simulations
because it is bounded and prevents over/undershoots. Care must be taken, however, to
provide a mesh of sufficient quality to resolve most of the flow features. A very poor mesh
will result in the scheme using a blend factor close to zero (therefore not providing a
solution as accurate as expected).
For simulations which include Finite Rate Chemistry, small temperature variations can result
in large changes in reaction rate. When a solution is converging, temperature values may
change sufficiently to make the solution unstable. To aid convergence, add a TEMPERATURE
DAMPING CCL structure within a SOLVER CONTROL block, as follows:
FLOW:
SOLVER CONTROL:
TEMPERATURE DAMPING:
Option = Temperature Damping
Temperature Damping Limit = <Real number>
Under Relaxation Factor = <Real number>
END
END
END
Depending on the location of the SOLVER CONTROL block, the temperature damping may
be applied to a particular domain or phase. Set the Temperature Damping Limit to 0 so
that positive damping is always applied. The Under Relaxation Factor can be set to
multiply changes in temperature by a value between 0 and 1. You should try a factor of 0.2
if you are having trouble converging a solution.
Post-Processing
Some of the most common plots to create in ANSYS CFX-Post include:
• Mass Fractions: fuel, O2, products, intermediate species (CO), pollutants (NO)
• Turbulent Mixing Time Scale (Eddy Dissipation / Turbulent Kinetic Energy)
• Reaction Rates
The variable "<my reaction>.Molar Reaction Rate" is available for every "Single Step"
reaction (EDM, FRC or combined model).
• Plots of the turbulent Damköhler number (the ratio of the turbulent time scale to the
chemical time scale)
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Combustion: Combustion Modeling in HVAC cases
Combustion Modeling in HVAC cases

This section deals with the setup of combustion cases for HVAC simulations, where it is
important to accurately model the combustion process. Such processes are known as
"combusting fire" simulations, as opposed to "inert fire" simulations.
Using a combusting fire simulation is the most accurate way to model fires in all HVAC cases.
It is particularly important in cases when the fire is under-ventilated, or when the ventilation
cannot be easily predicted. The drawback is the additional computational expense involved
in solving a full combustion model as part of the main solution.
Setup
Most simulations are set up as transient. The choice of timestep is generally model
dependent, but will usually fall into the range 0.5 s to 2 s. The Total Energy heat transfer
model should be selected to fully model buoyancy.
Note: When modeling buoyancy, it is very important to correctly specify the buoyancy
reference density when opening boundary conditions are used.
The RNG k-ε turbulence model is a good choice for combusting flows, with either no
buoyancy terms in equations or buoyancy terms in both the equations (with C3=1). The SST
model is also reasonable, but may not converge well for natural convection. The SSG model
is accurate, but convergence may be very slow.
The most common fuels used are hydrocarbons such as methane, diesel and petroleum.
Cellulosic materials, plastics and wood are also used. The simulation will dictate the type of
materials to use as a fuel.
The Eddy Dissipation Model is widely used, combined with an Additional Variable for toxins.
The flamelet model is more rigorous, and is a better choice when the fire is under ventilated.
Convergence tips
Convergence can be slowed if care is not taken in the setup of buoyancy and openings.
The presence of an instantaneous fuel supply is sometimes not physical, and can slow
convergence. In many transient cases, the amount of fuel available can be controlled by
using time-dependent expressions.
Post-processing
The most common parameters of interest in a combusting fire model are
simulation-dependent, but will usually include one of more of the following:
• Temperature
• Products (including carbon monoxide and other toxins)
• Visibility
• Wall Temperature
• Wall convective and radiative heat fluxes
Guide for HVAC
Introduction
• Generic HVAC Simulations (p. 117)
HVAC1 applications.
HVAC studies range in scale from single components (such as a radiator) to large and
complicated systems (such as a climate control system for a large building).
Physical processes that are commonly modeled in HVAC simulations include the following:
• buoyancy
• thermal radiation
• conjugate heat transfer (CHT) between fluids and solids
Typical HVAC systems include the following components:
• heating/cooling units such as furnaces, heaters, air conditioners, and radiators
• fans/pumps
• thermostats
This guide discusses best practices for setting up, solving, and post processing an HVAC
simulation.
Generic HVAC Simulations

1. HVAC is a reference to Heating, Ventilation (or Ventilating), and Air Conditioning. Often, it is
also used as a reference to refrigeration.
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for HVAC: Generic HVAC Simulations
• Setup (p. 118)
• Convergence Tips (p. 120)
Setup
This section discusses how to set up various physical processes, CFD features, and
components involved in HVAC simulations.
Buoyancy Most HVAC cases involve flow that is affected by buoyancy. Buoyancy can be activated on
the General Options panel of the Domain details view.
Two buoyancy models are available: Full and Boussinesq. These models are automatically
selected according to the properties of the selected fluid(s).
The Full buoyancy model is used if fluid density is a function of temperature and/or pressure
(which includes all ideal gases and real fluids). In this case, a Buoyancy Reference Density
must be set as the expected average density of the domain.
The Boussinesq model is used if fluid density is not a function of temperature or pressure. In
this case, a Buoyancy Reference Temperature must be set as the expected average
temperature of the domain.
When fluid properties are functions of pressure, the absolute pressure is used to evaluate
them. The calculation of absolute pressure requires a Buoyancy Reference Location to be
defined, preferably by specifying coordinates.
When modeling fire, it is recommended that you choose a compressible fluid since density
variations will be significant. An incompressible fluid should only be chosen if density
variations are small (a few percent or less).
Thermal To set the radiation model for a fluid domain, visit the Fluid Models panel for that domain
Radiation and set the following:
Thermal Radiation Model

For HVAC studies, select either Monte Carlo or Discrete Transfer. If directed radiation is to
be modeled, Monte Carlo must be used.
Spectral Model
Select either Gray or Multiband. Spectral bands are used to discretize the spectrum and
should therefore be able to adequately resolve all radiation quantities that depend on
wavelength (or frequency or wave number). For HVAC, two bands will usually suffice.
Scattering Model
A scattering model should not be used if you are modeling clear air. The isotropic scattering
model should be used if you are modeling air that contains dust or fog.
To set up radiation for a solid domain, visit the Solid Models panel for that domain (each
solid domain must be set up separately). The only radiation model available for solid
domains is Monte Carlo.
Note: If any solid domain uses the Monte Carlo radiation model (i.e., uses radiation at all),
then all fluid domains using a radiation model must use the Monte Carlo model.
The material used in a domain that transmits radiation has radiation properties that specify
Absorption Coefficient, Scattering Coefficient, and the Refractive Index. These
properties may be edited in the Materials details view.
Note: Radiation modeling cannot be used with Eulerian multiphase simulations.

Thermal radiation properties are specified on the Boundary Details panel for each
boundary of a domain that transmits radiation. For opaque surfaces, the properties that
must be specified are: Emissivity and Diffuse Fraction. For inlets, outlets, and openings,
you may specify either the Local Temperature or an External Blackbody Temperature.
The Monte Carlo and Discrete Transfer models allow radiation sources to be specified on the
Sources panel for any subdomain or wall boundary. For subdomains, radiation sources per
unit volume are specified; for boundaries, radiation fluxes are specified. Radiation sources
may be directed or isotropic. Multiple isotropic sources and up to one directed source may
be specified for any given wall boundary or subdomain.
Material properties related to radiation, thermal radiation properties for boundaries, and
source strengths can be specified as expressions that depend on one or more of the built-in
variables: Wavelength in Vacuum (or wavelo), Frequency (or freq), Wavenumber in
Vacuum (or waveno).
A domain representing an opaque solid should not have a radiation model set. The
boundaries of radiation-transmitting domains that interface with such a solid domain
should be specified as opaque.
External windows of a room can be modeled as solid domains which interface with the room
(air) domain; they may also be modeled as an external boundary of the room domain. In
either case, the exterior boundary must be modeled as an opaque wall. A diffuse and a
directed radiation source emitted from the opaque surface can be used to simulate sunlight.
In order to simulate the motion of the sun, the direction vector for directed radiation can be
specified by CEL expressions that depend on time (t). Radiation escaping through a window
can be modeled by specifying a non-zero emissivity (to cause radiation absorption) and
either:
• specifying a heat transfer coefficient via a CEL expression that accounts for the thermal
energy lost, or
• specifying a fixed wall temperature.
When using solid domains that transmit radiation, a spectral radiation model is
recommended. If a simulation contains no solid domains that transmit radiation, a gray
radiation model can be used for rough calculations but a spectral model should be used for
more detailed modeling.
CHT (Conjugate CHT domains are solid domains that model heat transfer. In ANSYS CFX, all solid domains
Heat Transfer) must model heat transfer, and are therefore CHT domains. If you do not want to model heat
Domains
transfer in a particular region, do not assign the mesh for that region to any domain.
Boundaries between domains that model heat transfer have temperatures and thermal
fluxes calculated automatically, and should not have thermal boundary conditions
specified. External boundaries (which can represent solids that are not explicitly modeled)
require the specification of a thermal boundary condition.
Boundary conditions other than thermal boundary conditions (e.g., wall roughness) may be
specified on the boundaries of a fluid domain that interface with a solid domain.
Sources of thermal energy and/or radiation can be added to a subdomain of a CHT domain.
Mesh Quality Ensure that wall boundary layers have adequate mesh resolution. This is important
regardless of the type of wall heat transfer: adiabatic, specified temperature, specified heat
flux, or heat transfer coefficient.
The mesh resolution in a boundary layer affects the prediction of convective heat transfer
and the temperature gradient near the wall. For walls without a specified temperature, the
temperature gradient near the wall affects the calculated wall temperature and,
consequently, the amount of radiation emitted (provided that the emissivity of the wall is
non-zero).
Fans Fans should be represented by momentum sources if they are embedded in the domain.
Fans can also be represented by an inlet or outlet boundary condition or both.
Thermostats A Thermostat may be defined using a User Fortran routine. Refer to the HVAC tutorial for
details.
Collections of If your HVAC simulation models a large number of people/equipment/items, consider

Objects volumetric sources of heat, CO2, and resistances.
Convergence Tips
Buoyancy and coupling between the relevant equations often make convergence difficult.
Smaller timesteps may help convergence.
Guide for Multiphase
Introduction
• Bubble Columns (p. 121)
• Mixing Vessels (p. 122)
• Free Surface Applications (p. 123)
applications involving multiphase flows.
In the context of ANSYS CFX, a multiphase flow is a flow composed of more than one fluid.
Each fluid may possess its own flow field, or all fluids may share a common flow field. Unlike
multicomponent flow1, the fluids are not mixed on a microscopic scale; rather, they are
mixed on a macroscopic scale, with a discernible interface between the fluids. ANSYS CFX
includes a variety of multiphase models to allow the simulation of multiple fluid streams,
bubbles, droplets, and free surface flows.
Bubble Columns
Bubble columns are tall gas-liquid contacting vessels and are often used in processes where
gas absorption is important (e.g., bioreactors to dissolve oxygen in broths) and to limit the
exposure of micro-organisms to excessive shear imparted by mechanically driven mixers.
There are two types of bubble columns in general use: airlift reactors that use a baffle to
separate the riser and downcomer regions, and other columns that do not use a baffle.
1. Note that a fluid in a multiphase flow may be a multicomponent mxiture.

ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Multiphase: Mixing Vessels
Setup
The choice of a steady state or transient simulation depends on the type of simulation you
wish to analyze. For example, an analysis using a steady-state simulation is often satisfactory
for monitoring global quantities. A transient simulation can be used to observe transient
effects, such as recirculation zones.
Most bubble columns use two fluids: one continuous fluid and one dispersed fluid. The k-ε
model is typically used in the continuous fluid, and the dispersed phase zero equation is
used for the dispersed phase.
Non-drag forces become less significant with increasing size of the bubble column. For
smaller columns, non-drag forces may be significant.
The Grace drag model is recommended, especially for modeling air/water.
A degassing boundary condition is generally employed at the top of the bubble column.
The degassing boundary behaves as an outlet boundary to the dispersed phase, but as a
wall to the continuous phase.
A reasonable estimate of the time scale is given by a factor of the length of the domain
divided by the velocity scale (for example, 0.5 * L/U).
Convergence Tips
Sometimes, physical instabilities (such as recirculation zones) can result in slow or stalled
convergence. In these cases, you can still obtain an indicator of convergence for a global
quantity by creating a monitor point at some point in the domain. As a result, you can
determine whether values for selected global quantities (such as gas hold-up) are
meaningful.
Post-Processing
The main design objective for bubble columns is efficient mixing, which is strongly
influenced by the dispersed phase. Mixing efficiency can be measured in a number of ways.
One example is to measure the gas hold-up in the riser as a function of the superficial gas
velocity. This would require solving for the gas volume fraction for a number of simulations,
each with a different mass flow rate of the dispersed phase at the sparger. Another option
would be to use the same input parameters, this time measuring the liquid velocity in the
downcomer.
Mixing Vessels
Mixing vessels are widely used in the chemical industry to optimise mixing and/or heat
transfer between fluids. Mixing must be efficient, precise and repeatable to ensure optimum
product quality. Quantities of interest may include mixing times, gas hold-up, power draw,
local shear and strain rates, and solids distribution. The application of Computational Fluid
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Multiphase: Free Surface Applications
Dynamics to address these needs results in faster and lower cost design through reduced
experimentation, more reliable scale-up, and better understanding of the processes,
leading to higher yields and reduced waste.
Setup
Mixing vessels generally use two domains. The impeller domain is a small, rotating domain
which encloses the impeller. The rest of the tank is represented by a stationary domain.
Different types of domain interfaces are available for the connection between the stationary
and the rotating domains. The recommended types are:
• Frozen Rotor: faster but cruder
• Transient: slower (transient analysis) but much more accurate
The choice of a steady state or transient simulation is dependent on the type of interface
that exists between the two domains. Where a Frozen Rotor interface is used, a steady state
simulation is usually carried out. Performing a transient simulation allows you to use the
transient rotor/stator frame change model to account for transient effects.
The initial guess for velocity can be set to zero in the relative frame for each domain.
Free Surface Applications

Free Surface flow refers to a multiphase situation where the fluids (commonly water and air)
are separated by a distinct resolvable interface. Such flows occur, for example, around the
hull of a ship, or in a breaking wave.
Setup
The choice of using a steady-state or transient simulation is problem-dependent. There are
two models available for free surface flow: homogeneous and inhomogeneous. The
homogeneous model can be used when the interface between the two phases remains well
defined and none of the dispersed phase becomes entrained in the continuous phase. An
example of homogeneous free surface flow is flow in an open channel. A breaking wave is
one example of an inhomogeneous flow case.
The same choice of turbulence model as for single phase simulations is appropriate. When
using the inhomogeneous model, you should use the homogeneous turbulence option in
ANSYS CFX-Pre. The Buoyancy Reference Density should be set to the density of the least
dense fluid.
When setting boundary conditions, the volume fractions can be set up using step functions
to set the liquid height at each boundary. An outlet boundary having supercritical flow
should use the Supercritical option for Mass And Momentum. This requires that you set
the relative pressure of the gas above the free surface at the outlet.
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Multiphase: Free Surface Applications
For most free surface applications, the initial conditions can use step functions to set the
volume fractions of the phases as a function of height. The initial condition for pressure
should be set to hydrostatic conditions for the specified volume fraction initialization and
the buoyancy reference density.
The timestep for free surface flows should be based on a L/U (Length/Velocity) scale. The
length scale should be a geometric length scale. The velocity scale should be the maximum
of a representative flow velocity and a buoyant velocity, which is given by:
U buoyant = gL
In addition, it is sometimes helpful to reduce the timestep for the volume fraction equations
by an order of magnitude below that of the other equations.
Convergence Tips
The interface between the liquid and gas phase can sometimes become blurry. This could
be due to physical properties (such as a breaking wave or sloshing in a vessel). Where the
dispersed phase becomes entrained in the continuous phase, the inhomogeneous model is
a better choice.
A technique to increase the mesh density in the region of a liquid-gas interface is to create
a subdomain which occupies the same region as the liquid (or gas) phase, and inflate the
mesh in both directions from the edge of the subdomain, as shown in Figure 1. The inflation
layers can increase the resolution in the region of the interface and enhance the results.
Figure 1 An exaggerated view of three inflation layers on each side of the uppermost
subdomain boundary surface.
Inflated
Gas Phase Subdomain
elements
boundary
Liquid Phase Tetrahedral

elements
Guide for Turbomachinery
Introduction
• Gas Compressors and Turbines (p. 125)
• Liquid Pumps and Turbines (p. 127)
• Fans and Blowers (p. 128)
• Frame Change Models (p. 130)
• Domain Interface Setup (p. 131)
applications involving turbomachinery.
Turbomachinery applications can generally be divided into three main categories: gas
compressors and turbines, liquid pumps and turbines, and fans and blowers. Each category
is discussed in a separate section below.
Gas Compressors and Turbines

• Setup (p. 126)
• Post-Processing (p. 126)

ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Turbomachinery: Gas Compressors and Turbines
Setup
Heat transfer and viscous work are involved, and can be modeled by using the Total Energy
heat transfer model and enabling the Viscous Work Term option in ANSYS CFX-Pre.
The industry-standard k-ω turbulence model is widely used, and the Shear Stress Transport
model is also a good choice for these cases. When using the Shear Stress Transport model,
ensure a resolution of the boundary layer of more than 10 points. For details, see The
k-omega and SSTModels (p. 100 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide").
A common boundary condition configuration is to specify the total pressure and total
temperature at the inlet and the mass flow at the outlet. Other configurations are also
commonly used.
A good estimate of the timestep is within the region 0.1 ⁄ ω to 1 ⁄ ω , where ω is the
angular velocity of the rotating domain in radians per second. Selecting an automatic
timestep will result in a timestep of 0.2/ ω .
The second-order high-resolution advection scheme is generally recommended.
Convergence Tips
For high speed compressors where a specified mass flow outlet boundary condition is
applied, the flow can “choke” when the velocity approaches Mach 1, resulting in possible
solver failure. A suggested workaround to this problem is to run the simulation using a static
pressure outlet, which is more stable.
If you have trouble converging a simulation involving real gases, try to obtain a solution first
using an ideal gas. Ideal gases are available in the real gas library.
For lower mach number cases, you may find that the problem converges more quickly when
a specified blend factor is used instead of a second order high resolution advection scheme.
A recommended value is 0.75, which adds 75% of the second order correction to the upwind
advection scheme.
If you have trouble converging a problem with many stages, you may find that solving for a
reduced number of stages can give you a better understanding of the physics, and may
allow you to restart a multi-stage problem with a better initial guess. You can also try
ramping up boundary conditions and the RPM.
Low pressure ratio Gas compressors (1.1 or less) can be treated more like liquid pumps. For
details, see Liquid Pumps and Turbines (p. 127).
Post-Processing
ANSYS CFX-Post offers a powerful array of post-processing tools for turbomachinery
applications, including turbo-specific plots and performance calculation macros. To use
many of the Turbo Post tools, you must first initialize each domain by specifying the
locations of turbo regions and instancing information.
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Turbomachinery: Liquid Pumps and Turbines
The Turbo Calculator from the Turbo menu in ANSYS CFX-Post allows you to perform
calculations on the type of application you are modeling. The macro prints a report in HTML
showing a number of calculated variables, including torque, head and flow coefficients,
blade loading, and efficiency.
You can also create your own macros to customize post-processing using Power Syntax,
based on the Perl language.
The optimal performance characteristics can be determined by creating a curve of pressure
ratio versus flow rate.
Figure 1 Flow Rate vs Pressure Rise for a Gas Compressor
Constant RPM
Region 1
Pressure Ratio
Region 2
Flow Rate
In Figure 1, Region 1 shows an area where a large change in mass flow rate represents a
small change in pressure rise. When modeling flow in this region, a mass flow rate specified
outlet is better than a pressure specified outlet. Region 2 shows an area where a small
change in flow rate represents a large pressure variation. This region is close to “choking” ,
and a pressure-specified outlet is the best choice. For details, see Convergence Tips (p. 126).
If a total pressure inlet boundary condition is used, (recommended) it will also provide a
useful starting point for streamlines which are colored by total pressure during
post-processing. The uniform total pressure distribution means lines will begin with a
uniform color. It may be harder to visually resolve these pressure values if an inlet velocity
profile is used.
ANSYS CFX-Post provides a performance macro for gas compressors and turbines.
Liquid Pumps and Turbines

• Setup (p. 128)
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Turbomachinery: Fans and Blowers
Setup
Heat transfer is not significant in most cases, so the heat transfer option can be set to None
in ANSYS CFX-Pre.
The k-ε and Shear Stress Transport models are appropriate choices for modeling
turbulence. When using the Shear Stress Transport model, ensure a resolution of the
boundary layer of more than 10 points. For details, see The k-omega and SSTModels (p. 100
in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide").
When setting boundary conditions, a total pressure specified inlet and a mass flow outlet
are a recommended practice. The total pressure inlet condition is often more appropriate
than the uniform velocity or massflow inlet condition for cases that assume that the
machine is drawing fluid directly from a static reservoir.
The choice of timestep is the same as for gas compressors. The high-resolution advection
scheme is recommended.
Cavitation may be present. Advice on how to deal with cavitation is available. For details, see
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Cavitation (p. 107). This document deals with obtaining
solutions for cases without cavitation.
Convergence Tips
When only a poor initial guess is available, it may be helpful to first run with a specified mass
flow inlet and a static pressure outlet. The outlet pressure in this case is fairly arbitrary and
is usually set at, or close to zero to reduce roundoff error. The specification of a mass flow
inlet may be more robust. However, a mass flow inlet assumes a uniform inlet velocity which
may not be appropriate. Once the overall flow is established, the boundary conditions may
then be changed to total pressure at the inlet and mass flow at the outlet.
Post-Processing
If a total pressure inlet boundary condition is used, (recommended where possible) it will
also provide a useful starting point for streamlines which are colored by total pressure
during post-processing. The uniform total pressure distribution means lines will begin with
a uniform color. It may be harder to visually resolve these pressure values if an inlet velocity
profile is used.
ANSYS CFX-Post provides a performance macro for liquid pumps and turbines.
Fans and Blowers

• Set Up (p. 129)
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Turbomachinery: Fans and Blowers
Set Up
Fans and blowers behave like liquid pumps, and require a similar model setup. The flow is
generally modeled as incompressible and isothermal. The fluid is typically air as a general
fluid or as an ideal gas at a specified temperature. The k-ε or SST model is used to model
turbulence.
Boundary conditions, turbulence models and choice of timestep are the same as for liquid
pumps and turbines.
Convergence Tips
The use of the alternate rotation model is an important consideration when modeling fans
and blowers. Where long axisymmetric inlets exist, the absolute frame velocity has less swirl
than the relative frame velocity. Because the alternate rotation model solves for the
absolute frame velocity, it can reduce numerical error in such inlet sections. The model may
introduce errors in the exit stream if the flow is highly swirling. Hence, the length of the inlet
and exit sections can be an important factor when choosing whether to implement the
model. The alternate rotation model is generally recommended, especially for axial fans. In
most realistic flow situations, this model reduces (or at least will not increase) numerical
errors.
Air foil drag is significant and boundary layer friction is an important modeling issue for fans
and blowers. A good resolution of the boundary layer, requiring a high concentration of
nodes close to the blade surfaces, is therefore important. The Shear Stress Transport model
can provide relatively accurate results where the boundary layer is sufficiently resolved by
the mesh.
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Turbomachinery: Frame Change Models
Post-Processing
A similar postprocessing approach to pumps and turbines is also useful for fans and
blowers. For details, see Post-Processing (p. 128). See the following figure for a plot of flow
rate vs pressure rise for a blower.
Working Region
Constant RPM
Pressure Ratio
Flow Rate
Frame Change Models

When specifying domain interfaces in ANSYS CFX-Pre, you must select the type of analysis
that will be carried out in the solver. The choices are:
• Frozen Rotor (p. 130)
• Stage (p. 131)
• Transient Rotor-Stator (p. 131)
Frozen Rotor
The Frozen Rotor model treats the flow from one component to the next by changing the
frame of reference while maintaining the relative position of the components. Usually,
periodicity is used to reduce the number of components to a subset that has approximately
the same pitch ratio as the full geometry. To account for differences in pitch ratio between
the subset and the full geometry, the flow passing through the interface is scaled according
to the net pitch ratio of the subsets.
The Frozen Rotor model must be used for non-axisymmetric flow domains, such as
impeller/volute, turbine/draft tube, propeller/ship and scroll/volute cases. It can also be
used for axial compressors and turbines. The Frozen Rotor model has the advantages of
being robust, using less computer resources than the other frame change models, and
ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Turbomachinery: Domain Interface Setup
being well suited for high blade counts. The drawbacks of the model include inadequate
prediction of physics for local flow values and sensitivity of the results to the relative
position of the rotor and stator for tightly coupled components.
Stage
The Stage model circumferentially averages the fluxes in bands and transmits the average
fluxes to the downstream component. Possible applications include axial turbines,
compressors and pumps, as well as fans and torque converters. The model is useful for large
pitch ratios and still takes a relatively short time to solve. The model is not suitable for
applications with tight coupling of components and/or significant wake interaction effects
and may not accurately predict loading.
Transient Rotor-Stator
The Transient Rotor-Stator model takes into account all of the transient flow characteristics.
A sliding interface is used to allow a smooth rotation between components. As with the
Frozen Rotor model, the Transient Rotor-Stator model scales the flow from one component
to the next in order to account for a non-unity net pitch ratio. This model is robust and yields
high accuracy predictions of loading. The drawbacks include high computational cost and
large amounts of storage required to hold the transient data.
Domain Interface Setup

The setup of domain interfaces is an important consideration when defining a problem. The
following section outlines some approved practices for use in turbomachinery applications.
General Considerations
• Domain interfaces should typically be placed midway between the rotor and stator for
turbomachinery cases.
• To avoid numerical errors, the aspect ratio of elements on the domain interface should
be between 0.1:1 and 10:1, as measured by x/y in Figure 2.
• Where circular domain interfaces exist, they must be axisymmetric in shape as shown in
Figure 3.
Figure 2 Element Aspect Ratio at Domain Interface
Elements that Border Domain

Interface Interface
Case 1: Impeller/Volute
A basic impeller/volute sketch is shown in Figure 3. The edge of the inner circle shows the
maximum extent of the impeller blades. A good practice here is to create the domain
interface halfway across the narrowest gap between the blade and volute wall. This usually
occurs around the cut-off or “tongue” illustrated in the diagram.
Figure 3 Impeller/Volute
Cut-off or
“tongue”
Domain Interface
Case 2: Step Change Between Rotor and Stator

For the case shown, there is a step change in the passage height between the rotor and
stator. A common choice for placement of the interface would be choice 1. Care, however,
should be taken with this setup, since the non-overlap regions of the interface should be
specified as walls. A better alternative may be to use a domain interface upstream or
downstream of the step change, at position 2 or position 3.
Figure 4 Possible Domain Interface Positions with Step Change in Passage Height
Shroud
1
Rotor Stator
2
3
Hub
Rotation Axis
Case 3: Blade Passage at or Close to the Edge of a Domain

Figure 5 shows a blade which extends to the edge of the rotating domain. Although it is
convenient to place a domain interface at the blade edge (1), this can result in unrealistic
results (The area of the interface would be reduced on one side where the interface is
displaced by the blade edge, resulting in an inaccurate pitch change calculation. Also, in the
case of a stage interface, the wake would be mixed out at the trailing edge.) A better
arrangement is to extend the rotating domain away from the blade edge. Domain Interfaces
can then be created at (2), (3), and (4).
Figure 5 Radial Compressor
Domain Interfaces Stationary Domain
4
3 2
1
Radial Direction
Rotating Domain
Stationary
Domain
Blade (Shaded Area)

Rotation Axis
Axial Direction
Case 4: Impeller Leakage

A close-up view of part of Figure 5, which models flow leaking from a volute back into the
impeller region. To model the feature, you can use two domain interfaces (at positions 1 and
2), or a single domain interface downstream of the leak (position 3).
Figure 6 Flow Leakage Through Gap Near Impeller Inlet
Stationary Domain
High Pressure Region
Flow Leaking Back Into

Impeller Region
2
1 3
Domain Interfaces Rotating Domain

Low Pressure Region
Case 5: Domain Interface Near Zone of Reversed Flow

Be wary of flow moving backwards across stage or frozen rotor interfaces. Because of the
approximations implied by these interfaces, flow moving upstream and downstream on the
same interface will lead to unphysical results. Try relocating the interface to prevent this
from occurring.
As an example, Figure 7 shows two blade rows of an axial machine with a frozen rotor
interface between them. The flow moves from left to right everywhere except in a small
region just downstream of the trailing edge of the first row of blades. In this case, the
domain interface, shown as a dashed line, should be located to the right of this region, as
shown.
Figure 7 Domain Interface Between Blade Rows in an Axial Machine
ChapNoCCL Content
ANSYS CFX-Pre CCL Details
• Using the CCL Content Documentation p. 138
• CCL Objects p. 139

• CCL Parameters p. 430
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide. ANSYS CFX Release 11.0. © 1996-2006 ANSYS Europe, Ltd. All rights reserved.
Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates. Page 137
Using the CCL Content Documentation
This document is generated from the CFXPreRules.ccl file in the <CFXROOT>/etc/
directory. It contains a description of all the possible CCL objects and parameters. This
includes currently unsupported models, use of which may cause incorrect results or Solver
failure. If you cannot set an option in ANSYS CFX-Pre, but find it defined here, then we
recommend contacting CFX support before using it in a simulation.
Page 138 Contains proprietary and confidential information of ANSYS, Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates.
CCL Objects
ABSORPTION COEFFICIENT
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies how the absorption coefficient is calculated
Allowed Parameters
Essential Parameters
Option :
Context Sensitive Settings

Context Controlling Parameter: Option
Allowed Context Settings: Value, Ideal Mixture
Option = Value
Absorption Coefficient : The Absorption Coefficient for a Gray Gas
ACOUSTIC REFLECTIVITY
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies acoustic reflection attributes of a boundary condition
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Reflective, Nonreflective
Option = Nonreflective
Optional Parameters
Reflection Factor : Reflection factor
Reflection Length Scale : Reflection length scale.
Reflection Mach Scale : Reflection length scale.
ADAPTION ADVANCED OPTIONS
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Node Allocation Parameter :
Number of Adaption Levels :
Optional Parameters
Adapt To Geometry :
ADAPTION CONVERGENCE CRITERIA
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Maximum Iterations per Step :
Option :
Adaption Target Residual :

Allowed Context Settings: RMS Norm for Residuals, MAX Norm for Residuals
ADAPTION CRITERIA
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Variables List :
Maximum Number of Adaption Steps :
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Multiple of Initial Mesh, Final Number of Nodes
Option = Final Number of Nodes

Number of Nodes in Adapted Mesh :
Option = Multiple of Initial Mesh

Node Factor :
ADAPTION METHOD
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Allowed Context Settings: Solution Variation, Solution Variation * Edge Length
Option = Solution Variation

Minimum Edge Length :
ADDITIONAL VARIABLE
Description
Named Object: Hold information specific to a single additional variable. This object is used
in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary conditions,
sources, initial conditions, etc.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Under Relaxation Factor :
Internal Parameters
Library Definition Path : This internal parameter should be set in non-LIBRARY
ADDITIONAL VARIABLE objects to point to the LIBRARY AV of the same name.

Allowed Context Settings: Definition, Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value,
Zero Flux, Flux in, Wall Flux in, Conservative Interface Flux, Transfer Coefficient, Wall
Transfer Coefficient, Domain Interface, Source, Flux, Transport Equation, Diffusive
Transport Equation, Poisson Equation, Algebraic Equation, Vector Algebraic Equation,
Homogeneous Transport Equation, Homogeneous Diffusive Transport Equation,
Homogeneous Poisson Equation, Homogeneous Algebraic Equation, Fluid Dependent
Option = Algebraic Equation

Additional Variable Value : Additional Variable Value
Option = Vector Algebraic Equation

Vector xValue : x component of vector expression.
Vector yValue : y component of vector expression.
Vector zValue : z component of vector expression.
Option = Diffusive Transport Equation

Optional Parameters
Kinematic Diffusivity :
Option = Homogeneous Diffusive Transport Equation

Optional Sub-Objects
EQUATION PROPERTIES FOR FLUID : This object defines equation-specific properties
for fluids
Option = Homogeneous Transport Equation

for fluids
Option = Flux in
TURBULENT WALL FUNCTIONS : Sets the turbulent near-wall treatment at a boundary.
Additional Variable Flux : Additional Variable Flux value.
Option = Homogeneous Poisson Equation

for fluids
Option = Wall Transfer Coefficient

Transfer Coefficient :
Option = Source
Optional Parameters
Additional Variable Source : Additional Variable Source value.
Additional Variable Source Coefficient : Additional Variable Source Coefficient value.
Option = Flux
Optional Parameters
Additional Variable User Flux : Additional Variable Flux value as defined by a user-
defined function. NOTE - This is a CCL-only feature.
Additional Variable User Flux Coefficient : Additional Variable Flux Coefficient value as
defined by a user-defined function. NOTE - This is a CCL-only feature.
Option = Wall Flux in

Additional Variable Flux : Additional Variable Flux value.
Option = Definition
Default Parameters
Variable Type :
Units :
Tensor Type :
Option = Value
Option = Homogeneous Algebraic Equation
Option = Automatic with Value

Option = Transfer Coefficient

Option = Poisson Equation

Optional Parameters
Option = Transport Equation

TURBULENT FLUX CLOSURE : Controls the turbulent flux closure for a transport
equation.
Default Parameters
ADDITIONAL VARIABLE PAIR
Description
Named Object: Specifies additional variable transfer model between a fluid pair containing
additional variables of the same type and dimensions.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient, Sherwood Number,
Ranz Marshall, Hughmark, Interface Flux, Two Resistance
Option = Interface Flux

Fluid1to2 Additional Variable Flux : Value part of flux from first fluid to second.
Fluid1 Additional Variable Flux Coefficient : First fluid add. var. coefficient part of flux
from first fluid to second.
Fluid2 Additional Variable Flux Coefficient : Second fluid add.var. coefficient part of flux
from first fluid to second.
Option = Sherwood Number

Sherwood Number :
Option = Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient

Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient :
Option = Two Resistance

Essential Sub-Objects
FLUID1 ADDITIONAL VARIABLE TRANSFER : Specifies additional variable transfer
model to first fluid of a fluid pair.
FLUID2 ADDITIONAL VARIABLE TRANSFER : Specifies additional variable transfer
model to second fluid of a fluid pair.
ADVECTION SCHEME
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the scheme used by the solver to discretise the advection term
in transport equations.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Specified Blend Factor, High Resolution, Compressive,
Upwind, Central Difference, Second Order Upwind, QUICK
Option = Compressive
Optional Parameters
Blend Factor Relaxation : Under-relaxation factor for the NAC term multiplier
Blend Factor Relaxation Option : Relaxation option (1=always, 2=increasing only)
Freestream Damping Option :
Freestream Damping :
Gradient Relaxation :
Gradient Type :
Mach Blending : Determines whether density advection blends with CDS at low Mach
numbers.
Option = Specified Blend Factor

Blend Factor : Specifies the blend between pure UDS (0.0) and second order (1.0)
discretisation.
Optional Parameters
Gradient Type :
numbers.
Option = High Resolution

Optional Parameters
Blend Factor Relaxation Option : Relaxation option (1=always, 2=increasing only)
Minimum Blend Factor :
Maximum Blend Factor :
Freestream Damping Option :
Gradient Type :
numbers.
Option = Central Difference

Optional Parameters
numbers.
Option = Upwind
Optional Parameters
numbers.
Option = Second Order Upwind

Optional Parameters
numbers.
Option = QUICK
Optional Parameters
numbers.
ALGEBRAIC SLIP MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the details of the Algebraic Slip Model
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Slip Velocity, Drag Force Balance
Option = Drag Force Balance

DRAG FORCE : Specifies drag force between two phases.
Mean Diameter :
Option = Slip Velocity

Slip Velocity U :
Slip Velocity V :
Slip Velocity W :
AREA POROSITY
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Isotropic
AXIS
Description
Named Object:
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.

Allowed Context Settings: Coord Frame
Option = Coord Frame

Optional Parameters
Reference Coord Frame :
Axis of Rotation : Specifies the principal axis used in instance rotation.
AXIS DEFINITION
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies if we are using a Coordinate Axis or Two points to define a
local cylindrical axis. "Coordinate Axis" currently only supports the global x, y, or z axis.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Coordinate Axis, Two Points
Option = Coordinate Axis

Rotation Axis : Coordinate Frame Axis for rotating domains or cylindrical boundary
condition specification
Option = Two Points

Rotation Axis From : First <x,y,z
Rotation Axis To : Second <x,y,z
BACKUP RESULTS
Description
Named Object: Defines the frequency and type of backup files created during a solver run.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
File Compression Level :
Optional Parameters
Iteration List :
Iteration Interval :

Allowed Context Settings: Selected Variables, Smallest, Essential, Full, Standard
Option = Selected Variables

Output Variables List :
Include Mesh : Indicates whether mesh is written to a Selected Variables results or backup
file
Optional Parameters
Output Variable Operators : Sets whether or not variable gradients and High Resolution
"Beta" Fields are output to results files.
Output Boundary Flows : Sets whether or not boundary equation flows are output to
results files. If these are in minimal files then accurate calculations of forces are possible in
CFX-Post.
Output Equation Residuals : Sets whether or not equation residuals are output to results
files.
Option = Smallest
Optional Parameters
CFX-Post.
files.
Extra Output Variables List :
Option = Essential
Optional Parameters
CFX-Post.
files.
Option = Full
Optional Parameters
CFX-Post.
files.
Option = Standard
Optional Parameters
CFX-Post.
files.
BACKWARD REACTION RATE
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the backwards rate for a chemical reaction.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Expression, Arrhenius, Arrhenius with Temperature PDF,
Equilibrium
Option = Expression
Reaction Rate : Molar Reaction Rate
Option = Arrhenius
REACTION ACTIVATION : Defines reaction energy/temperature for Arrhenius type
reaction rates.
Pre Exponential Factor : Pre-exponential factor for Arrhenius reaction rate.
Temperature Exponent :
Optional Parameters
Activation Energy :
Activation Temperature :
Option = Arrhenius with Temperature PDF

reaction rates.
Optional Parameters
Temperature Limit List :
Lower Temperature :
Upper Temperature :
Activation Energy :
BODY FORCES
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the details of discretisation of body forces.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Body Force Averaging Type : Method to average body forces to elements
Volume Fraction Averaging Type : Method to average volume fractions to elements
BOUNDARY
Description
Named Object: The main object for storing boundary conditions and other model settings
on an external two dimensional region.
Allowed Sub-Objects
WALL CONTACT MODEL : Specifies model for fluid-wall contact and bulk boundary
conditions at walls in multi-fluid flow.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS : Specifies boundary conditions for all equations being solved.
NONOVERLAP CONDITIONS : Specifies boundary conditions on non overlap regions of a
GGI domain interface.
FLUID : This object encloses fluid-specific models and data.
FLUID PAIR : Specifies interface physics for a given fluid pair.
BOUNDARY SOURCE : Stores sources and other local modifications on a specific
boundary object.
BOUNDARY CONTOUR :
BOUNDARY VECTOR :
BOUNDARY PROFILE :
Allowed Parameters
Boundary Type : Type of the boundary.
Optional Parameters
Location : A locator name.
Create Other Side : Defines whether a boundary clone operation is needed to produce the
thin surface partner.
Interface Boundary : Defines whether a boundary is of type interface.
Use Profile Data : Enables the profile data object.
Show Label : If true display label
Default Parameters
Coord Frame :
Frame Type : Sets the frame in which velocity components or flow direction components
are specified. If set to Rotating then the components are in the relative frame. If set to
Stationary then the components are in the absolute frame of reference.
BOUNDARY CONDITIONS
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies boundary conditions for all equations being solved.
Allowed Sub-Objects
EMISSIVITY : The specification of radiative emissivity.
REFLECTIVITY : Sets the reflectivity for radiation on a boundary.
FLOW REGIME : States if a boundary is subsonic or supersonic
MASS AND MOMENTUM : Specifies conditions on Mass and Momentum at a boundary.
VELOCITY : Sets velocity part of mass and momentum boundary condition
PRESSURE AVERAGING : Controls details of how pressure is averaged over an outlet.
FLOW DIRECTION : Sets the velocity direction imposed at a boundary.
LOSS COEFFICIENT : Defines the Loss Coefficient at an opening boundary.
TURBULENCE : Sets conditions on turbulence at a boundary.
TRANSITIONAL INTERMITTENCY : Defines initial and boundary conditions for turbulence
intermittency.
TRANSITIONAL RETHETAT : Defines initial and boundary conditions for turbulence
transition onset momentum thickness Reynolds number.
COMPONENT : Hold information specific to a single component of a multi-component fluid.
This object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary
conditions, sources, initial conditions, etc.
WALL INFLUENCE ON FLOW : Specifies wall velocity or slip conditions at a boundary.
WALL ROUGHNESS : Sets wall roughness on a wall boundary condition.
HEAT TRANSFER : Specifies heat transfer conditions at a boundary.
TEMPERATURE VARIANCE : Defines data specific to the Temperature Variance
equation.
THERMAL RADIATION : Sets the conditions on Thermal Radiation at a boundary
ADDITIONAL VARIABLE : Hold information specific to a single additional variable. This
object is used in a number of different contexts, including the specification of boundary
VOLUME FRACTION : Sets boundary condition or initial condition on volume fraction
WALL CONTACT AREA : Specifies fluid-wall contact area for a given fluid under the WALL
CONTACT MODEL: Option=Specify Area Fraction.
MIXTURE : Specification of Fuel/Oxidiser mixture at a boundary.
REACTION PROGRESS : Defines initialisation of the reaction progress variable.
SOOT : Defines initialisation of Soot.
WALL ADHESION : Specifies surface tension wall conditions at a boundary.
PARTICLE POSITION : Defines how particle positions are to be distributed on a boundary.
PARTICLE DIAMETER DISTRIBUTION : Defines the size distribution for a particle group.
PARTICLE MASS FLOW ABSORPTION : Defines the mass flow absorption.
PARTICLE MASS FLOW RATE : Defines the mass flow rate for a group of particles.
EROSION MODEL : Particle erosion model
MESH MOTION : Defines the motion of a mesh boundary. NOTE - Not fully supported by
the solver.
SIZE GROUP : Defines a particular size group for a MUSIG fluid
PARTICLE WALL INTERACTION :
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Define Particle Data : Defines whether particle data is set on this boundary
BOUNDARY CONTOUR
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Profile Variable : The contour colour parameter
Optional Parameters
Profile Reference Object : Object which contains the parameters with profiles to be
rendered
BOUNDARY PROFILE
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Profile Name : The name of the Profile Data to be used.
Generate Values : Causes the values for Profile BCs to be calculated.
BOUNDARY RENDER CONTOUR
Description
Named Object:
Allowed Parameters
Contour Parameter Path : Refers to the object which contains the parameters with profiles
to be rendered.
Contour Location : List of regions on which a contour plot is to be rendered.
Contour Parameter Value : Contour Value.
BOUNDARY RENDER MARKER
Description
Named Object:
Allowed Parameters
Marker Location : List of regions that boundary marker is on.
Marker Parent Location : List of regions that parent 3d region of boundary marker is on.
Marker Type :
BOUNDARY RENDER VECTOR
Description
Named Object:
Allowed Parameters
Vector Parameter Path : Object which contains the parameters with profiles to be rendered
Vector Location : List of regions imported into a map.
Vector Parameter Value : Contour Value
Vector Parent Location : List of regions that parent 3d region of boundary vector is on.
Optional Parameters
Vector Is Cylindrical : Specifies whether the boundary render vector is specified using a
cylindrical coordinate system.
BOUNDARY SOURCE
Description
Singleton Object: Stores sources and other local modifications on a specific boundary
object.
Allowed Sub-Objects
SOURCES : Holds the definition of sources for one or more equations.
BULK SOURCES : Specifies bulk sources in multi-fluid flow.
BOUNDARY VECTOR
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Profile Vector Components : The option value of the relevant option
Optional Parameters
Profile Reference Object : Object which contains the parameters with profiles to be
rendered
BREAKUP MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the breakup model for a MUSIG fluid
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Luo and Svendsen, User Defined, None
Option = User Defined

Breakup Rate : Breakup Rate for the MUSIG model
Optional Parameters
Breakup Factor Integration Option : Controls the details of the integration over df_BV
Option = Luo and Svendsen
Optional Parameters
Minimum Eddy Length Ratio : Ratio of minimum eddy size in inertial subrange to eddy
microscale
Breakup Coefficient : Calibration factor for the breakup rate
Breakup Factor Integration Option : Controls the details of the integration over df_BV
BULK SOURCE DISTRIBUTION
Description
Singleton Object: Model for contribution of a bulk source to given fluid.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Distribution Factor, Constraint
Option = Distribution Factor

Distribution Factor :
BULK SOURCES
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies bulk sources in multi-fluid flow.
Allowed Sub-Objects
MOMENTUM SOURCE : Holds source terms for momentum.
EQUATION SOURCE : Specifies a source for the named equation. For mass equation use
option Fluid Mass Source, or Total Fluid Mass Source.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Use Volume Fraction
BUOYANCY MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Defines type of buoyancy model and gravity vector in a domain.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Redistribute in Rhie Chow : Indicates whether momentum source is redistributed
False Timestep Linearisation : Determines whether to linearise a body force using a
physics-based pseudo-timestep
False Timestep Linearisation Factor : Scaling factor for body force linearisation
coefficient

Allowed Context Settings: Non Buoyant, Buoyant
Option = Buoyant
BUOYANCY REFERENCE LOCATION : Sets the buoyancy reference location for absolute
pressure
Gravity X Component :
Gravity Y Component :
Gravity Z Component :
Optional Parameters
Buoyancy Reference Temperature : Buoyancy Reference Temperature
Buoyancy Reference Density : Buoyancy Reference Density
BUOYANCY REFERENCE LOCATION
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the buoyancy reference location for absolute pressure
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Cartesian Coordinates
Option = Cartesian Coordinates

Cartesian Coordinates :
BUOYANCY TURBULENCE
Description
Singleton Object: Controls turbulence production and dissipation due to buoyancy.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Production, Production and Dissipation
Option = Production and Dissipation

Optional Parameters
Turbulent Schmidt Number : Turbulent Schmidt number for a quantity (density in
buoyancy turbulence term)
Dissipation Coefficient : Scale factor for buoyancy turbulence dissipation term
Directional Dissipation : Flag controlling directional buoyancy turbulence dissipation
model
Option = Production
Optional Parameters
CAMERA
Description
Named Object: Defines a camera that can be used to specify the current view in the
VIEWER object.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Pivot Point and Quaternion, Pivot Point and Rotation
Option = Pivot Point and Quaternion

Optional Parameters
Pivot Point : Defines the center of rotation (pivot point) for the camera.
Rotation Quaternion : Defines the camera rotation quaternion.
Scale :
Pan : Defines the camera pan in screen (X, Y) coordinates, with positive X pointing right and
positive Y pointing up.
Option = Pivot Point and Rotation

Optional Parameters
Rotation :
Scale :
CARTESIAN VELOCITY COMPONENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of velocity by Cartesian components.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value, Zero Slip
Velocity

U:
V:
W:
Optional Parameters
Velocity Fluctuation : Velocity Fluctuation
Option = Value
U:
V:
W:
Optional Parameters
Option = Automatic
Optional Parameters
Velocity Scale :
Option = Default
Optional Parameters
Velocity Scale :
CAVITATION MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies the cavitation model.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Saturation Pressure : Saturation pressure for cavitation of a pure substance.
Cavitation Rate Under Relaxation Factor : Cavitation rate underrelaxation factor
Cavitation Pressure Coefficient Factor : Scale factor for cavitation rate pressure
coefficient
Maximum Density Ratio :

Allowed Context Settings: User Defined, Rayleigh Plesset

Cavitation Rate : Cavitation mass transfer rate from fluid 1 to 2
Option = Rayleigh Plesset

Mean Diameter :
Optional Parameters
Cavitation Condensation Coefficient : Parameter in cavitation model for condensation
Cavitation Vaporization Coefficient : Parameter in cavitation model for vaporization
Nuclei Volume Fraction :
CCL2FLOW
Description
Singleton Object: Container object for ccl2flow-only data.
Allowed Sub-Objects
STANDARD OBJECT : Defines named objects to ccl2flow
CCLSETUP
Description
Singleton Object: Internal parameter settings for CCL to solver data structure processing
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Catalogue Memory Factor : Increases memory for MMS catalogue in CCLSETUP in case
default estimate is insufficient.
Character Memory Factor :
Integer Memory Factor :
Logical Memory Factor :
Real Memory Factor :
CCL Setup Debug Level :
Solver Setup Debug Level :
CEL
Description
Singleton Object: Stores user-defined CFX Command Language functions and
expressions.
Allowed Sub-Objects
FUNCTION : The definition of a user-defined CFX Expression Language function.
EXPRESSIONS : Definition of CFX Command Languate Expressions
CHAR OXIDATION RATE
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Sub-Objects
reaction rates.
Allowed Parameters
CHAR PRODUCT RATIO
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Sub-Objects
reaction rates.
Allowed Parameters
CHILD MATERIAL
Description
Named Object: Holds data for a material from a Materials List.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Stoichiometric, Efficiency Factor, Mass Fraction, Mass
Coefficient, Fuel Analysis
Option = Mass Coefficient

Mass Coefficient :
Optional Parameters
Reaction Order : Reaction order for Arrhenius type reaction rate
Option = Stoichiometric
Stoichiometric Coefficient : Molar stoichiometric coefficient
Optional Parameters
Option = Fuel Analysis

Optional Parameters
Option = Efficiency Factor

Efficiency Factor :
Option = Mass Fraction

Mass Fraction :
COALESCENCE MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the coalescence model for a MUSIG fluid
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Allow Large Group Coalescence : Specifies whether coalescence between two groups is
permitted if the total mass exceeds the mass of the largest group
Coalescence Mass Matrix Option : Option for the mass matrix used for coalescence

Allowed Context Settings: Prince and Blanch, User Defined, None
Option = Prince and Blanch

Optional Parameters
Initial Film Thickness : Initial thickness of film between coalescing bubbles
Final Film Thickness : Critical thickness of film when rupture occurs between coalescing
bubbles
Buoyancy Coalescence Coefficient : Calibration factor for the buoyancy coalescence rate
Turbulence Coalescence Coefficient : Calibration factor for the turbulence coalescence
rate

Coalescence Rate : Coalescence Rate for the MUSIG model
COARSENING CONTROL
Description
Singleton Object: Holds parameters to control creation of the radiation coarse grid.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Target Coarsening Rate : Target coarsening rate for radiation solver
Minimum Blocking Factor : Minimum blocking factor per level for coarsening
Maximum Blocking Factor : Maximum blocking factor per level for coarsening
Small Coarse Grid Size : Size at which to stop coarsening a grid
Diagnostic Output Level : Diagnostic Output Level
COMBUSTION CONTROL
Description
Singleton Object: Holds information specific to combustion for dynamic model control.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Transition Iteration :
COMBUSTION MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the combustion model to be used.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Eddy Dissipation, Finite Rate Chemistry, Finite Rate
Chemistry and Eddy Dissipation, Laminar Flamelet with PDF, Partially Premixed and
Laminar Flamelet with PDF, Fluid Dependent
Option = Eddy Dissipation

SOOT MODEL : Sets parameters that control the soot model.
Optional Parameters
Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient A : Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient A
Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient B : Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient B
Chemical Timescale : Chemical Timescale Limit For Extinction
Extinction Temperature : Extinction-Ignition Temperature
Mixing Rate Limit : Eddy Dissipation Mixing Rate Upper Limit
Option = Partially Premixed and Laminar Flamelet with PDF

MIXTURE VARIANCE COEFFICIENTS : Controls model coefficients for the Mixture
Fraction Variance transport equation.
REACTION PROGRESS COEFFICIENTS : Controls model coefficients for the Reaction
Progress transport equation.
Option = Laminar Flamelet with PDF

MIXTURE VARIANCE COEFFICIENTS : Controls model coefficients for the Mixture
Fraction Variance transport equation.
Option = Finite Rate Chemistry

Optional Parameters
Option = Finite Rate Chemistry and Eddy Dissipation

Optional Parameters
Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient A : Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient A
Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient B : Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient B
Mixing Rate Limit : Eddy Dissipation Mixing Rate Upper Limit
COMMAND FILE
Description
Singleton Object: Stores the Version of the current command file.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Results Version :
Version :
CFX Pre Version : CFX-Pre version identifier as used in session files.
COMPONENT
Description
Named Object: Hold information specific to a single component of a multi-component fluid.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value, Mass
Fraction, Mass Flow Rate, Mass Transfer Coefficient, Conservative Interface Flux, Source,
Flux, Deposition, No Deposition, Transport Equation, Algebraic Slip, Algebraic Equation,
Library, Equilibrium Fraction, Equilibrium Constraint, Constraint, Constant Mass, Species
Mass Equation
Option = Value
Mass Fraction :
Option = Algebraic Equation
Mass Fraction :
Optional Parameters
Option = Equilibrium Constraint

Optional Parameters
Option = Mass Transfer Coefficient

Optional Parameters
Mass Concentration :
Option = Mass Flow Rate

Optional Parameters
Mass Flow Rate :

Mass Fraction :
Option = Constraint
Optional Parameters
Option = Mass Fraction

Optional Parameters
Mass Fraction :
Option = Source
Optional Parameters
Mass Source :
Mass Source Coefficient :
Option = Flux
Optional Parameters
Mass Flux :
Mass Flux Coefficient :
Option = Transport Equation

Default Parameters
Option = Equilibrium Fraction

Optional Parameters
Option = Algebraic Slip

ALGEBRAIC SLIP MODEL : Sets the details of the Algebraic Slip Model
COMPONENT PAIR
Description
Named Object: Specifies species mass transfer between a fluid pair.
Allowed Sub-Objects
INTERFACIAL EQUILIBRIUM MODEL : Specifies equilibrium model for species and AV
transfer.
PARTICLE USER SOURCE :
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Allowed Context Settings: Mass Transfer Coefficient, Sherwood Number, Ranz Marshall,
Hughmark, Two Resistance, Liquid Evaporation Model, None
Option = Liquid Evaporation Model

LATENT HEAT : Holds latent heat information for liquid evaporation
Optional Parameters
Modification :

Mass Transfer Coefficient :
Option = Ranz Marshall

Option = None

Sherwood Number :

FLUID1 SPECIES MASS TRANSFER : Specifies species mass transfer model to first fluid
of a fluid pair.
FLUID2 SPECIES MASS TRANSFER : Specifies species mass transfer model to first fluid
of a fluid pair.
COMPRESSIBILITY CONTROL
Description
Singleton Object: Holds parameters that affect solver convergence for compressible flows
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Compressible Linearisation : Determines whether drho/dp is used to linearise density
derivatives in the continuity equation
Decreasing Pressure Relaxation : Determines whether the rate of pressure decrease is
restricted for compressible flows
Decreasing Pressure Relaxation Factor : Maximum rate of pressure decrease in an
iteration
Decreasing Temperature Relaxation : Determines whether the rate of temperature
decrease is restricted for compressible flows
Decreasing Temperature Relaxation Factor : Maximum rate of temperature decrease in
an iteration
CONVERGENCE CONTROL
Description
Singleton Object: Holds basic parameters that affect solver convergence.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Solid Timescale Control :
Timescale Control :
Maximum Number of Iterations :
Minimum Number of Iterations :
Number of Dependent Variable Updates : Maximum number of dependent variable
updates in a time step.
Timestep Initialisation Update : Updates dependent variables without relaxation after
initialising timestep. Default is true if extrapolation is activated, false otherwise.
Residual Relaxation Initial Value : Initial residual relaxation value.
Residual Relaxation Iterations : Number of iteration to relax residuals.

Context Controlling Parameter: Timescale Control
Allowed Context Settings: Physical Timescale, Local Timescale Factor, Auto Timescale,
Coefficient Loops
Timescale Control = Local Timescale Factor

Local Timescale Factor :
Optional Parameters
Solid Timescale :
Solid Timescale Factor :
Timescale Control = Physical Timescale

Physical Timescale :
Optional Parameters
Solid Timescale :
Timescale Control = Auto Timescale

Optional Parameters
Length Scale Option : Option for calculating Auto Timestep length scale. Conservative
uses the cube root of the fluid volume, and Aggressive uses the maximum extent of the fluid
volume.
Length Scale : Specified length scale for Auto Timestep
Maximum Timescale :
Timescale Ramping Factor :
Timescale Update Frequency :
Number of Timescale Updates :
Solid Timescale :
Timescale Control = Coefficient Loops
Maximum Number of Coefficient Loops :
Optional Parameters
Minimum Number of Coefficient Loops :
CONVERGENCE CRITERIA
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies the criteria for final solution convergence.
Allowed Parameters
Residual Type :
Residual Target :
Optional Parameters
Conservation Target : The maximum relative equation imbalance for convergence.
COORD FRAME
Description
Named Object: Defines a coordinate frame which can be used for setting direction and axis
specifications.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Default Parameters
Coord Frame Type : Specifies if a Coordinate Frame is Cartesian or Cylindrical.
Allowed Context Settings: Axis Points, Point and Normal
Option = Point and Normal

Optional Parameters
Centroid Type : Whether the centroid is the "real" centroid, or the nearest point on the
location.
Invert Normal Axis Direction :
Origin :
Point on Axis 3 : A point on the 3rd (Z) Axis of a coordinate frame.
Point on Plane 13 : A point on the 13 (XZ) Plane of a coordinate frame.
Option = Axis Points

Origin Point :
Axis 3 Point : A point on the 3rd (Z) Axis of a coordinate frame.
Plane 13 Point : A point on the 13 (XZ) Plane of a coordinate frame.
Optional Parameters
CYLINDRICAL VELOCITY COMPONENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of velocity by Cylindrical components.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value

AXIS DEFINITION : Specifies if we are using a Coordinate Axis or Two points to define a
Velocity r Component :
Velocity Theta Component :
Velocity Axial Component :
Optional Parameters
Option = Value
Optional Parameters
Option = Automatic
Optional Parameters
Velocity Scale :
Option = Default
Optional Parameters
Velocity Scale :
DATA FIELD
Description
Named Object: Holds the parameter names that a profile data field refers to.
Allowed Parameters
Result Units :
Field Name :
Optional Parameters
Parameter List :
DATA READER
Description
Singleton Object: This object contains the temporary directory path.
Allowed Parameters
Temporary Directory : The path to a temporary working directory which CFX-Pre can use
for placing temporary files. This directory does not have to exist between runs of CFX-Post,
and the contents will be deleted when Post shuts down.
DEFAULT LEGEND
Description
Singleton Object: Creates a labelled colour bar to show to legend associated with the
named plot.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Legend X Justification : Specifies the horizontal justification of a text or overlay item.
Legend Y Justification : Specifies the vertical justification of a text or overlay item.
Legend Position : XY position of the legend.
Legend Size : Scale factor to apply to legend.
Legend Ticks : Number of points to provide variable values next to the Legend bar.
Legend Resolution : Number of colour subdivisions on the legend bar.
Legend Shading : Controls interpolated shading of colour on the legend bar.
Font : The font name for an item of text.
Legend Aspect : Legend bar width control parameter
Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/Green/
Blue) values to be used when colouring an object with constant colour.
Legend Format : Parameter to modify string format of values on legend.
Text Height : The height an item of text should be, proportional to the screen.
Text Rotation : Counter-clockwise rotation, in degrees, to be applied to a text item.
Legend Title Mode : Controls the legend title type.
Legend Title : Specifies the legend title when Legend Title Mode is set to User Specified.
Show Legend Units : Toggles display of units in the legend.
Legend Orientation : Specifies whether to display the legend Vertically or Horizontally.
Legend Object : object legend refers to
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User Specified"
range.
Legend Units : legend units
Text Colour Mode : Determines where to get the text colour from.
Internal Parameters
Legend Plot : Name of the locator for which to provide information.
Legend Enabled : Can the legend be displayed at all, used on load.
DES COEFFICIENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Controls blending between LES and RANS for DES turbulence model.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
BF1 Blend Factor : DES turbulence model blending coefficient
BF2 Blend Factor : DES turbulence model blending coefficient
Maximum RANS Blend : DES turbulence model blending coefficient
Minimum RANS Blend : DES turbulence model blending coefficient
DILATATIONAL STRESS
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the treatment to be used to account for dilatational contributions of
viscous stresses.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Include in Momentum, Include in Pressure
Option = Include in Pressure

Optional Parameters
Dynamic Bulk Viscosity : Dynamic bulk viscosity (lambda+2/3 mu). Excluding this
parameter recovers Stokes" hypothesis (lambda=2/3 mu).
Option = Include in Momentum

Optional Parameters
DIRECTION
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the direction used for radiation boundary conditions.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Cartesian Components, Cylindrical Components, Normal to
Boundary Condition
Option = Cartesian Components

Unit Vector X Component :
Unit Vector Y Component :
Unit Vector Z Component :
Option = Cylindrical Components

Unit Vector r Component :
Unit Vector Theta Component :
Unit Vector Axial Component :
DIRECTIONAL LOSS MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Defines a directional loss model.
Allowed Sub-Objects
STREAMWISE LOSS : Defines streamwise loss model.
TRANSVERSE LOSS : Defines transverse loss model.
STREAMWISE DIRECTION : Defines the streamwise direction
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Include Coefficient in Rhie Chow : Indicates whether momentum source coefficient
modifies the Rhie Chow coupling term in the continuity equation.
DOMAIN
Description
Named Object: Holds the definition of physical models, boundary conditions, and sources
for a mesh assembly.
Allowed Parameters
Domain Type :
Optional Parameters
Const Physics Param :
Default Parameters
Coord Frame :

Context Controlling Parameter: Domain Type
Allowed Context Settings: Fluid, Solid, Porous
Domain Type = Solid

DOMAIN MODELS : Defines the physical models that are associated with the domain.
SOLID MODELS : Defines the model details that operate on the solids within the domain.
BOUNDARY : The main object for storing boundary conditions and other model settings on
an external two dimensional region.
INITIALISATION : Defines the initialisation of flow-field variables.
SOLVER CONTROL : Holds all objects that control discretisation and execution of the
solution process.
SOURCE POINT : Location and specification of a point source.
SUBDOMAIN : Stores sources and other local modifications in a specific three dimensional
region.
Solids List :
Optional Parameters
Domain Type = Porous

FLUID MODELS : Defines the model details that operate on individual fluids within the
domain.
POROSITY MODELS : Describes loss model for a porous domain.
MULTIPHASE MODELS : Defines the overall models that control the interaction of two or
more phases.
PARTICLE INJECTION REGION :
solution process.
region.
Fluids List :
Optional Parameters
Auxiliary Fluids List : NOTE - This is a CCL-only feature.
Particles List :
Number of Passages in 360 :
Number of Passages in Component :
Domain Type = Fluid

domain.
MULTIPHASE MODELS : Defines the overall models that control the interaction of two or
more phases.
PARTICLE INJECTION REGION :
solution process.
region.
Fluids List :
Optional Parameters
Auxiliary Fluids List : NOTE - This is a CCL-only feature.
Particles List :
Number of Passages in 360 :
Number of Passages in Component :
DOMAIN INTERFACE
Description
Named Object: Defines the location and model details for connecting two disconnected two
dimensional regions.
Allowed Sub-Objects
INTERSECTION CONTROL : Holds advanced parameters to control the details of interface
discretisation.
Allowed Parameters
Interface Type :
Optional Parameters
Filter Domain List1 : A filter for the list of regions used on the first side of the domain
interface
Filter Domain List2 : A filter for the list of regions used on the second side of the domain
interface
Interface Region List1 : A list of regions used on the first side of the domain interface
Interface Region List2 : A list of regions used on the second side of the domain interface
Boundary List1 : The list of boundaries on side one of a domain interface.
Boundary List2 : The list of boundaries on side two of a domain interface.

Context Controlling Parameter: Interface Type
Allowed Context Settings: Periodic Fluid Solid, Fluid Fluid, Fluid Porous, Fluid Solid,
Porous Porous, Solid Porous, Solid Solid, Periodic
Interface Type = Porous Porous
INTERFACE MODELS : Holds the definition of models specific to an interface.
Optional Parameters
Connection Type : Specifies if an interface should use best match or GGI interface.
Interface Type = Fluid Fluid

Optional Parameters
Interface Type = Solid Porous

Optional Parameters
Interface Type = Periodic

Optional Parameters
Periodic Type :
Interface Type = Fluid Solid

Optional Parameters
Interface Type = Periodic Fluid Solid
Optional Parameters
Periodic Type :
Interface Type = Solid Solid

Optional Parameters
Interface Type = Fluid Porous

Optional Parameters
DOMAIN MODELS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the physical models that are associated with the domain.
Allowed Sub-Objects
VOLUME POROSITY :
AREA POROSITY :
BUOYANCY MODEL : Defines type of buoyancy model and gravity vector in a domain.
COMBUSTION MODEL : Defines the combustion model to be used.
MESH DEFORMATION : Defines the method used to deform the mesh.
DOMAIN MOTION : Defines the motion of a mesh relative to an absolute coordinate frame.
NOTE - Translating domains are not supported by the solver.
REFERENCE PRESSURE : Sets the Reference Pressure in the Domain.
TIME DURATION : Specifies the length of time to be simulated in a transient analysis.
DOMAIN MOTION
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the motion of a mesh relative to an absolute coordinate frame.
NOTE - Translating domains are not supported by the solver.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Stationary, Rotating, Translating
Option = Rotating
ROTATIONAL REFERENCE LOCATION : Sets the rotational reference location for
absolute pressure
Angular Velocity : Rotating speed for a rotating domain or wall
Optional Parameters
Rotational Offset : Controls the amount by which the child side domain on a GGI interface
is rotated before the intersection is calculated.
Alternate Rotation Model : Specifies if the Alternate Rotation Model is active.
Rotational Reference Density : Rotational Reference Density
Option = Translating
Translation Velocity :
Optional Parameters
Translation Axis :
DRAG FORCE
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies drag force between two phases.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Linearisation Scheme :
Particle Coupling :
Linearisation Blend Factor :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Drag Coefficient, Particle Transport Drag Coefficient,
Schiller Naumann, Stokes, Stokes Newton, Newton, Ishii Zuber, Grace, Wen Yu, Gidaspow
Option = Drag Coefficient

Drag Coefficient :
Optional Parameters
Drag Coefficient Derivative :
Option = Particle Transport Drag Coefficient
Particle Transport Drag Coefficient :
Option = Wen Yu
Optional Parameters
Volume Fraction Correction Exponent : Exponent for volume-fraction dependence of
drag force. Omission of this parameter, or a unit exponent, are equivalent to no correction.
Typical exponent values for dense concentrations are -1.65 for solids, 4 for bubbles.
Minimum Volume Fraction for Correction :
Option = Stokes
Default Parameters
Stokes Coefficient :
Option = Gidaspow
Optional Parameters
Option = Grace
Optional Parameters
Option = Newton
Default Parameters
Newton Coefficient :
Option = Stokes Newton

Default Parameters
Stokes Coefficient :
Newton Coefficient :
DYNAMIC MODEL CONTROL
Description
Singleton Object: Holds objects that control the temporary simplification of models to
improve solver start-up robustness.
Allowed Sub-Objects
TURBULENCE CONTROL : Sets the iteration number when the solver switches from Zero
Equation turbulence model to the full turbulence model.
HYDRO CONTROL : Holds information specific to hydrodynamics for dynamic model
control.
COMBUSTION CONTROL : Holds information specific to combustion for dynamic model
control.
Allowed Parameters
Global Dynamic Model Control :
DYNAMIC VISCOSITY
Description
Singleton Object: Hold the details for an advanced description of Dynamic Viscosity.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Value, Ideal Mixture, Sutherlands Formula, Rigid Non
Interacting Sphere Model
Option = Sutherlands Formula

Reference Temperature :
Reference Viscosity :
Sutherlands Constant :
Option = Value
Dynamic Viscosity :
Option = Rigid Non Interacting Sphere Model

Optional Parameters
Critical Volume :
EMISSIVITY
Description
Singleton Object: The specification of radiative emissivity.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Gray, Spectral
Option = Spectral
Emissivity : Surface Emissivity
Option = Gray
ENERGY SOURCE
Description
Singleton Object: Holds source values and linearisation coefficients for level mode
sources in the energy equation. NOTE - This feature has been superseded by the more
robust residual mode sources specified using the EQUATION SOURCE object.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Energy Source :
Energy Source Coefficient :
Energy Flux :
Energy Flux Coefficient :
ENHANCED TURBULENCE PRODUCTION MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Model settings for multiphase enhanced turbulence production.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Sato Enhanced Eddy Viscosity
Option = Sato Enhanced Eddy Viscosity

Optional Parameters
Enhanced Eddy Viscosity : Specify eddy particle induced eddy viscosity for zero-equation
particle induced turbulence model. Omission of this parameter implies the default formula
due to Sato.
ENTHALPY
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Sub-Objects
TABLE GENERATION :
ENTROPY
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Sub-Objects
TABLE GENERATION :
EPSILON
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of epsilon.
Allowed Parameters
Option :


Optional Parameters
Epsilon :
Omega :
Eddy Length Scale :
Eddy Viscosity Ratio : Specify (Turb / Molecular) viscosity ratio
Option = Value
Optional Parameters
Epsilon :
Omega :
Eddy Length Scale :
EPSILON COEFFICIENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Controls model coefficients for the Turbulence Eddy Dissipation
transport equation.
Allowed Sub-Objects
equation.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Ce1 Coefficient : Ce1 Epsilon equation coefficient
EPSILON SOURCE
Description
sources in the turbulent eddy dissipation equation. NOTE - This feature has been
superseded by the more robust residual mode sources specified using the EQUATION
SOURCE object.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Epsilon Source :
Epsilon Source Coefficient :
Epsilon Flux :
Epsilon Flux Coefficient :
EQUATION
Description
Named Object: Defines equation classes for applying solver controls.
Allowed Sub-Objects
ADVECTION SCHEME : Defines the scheme used by the solver to discretise the advection
term in transport equations.
TRANSIENT SCHEME : Defines the discretisation algorithm for the transient term.
CONVERGENCE CONTROL : Holds basic parameters that affect solver convergence.
EQUATION CLASS
Description
Named Object: Defines equation classes for applying solver controls.
Allowed Sub-Objects
CONVERGENCE CRITERIA : Specifies the criteria for final solution convergence.
EQUATION DEFINITION
Description
Named Object: Defines names for standard equations.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
MMS Name :
Long Name :
Quantity :
Tensor Type :
Principal Variable : Principal variable for an equation.
Default Source Variable : Define a default entry for Source Variable List for an equation
source.
Component Short Names :
Component Long Names :
Component MMS Names :
EQUATION DEFINITIONS
Description
Singleton Object: Contains definitions for standard equations.
Allowed Sub-Objects
EQUATION DEFINITION : Defines names for standard equations.
EQUATION OF STATE
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies the equation of state
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Molar Mass :

Allowed Context Settings: Value, Ideal Gas, Ideal Mixture, Redlich Kwong, Virial Steam
Option = Value
Density : Material density
Optional Parameters
Density Depends On :
Option = Redlich Kwong

Critical Pressure :
Critical Temperature :
Critical Volume :
Boiling Temperature :
Acentric Factor :
EQUATION PAIR
Description
Named Object: Specifies transfer model between a fluid-equation pair containing variables
of the same type and dimensions.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Zero Flux, Interfacial Flux, Interfacial Vector Flux, Interfacial
Symmetric Tensor Flux, Fluid Fluxes, Fluid Vector Fluxes, Fluid Symmetric Tensor Fluxes,
Interface Values, Interface Vector Values, Interface Symmetric Tensor Values
Option = Interfacial Symmetric Tensor Flux

Optional Parameters
Fluid1to2 xxFlux : xx component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 xyFlux : xy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 xzFlux : xz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 yyFlux : yy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 yzFlux : yz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 zzFlux : zz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 Flux Coefficient : fluid 1 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1 to 2
Option = Fluid Symmetric Tensor Fluxes

Optional Parameters
Fluid1 xxFlux out : xx component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 xyFlux out : xy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 xzFlux out : xz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 yyFlux out : yy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 yzFlux out : yz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 zzFlux out : zz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1
Fluid2 xxFlux in : xx component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 xyFlux in : xy component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 xzFlux in : xz component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 yyFlux in : yy component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 yzFlux in : yz component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 zzFlux in : zz component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2
Fluid1 Flux Fluid1 Coefficient : fluid 1 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1
Fluid2 Flux Fluid1 Coefficient : fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux into fluid 2
Option = Interface Values

Optional Parameters
Fluid1 Value : scalar value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid2 Value : scalar value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Transition Value : scalar transition transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Option = Interfacial Flux

Optional Parameters
Fluid1to2 Flux : scalar flux from fluid 1 to 2
Option = Fluid Vector Fluxes

Optional Parameters
Fluid1 xFlux out : x component of vector flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 yFlux out : y component of vector flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 zFlux out : z component of vector flux from fluid 1
Fluid2 xFlux in : x component of vector flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 yFlux in : y component of vector flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 zFlux in : z component of vector flux into fluid 2
Option = Interface Symmetric Tensor Values

Optional Parameters
Fluid1 xxValue : xx-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 xyValue : xy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 xzValue : xz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 yyValue : yy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 yzValue : yz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 zzValue : zz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid2 xxValue : xx-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 xyValue : xy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 xzValue : xz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 yyValue : yy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 yzValue : yz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 zzValue : zz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Transition xxValue : xx-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from
fluid 1 to 2
Transition xyValue : xy-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from
fluid 1 to 2
Transition xzValue : xz-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from
fluid 1 to 2
Transition yyValue : yy-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from
fluid 1 to 2
Transition yzValue : yz-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from
fluid 1 to 2
Transition zzValue : zz-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from
fluid 1 to 2
Option = Interface Vector Values
Optional Parameters
Fluid1 xValue : x-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 yValue : y-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 zValue : z-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid2 xValue : x-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 yValue : y-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 zValue : z-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Transition xValue : x-component of vector transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Transition yValue : y-component of vector transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Transition zValue : z-component of vector transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Option = Interfacial Vector Flux

Optional Parameters
Fluid1to2 xFlux : x component vector flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 yFlux : y component of vector flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 zFlux : z component of vector flux from fluid 1 to 2
Option = Fluid Fluxes

Optional Parameters
Fluid1 Flux out : scalar flux from fluid 1
Fluid2 Flux in : scalar flux into fluid 2
EQUATION PROPERTIES FOR FLUID
Description
Named Object: This object defines equation-specific properties for fluids
Allowed Sub-Objects
equation.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
EQUATION SOURCE
Description
Named Object: Specifies a source for the named equation. For mass equation use option
Fluid Mass Source, or Total Fluid Mass Source.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Internal Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Flux, Source, Total Source, Fluid Mass Flux, Fluid Mass
Source, Total Fluid Mass Source
Option = Fluid Mass Source

VARIABLE : Specification of internal details for internal solver and expression language
variables.
Source :
Optional Parameters
Sink Option : Specifies whether to use specified or local values of mass fractions and
temperature when the mass source is negative
MUSIG Sink Option : Specifies whether to use specified or local values of size fractions
when the mass source is negative
Option = Total Source

Total Source :
Optional Parameters
Total Source Coefficient : Derivative of Total Source expression with respect to source
variable.
Total Source Variable List : List of linearisation variables for a Source expression.
Total Source Coefficient List : Linearisation coefficient for a Total Source expression,
relative to corresponding entry in Total Source Variable List.
Option = Total Fluid Mass Source

variables.
Total Source :
Optional Parameters
Option = Source
Source :
Optional Parameters
Source Coefficient : Derivative of Source expression with respect to source variable.
Source Variable List : List of linearisation variables for a Source expression. In 5.5 this
must be the principal variable for the equation, except for the energy equation which
assumes it is T.
Source Coefficient List : Linearisation coefficient for a Source expression, relative to
corresponding entry in Source Variable List.
Option = Flux
Flux :
Optional Parameters
Flux Coefficient : Derivative of Flux expression with respect to flux variable.
Source Variable List : List of linearisation variables for a Source expression. In 5.5 this
must be the principal variable for the equation, except for the energy equation which
assumes it is T.
Flux Coefficient List : Linearisation coefficient for a Flux expression, relative to
corresponding entry in Flux Variable List.
Option = Fluid Mass Flux

variables.
Flux :
Optional Parameters
EROSION MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Particle erosion model
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Finnie, Tabakoff, User Defined
Option = None
Option = Finnie
Velocity Power Factor :
Reference Velocity :
Option = Tabakoff
Reference Velocity 1 :
K12 Constant :
Angle of Maximum Erosion :
EXPERT PARAMETERS
Description
Singleton Object: Contains a list of parameters to control expert solver options.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
always output post processing : When set to true, outputs the usual post processing even
for intermediate adaption steps (default=F)
apply ic fluctuations for les : This parameter is only active for LES simulations. When set
to true, random fluctuations are applied to solution fields read from an initial conditions file
(e.g. a RANS solution).
auto turnoff solve eq flag : This flag determines whether or not equations are solved when
their residuals are below the convergence criteria.
backup file at zero : Controls whether a backup file is written at iteration 0
backup frequency : Controls the frequency with which a backup file is produced
bounded bnd diffusion tets : Controls whether or not a bounded diffusion scheme is used
at boundaries for tetrahedral elements. The diffusion scheme for other element types is
bounded by default through the default setting of 5 for the expert parameters "cht diffusion
scheme" and "scalar diffusion scheme". Tetrahedral elements are controlled separately
because the bounded scheme may be lead to less accurate results.
build artificial wall : Controls whether or not the solver will build an artificial wall to prevent
inflow at an outlet boundary, or outflow at an inlet boundary condition.
check isolated regions : For serial runs the solver checks if any fluid domain contains
volumetric regions which are isolated pockets. This check cannot be performed for parallel
solver runs.
cht diffusion scheme : Specifies the diffusion scheme for CHT solids: 1=central (interior)
, central (boundary); 2=posdef coefficients (interior), central (boundary); 3=posdef values
(interior) , posdef values (boundary); 4=blended scheme (interior) , central (boundary);
5=posdef coefficients (interior), posdef values (boundary); 6=blended scheme (interior) ,
posdef values (boundary)
coupled scalars : Coupling of component mass fraction equations for combustion.
degeneracy check tolerance : A face set is considered degenerate if its dimensionless
area of the face set is less than this tolerance.
delete backup files : If set to false, old backup files are not overwritten
force intersection : If set to true, GGI intersection is forced
ggi periodic axial radial tolerance : GGI periodic surfaces cannot be constant axial
surfaces or constant radial surfaces. This parameter controls the tolerance used to
determine if the surface is in one of these two invalid situations.
ggi permit no intersection : When true, the solver will run when there is no overlap
between the two sides of a GGI/MFR interface. Use this parameter for transient rotor-stator
cases with rotating valves etc. that sometimes are fully closed to the geometry.
ggi vertex weighting value : Weighting applied to GGI vertices used during MeTiS
partioning
ignore solve flag on restart : Specifies whether an autoturnoff solve flag is read from the
res file when restarting a simulation
include associated fields : Specifies whether gradients or other associated fields should
be written to minimal transient files.
include pref in forces : Specifies whether reference pressure is included in pressure
integral for force and moment calculations
laplacian stresses : Control between the Laplacian form of the viscous stresses and the
strictly correct stress tensor form
linearly exact numerics : Controls whether the numerics are linearly exact
max continuity loops : Maximum number of continuity loops to solve in a timestep
min timesteps : Minimum number of time steps
model coefficient relaxation : A control to improve k-e turbulence model convergence
monitor forces : When set to true, outputs forces on boundaries to the solver output file
every timestep
monitor ftrans : When set to true, outputs false transient information (steady state only) to
the solver output file for each loop
monitor ranges : When set to true, outputs variable ranges for each coefficient loop in
steady state simulation or for each timestep in a transient simulation
monitor residuals : When set to True, outputs maximum residuals and locations for each
coefficient loop (steady state) or timestep (transient)
monitor scales : When set to True, outputs variable scales for each coefficient loop (steady
state) or timestep (transient)
monitor totals : When set to True, outputs boundary and source term flows for each
multigrid solver : Controls whether multigrid solver is used
mg solver option : Determines the coarsening algorithm for algebraic multigrid of the fluid
coupled equations
outer loop relaxations default : The default value for several underrelaxation parameters
at the time step loop level
output eq flows : Writes boundary flux data for all equations to the results file so that they
can be used for post processing
output eq residuals : Writes residuals for all equations to the results file for steady state
solutions
overlap relaxation fluids : Linear solver underrelaxation of overlap equations in a parallel
run for hydrodynamics equations
part cvs weighting : Vertex weighting by number of control volume sectors for parallel
partitioning.
pressure diffusion scheme : Specifies the diffusion scheme for pressure in continuity:
1=central (interior) , central (boundary); 2=posdef coefficients (interior), central (boundary)
pressure reference node : Specifies node at which pressure reference is set if not supplied
via boundary conditions
pressure reference value : Specifies reference pressure value
pt distribute trans particles : Distribute transient particles over the time step
pt dynamic drag model : Particle break-up dynamic drag model 0=Default, 1=None, 2=Liu,
3=Hsiang, 4=Clift, 5=Schmehl
pt extrap vel for integ : Extrapolate velocity for integration
pt bnd arrays in trn files : Write particle boundary information to trn-files
pt linear src coef multiplier : Multiplier for the linearization coefficient of the particle
sources
pt minimum diameter : Minimum particle diameter
pt minimum eddy life time : Minimum eddy life time for turbulent dispersion of particles
pt maximum particle temperature : Maximum particle temperature
pt time interpolation : Time interpolation in the particle solver: 0=use newest time level,
1=linear interpolation, 2=quadratic interpolation
pt tracks in absolute frame : Output tracks in absolute frame of reference
relax mass : Changing this value can aid in convergence for problems that show residual
oscillations in separate and re-attached regions
require coefloop convergence : If set to true then the solver will stop in a transient run if
convergence is not achieved within the coefficient loop
rfr domain rotation : Enable domain rotation for RFR cases in the post processor by writing
the theta shift angle to the result file
scalar diffusion scheme : Specifies the diffusion scheme for scalars: 1=central; 1=central
(interior) , central (boundary); 2=posdef coefficients (interior), central (boundary); 3=posdef
values (interior) , posdef values (boundary); 4=blended scheme (interior) , central
(boundary); 5=posdef coefficients (interior), posdef values (boundary); 6=blended scheme
(interior) , posdef values (boundary)
solve energy : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the energy equation
solve fluids : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the hydrodynamics
equations
solve masfrc : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for mass fraction
equations
solve mixture fraction : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for mixture
fraction mean and variance equations
solve particles : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the particle
transport equations
solve radiation : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the radiation
equations
solve reaction progress : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for
reaction progress equations
solve rs eps : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the Reynolds Stress
equation
solve scalar : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves equations for
additional variables
solve soot : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for soot equations
solve temperature variance : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for
the temperature variance equation
solve turbulence : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the turbulence
model equations
solve volfrc : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the volume fraction
equations
solve wallscale : Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the wall scale (wall
distance) equations
solver relaxation fluids : The under-relaxation value for the coupled U, V, W and P linear
smoother within the multigrid solver
solver relaxation scalar : The under-relaxation value for the scalar linear smoother within
the multigrid solver
solver target reduction fluids : A tolerance control for the linear solver coupled mass-
momentum system
solver target reduction scalar : A tolerance control for the linear solver scalar equation
stage reverse flow robustness : Flag to increase robustness when there is reverse flow
on the downstream side of a Stage interface
stress diffusion scheme : Specifies the diffusion scheme for stress in momentum
1=central (interior) , central (boundary); 2=posdef coefficients (interior), central (boundary)
target imbalance scalar : The target imbalance for Additional Variables
tbulk for htc : Reference bulk temperature to computer the Heat Transfer Coefficient (HTC)
tef numerics option : Option for TEF numerics (0=standard, 1=gradient damping and
elem. CrossDiff)
temperature damping : Apply temperature damping.
temperature damping factor : Relaxation factor used for temperature damping.
temperature damping limit : Apply temperature damping only for temperature changes
larger than this value.
topology estimate factor : Factor by which memory estimate for storing topology is
multiplied
transient initialisation override : Allow solver default initialisation to be used for a
transient simulation
use kolmogorov ts for extinction : Use the Kolmogorov timescale (in contrast to mixing
timescale) as turbulence timescale for flame extinction at high turbulence.
vector parallel tolerance : This value is the error tolerated by the solver in degrees when
determining the maximum deviation of any element face normal from the calculated
average element face normal in a symmetry plane
volfrc sumapp : Flag for controlling whether diagonal dominance is enforced for the volume
fraction equations
wall clock time : Output wall clock time during the outer loop in a steady state run or
timestep loop in a transient run.
wallscale diffusion scheme : Wallscale diffusion differencing scheme 1=central (interior)
, central (boundary); 2=posdef coefficients (interior), central (boundary); 3=posdef values
wallscale relaxation factor : Relaxation factor for wallscale
EXPORT FORMAT
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Filename Prefix :

Allowed Context Settings: CFX CSV Profile, CGNS, CFX Native
Option = CFX CSV Profile

Optional Parameters
Include Topology :
EXPORT FREQUENCY
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Time List, Time Interval, Iteration List, Iteration Interval
Option = Time List

Time List :
Option = Iteration List

Iteration List :
Option = Time Interval

Time Interval :
Option = Iteration Interval

EXPORT RESULTS
Description
Named Object: Controls export of result records.
Allowed Sub-Objects
EXPORT FORMAT :
EXPORT FREQUENCY :
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Surface Data
Option = Surface Data

EXPORT SURFACE :
EXPORT SURFACE
Description
Named Object:
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Allowed Context Settings: Selected Variables, Acoustic Dipole, Acoustic Rotating Dipole

Output Boundary List :
Optional Parameters
Output Nodal Area Vectors :
Option = Acoustic Dipole

Option = Acoustic Rotating Dipole

Optional Parameters
Number of Output Intervals :
EXPRESSION PREVIEW
Description
Singleton Object: This singleton is used to generate data for expression preview graphs.
Allowed Parameters
Preview Expression :
Optional Parameters
Preview Mode :
Preview Variable Values :
Preview Variable Ranges :
Preview Range Steps :
Internal Parameters
Preview Required Variables :
Preview Varying Variable :
Preview Evaluated Units :
Preview Input Units :
EXPRESSIONS
Description
Singleton Object: Definition of CFX Command Languate Expressions
EXTERNAL DIFFUSION
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Reference Dynamic Diffusivity : Reference dynamic diffusivity
FILE DATA
Description
Named Object:
Allowed Parameters
File Path : The windows or UNIX style path of a file
File Type : The type of the file.
Context Controlling Parameter: File Type
Allowed Context Settings: Mesh
File Type = Mesh

TRANSFORM :
Associated Assemblies : The names of the mesh assemblies that are imported as part of
this mesh file.
Reload Action : The action that is to be submitted to re-load the given file.
Optional Parameters
Transform List : A list of the TRANSFORM object names relevant to this object.
Associated Composites : The names of the composite regions that are imported as part
of this mesh file.
Assembly Naming Strategy : The naming strategy applied to assemblies on loading a
mesh file.
FILE PROCESSING
Description
Singleton Object: Stores parameters indicating the state of processing state or session
files.
Allowed Parameters
Path Stack : Stack of paths to look in for files
Processing Mode : Indicates the type of file currently being processed.
FLOW
Description
Singleton Object: The top-level object of the CFD problem definition.
Allowed Sub-Objects
SOLUTION UNITS : Sets the base solution units for the calculation.
COORD FRAME : Defines a coordinate frame which can be used for setting direction and
axis specifications.
SIMULATION TYPE : Controls if the simulation is Steady or Transient.
DOMAIN : Holds the definition of physical models, boundary conditions, and sources for a
mesh assembly.
DOMAIN INTERFACE : Defines the location and model details for connecting two
disconnected two dimensional regions.
solution process.
OUTPUT CONTROL : Holds object definitions that control output from the solver during
execution.
EXPERT PARAMETERS : Contains a list of parameters to control expert solver options.
CCLSETUP : Internal parameter settings for CCL to solver data structure processing
MESH ADAPTION : Specifies if Mesh Adaption is active. NOTE - Only used for GUI control
in CFX-Pre. Does not control the execution of adaption in the solver loop.
FLOW DIRECTION
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the velocity direction imposed at a boundary.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Zero Gradient, Cartesian Components, Cylindrical
Components, Normal to Boundary Condition
Option = Zero Gradient
Optional Parameters
Elimination Factor : Elimination Factor for Zero Gradient option

Optional Parameters
Flow Direction Linearisation : Determines the type of linearisation the solver uses to
compute coefficients for direction specified flow boundaries. Normal component assumes
that the boundary velocity has the same normal component as the vertex velocity. Velocity
magnitude assumes they have the same magnitude.
Option = Normal to Boundary Condition

Optional Parameters

Optional Parameters
FLOW REGIME
Description
Singleton Object: States if a boundary is subsonic or supersonic
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Subsonic, Supersonic, Mixed
Option = Mixed
Blend Mach Number Type : Controls how the Mach number is calculated that is used in
the Mach blending for mixed type inlets.
FLUID
Description
Named Object: This object encloses fluid-specific models and data.
Allowed Sub-Objects
domain.
INITIAL CONDITIONS : Holds the details of initial condition specification for one or more
equations.
BULK SOURCE DISTRIBUTION : Model for contribution of a bulk source to given fluid.
solution process.
INJECTION CONDITIONS :
PARTICLE ABSORPTION : Specifies the particle absorption in sub-domains
FLUID BUOYANCY MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the buoyancy model to be used for a specific fluid in a multiphase
calculation.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Non Buoyant, Boussinesq, Density Difference
Option = Boussinesq
Buoyancy Reference Temperature : Buoyancy Reference Temperature
FLUID MODELS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the model details that operate on individual fluids within the
domain.
Allowed Sub-Objects
DILATATIONAL STRESS : Sets the treatment to be used to account for dilatational
contributions of viscous stresses.
FLUID BUOYANCY MODEL : Sets the buoyancy model to be used for a specific fluid in a
multiphase calculation.
HEAT TRANSFER MODEL : Specifies the Heat Transfer Model to be used in a domain.
KINETIC THEORY MODEL : Specifies kinetic theory model for a dispersed solid.
MORPHOLOGY : Fluid morphology in multifluid models
SOLID PRESSURE MODEL : Sets the model to be used for solids pressure forces in a
SOLID BULK VISCOSITY : Sets the model to be used for solids bulk viscosity in a
SOLID SHEAR VISCOSITY : Sets the model to be used for solids shear viscosity in a
THERMAL RADIATION MODEL : Defines the Thermal Radiation model to be used in the
domain.
TURBULENCE MODEL : Specifies the turbulence model to be used for each fluid in a fluid
domain.
WALL SLIP MODEL : Specifies a wall slip model. NOTE - This is a Beta CCL-only feature.
EROSION MODEL : Particle erosion model
FLUID PAIR
Description
Named Object: Specifies interface physics for a given fluid pair.
Allowed Sub-Objects
INTERPHASE TRANSFER MODEL : Specifies transfer model between fluids
MASS TRANSFER : Mass transfer models for a fluid pair.
MOMENTUM TRANSFER : Specifies momentum transfer models for a fluid pair.
INTERPHASE HEAT TRANSFER : Specifies heat transfer model between a fluid pair.
TURBULENCE TRANSFER : Specifies turbulence transfer between two phases.
ADDITIONAL VARIABLE PAIR : Specifies additional variable transfer model between a
fluid pair containing additional variables of the same type and dimensions.
COMPONENT PAIR : Specifies species mass transfer between a fluid pair.
SURFACE TENSION MODEL : Sets parameters that control the surface tension force
model at a free surface interface.
INTERPHASE THERMAL RADIATION : Specifies radiative heat transfer between fluids
PARTICLE BREAKUP : Defines the breakup method.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Surface Tension Coefficient : Specifies a surface tension coefficient between a fluid pair.
Particle Coupling :
FLUID1 ADDITIONAL VARIABLE TRANSFER
Description
Named Object: Specifies additional variable transfer model to first fluid of a fluid pair.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Ranz Marshall, Hughmark, Zero Resistance

Fluid1 Sherwood Number : Fluid 1 Sherwood number governing interphase transfer of
AV"s and components.

Fluid1 Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient : Fluid 1 interphase transfer coefficient
for additional variables.
FLUID1 INTERPHASE HEAT TRANSFER
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies heat transfer model to first fluid of a fluid pair.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Heat Transfer Coefficient, Nusselt Number, Ranz Marshall,
Hughmark, Zero Resistance
Option = Nusselt Number

Fluid1 Nusselt Number : Fluid 1 Nusselt Number for interfluid heat transfer.
Option = Heat Transfer Coefficient

Fluid1 Heat Transfer Coefficient : Fluid 1 heat transfer coefficient.
FLUID1 SPECIES MASS TRANSFER
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies species mass transfer model to first fluid of a fluid pair.
Allowed Parameters
Option :


Fluid1 Mass Transfer Coefficient : Effective mass transfer coefficient on first-fluid side of
interface.

FLUID2 ADDITIONAL VARIABLE TRANSFER
Description
Named Object: Specifies additional variable transfer model to second fluid of a fluid pair.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Ranz Marshall, Hughmark, Zero Resistance

Fluid2 Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient : Fluid 2 interphase transfer coefficient
for additional variables.
FLUID2 INTERPHASE HEAT TRANSFER
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies heat transfer model to second fluid of a fluid pair.
Allowed Parameters
Option :


Fluid2 Nusselt Number : Fluid 2 Nusselt Number for interfluid heat transfer.

Fluid2 Heat Transfer Coefficient : Fluid 2 heat transfer coefficient.
FLUID2 SPECIES MASS TRANSFER
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies species mass transfer model to first fluid of a fluid pair.
Allowed Parameters
Option :


Fluid2 Mass Transfer Coefficient : Effective mass transfer coefficient on second-fluid side
of interface.

FORWARD REACTION RATE
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Allowed Context Settings: Expression, Arrhenius, Arrhenius with Temperature PDF,
Equilibrium
Option = Expression
Reaction Rate : Molar Reaction Rate
Option = Arrhenius
reaction rates.
Optional Parameters
Activation Energy :
Option = Arrhenius with Temperature PDF

reaction rates.
Optional Parameters
Lower Temperature :
Upper Temperature :
Activation Energy :
FRAME CHANGE
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the frame change model to be used on a domain interface.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Frozen Rotor, Stage, Transient Rotor Stator, Same
Frame with Frozen Rotor, Same Frame with Stage
Option = None
Option = Transient Rotor Stator

Optional Parameters
Transformation Type :
Option = Frozen Rotor

Optional Parameters
Rotational Offset : Controls the amount by which the child side domain on a GGI interface
is rotated before the intersection is calculated.
Option = Stage
Optional Parameters
Pressure Profile Decay : Pressure profile decay on a stage interface
Constant Total Pressure : Use constant total pressure condition
Option = Same Frame with Stage

Optional Parameters
Pressure Profile Decay : Pressure profile decay on a stage interface
Constant Total Pressure : Use constant total pressure condition
Option = Same Frame with Frozen Rotor

Optional Parameters
FREE STREAM TURBULENCE
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the level of background turbulence for a turbulence model. NOTE
- This is a Beta CCL-only feature.
Allowed Parameters
Fractional Intensity :
Velocity Scale :
Optional Parameters
Eddy Length Scale :
FREE SURFACE MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the type of free surface model to be used.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Standard, None
Option = Standard
Optional Parameters
Maximum Density Ratio :
Interface Compression Level : Compression level for interface sharpness: 0=none,
1=standard compression, 2=enhanced compression.
FUNCTION
Description
Named Object: The definition of a user-defined CFX Expression Language function.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Profile Function :

Allowed Context Settings: Profile Data, Interpolation, CallBack, User Function
Option = Interpolation
INTERPOLATION DATA : Holds interpolation data for user-defined one and three
dimensional interpolation functions.
Argument Units : The list of arguments units in the user-defined function.
Result Units :
Option = Profile Data

DATA FIELD : Holds the parameter names that a profile data field refers to.
File Name :
Spatial Fields :
Optional Parameters
Extend Min :
Extend Max :
Option = CallBack
CallBack Name : Callback name for functions.
Result Units :
Optional Parameters
Number of Arguments :
Option = User Function

User Routine Name :
Result Units :
GAS MIXTURE
Description
Singleton Object: Material names for components of gas phase used by hydrocarbon fuel
model
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Mixture with HCN NO, Mixture, Default
Option = Mixture with HCN NO

Mixture Material : Gas phase mixture material
Volatiles Fuel Material : Volatiles fuel material
Oxygen Material : Oxygen material
Carbon Dioxide Material : Carbon dioxide material
Water Vapour Material : Water vapour material
Nitrogen Material : Nitrogen material
NO Material : NO material
HCN Material : HCN material
HCO Material : HCO material
Option = Mixture
Mixture Material : Gas phase mixture material
Volatiles Fuel Material : Volatiles fuel material
Oxygen Material : Oxygen material
Carbon Dioxide Material : Carbon dioxide material
Water Vapour Material : Water vapour material
Nitrogen Material : Nitrogen material
GENERAL MOMENTUM SOURCE
Description
Singleton Object: Defines a general momentum source term and coefficient.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Momentum Source Coefficient : Derivative of momentum source with respect to velocity.
This isotropic coefficient is used for all components.

Allowed Context Settings: Cartesian Components, Cylindrical Components

Momentum Source X Component :
Momentum Source Y Component :
Momentum Source Z Component :

Momentum Source r Component :
Momentum Source Theta Component :
Momentum Source Axial Component :
GRANULAR TEMPERATURE MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies granular temperature model for a dispersed solid.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Algebraic Equilibrium, User Defined, Zero Equation
Option = Zero Equation

Optional Parameters
Maximum Granular Temperature :
Option = Algebraic Equilibrium

Optional Parameters
Maximum Granular Temperature :

Granular Temperature :
GRAY GAS
Description
Named Object: Sets the gray gas weighting method for radiation.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Expression
Option = Expression
Weight :
GTM DATA
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Current GTM Checkpoint :
HARDCOPY
Description
Singleton Object: This object contains the settings used to control the creation of hardcopy
output from the viewer. It is used by the "print" action.
Allowed Parameters
Hardcopy Format : Sets the format of hardcopy output from "print".
Optional Parameters
Hardcopy Filename : Sets the file name for the output from "print".
Hardcopy Tolerance : A non-dimensional tolerance used in face-sorting when generating
hardcopy output. Higher values will result in faster printing times, but may cause defects in
the resulting output.

Context Controlling Parameter: Hardcopy Format
Allowed Context Settings: ps, eps, jpg, ppm, bmp, png, vrml, cvf
Hardcopy Format = png

Optional Parameters
Print Quality : Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output.
White Background : Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black
background.
Use Screen Size : When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size
Image Width : The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)
Image Height : The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)
Image Scale : Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current
viewer window size.
Print Line Width : The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give
better results on high-resolution printers.
Screen Capture : Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output.
Antialiasing : Enables the antialiasing of the graphics (smooth edges).
Hardcopy Format = bmp

Optional Parameters
background.
viewer window size.
Hardcopy Format = ppm

Optional Parameters
background.
viewer window size.
Hardcopy Format = jpg

Optional Parameters
background.
viewer window size.
JPEG Image Quality : The quality factor for jpeg image output. Higher values results in
clearer, but larger, files.
Hardcopy Format = eps

Optional Parameters
Paper Size : Scales hardcopy output to the specified paper size.
Paper Orientation : Sets the rotation of the image on the printed page.
background.
Hardcopy Format = ps
Optional Parameters
background.
HEAT RELEASE
Description
Singleton Object: Holds heat release information for multiphase reactions
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Latent Heat, Specific Enthalpy, Automatic
Option = Latent Heat

Latent Heat :
Reference Parent Material : Reference parent material
Reference Material : Reference material
Option = Specific Enthalpy

Reference Specific Enthalpy :
Reference Parent Material : Reference parent material
Reference Pressure :
HEAT RELEASE DISTRIBUTION
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Sub-Objects
PARENT MATERIAL : Holds data for a material from a Materials List.
Allowed Parameters
Parent Materials List : Parent Materials
HEAT TRANSFER
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies heat transfer conditions at a boundary.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Adiabatic, Domain Interface, Conservative Interface Flux,
Fixed Temperature, Heat Flux, Wall Heat Flux, Heat Transfer Coefficient, Wall Heat
Transfer Coefficient, Opening Temperature, Stationary Frame Total Temperature, Static
Temperature, Total Temperature, Fluid Dependent, ANSYS MultiField, Zero Gradient
Option = Stationary Frame Total Temperature

Stationary Frame Total Temperature :

Optional Parameters
Option = Conservative Interface Flux

Option = Wall Heat Transfer Coefficient

Heat Transfer Coefficient :
Outside Temperature :
Option = Opening Temperature
Opening Temperature :
Option = Static Temperature

Static Temperature :
Option = Fixed Temperature

Fixed Temperature :
Option = Wall Heat Flux

Heat Flux in :

Outside Temperature :
Option = Total Temperature

Total Temperature :
Option = Heat Flux

Heat Flux in :
Option = ANSYS MultiField

Heat Transfer Type :
HEAT TRANSFER MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies the Heat Transfer Model to be used in a domain.
Allowed Sub-Objects
equation.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Homogeneous Model : Specifies whether the model is homogeneous or not

Allowed Context Settings: None, Isothermal, Thermal Energy, Total Energy, Particle
Temperature, Fluid Dependent
Option = Isothermal
Optional Parameters
Domain Temperature :
Fluid Temperature :
Solid Temperature :
Option = Particle Temperature
Option = Total Energy

Optional Parameters
Include Viscous Work Term : Indicates whether the shear stress term dot velocity term is
included in the total energy equation.
Temperature Variance Production Coefficient C1 : Temperature Variance Production
Coefficient
Temperature Variance Dissipation Coefficient C2 : Temperature Variance Dissipation
Coefficient
Option = Thermal Energy

Optional Parameters
Include Pressure Transient Term :
Include Viscous Dissipation Term : Indicates whether the shear stress term dot velocity
gradient is included in the thermal energy equation.
Temperature Variance Production Coefficient C1 : Temperature Variance Production
Coefficient
Temperature Variance Dissipation Coefficient C2 : Temperature Variance Dissipation
Coefficient
HEATING VALUE
Description
Singleton Object: Heating value
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Higher Heating Value, Lower Heating Value
Option = Higher Heating Value
MOISTURE LATENT HEAT : Moisture latent heat
Heating Value : Heating Value, the heat released on combustion of unit mass of fuel (on
an "As Received" basis).
Option = Lower Heating Value

Heating Value : Heating Value, the heat released on combustion of unit mass of fuel (on
an "As Received" basis).
HYDRO CONTROL
Description
Singleton Object: Holds information specific to hydrodynamics for dynamic model control.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Turn Multigrid Off : Turn off multigrid solver for compressible flows up to Transition
Iteration
Sum Continuity Coefficients :
Free Surface Harmonic Averaging : Harmonic average buoyancy force for free surface
flow up to Transition Iteration
INITIAL CONDITIONS
Description
Singleton Object: Holds the details of initial condition specification for one or more
equations.
Allowed Sub-Objects
INITIAL TIME : Defines the Initial Time for a Transient Calculation.
STATIC PRESSURE : Defines initialisation of Static Pressure.
TEMPERATURE : Defines initialisation of Temperature.
TEMPERATURE VARIANCE : Defines data specific to the Temperature Variance
equation.
CARTESIAN VELOCITY COMPONENTS : Defines initialisation of velocity by Cartesian
components.
CYLINDRICAL VELOCITY COMPONENTS : Defines initialisation of velocity by Cylindrical
components.
VISKTRB : Defines initialisation of turbulent eddy viscosity when running the ke-1e
turbulence model which solves for turbulent eddy viscosity. NOTE - This is a Beta solver
feature.
K : Defines initialisation of turbulent kinetic energy.
EPSILON : Defines initialisation of epsilon.
OMEGA : Defines initialisation of turbulent eddy frequency.
REYNOLDS STRESS COMPONENTS : Defines initialisation of Reynolds Stress
components.
TRANSITIONAL INTERMITTENCY : Defines initial and boundary conditions for turbulence
intermittency.
TRANSITIONAL RETHETAT : Defines initial and boundary conditions for turbulence
RADIATION INTENSITY : Defines initialisation of radiation intensity.
WALL SCALE : Specifies initial conditions for the wall scale equation.
MIXTURE FRACTION : Defines initialisation of mixture fraction.
MIXTURE FRACTION VARIANCE : Defines initialisation of mixture fraction variance.
REACTION PROGRESS : Defines initialisation of the reaction progress variable.
SOOT : Defines initialisation of Soot.
SOOT NUCLEI : Defines initialisation of Soot Nuclei.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Velocity Type : Specifies if we are using Cartesian or Cylindrical components for initial
conditions
INITIAL TIME
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the Initial Time for a Transient Calculation.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Value

Time :
Option = Value
Time :
INITIALISATION
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the initialisation of flow-field variables.
Allowed Sub-Objects
INITIAL CONDITIONS : Holds the details of initial condition specification for one or more
equations.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Default Parameters
Coord Frame :
Frame Type : Sets the frame in which velocity components or flow direction components
are specified. If set to Rotating then the components are in the relative frame. If set to
Stationary then the components are in the absolute frame of reference.

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Default,
INJECTION CONDITIONS
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Sub-Objects
INJECTION METHOD : Defines the injection method.
INJECTION VELOCITY :
PARTICLE MASS FLOW RATE : Defines the mass flow rate for a group of particles.
INJECTION DIRECTION
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the injection direction
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Cartesian Components

Injection Direction X Component :
Injection Direction Y Component :
Injection Direction Z Component :
INJECTION METHOD
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the injection method.
Allowed Sub-Objects
NUMBER OF POSITIONS : Defines the number of particle positions
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Cone, Sphere, User Defined
Option = Sphere
Injection Centre :
Injection Velocity Magnitude :
Optional Parameters
Radius of Injection Sphere :

Particle User Routine :
Particle Volume Injection Return Variables List :
Option = Cone
INJECTION DIRECTION : Sets the injection direction
Injection Centre :
Cone Angle :
Injection Velocity Magnitude :
Optional Parameters
Inner Radius of Injection Plane :
Outer Radius of Injection Plane :
INJECTION VELOCITY
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Cartesian Components, Cylindrical Components, Zero Slip
Velocity

CARTESIAN VELOCITY COMPONENTS : Defines initialisation of velocity by Cartesian
components.
Option = Zero Slip Velocity

CYLINDRICAL VELOCITY COMPONENTS : Defines initialisation of velocity by Cylindrical
components.
INTERFACE MODELS
Description
Singleton Object: Holds the definition of models specific to an interface.
Allowed Sub-Objects
FRAME CHANGE : Defines the frame change model to be used on a domain interface.
PITCH CHANGE : Defines how pitch change is calculated across a domain interface.
INTERFACIAL EQUILIBRIUM MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies equilibrium model for species and AV transfer.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Molar Concentration Equilibrium Ratio, Molar Fraction
Equilibrium Ratio, Mass Fraction Equilibrium Ratio, Henrys Law, Raoults Law
Option = Molar Concentration Equilibrium Ratio

Molar Concentration Equilibrium Ratio :
Option = Raoults Law

Optional Parameters
Saturation Pressure : Saturation pressure for cavitation of a pure substance.
Option = Henrys Law
Optional Parameters
Molar Concentration Henry Coefficient :
Molar Fraction Henry Coefficient :
Option = Mass Fraction Equilibrium Ratio

Mass Fraction Equilibrium Ratio :
Option = Molar Fraction Equilibrium Ratio

Molar Fraction Equilibrium Ratio :
INTERMITTENCY COEFFICIENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Controls model coefficients for the turbulence intermittency equation.
Allowed Sub-Objects
equation.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
CI1 Coefficient : CI1 intermittency equation coefficient
INTERNAL DIFFUSION
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Void Fraction : Void fraction of the char particle, used for the internal diffusion in the Gibb
char oxidation model
Volume over Internal Surface Area : Volume over internal surface area ratio, used for the
internal diffusion in the Gibb char oxidation model
Internal Diffusion Efficiency : Effective Internal diffusion coefficient of oxygen within the
pores, used for the Gibb char oxidation model
Reference Dynamic Diffusivity : Reference dynamic diffusivity
INTERPHASE HEAT TRANSFER
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies heat transfer model between a fluid pair.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Particle Coupling :

Hughmark, Interface Flux, Two Resistance, None
Nusselt Number :
Option = Interface Flux

Fluid1to2 Heat Flux : Value part of flux from first fluid to second.
Fluid1 Heat Flux Coefficient : First fluid add. var. coefficient part of flux from first fluid to
second.
Fluid2 Heat Flux Coefficient : Second fluid add.var. coefficient part of flux from first fluid
to second.


FLUID1 INTERPHASE HEAT TRANSFER : Specifies heat transfer model to first fluid of a
fluid pair.
FLUID2 INTERPHASE HEAT TRANSFER : Specifies heat transfer model to second fluid
of a fluid pair.
INTERPHASE THERMAL RADIATION
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies radiative heat transfer between fluids
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Particle Coupling :
Allowed Context Settings: Opaque, Blended Particle Emissivity, None
Option = Opaque
Option = Blended Particle Emissivity

Blend Emissivity : Surface Emissivity of Reference Material
Base Emissivity : Surface Emissivity of Bulk Material
INTERPHASE TRANSFER MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies transfer model between fluids
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Interfacial Area Density : Interfacial area per unit volume between two phases.
Minimum Volume Fraction for Area Density :
Maximum Volume Fraction for Area Density :
Area Density Reduction Exponent : Exponent for reducing unclipped area density for high
volume fractions. Used for nondrag forces only.
Fluid1 Area Density Coefficient : interfacial area density linearisation coefficient against
fluid 1 volume fraction
Fluid2 Area Density Coefficient : interfacial area density linearisation coefficient against
fluid 1 volume fraction
Allowed Context Settings: None, Particle Model, Mixture Model, Free Surface,
Homogeneous
Option = Free Surface

Optional Parameters
Maximum Length Scale for Area Density :
Interface Delta Option : Specifies the indicator option for a free surface interface
Interface Roughness Factor : Multiplying factor for free surface interfacial area density to
account for interface roughness
Option = Mixture Model

Interface Length Scale : Specifies an effective length scale or interfacial area density
available for transfer processes under the mixture model option on FLUID PAIR.
INTERPOLATION DATA
Description
Singleton Object: Holds interpolation data for user-defined one and three dimensional
interpolation functions.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: One Dimensional, Three Dimensional
Option = One Dimensional

Data Pairs : The data list for a user 1d interpolation function.
Optional Parameters
Extend Min :
Extend Max :
Option = Three Dimensional

Data : The data list for a user 3d interpolation function.
INTERPOLATION SCHEME
Description
Singleton Object: Defines discretisation details for variable interpolation
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Pressure Interpolation Type : Interpolation method for pressure gradient assembly,
Default is Trilinear for buoyant problems, otherwise Linear-Linear.
Velocity Interpolation Type : Interpolation method for velocity divergence assembly
Shape Function Option : Indicates shape function option to use for tets, wedges, and
pyramids. Default is geometric for buoyant problems, otherwise parametric.
INTERSECTION CONTROL
Description
Singleton Object: Holds advanced parameters to control the details of interface
discretisation.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Bitmap Resolution : Bitmap resolution to use on a mesh face when calculating the mesh
intersection for a nonmatched domain interface.
Agglomerate Control Surfaces : The type of agglomeration used when grouping
integration point control surfaces after calculating the intersection
ISOTROPIC LOSS MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Defines an isotropic resistance source.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Permeability and Loss Coefficient, Linear and Quadratic
Resistance Coefficients
Option = Permeability and Loss Coefficient

Optional Parameters
Permeability :
Resistance Loss Coefficient :
Option = Linear and Quadratic Resistance Coefficients

Optional Parameters
Linear Resistance Coefficient :
Quadratic Resistance Coefficient :
JUNCTION BOX ROUTINES
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Junction Box Routine List : List of junction box routines to be executed.
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of turbulent kinetic energy.
Allowed Parameters
Option :


Optional Parameters
k:
Option = Value
Optional Parameters
k:
K COEFFICIENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Controls model coefficients for the Turbulence Kinetic Energy transport
equation.
Allowed Sub-Objects
equation.
K EPSILON REGIME
Description
Singleton Object: Controls Menter turbulence model coefficients for the k-Epsilon regime.
Allowed Sub-Objects
K COEFFICIENTS : Controls model coefficients for the Turbulence Kinetic Energy transport
equation.
OMEGA COEFFICIENTS : Controls model coefficients for the Turbulence Eddy Frequency
transport equation.
K OMEGA REGIME
Description
Singleton Object: Controls Menter turbulence model coefficients for the k-Omega regime.
Allowed Sub-Objects
equation.
transport equation.
K SOURCE
Description
sources in the turbulent kinetic energy equation. NOTE - This feature has been superseded
by the more robust residual mode sources specified using the EQUATION SOURCE object.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
k Source :
k Source Coefficient :
k Flux :
k Flux Coefficient :
KINETIC THEORY MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies kinetic theory model for a dispersed solid.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Kinetic Theory
Option = Kinetic Theory

GRANULAR TEMPERATURE MODEL : Specifies granular temperature model for a
dispersed solid.
RADIAL DISTRIBUTION FUNCTION : Specifies radial distribution function for a dispersed
solid.
LABEL CONTROL
Description
Singleton Object: Controls visibility of labels
Allowed Parameters
Show Labels : If true display labels
Optional Parameters
Show Prim2d Labels : If true display labels
Show Prim3d Labels : If true display labels
Show Region Labels : If true display labels
Show Boundary Labels : If true display labels
Show Domain Labels : If true display labels
Show Boundary Markers : If true display labels
Show Inlet Markers : If true display
Show Outlet Markers : If true display
Show Opening Markers : If true display
Show Wall Markers : If true display
Show Symmetry Markers : If true display
Show Interface Markers : If true display
Prim2d Global Visibility : If true can display Primitive2D objects
Label Colour Map : Controls the type of colour map to use for the display of labels and
boundary markers
LAMINAR FLAME SPEED
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the Laminar Flame Speed for a combustion calculation.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Flame Speed
Option = Flame Speed

Laminar Flame Speed :
LATENT HEAT
Description
Singleton Object: Holds latent heat information for liquid evaporation
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Latent Heat
Option = Latent Heat

Latent Heat :
LIBRARY
Description
Singleton Object: Stores common object descriptions for reference in the main problem
definition.
Allowed Sub-Objects
variables.
EQUATION DEFINITIONS : Contains definitions for standard equations.
CEL : Stores user-defined CFX Command Language functions and expressions.
MATERIAL : Holds the definition of type and physical properties for a pure material, mixture
of materials, or saturation data between two types of materials.
REACTION :
USER ROUTINE DEFINITIONS : Contains definitions for user routines.
MATERIAL GROUP : Contains the description of a group of materials allowed to be used
together for modelling purposes
LIFT FORCE
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies that lift force should be included in momentum transfer models
for a fluid pair.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: None, Lift Coefficient
Option = Lift Coefficient
Lift Coefficient :
LOSS COEFFICIENT
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the Loss Coefficient at an opening boundary.
Allowed Parameters
Loss Coefficient :
LOSS MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Describes loss model for a porous domain.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Loss Velocity Type : Specifies if we are using Superficial or True velocity for the loss model

Allowed Context Settings: Isotropic Loss, Directional Loss
Option = Isotropic Loss

ISOTROPIC LOSS MODEL : Defines an isotropic resistance source.
Option = Directional Loss
DIRECTIONAL LOSS MODEL : Defines a directional loss model.
LOWER INTERVAL COEFFICIENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies polynomial coefficients for NASA lower temperature interval,
NASA SP-273 format.
Allowed Parameters
NASA a1 :
NASA a2 :
NASA a3 :
NASA a4 :
NASA a5 :
NASA a6 :
NASA a7 :
LRR IP RS COEFFICIENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Controls model coefficients for the Reynolds Stress transport equations
(simple pressure strain formulation).
Allowed Sub-Objects
equation.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
C1 Coefficient : C1 turbulence model coefficient
MASS AND MOMENTUM
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies conditions on Mass and Momentum at a boundary.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Average Static Pressure, Cartesian Velocity Components,
Cartesian Velocity Components and Pressure, Cartesian Velocity Components and Total
Pressure, Normal Speed and Pressure, Normal Speed and Total Pressure, Cylindrical
Velocity Components, Cylindrical Velocity Components and Pressure, Cylindrical Velocity
Components and Total Pressure, Degassing Condition, Continuous Phase Wall, Dispersed
Phase Wall, Continuous Phase Outlet, Dispersed Phase Outlet, Fluid Flow Rate, Fluid
Velocity, Normal Speed, Bulk Mass Flow Rate, Mass Flow Rate, Opening Pressure and
Direction, Opening Pressure for Entrainment, Stationary Frame Total Pressure, Static
Pressure and Direction, Static Pressure for Entrainment, Static Pressure, Total Pressure,
Conservative Interface Flux, Extrapolation, Supercritical, Zero Slip Velocity
Option = Cylindrical Velocity Components and Pressure

Relative Static Pressure :
Option = Average Static Pressure
ACOUSTIC REFLECTIVITY : Specifies acoustic reflection attributes of a boundary
condition
Relative Pressure :
Optional Parameters
Pressure Profile Blend : Factor to blend between the specified pressure profile and a
floating (implicit) pressure profile blend factor. 0.0 is fully implicit and 1.0 imposes the
specified profile.
Weighting Option : Specifies the weighting option for average pressure outlets
Option = Opening Pressure and Direction

Relative Pressure :
Option = Cylindrical Velocity Components

Option = Continuous Phase Outlet

Relative Pressure :
Option = Supercritical
Relative Pressure in Gas :
Option = Fluid Velocity
Option = Opening Pressure for Entrainment

Relative Pressure :
Option = Zero Slip Velocity
Option = Normal Speed and Pressure

Normal Speed :
Option = Total Pressure

Relative Pressure :
Option = Bulk Mass Flow Rate

MASS FLOW UPDATE : Determines how the solver enforces the mass flow rate specified
on an outflow boundary condition. Shift pressure updates the average pressure level on the
boundary to give the required mass flow rate, Scale Mass Flows multiplies the solver
computed mass flows by a factor to give the set value, and Constant Flux distributes the set
value by area weighting over the boundary patch.
Mass Flow Rate :
Option = Cartesian Velocity Components and Total Pressure

U:
V:
W:
Relative Total Pressure :
Option = Cartesian Velocity Components

U:
V:
W:
Option = Static Pressure

ACOUSTIC REFLECTIVITY : Specifies acoustic reflection attributes of a boundary
condition
Relative Pressure :
Option = Stationary Frame Total Pressure

Relative Pressure :
Option = Degassing Condition

Optional Parameters
Relative Pressure :
Option = Dispersed Phase Outlet

Relative Pressure :
Option = Static Pressure for Entrainment

Relative Pressure :
Optional Parameters
Option = Normal Speed

Normal Speed :
Option = Normal Speed and Total Pressure

Normal Speed :
Option = Cartesian Velocity Components and Pressure

U:
V:
W:

MASS FLOW UPDATE : Determines how the solver enforces the mass flow rate specified
on an outflow boundary condition. Shift pressure updates the average pressure level on the
Mass Flow Rate :
Option = Cylindrical Velocity Components and Total Pressure

Option = Static Pressure and Direction

Relative Pressure :
MASS FLOW UPDATE
Description
Singleton Object: Determines how the solver enforces the mass flow rate specified on an
outflow boundary condition. Shift pressure updates the average pressure level on the
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Scale Mass Flows, Shift Pressure, Constant Flux
Option = Shift Pressure

Optional Parameters
Pressure Profile : Outlet boundary condition pressure profile for mass flow rate outlets
Pressure Profile Blend : Factor to blend between the specified pressure profile and a
floating (implicit) pressure profile blend factor. 0.0 is fully implicit and 1.0 imposes the
specified profile.
MASS TRANSFER
Description
Singleton Object: Mass transfer models for a fluid pair.
Allowed Sub-Objects
EQUATION PAIR : Specifies transfer model between a fluid-equation pair containing
variables of the same type and dimensions.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Bounded Volume Fraction Linearisation : Determines whether IPMT terms are linearised
to keep volume fractions bounded.

Allowed Context Settings: None, Specified Mass Transfer, Phase Change, Cavitation,
Sum Species Mass Transfers
Option = Phase Change

PHASE CHANGE MODEL : Specifies the cavitation model.
Option = Cavitation
CAVITATION MODEL : Specifies the cavitation model.
Option = Specified Mass Transfer

SPECIFIED MASS TRANSFER : Specifies the mass transfer rate explicitly.
MATERIAL
Description
Named Object: Holds the definition of type and physical properties for a pure material,
mixture of materials, or saturation data between two types of materials.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Long Name :
Material Description : Description of material, used for matching materials in a flamelet
library.
Material Group : Name of material group. Used for categorising materials in a materials file
so that the GUI can show them by group name. The value of this string must be a valid CCL
Object name.
Object Origin : Where the Object definition came from.
Default Parameters
Coord Frame :

Allowed Context Settings: Pure Substance, Fixed Composition Mixture, Variable
Composition Mixture, Homogeneous Binary Mixture, Reacting Mixture, Hydrocarbon Fuel
Option = Homogeneous Binary Mixture

SATURATION PROPERTIES : Defines the saturation properties used for interphase mass
transfer or equilibrium mass transfer models. This singleton would point to a data file. In this
case only RGP files are currently supported. The saturation pressure and temperature
singletons can override this data.
Binary Material1 : First material in a homogeneous binary mixture
Binary Material2 : First material in a homogeneous binary mixture
Optional Parameters
Newton Pressure Criterion :
Newton Pressure Iteration Limit :
Newton Pressure Under Relaxation :
Option = Fixed Composition Mixture

CHILD MATERIAL : Holds data for a material from a Materials List.
MIXTURE PROPERTIES : Used as a container for specifying bulk properties of both fixed
and variable composition mixtures. Ideal Mixture is the default rule for all properties.
Individual properties can be overridden using the singleton for that property.
Materials List :
Optional Parameters
Mass Fraction List :
Constitutive Relation Temperature Criterion :
Constitutive Relation Iteration Limit :
Constitutive Relation Under Relaxation :
Thermodynamic State : State type of a pure substance

PROPERTIES : Holds the definition of all physical properties for a material.
Optional Parameters
Option = Reacting Mixture

Reactions List :
Optional Parameters
Additional Materials List :
Option = Variable Composition Mixture

Optional Parameters
Materials List :
Option = Hydrocarbon Fuel

MATERIAL ANALYSIS : Proximate and ultimate analysis of hydrocarbon fuel
MIXTURE MATERIALS : Material names for mixture components used by hydrocarbon fuel
model
Optional Parameters
MATERIAL ANALYSIS
Description
Singleton Object: Proximate and ultimate analysis of hydrocarbon fuel
Allowed Sub-Objects
VOLATILES RELEASE : Volatiles data used by hydrocarbon fuel model
HEATING VALUE : Heating value
PROXIMATE ANALYSIS : Proximate hydrocarbon fuel analysis
ULTIMATE ANALYSIS : Ultimate hydrocarbon fuel analysis
MATERIAL GROUP
Description
Named Object: Contains the description of a group of materials allowed to be used
together for modelling purposes
Allowed Parameters
Group Description :
MCF ENERGY DIFFUSION
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the option for assembly of secondary enthalpy transport terms
derived from species diffusion in multi-component fluids (MCF).
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Unity Lewis Number, Generic Assembly
MESH ADAPTION
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies if Mesh Adaption is active. NOTE - Only used for GUI control
in CFX-Pre. Does not control the execution of adaption in the solver loop.
Allowed Sub-Objects
ADAPTION CRITERIA :
ADAPTION METHOD :
ADAPTION CONVERGENCE CRITERIA :
ADAPTION ADVANCED OPTIONS :
Allowed Parameters
Domain Name :
Subdomain List :
Optional Parameters
Mesh Adaption :
Save Intermediate Files :
Activate Adaption :
MESH DEFORMATION
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the method used to deform the mesh.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Regions of Motion Specified, Junction Box Routine
Option = Regions of Motion Specified

Mesh Stiffness : Diffusivity used in mesh displacement equation.
Optional Parameters
Displacement Relative To : Periodic motion is ensured by solving displacements relative
to the initial mesh.
Option = Junction Box Routine

Junction Box Routine :
MESH MOTION
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the motion of a mesh boundary. NOTE - Not fully supported by
the solver.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Unspecified, Specified Displacement, Specified Location,
Stationary, ANSYS MultiField, Conservative Interface Flux
Option = Specified Location
Location X Component :
Location Y Component :
Location Z Component :
Option = Specified Displacement

Displacement X Component :
Displacement Y Component :
Displacement Z Component :
Option = ANSYS MultiField

Motion Type :
MESH TOLERANCE
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Mesh Match Tolerance : Sets gtm mesh gluing tolerance, default is set in CFXPreInit.ccl
MESH TRANSFORMATION
Description
Singleton Object: This object contains user info necessary to generate a mesh
transformation.Passed from GUI, combined with Absolute in MeshCalcFunc
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Transformation Units : Units used for transformation coordinates
Use Coord Frame : Specifies if the transformation is defined in another coordinate frame
Target Assemblies : Assemblies this transformation is applied to
Internal Parameters
Last Transformation Succeeded : This internal parameter of MESH TRANSFORMATION
states whether the previous application of the gtmTransform action succeeded.

Allowed Context Settings: Rotation, Translation, Scale, Reflection
Option = Reflection
Reflection Option : Specifies how the reflection plane is defined
Optional Parameters
X Pos : Used with plane definition
Y Pos : Used with plane definition
Z Pos : Used with plane definition
Point : An XYZ triple which defines a point in space.
Normal : An XYZ triple describing the normal vector.
Point 1 : An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object.
Point 2 : An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object.
Point 3 : An XYZ triple defining the third point for this object.
Delete Reflected : Specifies if the original mesh is deleted
Glue Reflected Assemblies : Specifies whether matching assemblies should be glued
after a reflection
Option = Translation
Translation Option : Specifies what type of translation is applied
Optional Parameters
Translation Deltas : Translation offset
Translation Root : Root of the translation vector
Translation Tip : Tip of the translation vector
Use Multiple Copy : Specifies if mesh is to be copied as opposed to moved
Number of Copies : Specifies the number of transformed copies.
Delete Original : Specifies if the original mesh is deleted
Glue Copied Assemblies : Specifies whether matching assemblies should be glued after
copy
Option = Scale
Scale Option : Specifies what type of scaling is applied
Optional Parameters
Scale Origin : Position of scale origin
Uniform Scale : Scale factor
Nonuniform Scale : Non uniform scale vector
Option = Rotation
Rotation Option : Specifies what type of rotation is applied
Rotation Angle Option : Specifies what type of rotation is applied
Optional Parameters
Principal Axis : Specifies the principal axis used in instance rotation.
Rotation Axis Begin : Root of rotation axis vector
Rotation Axis End : Tip of rotation axis vector
Rotation Angle : Specifies the rotation angle.
Rotation Offset Angle : Specifies the offset angle for rotation copy transformations.
Angle Start : First point used to calculate angle
Angle End : Second point used to calculate angle
Use Multiple Copy : Specifies if mesh is to be copied as opposed to moved
Delete Original : Specifies if the original mesh is deleted
Glue Copied Assemblies : Specifies whether matching assemblies should be glued after
copy
MIXTURE
Description
Singleton Object: Specification of Fuel/Oxidiser mixture at a boundary.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Oxidiser, Fuel, Mixture Fraction, Mixture Fraction Mean and
Variance, Conservative Interface Flux
Option = Mixture Fraction Mean and Variance

Mixture Fraction :
Mixture Fraction Variance :
Option = Mixture Fraction

Mixture Fraction :
MIXTURE FRACTION
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of mixture fraction.
Allowed Parameters
Option :


Mixture Fraction :
Option = Value
Mixture Fraction :
MIXTURE FRACTION VARIANCE
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of mixture fraction variance.
Allowed Parameters
Option :


Option = Value
MIXTURE MATERIALS
Description
Singleton Object: Material names for mixture components used by hydrocarbon fuel
model
Allowed Sub-Objects
PARTICLE MIXTURE : Material names for particle components used by hydrocarbon fuel
model
GAS MIXTURE : Material names for components of gas phase used by hydrocarbon fuel
model
Allowed Parameters
Binary Mixture Material : Binary mixture material
MIXTURE PROPERTIES
Description
Singleton Object: Used as a container for specifying bulk properties of both fixed and
variable composition mixtures. Ideal Mixture is the default rule for all properties. Individual
properties can be overridden using the singleton for that property.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Ideal Mixture
Option = Ideal Mixture
EQUATION OF STATE : Specifies the equation of state
SPECIFIC HEAT CAPACITY : Specifies how specific heat capacity is calculated
ENTHALPY :
ENTROPY :
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY : Hold the details for an advanced descriptions of Thermal
Conductivity.
DYNAMIC VISCOSITY : Hold the details for an advanced description of Dynamic Viscosity.
ABSORPTION COEFFICIENT : Specifies how the absorption coefficient is calculated
REFRACTIVE INDEX : Specifies how the refractive index calculated
SCATTERING COEFFICIENT : Specifies how the scattering coefficient is calculated
MIXTURE VARIANCE COEFFICIENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Controls model coefficients for the Mixture Fraction Variance transport
equation.
Allowed Sub-Objects
equation.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Cxi Coefficient : Cxi Scalar Dissipation Rate coefficient
MOISTURE LATENT HEAT
Description
Singleton Object: Moisture latent heat
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Value
Option = Value
Latent Heat :
MOMENTUM SOURCE
Description
Singleton Object: Holds source terms for momentum.
Allowed Sub-Objects
ISOTROPIC LOSS MODEL : Defines an isotropic resistance source.
DIRECTIONAL LOSS MODEL : Defines a directional loss model.
GENERAL MOMENTUM SOURCE : Defines a general momentum source term and
coefficient.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Include in Total Energy : Indicates whether mom source appears in total energy eqn
MOMENTUM TRANSFER
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies momentum transfer models for a fluid pair.
Allowed Sub-Objects
DRAG FORCE : Specifies drag force between two phases.
LIFT FORCE : Specifies that lift force should be included in momentum transfer models for
a fluid pair.
WALL LUBRICATION FORCE : Specifies that wall lubrication force should be included in
momentum transfer models for a fluid pair.
VIRTUAL MASS FORCE : Specifies that virtual mass force should be included in
momentum transfer models for a fluid pair.
PRESSURE GRADIENT FORCE : Specifies that pressure mass force should be included
in momentum transfer models for a fluid pair.
TURBULENT DISPERSION FORCE : Specifies that turbulent dispersion should be
included in momentum transfer models for a fluid pair.
MONITOR BALANCES
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the extent of equation balance data recorded in the monitor file.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Full
MONITOR FORCES
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the extent of force data recorded in the monitor file.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

MONITOR OBJECTS
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Sub-Objects
MONITOR BALANCES : Defines the extent of equation balance data recorded in the
monitor file.
MONITOR FORCES : Defines the extent of force data recorded in the monitor file.
MONITOR RESIDUALS : Defines the extent of equation residual data recorded in the
monitor file.
MONITOR TOTALS : Defines the extent of total flow and source data recorded in the
monitor file.
MONITOR PARTICLES : Defines the extent of particle tracking data recorded in the monitor
file.
MONITOR POINT : Defines the location and quantity to be recorded in a Monitor Point.
RADIOMETER : Defines the location and details of a radiometer
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Monitor Coefficient Loop Convergence : Logical specifying if coefficient loop
convergence should be recorded in the monitor file.
MONITOR PARTICLES
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the extent of particle tracking data recorded in the monitor file.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

MONITOR POINT
Description
Named Object: Defines the location and quantity to be recorded in a Monitor Point.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Default Parameters
Coord Frame :

Allowed Context Settings: Cartesian Coordinates, Expression, Vertex in Domain
Option = Expression
Expression Value : Single valued CEL expression.
Option = Vertex in Domain

Vertex Number :
Domain Name :

Optional Parameters
Domain Name :
MONITOR RESIDUALS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the extent of equation residual data recorded in the monitor file.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

MONITOR TOTALS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the extent of total flow and source data recorded in the monitor
file.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

MORPHOLOGY
Description
Singleton Object: Fluid morphology in multifluid models
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Minimum Volume Fraction :

Allowed Context Settings: Continuous Fluid, Dispersed Fluid, Polydispersed Fluid,
Dispersed Solid, Dispersed Particle Transport Fluid, Dispersed Particle Transport Solid,
Unspecified
Option = Dispersed Particle Transport Fluid

PARTICLE SHAPE FACTORS : Defines the shape factor for a particle group.
PARTICLE DIAMETER CHANGE : Defines the particle diameter change.
Option = Dispersed Solid

Mean Diameter :
Optional Parameters
Maximum Packing :
Restitution Coefficient :
Option = Dispersed Particle Transport Solid

PARTICLE SHAPE FACTORS : Defines the shape factor for a particle group.
PARTICLE DIAMETER CHANGE : Defines the particle diameter change.
Option = Dispersed Fluid

Mean Diameter :
Optional Parameters
Maximum Packing :
MULTIPHASE MODELS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the overall models that control the interaction of two or more
phases.
Allowed Sub-Objects
FREE SURFACE MODEL : Defines the type of free surface model to be used.
MUSIG FLUID : Defines a multiple size group fluid
MULTIPHASE REACTIONS :
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Ballast Fluid : Specified which fluid of a multiphase case has an implied volume fraction.
Output Fluid :
Homogeneous Coefficient Factor : Factor to enforce homogeneous condition for
temperature
Allow Musig Fluids :
MULTIPHASE REACTION RATE
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Maximum Reaction Temperature : Maximum reaction temperature

Allowed Context Settings: Mass Arrhenius, Gibb Char Oxidation, Field Char Oxidation,
Particle User Routine
Option = Particle User Routine

Argument Variables List :
Multiphase Reaction Rate Return Variables List :
Option = Mass Arrhenius
reaction rates.
Option = Field Char Oxidation

CHAR OXIDATION RATE :
EXTERNAL DIFFUSION :
Option = Gibb Char Oxidation

CHAR OXIDATION RATE :
INTERNAL DIFFUSION :
CHAR PRODUCT RATIO :
MULTIPHASE REACTIONS
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Reactions List :
MUSIG FLUID
Description
Named Object: Defines a multiple size group fluid
Allowed Sub-Objects
SIZE GROUP DISTRIBUTION : Defines the size groups for a MUSIG fluid.
BREAKUP MODEL : Defines the breakup model for a MUSIG fluid
COALESCENCE MODEL : Defines the coalescence model for a MUSIG fluid
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Polydispersed Fluids List : List of polydispersed fluids comprising a MUSIG fluid.
NONOVERLAP CONDITIONS
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies boundary conditions on non overlap regions of a GGI domain
interface.
Allowed Sub-Objects
WALL CONTACT MODEL : Specifies model for fluid-wall contact and bulk boundary
conditions at walls in multi-fluid flow.
Allowed Parameters
Boundary Type : Type of the boundary.
NUMBER OF POSITIONS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the number of particle positions
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Direct Specification, Proportional to Mass Flow Rate
Option = Proportional to Mass Flow Rate

Optional Parameters
Number per Unit Mass Flow Rate :
Number per Unit Time and Mass Flow Rate :
Option = Direct Specification

Optional Parameters
Number :
Number per Unit Time :
OMEGA
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of turbulent eddy frequency.
Allowed Parameters
Option :


Optional Parameters
Omega :
Epsilon :
Eddy Length Scale :
Option = Value
Optional Parameters
Omega :
Epsilon :
Eddy Length Scale :
OMEGA COEFFICIENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Controls model coefficients for the Turbulence Eddy Frequency
transport equation.
Allowed Sub-Objects
equation.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Alpha Coefficient : Alpha Omega equation coefficient
Beta Coefficient : Beta turbulence model coefficient
OUTPUT CONTROL
Description
Singleton Object: Holds object definitions that control output from the solver during
execution.
Allowed Sub-Objects
RESULTS : Defines the contents of the final solver results file.
TRANSIENT RESULTS : Sets the frequency and contents of intermediate transient results
files.
BACKUP RESULTS : Defines the frequency and type of backup files created during a
solver run.
MONITOR OBJECTS :
TRANSIENT STATISTICS : Specifies the running statistics to be maintained during a
transient analysis.
RESIDUALS : Specifies the amount of residual information to be written to the OUT file.
PARTICLE TRACK FILE : Controls output of particle track records.
EXPORT RESULTS : Controls export of result records.
PARENT MATERIAL
Description
Named Object: Holds data for a material from a Materials List.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Child Materials, Fraction of Heat Released
Option = Fraction of Heat Released

Fraction of Heat Released :
Option = Child Materials
Materials List :
PARTICLE ABSORPTION
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies the particle absorption in sub-domains
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Minimum Absorption Diameter
Option = Minimum Absorption Diameter

Absorption Diameter :
PARTICLE BREAKUP
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the breakup method.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Allowed Context Settings: Reitz and Diwakar, TAB Model, ETAB Model, CAB Model,
Schmehl Model, User Defined
Option = CAB Model

Optional Parameters
Critical Amplitude Coefficient :
Damping Coefficient :
External Force Coefficient :
Restoring Force Coefficient :
New Droplet Velocity Factor :
Energy Ratio Factor :
CAB Bag Breakup Factor :
Critical Weber Number for Stripping Breakup :
Critical Weber Number for Catastrophic Breakup :
Option = ETAB Model

Optional Parameters
ETAB Bag Breakup Factor :
Stripping Breakup Factor :
Critical Weber Number for Stripping Breakup :

Particle Breakup Return Variables List :
Option = Schmehl Model
Option = TAB Model

Optional Parameters
Option = Reitz and Diwakar

Optional Parameters
Critical Weber Number for Bag Breakup :
Time Factor for Bag Breakup :
Weber Number Factor for Stripping :
Time Factor for Stripping :
PARTICLE CONTROL
Description
Singleton Object: Holds objects that control the execution and convergence of particle
tracking.
Allowed Sub-Objects
PARTICLE INTEGRATION : Sets details of the particle tracking integration algorithm.
PARTICLE UNDER RELAXATION FACTORS : Sets under relaxation factors on particle
tracking sources.
PARTICLE IGNITION :
VERTEX VARIABLE SMOOTHING :
PARTICLE SOURCE SMOOTHING :
PARTICLE DIAMETER CHANGE
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the particle diameter change.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Mass Equivalent, Swelling Model
Option = Swelling Model

Swelling Factor : Swelling of coal particle during devolatilisation
PARTICLE DIAMETER DISTRIBUTION
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the size distribution for a particle group.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Specified Diameter, Uniform in Diameter by Number, Uniform
in Diameter by Mass, Normal in Diameter by Number, Normal in Diameter by Mass, Rosin
Rammler, Nukiyama Tanasawa, Discrete Diameter Distribution
Option = Nukiyama Tanasawa
Rosin Rammler Size :
Rosin Rammler Power :
Nukiyama Tanasawa Power :
Optional Parameters
Minimum Diameter :
Maximum Diameter :
Option = Rosin Rammler

Rosin Rammler Size :
Rosin Rammler Power :
Optional Parameters
Minimum Diameter :
Maximum Diameter :
Option = Specified Diameter

Diameter :
Option = Normal in Diameter by Number

Mean Diameter :
Standard Deviation in Diameter :
Minimum Diameter :
Maximum Diameter :
Option = Discrete Diameter Distribution

Diameter List :
Mass Fraction List :
Number Fraction List :
Option = Uniform in Diameter by Mass
Minimum Diameter :
Maximum Diameter :
Option = Uniform in Diameter by Number

Minimum Diameter :
Maximum Diameter :
Option = Normal in Diameter by Mass

Mean Diameter :
Standard Deviation in Diameter :
Minimum Diameter :
Maximum Diameter :
PARTICLE IGNITION
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Ignition Temperature : Ignition Temperature
PARTICLE INJECTION REGION
Description
Named Object:
Allowed Sub-Objects
PARTICLE INTEGRATION
Description
Singleton Object: Sets details of the particle tracking integration algorithm.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Iteration Frequency :
First Iteration for Particle Calculation :
Particle Source Change Target :
Maximum Tracking Time :
Maximum Tracking Distance :
Maximum Number of Integration Steps :
Maximum Particle Integration Time Step :
Chemistry Time Step Multiplier : Chemistry time step multiplier for particle combustion

Allowed Context Settings: Forward Euler
Option = Forward Euler

Optional Parameters
Number of Integration Steps per Element :
PARTICLE MASS FLOW ABSORPTION
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the mass flow absorption.
Allowed Parameters
Mass Flow Absorption Coefficient :
PARTICLE MASS FLOW RATE
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the mass flow rate for a group of particles.
Allowed Parameters
Mass Flow Rate :
PARTICLE MIXTURE
Description
Singleton Object: Material names for particle components used by hydrocarbon fuel model
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Ash Char and Raw Combustible, Default
Option = Ash Char and Raw Combustible

Ash Material : Ash material
Char Material : Char material
Raw Combustible Material : Raw combustible material
PARTICLE POSITION
Description
Singleton Object: Defines how particle positions are to be distributed on a boundary.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Uniform Injection, Uniform Injection within Annulus, Injection
with Line Weighting, Injection with Point Weighting, Injection with Circular Weighting,
Injection with User Defined Weighting, Injection at Face Centres, Injection at IP Face
Centres
Option = Injection with Point Weighting

Centre Point for Normal Distribution :
Standard Deviation for Normal Distribution :
Optional Parameters
Particle Locations :
Option = Uniform Injection

Optional Parameters
Option = Uniform Injection within Annulus

First Point of Axis :
Second Point of Axis :
Minimum Distance from Axis :
Maximum Distance from Axis :
Optional Parameters
Option = Injection with Line Weighting

First Line Point for Normal Distribution :
Second Line Point for Normal Distribution :
Optional Parameters
Option = Injection with Circular Weighting

Centre Point for Normal Distribution :
Distance from Centre Point :
Optional Parameters
Option = Injection at Face Centres
Option = Injection at IP Face Centres
Option = Injection with User Defined Weighting

Face Weighting Factor :
Optional Parameters
PARTICLE SHAPE FACTORS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the shape factor for a particle group.
Allowed Parameters
Cross Sectional Area Factor :
Optional Parameters
Surface Area Factor :
PARTICLE SOURCE SMOOTHING
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Allowed Context Settings: Raw, Smooth
PARTICLE TRACK FILE
Description
Singleton Object: Controls output of particle track records.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Track Printing Interval :
Track File Format :
Keep Track File :

Allowed Context Settings: All Track Positions, Specified Position Interval, Specified
Distance Spacing, Specified Time Spacing
Option = All Track Positions

Optional Parameters
Track Positions :
Option = Specified Position Interval

Track Position Interval :
Optional Parameters
Track Positions :
Option = Specified Time Spacing
Track Time Spacing :
Option = Specified Distance Spacing

Track Distance Spacing :
PARTICLE UNDER RELAXATION FACTORS
Description
Singleton Object: Sets under relaxation factors on particle tracking sources.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Velocity Under Relaxation Factor :
Energy Under Relaxation Factor :
Mass Under Relaxation Factor :
Velocity Under Relaxation Factor for First Particle Integration :
Energy Under Relaxation Factor for First Particle Integration :
Mass Under Relaxation Factor for First Particle Integration :
Velocity Under Relaxation Factor at Time Step Start :
Energy Under Relaxation Factor at Time Step Start :
Mass Under Relaxation Factor at Time Step Start :
PARTICLE USER SOURCE
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Particle User Source Return Variables List :
Optional Parameters
Particle Coupling :
PARTICLE WALL INTERACTION
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Particle Wall Interaction Return Variables List :
PHASE CHANGE MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies the cavitation model.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: User Defined, Thermal Phase Change

Fluid1to2 Phase Change Mass Flux : mass flux from fluid 1 to 2
Option = Thermal Phase Change
Optional Parameters
Saturation Temperature : Saturation temperature for vaporization or boiling of a pure
substance.
Secondary Heat Flux Option : Expert parameter to assess different options for secondary
heat fluxes with phase change mass transfer
PITCH CHANGE
Description
Singleton Object: Defines how pitch change is calculated across a domain interface.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Value, Specified Pitch Angles
Option = Value
Pitch Ratio : Gives the fractional change in area from side 1 to side 2 of a domain interface
Option = Specified Pitch Angles

Pitch Angle Side1 : Pitch angle on first side of a GGI interface
Pitch Angle Side2 : Pitch angle on second side of a GGI interface
POINT
Description
Named Object:
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Colour Mode : Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
"Colour" parameter is used to determine the plot colour. If set equal to "Variable", then the
"Colour Variable" parameter is used.
Blue) values to be used when colouring an object with constant colour.
Transparency : Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
transparency of this graphics object in the viewer.
Surface Drawing : Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Draw Lines : Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the lines on a graphics object.
Line Width : Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Point Symbol : Name of point symbol (non-directional) to be used for plot.
Symbol Size : A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot.
Normalized : If set On, all symbols are plotted with the same size.
Lighting : Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Specular Lighting : Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Culling Mode : Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.

Allowed Context Settings: XYZ
Option = XYZ
Optional Parameters
POROSITY MODELS
Description
Singleton Object: Describes loss model for a porous domain.
Allowed Sub-Objects
LOSS MODEL : Describes loss model for a porous domain.
PRESSURE
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the Saturation Pressure used in a multiphase mass transfer
model.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Value, Antoine Equation, Automatic
Option = Antoine Equation

Antoine Reference State Constant A : Data for Antoine vapour pressure equation.
Antoine Enthalpic Coefficient B : Data for Antoine vapour pressure equation.
Antoine Temperature Offset C : Data for Antoine vapour pressure equation.
Antoine Pressure Scale : Units of pressure for Antoine vapour pressure equation.
Option = Value
Absolute Pressure :
PRESSURE AVERAGING
Description
Singleton Object: Controls details of how pressure is averaged over an outlet.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Average Over Whole Outlet, Average Above Specified
Radius, Average Below Specified Radius, Circumferential
Option = Circumferential
Optional Parameters
Number of Circumferential Bands : Number of circumferential bands used for the
meridional average pressure boundary condition
Option = Average Above Specified Radius

Radius :
Option = Average Below Specified Radius

Radius :
PRESSURE GRADIENT FORCE
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies that pressure mass force should be included in momentum
transfer models for a fluid pair.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Particle Coupling :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Pressure Gradient Force
PRESSURE LEVEL INFORMATION
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the pressure level and location if not set by boundary conditions
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Pressure Level : Pressure level set at reference location
Compressible Transient Option : Determines whether the pressure field is shifted to
accelerate mass conservation for compressible transient simulations which have no
pressure boundaries.
Pressure Level Under Relaxation Factor : Pressure level underrelaxation factor for
compressible transients using Automatic

PRIMITIVE REGIONS
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Primitive Region List : List of regions imported into a map.
PRIMITIVE2D
Description
Named Object: This is the faceted display for a 2DRegion
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Face Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the faces on a graphics object.
Render Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a
wireframe.
Line Colour Mode : Determines where to get the line colour from.
Prim2d Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Show Error : If true, render to indicate error on region.
PRODUCTS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the method of product generation in a reaction.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Stoichiometric, Child Materials, Parent Materials
Materials List :
Stoichiometric Coefficient List :
Optional Parameters
Reaction Order List :
Option = Parent Materials

Materials List :
PROPERTIES
Description
Singleton Object: Holds the definition of all physical properties for a material.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Molar Mass :

Allowed Context Settings: General Fluid, General Material, Ideal Gas, Ideal Mixture,
Solid, Table
Option = Table
Conductivity.
TABLE GENERATION :
Table Format : Type of table format for specifying material properties
Table Name : Path and name of the file which contains tables of material properties
Optional Parameters
Component Name :
Isentropic Compressibility :
Isothermal Compressibility :
Refractive Index :
Reference Specific Entropy :
Specific Heat Capacity :
Scattering Coefficient :
Thermal Conductivity :
Thermal Expansivity :
Dynamic Viscosity :
Minimum Temperature :
Maximum Temperature :
Minimum Absolute Pressure :
Maximum Absolute Pressure :
Enthalpy Table Error Tolerance :
Enthalpy Table Maximum Points :
Enthalpy Table Temperature Extrapolation :
Enthalpy Table Pressure Extrapolation :
Entropy Table Error Tolerance :
Check Entropy Table Consistency :
RGP Liquid Properties : Sets whether or not the saturation data or 2D table data are used
for liquid properties
Entropy Table Maximum Points :
Entropy Table Temperature Extrapolation :
Entropy Table Pressure Extrapolation :
Option = Ideal Mixture

Optional Parameters
Dynamic Viscosity :
Refractive Index :
Speed Of Sound :
Specific Heat Depends On :
Option = Solid
Conductivity.
Optional Parameters
Refractive Index :
Option = General Material

EQUATION OF STATE : Specifies the equation of state
ENTROPY :
ENTHALPY :
TABLE GENERATION :
Conductivity.
Optional Parameters
Speed Of Sound :
Option = General Fluid

Conductivity.
Optional Parameters
Refractive Index :
Dynamic Viscosity :
Speed Of Sound :
Option = Ideal Gas

Conductivity.
Optional Parameters
Refractive Index :
Dynamic Viscosity :
Speed Of Sound :
PROXIMATE ANALYSIS
Description
Singleton Object: Proximate hydrocarbon fuel analysis
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: As Received
Option = As Received
Ash Fraction : Ash mass fraction
Fixed Carbon Fraction : Fixed carbon mass fraction
Moisture Fraction : Moisture mass fraction
Volatiles Fraction : Volatiles mass fraction
RADIAL DISTRIBUTION FUNCTION
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies radial distribution function for a dispersed solid.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Gidaspow, Lun Savage, User Defined

Radial Distribution Function :
RADIATION INTENSITY
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of radiation intensity.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Optional Parameters
Radiation Intensity :
Blackbody Temperature : Blackbody Temperature at a radiative boundary
Option = Value
Optional Parameters
RADIATION SOURCE
Description
Named Object: Holds source terms for the radiation.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Isotropic Radiation Source, Total Isotropic Radiation Source,
Directional Radiation Source, Total Directional Radiation Source, Isotropic Radiation Flux,
Directional Radiation Flux
Option = Directional Radiation Flux

DIRECTION : Defines the direction used for radiation boundary conditions.
Radiation Flux :
Optional Parameters
External Refractive Index :
Option = Total Directional Radiation Source

Total Radiation Source : Value of radiation source strength, in relevant units.
Option = Directional Radiation Source

Radiation Source :
Option = Isotropic Radiation Flux

Radiation Flux :
Option = Total Isotropic Radiation Source

Total Radiation Source : Value of radiation source strength, in relevant units.
Option = Isotropic Radiation Source

Radiation Source :
RADIOMETER
Description
Named Object: Defines the location and details of a radiometer
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Default Parameters
Coord Frame :

Allowed Context Settings: Cartesian Coordinates

Temperature :
Quadrature Points :
Optional Parameters
Angles List :
Efficiency Factor List :
RAY TRACING CONTROL
Description
Singleton Object: Controls details of the ray tracing algorithms for Monte Carlo radiation.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Iteration Convergence Criterion : Determines when iterations due to reflective walls have
converged
Maximum Buffer Size : Maximum size of buffer used to hold tracking information in words
Maximum Number of Track Segments : Maximum number of segments in a radiation
track
Maximum Number of Iterations :
Ray Reflection Threshold : Ignore rays reflected with intensity below this
File Path : The windows or UNIX style path of a file
REACTANTS
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies the reactant materials in a chemical reaction.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Stoichiometric, Child Materials, Parent Materials
Materials List :
Stoichiometric Coefficient List :
Optional Parameters
Reaction Order List :
Option = Parent Materials

Materials List :
REACTION
Description
Named Object:
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Long Name :
Reaction Description : Description of reaction, e.g. fuel and boundary conditions of a
flamelet library.
Object Origin : Where the Object definition came from.

Allowed Context Settings: Single Step, Multi Step, Flamelet Library, Multi Phase
Option = Flamelet Library

LAMINAR FLAME SPEED : Defines the Laminar Flame Speed for a combustion
calculation.
Library File : File holding the library.
Materials List :
Optional Parameters
Skip Over Scalar Dissipation Rate Samples : Skip over leading N Scalar Dissipation Rate
samples in Flamelet library (0 or 1 for CFX-TASCflow compatibility).
Option = Single Step

REACTANTS : Specifies the reactant materials in a chemical reaction.
PRODUCTS : Defines the method of product generation in a reaction.
THIRD BODY TERM : Sets the Third Body (catalyst) term in a chemical reaction.
FORWARD REACTION RATE :
BACKWARD REACTION RATE : Defines the backwards rate for a chemical reaction.
Optional Parameters
Option = Multi Step

Reactions List :
Optional Parameters
Option = Multi Phase

REACTANTS : Specifies the reactant materials in a chemical reaction.
PRODUCTS : Defines the method of product generation in a reaction.
MULTIPHASE REACTION RATE :
HEAT RELEASE : Holds heat release information for multiphase reactions
HEAT RELEASE DISTRIBUTION :
Material Amount Option : Material amount option
REACTION ACTIVATION
Description
Singleton Object: Defines reaction energy/temperature for Arrhenius type reaction rates.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Activation Energy, Activation Temperature
Option = Activation Energy

Activation Energy :
Option = Activation Temperature

REACTION PROGRESS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of the reaction progress variable.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value, Burned
Gases, Fresh Gases, Reaction Progress, Conservative Interface Flux, Zero Gradient

Reaction Progress :
Option = Value
Reaction Progress :

Optional Parameters
Option = Reaction Progress

Reaction Progress :
REACTION PROGRESS COEFFICIENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Controls model coefficients for the Reaction Progress transport
equation.
Allowed Sub-Objects
equation.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Quenching Critical Velocity Gradient : Critical Velocity Gradient for Quenching Model
Quenching Variance Factor : Factor for Turbulence Eddy Dissipation Variance for
Quenching Model
Turbulent Flame Speed Factor : Coefficient for Turbulent Flame Speed Closure (TFC)
REFERENCE PRESSURE
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the Reference Pressure in the Domain.
Allowed Parameters
REFLECTIVITY
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the reflectivity for radiation on a boundary.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Diffuse, Specular, Mixed
Option = Mixed
Diffuse Fraction :
REFRACTIVE INDEX
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies how the refractive index calculated
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Option = Value
Refractive Index :
REGION
Description
Named Object: Gathers together a group of regions.
Allowed Parameters
Combination : The method of combination for region lists.
Optional Parameters
Dimension : The dimensionality of the regions in the editor.

Context Controlling Parameter: Combination
Allowed Context Settings: Union, Intersection, Complement, Alias, Difference, Symmetric
Difference
Combination = Alias
Optional Parameters
Region List : List of subregions for a region
Combination = Intersection
Optional Parameters
Combination = Symmetric Difference

Optional Parameters
Region List A : List of subregions for a region
Region List B : List of subregions for a region
Combination = Complement
Optional Parameters
Combination = Difference
Optional Parameters
Region List A : List of subregions for a region
Region List B : List of subregions for a region
Combination = Union
Optional Parameters
REGION ATLAS
Description
Named Object:
Allowed Sub-Objects
REGION MAP :
REGION MAP
Description
Named Object:
Allowed Sub-Objects
REGION : Gathers together a group of regions.
PRIMITIVE REGIONS :
RESIDUALS
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies the amount of residual information to be written to the OUT file.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Minimal, Full
RESULTS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the contents of the final solver results file.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
CFX-Post.

Allowed Context Settings: Selected Variables, Essential, Full, Standard

file
Optional Parameters
CFX-Post.
files.
Option = Essential
Optional Parameters
CFX-Post.
files.
Option = Full
Optional Parameters
CFX-Post.
files.
Option = Standard
Optional Parameters
CFX-Post.
files.
RETHETAT COEFFICIENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Controls model coefficients for the transport equation of the turbulence
Allowed Sub-Objects
equation.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
CTHETA Coefficient : CTHETA coefficient of the transport equation for the turbulence
REYNOLDS STRESS COMPONENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of Reynolds Stress components.
Allowed Parameters
Option :


uu :
vv :
ww :
uv :
uw :
vw :
Option = Value
uu :
vv :
ww :
uv :
uw :
vw :
RNG EPSILON COEFFICIENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Controls model coefficients for the Turbulence Eddy Dissipation
transport equation (RNG model).
Allowed Sub-Objects
equation.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Beta Coefficient : Beta turbulence model coefficient
Eta0 Coefficient : Eta0 RNG model coefficient
ROOT
Description
Singleton Object: The top level object for all CCL.
Allowed Sub-Objects
RULES:
LIBRARY : Stores common object descriptions for reference in the main problem definition.
FLOW : The top-level object of the CFD problem definition.
USER : Object that stores user-defined parameters for use in user defined functions or
junction box routines.
COMMAND FILE : Stores the Version of the current command file.
CCL2FLOW : Container object for ccl2flow-only data.
REGION ATLAS :
AXIS :
BOUNDARY RENDER MARKER :
CAMERA : Defines a camera that can be used to specify the current view in the VIEWER
object.
DATA READER : This object contains the temporary directory path.
DEFAULT LEGEND : Creates a labelled colour bar to show to legend associated with the
named plot.
EXPRESSION PREVIEW : This singleton is used to generate data for expression preview
graphs.
FILE DATA :
FILE PROCESSING : Stores parameters indicating the state of processing state or session
files.
GTM DATA :
HARDCOPY : This object contains the settings used to control the creation of hardcopy
LABEL CONTROL : Controls visibility of labels
MESH TOLERANCE :
MESH TRANSFORMATION : This object contains user info necessary to generate a mesh
POINT :
PRIMITIVE2D : This is the faceted display for a 2DRegion
REGION ATLAS :
ROTATION MARKER :
SESSION : Stores parameters used by the readsession command.
STATE : Stores parameters used by the readstate and savestate commands.
UNIT SYSTEM : This object stores the preferred units.
VIEWER : This object stores the viewport settings.
VIEWPORT : This object stores the viewport settings.
VIEWPORT MANAGER : This object stores the parameters that control the global viewport
controls.
WRITE CASE FILE : Holds parameters which control the creation of a case file and
subsequent actions.
ROTATION MARKER
Description
Named Object:
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Rotation Speed :
ROTATIONAL REFERENCE LOCATION
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the rotational reference location for absolute pressure
Allowed Parameters
Option :


RS COEFFICIENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Controls model coefficients for the Reynolds Stress transport equations
(general pressure strain formulation).
Allowed Sub-Objects
equation.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Cs1 Coefficient : Cs1 Reynolds Stress turbulence model coefficient
Cs2 Coefficient : Cs2 Reynolds Stress turbulence model coefficient
Cr1 Coefficient : Cr1 Reynolds Stress turbulence model coefficient
RS EPSILON REGIME
Description
Singleton Object: Controls Menter turbulence model coefficients for the Reynolds Stress-
Epsilon regime.
Allowed Sub-Objects
LRR IP RS COEFFICIENTS : Controls model coefficients for the Reynolds Stress transport
equations (simple pressure strain formulation).
transport equation.
RS OMEGA REGIME
Description
Singleton Object: Controls Menter turbulence model coefficients for the Reynolds Stress-
Omega regime.
Allowed Sub-Objects
transport equation.
SATURATION PROPERTIES
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the saturation properties used for interphase mass transfer or
equilibrium mass transfer models. This singleton would point to a data file. In this case only
RGP files are currently supported. The saturation pressure and temperature singletons can
override this data.
Allowed Sub-Objects
TABLE GENERATION :
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: General, Table, Redlich Kwong, Virial Steam
Option = Table
Table Format : Type of table format for specifying material properties
Table Name : Path and name of the file which contains tables of material properties
Component Name :
Option = General
PRESSURE : Defines the Saturation Pressure used in a multiphase mass transfer model.
SCATTERING COEFFICIENT
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies how the scattering coefficient is calculated
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Option = Value
SCATTERING MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the thermal radiation scattering model
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Isotropic, Linear Anisotropy
Option = Linear Anisotropy

Anisotropy : Coefficient in Linear Anisotropy Scattering Phase Function
SESSION
Description
Singleton Object: Stores parameters used by the readsession command.
Allowed Parameters
Session Filename : The name of the session file to which session data will be saved.
Optional Parameters
Write Session Mode : This parameter indicates whether the session file should be
overwritten or appended to if it exists.
SIMULATION TYPE
Description
Singleton Object: Controls if the simulation is Steady or Transient.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Allowed Context Settings: Steady State, Transient
Option = Transient
INITIAL TIME : Defines the Initial Time for a Transient Calculation.
TIME DURATION : Specifies the length of time to be simulated in a transient analysis.
TIME STEPS : Specifies the time steps for a transient run.
SIZE GROUP
Description
Named Object: Defines a particular size group for a MUSIG fluid
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Polydispersed Fluid : The polydispersed fluid to which a size group belongs.
Size Group Diameter : Specified diameter for a MUSIG fluid size group.

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value, Definition

Size Fraction :
Option = Value
Size Fraction :
SIZE GROUP DISTRIBUTION
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the size groups for a MUSIG fluid.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Number of Size Groups : Number of size groups in a MUSIG fluid.

Allowed Context Settings: Equal Mass, Equal Diameter, Geometric, User Defined
Option = Equal Diameter

Minimum Diameter :
Maximum Diameter :
Optional Parameters
Reference Density : Reference density when defining size groups for MUSIG fluids with
variable density.
Option = Geometric
Minimum Diameter :
Maximum Diameter :
Optional Parameters
variable density.
Option = Equal Mass

Minimum Diameter :
Maximum Diameter :
Optional Parameters
variable density.
SOLID BULK VISCOSITY
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the model to be used for solids bulk viscosity in a multiphase
calculation.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: None, User Defined, Kinetic Theory

Solid Bulk Viscosity : User specified solid bulk viscosity.
SOLID MODELS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the model details that operate on the solids within the domain.
Allowed Sub-Objects
HEAT TRANSFER MODEL : Specifies the Heat Transfer Model to be used in a domain.
THERMAL RADIATION MODEL : Defines the Thermal Radiation model to be used in the
domain.
SOLID PRESSURE MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the model to be used for solids pressure forces in a multiphase
calculation.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
coefficient

Allowed Context Settings: None, Elasticity Modulus, Gidaspow, User Defined, Kinetic
Theory

Solid Pressure : User specified solid pressure.
Option = Gidaspow
Compaction Modulus : Parameter in Gidaspow model for solid pressure.
Reference Elasticity Modulus : Parameter in Gidaspow model for solid pressure.
Option = Elasticity Modulus

Elasticity Modulus :
SOLID SHEAR VISCOSITY
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the model to be used for solids shear viscosity in a multiphase
calculation.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: None, User Defined, Kinetic Theory

Solid Shear Viscosity : User specified solid shear viscosity.
SOLUTION UNITS
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the base solution units for the calculation.
Allowed Parameters
Default Parameters
Mass Units :
Length Units :
Time Units :
Temperature Units :
Angle Units : Angle Units
Chemical Amount Units : Units for chemical amounts
Luminance Units :
Current Units : Units for electric current.
Solid Angle Units :
Money Units :
SOLVER CONTROL
Description
Singleton Object: Holds all objects that control discretisation and execution of the solution
process.
Allowed Sub-Objects
BODY FORCES : Defines the details of discretisation of body forces.
COMPRESSIBILITY CONTROL : Holds parameters that affect solver convergence for
compressible flows
CONVERGENCE CRITERIA : Specifies the criteria for final solution convergence.
DYNAMIC MODEL CONTROL : Holds objects that control the temporary simplification of
models to improve solver start-up robustness.
EQUATION CLASS : Defines equation classes for applying solver controls.
EQUATION : Defines equation classes for applying solver controls.
INTERPOLATION SCHEME : Defines discretisation details for variable interpolation
INTERSECTION CONTROL : Holds advanced parameters to control the details of interface
discretisation.
JUNCTION BOX ROUTINES :
MCF ENERGY DIFFUSION : Defines the option for assembly of secondary enthalpy
transport terms derived from species diffusion in multi-component fluids (MCF).
VELOCITY PRESSURE COUPLING : Defines discretisation details for velocity/pressure
coupling.
PARTICLE CONTROL : Holds objects that control the execution and convergence of
particle tracking.
THERMAL RADIATION CONTROL : Holds parameters and objects that control the
solution of Thermal Radiation.
PRESSURE LEVEL INFORMATION : Sets the pressure level and location if not set by
boundary conditions
TEMPERATURE DAMPING : Controls the relaxation/damping of temperature
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Catalogue Size Multiplier :
SOOT
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of Soot.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value, Mass
Concentration and Nuclei Concentration, Mass Fraction and Nuclei Specific Concentration,
Conservative Interface Flux

Optional Parameters
Mass Fraction :
Option = Mass Fraction and Nuclei Specific Concentration

Optional Parameters
Mass Fraction :
Nuclei Specific Concentration : Nuclei Specific Concentration
Option = Mass Concentration and Nuclei Concentration

Optional Parameters
Nuclei Concentration : Nuclei Concentration
Option = Value
Optional Parameters
Mass Fraction :
SOOT MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Sets parameters that control the soot model.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Magnussen
Option = Magnussen
Fuel Material : Main Fuel Material
Soot Material : Soot Material
Optional Parameters
Fuel Consumption Reaction : Main Fuel Consumption Reaction
Fuel Carbon Mass Fraction : Mass Fraction of Carbon in the Fuel
Soot Particle Mean Diameter : Mean Diameter of Soot Particles
Nuclei Formation Pre Exponential Factor : Pre Exponential Factor for Spontaneous
Nuclei Formation
Nuclei Formation Activation Temperature : Activation Temperature for Spontaneous
Nuclei Formation
Nuclei Linear Coefficient : Coefficient for linear source term in nuclei equation (f-g).
Nuclei Cross Coefficient : Coefficient for non-linear source term in nuclei equation (g0).
Soot Linear Coefficient : Coefficient for linear source term in soot equation (a).
Soot Cross Coefficient : Coefficient for non-linear source term in soot equation (b).
Fine Structure Length Coefficient : Fine structure length coefficient for Eddy Dissipation
Concept (EDC)
Fine Structure Velocity Coefficient : Fine structure velocity coefficient for Eddy
Dissipation Concept (EDC)
SOOT NUCLEI
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of Soot Nuclei.
Allowed Parameters
Option :


Optional Parameters
Option = Value
Optional Parameters
SOURCE POINT
Description
Named Object: Location and specification of a point source.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Default Parameters
Coord Frame :

Allowed Context Settings: Cartesian Coordinates

SOURCES
Description
Singleton Object: Holds the definition of sources for one or more equations.
Allowed Sub-Objects
EQUATION SOURCE : Specifies a source for the named equation. For mass equation use
option Fluid Mass Source, or Total Fluid Mass Source.
ENERGY SOURCE : Holds source values and linearisation coefficients for level mode
sources in the energy equation. NOTE - This feature has been superseded by the more
robust residual mode sources specified using the EQUATION SOURCE object.
EPSILON SOURCE : Holds source values and linearisation coefficients for level mode
sources in the turbulent eddy dissipation equation. NOTE - This feature has been
superseded by the more robust residual mode sources specified using the EQUATION
SOURCE object.
K SOURCE : Holds source values and linearisation coefficients for level mode sources in
the turbulent kinetic energy equation. NOTE - This feature has been superseded by the
more robust residual mode sources specified using the EQUATION SOURCE object.
MOMENTUM SOURCE : Holds source terms for momentum.
RADIATION SOURCE : Holds source terms for the radiation.
SPECIFIC HEAT CAPACITY
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies how specific heat capacity is calculated
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Value, NASA Format, Ideal Mixture, Zero Pressure
Polynomial, Redlich Kwong Polynomial
Option = Value
Optional Parameters
Specific Heat Type :
Option = NASA Format

TEMPERATURE LIMITS : Specifies temperature limits for the lower and upper regions of
a NASA SP-273 format Cp polynomial.
UPPER INTERVAL COEFFICIENTS : Specifies polynomial coefficients for NASA upper
temperature interval, NASA SP-273 format.
LOWER INTERVAL COEFFICIENTS : Specifies polynomial coefficients for NASA lower
temperature interval, NASA SP-273 format.
Optional Parameters
NASA Coefficient List :
Option = Redlich Kwong Polynomial

Zero Pressure a1 :
Zero Pressure a2 :
Zero Pressure a3 :
Zero Pressure a4 :
Zero Pressure a5 :
Optional Parameters
Option = Zero Pressure Polynomial

Zero Pressure a1 :
Zero Pressure a2 :
Zero Pressure a3 :
Zero Pressure a4 :
Zero Pressure a5 :
Optional Parameters
SPECIFIED MASS TRANSFER
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies the mass transfer rate explicitly.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Interfacial Mass Flux, Interfacial Mass Flow
Option = Interfacial Mass Flow

Fluid1to2 Mass Flow : Mass flow rate from first fluid to second.
Option = Interfacial Mass Flux

Fluid1to2 Mass Flux : mass flux from fluid 1 to 2
SPECTRAL BAND
Description
Named Object: Defines a spectral band for radiation.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Frequency, Wavelength in Vacuum, Wavenumber in Vacuum
Option = Frequency
Frequency Lower Limit :
Frequency Upper Limit :
Option = Wavelength in Vacuum

Wavelength Lower Limit :
Wavelength Upper Limit :
Option = Wavenumber in Vacuum

Wavenumber Lower Limit :
Wavenumber Upper Limit :
SPECTRAL MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the type of spectral model to be used in radiation.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Gray, Multiband, Multigray, Weighted Sum of Gray Gases
Option = Weighted Sum of Gray Gases
GRAY GAS : Sets the gray gas weighting method for radiation.
Option = Multigray
GRAY GAS : Sets the gray gas weighting method for radiation.
Option = Multiband
SPECTRAL BAND : Defines a spectral band for radiation.
STANDARD OBJECT
Description
Named Object: Defines named objects to ccl2flow
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Definition Method : Specifies definition method for object type.
Definition Path : Specifies ccl path to object definition.
Solver Type : Specifies MMS prefix for object type.
Search List : Specifies lookup patterns.
STATE
Description
Singleton Object: Stores parameters used by the readstate and savestate commands.
Allowed Parameters
State Filename : The name of the state file to which state data will be saved.
Optional Parameters
Read State Mode : This parameter indicates whether the current system state information
should be overwritten or appended to.
Save State Mode : This parameter indicates whether the state file should be overwritten if
it exists.
Load Data : This parameter indicates whether to load the results file or not if a DATA
READER object exists in the STATE File for a READSTATE action.
Save State Objects : A list of objects to save to the state file. If this list is empty, then all
user created objects will be saved.
STATIC PRESSURE
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of Static Pressure.
Allowed Parameters
Option :


Relative Pressure :
Option = Value
Relative Pressure :
STREAMWISE DIRECTION
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the streamwise direction
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Cartesian Components, Cylindrical Components


STREAMWISE LOSS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines streamwise loss model.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Allowed Context Settings: Permeability and Loss Coefficient, Linear and Quadratic
Resistance Coefficients, No Loss

Optional Parameters
Permeability :

Optional Parameters
SUBDOMAIN
Description
Named Object: Stores sources and other local modifications in a specific three dimensional
region.
Allowed Sub-Objects
MESH MOTION : Defines the motion of a mesh boundary. NOTE - Not fully supported by
the solver.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Default Parameters
Coord Frame :
SURFACE TENSION MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Sets parameters that control the surface tension force model at a free
surface interface.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Curvature Type : Method for curvature evaluation
Curvature Under Relaxation Factor : Curvature underrelaxation factor
Freestream Damping for Interface Normal :
Freestream Damping for Curvature :
Surface Tension Weighting Option : Specifies the weighting option for surface tension
forces.
Include Marangoni Force : Indicates whether tangential component of surface tension
force is included
Interface Delta Option : Specifies the indicator option for a free surface interface
Volume Fraction Smoothing Type : Method for smoothing volume fractions
coefficient

Allowed Context Settings: None, Continuum Surface Force
Option = Continuum Surface Force

Primary Fluid :
TABLE GENERATION
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Error Tolerance : Table generator relative error tolerance
Maximum Points : Maximum number of property table points
Temperature Extrapolation :
Pressure Extrapolation :
TEMPERATURE
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of Temperature.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Temperature :
Option = Value
Temperature :
TEMPERATURE DAMPING
Description
Singleton Object: Controls the relaxation/damping of temperature
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Temperature Damping
Option = Temperature Damping

Temperature Damping Limit : No damping applied if absolute temperature change smaller
than this.
TEMPERATURE LIMITS
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies temperature limits for the lower and upper regions of a NASA
SP-273 format Cp polynomial.
Allowed Parameters
Lower Temperature :
Midpoint Temperature :
Upper Temperature :
TEMPERATURE VARIANCE
Description
Singleton Object: Defines data specific to the Temperature Variance equation.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value, Temperature
Variance, Temperature Fluctuation, Fluctuation Level

Optional Parameters
Temperature Variance :
Temperature Fluctuation :
Fluctuation Level :
Option = Value
Optional Parameters
Fluctuation Level :
Option = Temperature Fluctuation
Option = Temperature Variance

Option = Fluctuation Level

Fluctuation Level :
THERMAL CONDUCTIVITY
Description
Singleton Object: Hold the details for an advanced descriptions of Thermal Conductivity.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Value, Ideal Mixture, Sutherlands Formula, Orthotropic
Cartesian Components, Orthotropic Cylindrical Components, Modified Eucken Model
Option = Sutherlands Formula

Reference Thermal Conductivity :
Sutherlands Constant :
Option = Value
Option = Orthotropic Cylindrical Components

Thermal Conductivity r Component : r component of orthotropic cylindrical thermal
conductivity
Thermal Conductivity Theta Component : Theta component of orthotropic cylindrical
thermal conductivity
Thermal Conductivity Axial Component : Axial component of orthotropic cylindrical
thermal conductivity
Option = Orthotropic Cartesian Components

Thermal Conductivity X Component : x component of orthotropic Cartesian thermal
conductivity
Thermal Conductivity Y Component : y component of orthotropic Cartesian thermal
conductivity
Thermal Conductivity Z Component : z component of orthotropic Cartesian thermal
conductivity
THERMAL RADIATION
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the conditions on Thermal Radiation at a boundary
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Particle Coupling :
Allowed Context Settings: Adiabatic, Radiation Intensity, External Blackbody
Temperature, Conservative Interface Flux, Local Temperature, Opaque, Radiative Heat
Flux
Option = External Blackbody Temperature

Option = Radiative Heat Flux

Radiative Heat Flux :
Option = Opaque
Diffuse Fraction :
Option = Radiation Intensity

THERMAL RADIATION CONTROL
Description
Singleton Object: Holds parameters and objects that control the solution of Thermal
Radiation.
Allowed Sub-Objects
COARSENING CONTROL : Holds parameters to control creation of the radiation coarse
grid.
RAY TRACING CONTROL : Controls details of the ray tracing algorithms for Monte Carlo
radiation.
variables.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
THERMAL RADIATION MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the Thermal Radiation model to be used in the domain.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Rosseland, P 1, Six Flux, Discrete Transfer, Monte
Carlo, Fluid Dependent
Option = Monte Carlo

SPECTRAL MODEL : Defines the type of spectral model to be used in radiation.
SCATTERING MODEL : Defines the thermal radiation scattering model
Optional Parameters
Number of Histories : Number of histories for Monte Carlo
Maximum Number of Histories : Maximum number of histories for Monte Carlo
Maximum Number of Photons : Maximum number of photons tracked simultaneously by
Monte Carlo
Number of Batches : Number of photon groups
Option = Discrete Transfer
Optional Parameters
Number of Rays : Number of rays for Discrete Transfer
Option = P 1
Option = Rosseland
Optional Parameters
Include Boundary Temperature Slip :
THIRD BODY TERM
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the Third Body (catalyst) term in a chemical reaction.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Default, Efficiency Factor List, Child Materials
Option = Efficiency Factor List
Materials List :
Efficiency Factor List :

Materials List :
TIME DURATION
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies the length of time to be simulated in a transient analysis.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Option :
Timesteps :
Timesteps for the Run :

Allowed Context Settings: Total Time, Time per run, Maximum Number of Timesteps,
Number of Timesteps per Run
Option = Number of Timesteps per Run

Number of Timesteps per Run :
Option = Time per run

Time per run :
Option = Maximum Number of Timesteps
Maximum Number of Timesteps :
Option = Total Time

Total Time :
TIME STEPS
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies the time steps for a transient run.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Adaptive, Timesteps, Timesteps for the Run
Option = Timesteps
Timesteps :
Option = Adaptive
TIMESTEP ADAPTION : Controls method for adaption of timestep size.
Initial Timestep : Initial timestep for adaptive time stepping.
Timestep Update Frequency :
First Update Time : Adaptive timestepping starts at this time value.
Option = Timesteps for the Run
Timesteps for the Run :
TIMESTEP ADAPTION
Description
Singleton Object: Controls method for adaption of timestep size.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Number of Coefficient Loops, RMS Courant Number, MAX
Courant Number
Option = MAX Courant Number

Courant Number : Courant number used for adaptive timestep calculation
Maximum Timestep :
Minimum Timestep :
Optional Parameters
Decreasing Relaxation Factor : Used to under relax the timestep when using adaptive
timestepping and the timestep is decreasing
Increasing Relaxation Factor : Used to under relax the timestep when using adaptive
timestepping
Option = Number of Coefficient Loops

Maximum Timestep :
Minimum Timestep :
Target Maximum Coefficient Loops :
Target Minimum Coefficient Loops :
Timestep Decrease Factor :
Timestep Increase Factor :
Option = RMS Courant Number

Courant Number : Courant number used for adaptive timestep calculation
Maximum Timestep :
Minimum Timestep :
Optional Parameters
Decreasing Relaxation Factor : Used to under relax the timestep when using adaptive
timestepping and the timestep is decreasing
Increasing Relaxation Factor : Used to under relax the timestep when using adaptive
timestepping
TRANSFORM
Description
Named Object:
Allowed Sub-Objects
MESH TRANSFORMATION : This object contains user info necessary to generate a mesh
Allowed Parameters
Transform Action : The action that will cause the appropriate transform to occur.
TRANSIENT RESULTS
Description
Named Object: Sets the frequency and contents of intermediate transient results files.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Time List :
Time Interval :

Allowed Context Settings: Selected Variables, Full, Standard, Boundary Only

file
Optional Parameters
CFX-Post.
files.
Option = Boundary Only

Option = Full
Optional Parameters
CFX-Post.
files.
Option = Standard
Optional Parameters
CFX-Post.
files.
TRANSIENT SCHEME
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the discretisation algorithm for the transient term.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: First Order Backward Euler, Second Order Backward Euler,
High Resolution, Compressive
Option = High Resolution

Optional Parameters
Option = Second Order Backward Euler

Optional Parameters
Timestep Initialisation Option : Method for initialising the solution within a timestep
TRANSIENT STATISTICS
Description
Named Object: Specifies the running statistics to be maintained during a transient analysis.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Start Iteration List :
Stop Iteration List :

Allowed Context Settings: Minimum, Maximum, Standard Deviation, Arithmetic Average,
Root Mean Square, Full
TRANSITION ONSET CORRELATION
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the correlation for onset of transition.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Langtry Menter, User Defined, AbuGhannam Shaw, Mayle
Transition Onset Reynolds Number : Transition onset momentum thickness Reynolds
number (Re_theta,c)
TRANSITIONAL INTERMITTENCY
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initial and boundary conditions for turbulence intermittency.
Allowed Parameters
Option :


Intermittency : Turbulence Intermittency (Gamma)
Option = Value
TRANSITIONAL RETHETAT
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initial and boundary conditions for turbulence transition onset
momentum thickness Reynolds number.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value, Transition
Onset Correlation

number (Re_theta,c)
Option = Value
number (Re_theta,c)
TRANSITIONAL TURBULENCE
Description
Singleton Object: Defines the model for transitional turbulence.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Fully Turbulent, Specified Intermittency, Gamma Model,
Gamma Theta Model
Option = Gamma Model

INTERMITTENCY COEFFICIENTS : Controls model coefficients for the turbulence
intermittency equation.
number (Re_theta,c)
Optional Parameters
Transition Model Revision : Revision number of the transition model (0=original model,
1=first revision)
Option = Gamma Theta Model

TRANSITION ONSET CORRELATION : Defines the correlation for onset of transition.
INTERMITTENCY COEFFICIENTS : Controls model coefficients for the turbulence
intermittency equation.
RETHETAT COEFFICIENTS : Controls model coefficients for the transport equation of the
turbulence transition onset momentum thickness Reynolds number.
Optional Parameters
Transition Model Revision : Revision number of the transition model (0=original model,
1=first revision)
Option = Specified Intermittency

TRANSVERSE LOSS
Description
Singleton Object: Defines transverse loss model.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Streamwise Coefficient Multiplier, Permeability and Loss
Coefficient, Linear and Quadratic Resistance Coefficients, No Loss

Optional Parameters
Permeability :

Optional Parameters
Option = Streamwise Coefficient Multiplier

Streamwise Coefficient Multiplier :
TURBULENCE
Description
Singleton Object: Sets conditions on turbulence at a boundary.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Default Intensity and Autocompute Length Scale, Intensity and
Auto Compute Length, Intensity and Length Scale, Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio, Low
Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio, Medium Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio, High
Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio, k and Epsilon, k and Omega, Reynolds Stresses and
Length Scale, Reynolds Stresses and Eddy Viscosity Ratio, Reynolds Stresses and
Epsilon, Conservative Interface Flux, Kinematic Eddy Viscosity, Zero Gradient
Option = k and Omega
k:
Omega :

Optional Parameters
Option = Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio

Option = Intensity and Length Scale

Eddy Length Scale :
Option = High Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio

Optional Parameters
Option = Intensity and Auto Compute Length

Optional Parameters
Option = Medium Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio

Optional Parameters
Option = Reynolds Stresses and Epsilon

uu :
vv :
ww :
uv :
uw :
vw :
Epsilon :
Option = Reynolds Stresses and Eddy Viscosity Ratio

uu :
vv :
ww :
uv :
uw :
vw :
Option = Kinematic Eddy Viscosity

Kinematic Eddy Viscosity :
Option = k and Epsilon

k:
Epsilon :
Option = Low Intensity and Eddy Viscosity Ratio

Optional Parameters
Option = Reynolds Stresses and Length Scale

uu :
vv :
ww :
uv :
uw :
vw :
Eddy Length Scale :
TURBULENCE CONTROL
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the iteration number when the solver switches from Zero Equation
turbulence model to the full turbulence model.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
TURBULENCE MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies the turbulence model to be used for each fluid in a fluid
domain.
Allowed Sub-Objects
FREE STREAM TURBULENCE : Sets the level of background turbulence for a turbulence
model. NOTE - This is a Beta CCL-only feature.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Laminar, Zero Equation, MIT CFD0 Zero Equation, Dispersed
Phase Zero Equation, LES Smagorinsky, Eddy Viscosity Transport Equation, k epsilon,
RNG k epsilon, k omega, BSL, SST, DES SST, Reynolds Stress, SSG Reynolds Stress, QI
Reynolds Stress, Omega Reynolds Stress, BSL Reynolds Stress, Fluid Dependent
Option = Reynolds Stress

BUOYANCY TURBULENCE : Controls turbulence production and dissipation due to
buoyancy.
EPSILON COEFFICIENTS : Controls model coefficients for the Turbulence Eddy
Dissipation transport equation.
Optional Parameters
Eddy Viscosity : Specify eddy viscosity for zero-equation turbulence model. Omission of
this parameter implies the default formula.
BC TKI Factor : Factor for turbulence intensity for "Autocompute Length" turbulence BC"s
Cmu Coefficient : Cmu turbulence model coefficient
Option = MIT CFD0 Zero Equation

Optional Parameters
Option = k omega
buoyancy.
equation.
transport equation.
Optional Parameters
BetaStar Coefficient : BetaStar k-Omega or SMC-Omega turbulence model coefficient
Production Clip Factor : Turbulence production clip factor
Compressible Production : 1.0=analytical; 3.0=bounded for shocks (compressible
turbulence production factor)
Option = k epsilon
buoyancy.
equation.
Optional Parameters
Limit Turbulent Timescale : Limit k/eps scale for k and epsilon equations.
Option = DES SST

buoyancy.
K OMEGA REGIME : Controls Menter turbulence model coefficients for the k-Omega
regime.
K EPSILON REGIME : Controls Menter turbulence model coefficients for the k-Epsilon
regime.
DES COEFFICIENTS : Controls blending between LES and RANS for DES turbulence
model.
Optional Parameters
A1 Coefficient : A1 SST turbulence model coefficient
Option = Eddy Viscosity Transport Equation

VISKTRB COEFFICIENTS : Controls model coefficients for the Eddy Viscosity transport
equation.
Optional Parameters
Aplus Coefficient : A+ KE1E turbulence model coefficient
Option = BSL
buoyancy.
regime.
regime.
TRANSITIONAL TURBULENCE : Defines the model for transitional turbulence.
Optional Parameters
Option = Zero Equation

Optional Parameters
Eddy Length Scale :
Velocity Scale :
Option = RNG k epsilon

buoyancy.
equation.
RNG EPSILON COEFFICIENTS : Controls model coefficients for the Turbulence Eddy
Dissipation transport equation (RNG model).
Optional Parameters
Limit Turbulent Timescale : Limit k/eps scale for k and epsilon equations.
Option = Omega Reynolds Stress

buoyancy.
transport equation.
Optional Parameters
Option = SSG Reynolds Stress

buoyancy.
RS COEFFICIENTS : Controls model coefficients for the Reynolds Stress transport
equations (general pressure strain formulation).
Optional Parameters
Option = QI Reynolds Stress

buoyancy.
RS COEFFICIENTS : Controls model coefficients for the Reynolds Stress transport
equations (general pressure strain formulation).
Optional Parameters
Option = BSL Reynolds Stress

buoyancy.
RS OMEGA REGIME : Controls Menter turbulence model coefficients for the Reynolds
Stress-Omega regime.
RS EPSILON REGIME : Controls Menter turbulence model coefficients for the Reynolds
Stress-Epsilon regime.
Optional Parameters
Option = LES Smagorinsky

TURBULENCE WALL DAMPING : Sets the turbulence wall damping model.
Optional Parameters
Smagorinsky Model Constant :
Option = Dispersed Phase Zero Equation

Optional Parameters
Eddy Viscosity Prandtl Number : Specify eddy viscosity Prandtl number for dispersed
phase zero-equation turbulence model. Omission of this parameter implies the default
value.
Option = SST
buoyancy.
regime.
regime.
TRANSITIONAL TURBULENCE : Defines the model for transitional turbulence.
Optional Parameters
A1 Coefficient : A1 SST turbulence model coefficient
TURBULENCE TRANSFER
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies turbulence transfer between two phases.
Allowed Sub-Objects
ENHANCED TURBULENCE PRODUCTION MODEL : Model settings for multiphase
enhanced turbulence production.
TURBULENCE WALL DAMPING
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the turbulence wall damping model.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: None, Van Driest, Piomelli
Option = Van Driest

Optional Parameters
Damping Factor : Damping Factor for turbulence wall function damping
Option = Piomelli
Optional Parameters
Damping Factor : Damping Factor for turbulence wall function damping
TURBULENT DISPERSION FORCE
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies that turbulent dispersion should be included in momentum
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
coefficient

Allowed Context Settings: None, Favre Averaged Drag Force, Lopez de Bertodano,
Particle Dispersion
Option = Lopez de Bertodano
Turbulent Dispersion Coefficient : Coefficient for turbulent dispersion force in interfluid
momentum transfer.
Option = Favre Averaged Drag Force

Turbulent Dispersion Coefficient : Coefficient for turbulent dispersion force in interfluid
momentum transfer.
TURBULENT FLUX CLOSURE
Description
Singleton Object: Controls the turbulent flux closure for a transport equation.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Eddy Diffusivity, Anisotropic Diffusion, Transport Equation
Option = Anisotropic Diffusion

Optional Parameters
Anisotropic Diffusion Coefficient : Coefficient for anisotropic turbulent diffusion for
Turbulent Flux Closure
Cross Derivative Weighting : Weighting of cross derivatives for anisotropic turbulent
diffusion for Turbulent Flux Closure
Option = Eddy Diffusivity

Optional Parameters
Turbulent Prandtl Number : Turbulent Prandtl number for energy
Anisotropic Diffusion Coefficient : Coefficient for anisotropic turbulent diffusion for
Turbulent Flux Closure
TURBULENT WALL FUNCTIONS
Description
Singleton Object: Sets the turbulent near-wall treatment at a boundary.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Kappa Coefficient : Turbulent wall function log-law coefficient Kappa
C Coefficient : Turbunt wall function log-law coefficient C
Near Wall Distance Factor : Omega models=2.0; other models=0.5 (scaling factor for near
wall distance)
Energy Calibration Coefficient : Temperature log-law coefficient CTROUGH1 for rough
walls
High Speed Model :

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Scalable, Standard, User Defined, Default

Wall Function Transfer Coefficient : Wall Function Transfer Coefficient
Option = Scalable
Optional Parameters
Minimum Yplus : Scalable wall function (log-law) minimum y+ value
ULTIMATE ANALYSIS
Description
Singleton Object: Ultimate hydrocarbon fuel analysis
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: As Received
Option = As Received
Carbon Fraction : Carbon elements mass fraction
Hydrogen Fraction : Hydrogen elements mass fraction
Oxygen Fraction : Oxygen elements mass fraction
Nitrogen Fraction : Nitrogen elements mass fraction
Chlorine Fraction : Chlorine elements mass fraction
Sulphur Fraction : Sulphur elements mass fraction
UNIT SYSTEM
Description
Singleton Object: This object stores the preferred units.
Allowed Parameters
Preferred Units System : This specifies the Units System to use.
Optional Parameters
Update Units to Preferred : This logical indicates whether all displayed units should always
be updated to display the preferred units. If this is "false", quantities will be converted to
preferred types.
Custom Units Setting : This is a comma delimited list of Quantities and their selected units
for the Custom Units Setting. The list will contain both Quantities and the units: e.g.
Acceleration, m s^-2, Angle, radian, ...
UPPER INTERVAL COEFFICIENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies polynomial coefficients for NASA upper temperature interval,
NASA SP-273 format.
Allowed Parameters
NASA a1 :
NASA a2 :
NASA a3 :
NASA a4 :
NASA a5 :
NASA a6 :
NASA a7 :
USER
Description
Singleton Object: Object that stores user-defined parameters for use in user defined
functions or junction box routines.
USER ROUTINE
Description
Named Object: Sets parameters that control the execution of a user-defined subroutine.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Calling Name : Symbolic name for user routine. For FORTRAN routines, this name should
be lower case.
Library Name : Name of shared library for entry point "Calling Name".
Library Path : Directory path for shared object library directories for each platform required.

Allowed Context Settings: User CEL Function, Junction Box Routine, Particle User
Routine
Option = Junction Box Routine

Junction Box Location : Locations in solver where junction box routines are to be called.
USER ROUTINE DEFINITIONS
Description
Singleton Object: Contains definitions for user routines.
Allowed Sub-Objects
USER ROUTINE : Sets parameters that control the execution of a user-defined subroutine.
VARIABLE
Description
Named Object: Specification of internal details for internal solver and expression language
variables.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Internal Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Definition, Value, Cartesian Vector Components, Symmetric
Tensor Components
Option = Value
Optional Parameters
Value :
Option = Definition
Optional Parameters
Variable Class : Solver variable class
Default Vulnerability : Default vulnerability for non-permanent solver data.
MMS Name :
Long Name :
Status :
Component Short Names :
Component Long Names :
Component MMS Names :
Component Bounds Flag :
Component Upper Bounds :
Component Lower Bounds :
Component Clip Factors :
Bounds Violation Action : Tells the solver what action to take if the variable exceeds its
bounds.
CEL Root : For internal solver use only. Locates CEL definition of a VARIABLE within solver
data structures.
General Availability :
Physical Availability :
Boundary Only Field : Specifies if a variable only exists on a boundary.
Field Variable :
Variable Description :
Variable Scope :
Default Parameters
Tensor Type :
Quantity :
User Level :
Output to Jobfile :
Output to Postprocessor :
Option = Symmetric Tensor Components

Optional Parameters
xxValue : Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant
units.
yyValue : Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant
units.
zzValue : Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant
units.
xyValue : Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant
units.
xzValue : Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant
units.
yzValue : Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in relevant
units.
Option = Cartesian Vector Components

Optional Parameters
xValue : Input expression for vector VARIABLE component value in relevant units.
yValue : Input expression for vector VARIABLE component value in relevant units.
zValue : Input expression for vector VARIABLE component value in relevant units.
VELOCITY
Description
Singleton Object: Sets velocity part of mass and momentum boundary condition
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Normal Speed, Cylindrical Velocity Components, Cartesian
Velocity Components, Mass Flow Rate, Restitution Coefficient
Option = Restitution Coefficient

Optional Parameters
Perpendicular Coefficient of Restitution :
Parallel Coefficient of Restitution :

Mass Flow Rate :
Option = Cylindrical Velocity Components

Option = Cartesian Velocity Components
U:
V:
W:
Option = Normal Speed

Normal Speed :
VELOCITY PRESSURE COUPLING
Description
Singleton Object: Defines discretisation details for velocity/pressure coupling.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Rhie Chow Option : Rhie Chow Option
Gradient Type :
Minimum Blend Factor :
Lag Transient Term :
Volume Fraction Weighting Method :
Volume Fraction Averaging Type : Method to average volume fractions to elements
Momentum Source Darcy Blending : Specifies if the mass flow discretization explicitly
blends to Darcy"s law.
Multiphase Rhie Chow Option : Multiphase Rhie Chow Option
Free Surface Reduction : Reduces fourth-order redistribution terms near free surface
interfaces
Free Surface Reduction Factor1 : Reduction factor based on local volume fraction
difference
Free Surface Reduction Factor2 : Reduction factor based on vertex volume fraction
gradient
Shock Reduction : Reduces fourth-order redistribution terms near shocks
Shock Reduction Factor : Shock reduction factor
VERTEX VARIABLE SMOOTHING
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Raw, Smooth
VIEWER
Description
Singleton Object: This object stores the viewport settings.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Camera Mode : Defines the current viewer camera mode. It can be either Standard
(specified by Standard View parameter) or User Specified, in which case a CAMERA object
has to be defined and specified in User Camera parameter.
User Camera : Defines the CAMERA object that is used to set up the camera view in the
viewer (Note that Camera Mode has to be set to User Specified for this parameter to have
effect).
Standard View : Defines one of the standard views in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode
has to be set to Standard for this parameter to have effect).
Background Colour : Defines the R, G and B values for the viewer background colour.
Projection : Defines the current projection mode in the viewer. It can be either Perspective
or Orthographic.
Axis Visibility : Toggles the axis visibility in the viewport.
Ruler Visibility : Toggles the ruler visibility in the viewport.
Border Visibility : Toggles the viewport border visibility in the viewer.
Light Angle : Defines the viewer light angles in degrees. The first angle goes from left (0)
to right (180), and the second goes from up (0) to down (180).
Clip Scene : Toggles the scene clipping plane in the viewer.
Clip Plane : Defines the CLIP PLANE object that is used for scene clipping.
Object Type List : Specifies the list of object types to show in this viewport. If left empty
(and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown.
Object Name List : Specifies the list of objects to show in this viewport. If left empty, all
objects are shown.
Coord Transform : Specifies the coordinate transformation to apply to all objects shown in
this viewport.
Maximize Viewport : If set to true, this viewport will be maximized to fill up the screen,
regardless of the viewport layout.
Highlight Type : Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a
wireframe of the object.
VIEWPORT
Description
Named Object: This object stores the viewport settings.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
effect).
or Orthographic.
Border Visibility : Toggles the viewport border visibility in the viewer.
objects are shown.
this viewport.
Highlight Type : Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a
VIEWPORT MANAGER
Description
Singleton Object: This object stores the parameters that control the global viewport
controls.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Viewport Layout : Specifies the layout of viewports.
Viewport Order : Specifies the viewport order to be used in the layout.
Viewport List : Specifies the list of viewports to be used in the layout.
X Split : The normalized location of the vertical viewport splitter.
Y Split : The normalized location of the horizontal viewport splitter.
Background Type : Specifies the type of background to use in the viewer.
Background Colour Type : Specifies the type of background colour gradient to use in the
viewer.
Background Image Type : The type of image to use.
Background Image : The predefined image to use
Background Image File : The image file to use for the viewer background.
Background Image Mapping : Flat - image is mapped as a flat background; Spherical -
image is mapped to a background sphere (must have 2x1 width to height pixel ratio)
Background Colour 2 : Defines the R, G and B values for the second viewer background
colour (used for gradients)
Global Edge Colour : Defines the global colour used for mesh edges
Global Text Colour : Defines the global colour used for Text objects
Maximized Viewport : If set to a viewport number (1-4), the viewport will be resized to fill
up the screen, regardless of the viewport layout.
VIRTUAL MASS FORCE
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies that virtual mass force should be included in momentum
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
Particle Coupling :
coefficient

Allowed Context Settings: None, Virtual Mass Coefficient
Option = Virtual Mass Coefficient

Virtual Mass Coefficient :
VISKTRB
Description
Singleton Object: Defines initialisation of turbulent eddy viscosity when running the ke-1e
turbulence model which solves for turbulent eddy viscosity. NOTE - This is a Beta solver
feature.
Allowed Parameters
Option :


Option = Value
VISKTRB COEFFICIENTS
Description
Singleton Object: Controls model coefficients for the Eddy Viscosity transport equation.
Allowed Sub-Objects
equation.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
C3 Coefficient : C3 KE1E turbulence model coefficient
VOLATILES MOLAR MASS
Description
Singleton Object: Volatiles average molar mass
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Use Material Definition, Value
Option = Value
Molar Mass :
VOLATILES RELEASE
Description
Singleton Object: Volatiles data used by hydrocarbon fuel model
Allowed Sub-Objects
VOLATILES MOLAR MASS : Volatiles average molar mass
Allowed Parameters
Enhancement of Yield : Enhancement of volatiles yield for rapid heating
VOLUME FRACTION
Description
Singleton Object: Sets boundary condition or initial condition on volume fraction
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Automatic with Value, Default, Value, Zero
Gradient

Volume Fraction :
Option = Value
Volume Fraction :

Optional Parameters
VOLUME POROSITY
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Value
Option = Value
Volume Porosity : Volume of void divided by total volume
WALL ADHESION
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies surface tension wall conditions at a boundary.
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Allowed Context Settings: None, Adhesive
Option = Adhesive
Wall Contact Angle : Contact angle for surface tension adhesion at a wall.
WALL CONTACT AREA
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies fluid-wall contact area for a given fluid under the WALL
CONTACT MODEL: Option=Specify Area Fraction.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Area Fraction, Constraint
Option = Area Fraction

Area Fraction :
WALL CONTACT MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies model for fluid-wall contact and bulk boundary conditions at
walls in multi-fluid flow.
Allowed Sub-Objects
WALL INFLUENCE ON FLOW : Specifies wall velocity or slip conditions at a boundary.
WALL ROUGHNESS : Sets wall roughness on a wall boundary condition.
HEAT TRANSFER : Specifies heat transfer conditions at a boundary.
TURBULENCE : Sets conditions on turbulence at a boundary.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Use Volume Fraction, Specify Area Fraction
WALL INFLUENCE ON FLOW
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies wall velocity or slip conditions at a boundary.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: No Slip, Free Slip
Option = Free Slip

Optional Parameters
Include Normal Viscous Force : Indicates whether normal viscous force is included at slip
walls
Option = No Slip
WALL VELOCITY : Specifies the velocity of a no-slip wall.
Optional Parameters
Wall Velocity Relative To : Sets whether wall velocities are evaluated relative to the
specified boundary frame or the mesh motion. This is only used for moving mesh cases.
WALL LUBRICATION FORCE
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies that wall lubrication force should be included in momentum
Allowed Parameters
Option :
Optional Parameters
coefficient

Allowed Context Settings: None, Antal
Option = Antal
Lubrication Coefficient C1 : Coefficient C1 for wall lubrication force in interfluid
momentum transfer.
Lubrication Coefficient C2 : Coefficient C2 for wall lubrication force in interfluid
momentum transfer.
WALL ROUGHNESS
Description
Singleton Object: Sets wall roughness on a wall boundary condition.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Smooth Wall, Rough Wall, Grooved Wall
Option = Grooved Wall

Groove Direction X Component :
Groove Direction Y Component :
Groove Direction Z Component :
Option = Rough Wall

Roughness Height :
WALL SCALE
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies initial conditions for the wall scale equation.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Automatic, Value, Automatic with Value

Wall Scale :
Option = Value
Wall Scale :
WALL SLIP MODEL
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies a wall slip model. NOTE - This is a Beta CCL-only feature.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Power Law
Option = Power Law

Wall Slip Velocity :
Critical Stress :
Slip Power :
Optional Parameters
Pressure Coefficient :
Normalising Stress :
WALL VELOCITY
Description
Singleton Object: Specifies the velocity of a no-slip wall.
Allowed Parameters
Option :

Allowed Context Settings: Cartesian Components, Cylindrical Components, Counter
Rotating Wall, Rotating Wall

Wall U :
Wall V :
Wall W :
Option = Rotating Wall

Angular Velocity : Rotating speed for a rotating domain or wall
Wall Velocity r Component :
Wall Velocity Theta Component :
Wall Velocity Axial Component :
WRITE CASE FILE
Description
Singleton Object: Holds parameters which control the creation of a case file and
subsequent actions.
Allowed Parameters
Operation : What operation is performed when writing or saving a case file.
Optional Parameters
Case Filename : The filename to which the case data will be written.
Is Sim Closing : if the simulation is being closed, a record of it is stored in the cfx file.
Is A Copy : used when doing saveAs.
CCL Parameters
A1 Coefficient
Description: A1 SST turbulence model coefficient
Parameter Type: Real
Default Value: 0.31
Quantity Type: Dimensionless
Absolute Pressure
Default Value: 1 [bar]
Quantity Type: Pressure
Absolute Transformation
Description: Stores the 4x4 matrix that relates original mesh definition and final position,
orientation, and size. First nine values are the upper left 3x3 matrix and the last 3 values are
the first 3 values of the right-most column.
Parameter Type: Real List
Default Value: 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0
Absorption Coefficient
Description: The Absorption Coefficient for a Gray Gas
Default Value: 1.0 [m^-1]
Quantity Type: Inverse Length
Absorption Diameter
Default Value: 1.0E30 [m]
Quantity Type: Length
Acentric Factor
Activate Adaption
Parameter Type: Logical
Default Value: On
Activation Energy
Description: Activation Energy of a reaction.
Quantity Type: Molar Energy
Activation Temperature
Description: Activation Temperature of a reaction.
Quantity Type: Temperature
Adapt To Geometry
Default Value: Off
Adaption Target Residual

Default Value: 0.001
Additional Materials List

Parameter Type: String List
Additional Variable Flux

Description: Additional Variable Flux value.
Quantity Type: Additional Variable
Additional Variable Source

Description: Additional Variable Source value.
Additional Variable Source Coefficient

Description: Additional Variable Source Coefficient value.
Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient

Description: Bulk interphase transfer coefficient for additional variables.
Quantity Type: Equation
Additional Variable User Flux

Description: Additional Variable Flux value as defined by a user-defined function. NOTE -
This is a CCL-only feature.
Additional Variable User Flux Coefficient

Description: Additional Variable Flux Coefficient value as defined by a user-defined
function. NOTE - This is a CCL-only feature.
Additional Variable Value

Description: Additional Variable Value
Agglomerate Control Surfaces

Description: The type of agglomeration used when grouping integration point control
surfaces after calculating the intersection
Parameter Type: String
Allowed Values: None, Control Volume Faces, Element Faces
Default Value: None
Allow Large Group Coalescence

Description: Specifies whether coalescence between two groups is permitted if the total
mass exceeds the mass of the largest group
Default Value: No
Allow Musig Fluids

Default Value: Off
Alpha Coefficient
Description: Alpha Omega equation coefficient
Alternate Rotation Model

Description: Specifies if the Alternate Rotation Model is active.
Default Value: No
Angle End
Description: Second point used to calculate angle
Angle Start
Description: First point used to calculate angle
Angle Units
Description: Angle Units
Default Value: [rad]
Angle of Maximum Erosion

Default Value: 25.0 [deg]
Quantity Type: Angle
Angles List
Angular Velocity
Description: Rotating speed for a rotating domain or wall
Quantity Type: Angular Velocity
Anisotropic Diffusion Coefficient

Description: Coefficient for anisotropic turbulent diffusion for Turbulent Flux Closure
Default Value: 0.22
Anisotropy
Description: Coefficient in Linear Anisotropy Scattering Phase Function
Default Value: 0.0
Antialiasing
Description: Enables the antialiasing of the graphics (smooth edges).
Default Value: On
Antoine Enthalpic Coefficient B

Description: Data for Antoine vapour pressure equation.
Antoine Pressure Scale

Description: Units of pressure for Antoine vapour pressure equation.
Default Value: 1 [Pa]
Antoine Reference State Constant A

Antoine Temperature Offset C

Aplus Coefficient
Description: A+ KE1E turbulence model coefficient
Default Value: 13.5
Apply Reflection
Description: Toggles reflection in the transformation.
Default Value: false
Apply Rotation
Description: Toggles rotation in the transformation.
Default Value: true
Apply Translation
Description: Toggles translation in the transformation.
Area Density Reduction Exponent

Description: Exponent for reducing unclipped area density for high volume fractions. Used
for nondrag forces only.
Default Value: 5.
Area Fraction
Description: Contact area fraction of a phase at a wall.
Argument Units
Description: The list of arguments units in the user-defined function.
Argument Variables List
Ash Fraction
Description: Ash mass fraction
Ash Material
Description: Ash material
Default Value: Ash
Assembly Name
Description: Name of assembly, for 5.6 assume only one, 1:1 mesh:assembly relationship.
Assembly Naming Strategy

Description: The naming strategy applied to assemblies on loading a mesh file.
Default Value: Assembly
Associated Assemblies
Description: The names of the mesh assemblies that are imported as part of this mesh file.
Associated Composites
Description: The names of the composite regions that are imported as part of this mesh
file.
Auxiliary Fluids List
Description: NOTE - This is a CCL-only feature.
Axis
Description: The axis specification for directional quantitative calculations.
Axis 3 Point
Description: A point on the 3rd (Z) Axis of a coordinate frame.
Parameter Type: Real Triplet
Default Value: 0.0[m],0.0[m],0.0[m]
Axis Visibility
Description: Toggles the axis visibility in the viewport.
Default Value: true
Axis of Rotation
Description: Specifies the principal axis used in instance rotation.
Allowed Values: X, Y, Z
Default Value: Z
BC TKI Factor
Description: Factor for turbulence intensity for "Autocompute Length" turbulence BC"s
BF1 Blend Factor
Description: DES turbulence model blending coefficient
Default Value: 0.0
BF2 Blend Factor

Default Value: 1.0
Background Colour
Description: Defines the R, G and B values for the viewer background colour.
Default Value: 0, 0.5, 1
Background Colour 2
Description: Defines the R, G and B values for the second viewer background colour (used
for gradients)
Default Value: 1, 1, 1
Background Colour Type

Description: Specifies the type of background colour gradient to use in the viewer.
Allowed Values: Solid, Top-Bottom Gradient, Left-Right Gradient, Diagonal Gradient
Default Value: Top-Bottom Gradient
Background Image
Description: The predefined image to use
Allowed Values: Mountains, Earth West, Earth East
Default Value: Mountains
Background Image File

Description: The image file to use for the viewer background.
Background Image Mapping

Description: Flat - image is mapped as a flat background; Spherical - image is mapped to
a background sphere (must have 2x1 width to height pixel ratio)
Allowed Values: Flat, Spherical
Default Value: Flat
Background Image Type

Description: The type of image to use.
Allowed Values: Predefined, Custom
Default Value: Predefined
Background Type
Description: Specifies the type of background to use in the viewer.
Allowed Values: Colour, Image
Default Value: Colour
Ballast Fluid
Description: Specified which fluid of a multiphase case has an implied volume fraction.
Base Emissivity
Description: Surface Emissivity of Bulk Material
Default Value: 1.
Beta Coefficient
Description: Beta turbulence model coefficient
BetaStar Coefficient
Description: BetaStar k-Omega or SMC-Omega turbulence model coefficient
Default Value: 0.09
Binary Material1
Description: First material in a homogeneous binary mixture
Binary Material2
Description: First material in a homogeneous binary mixture
Binary Mixture Material

Description: Binary mixture material
Default Value: HC Fuel Gas Binary Mixture
Bitmap Resolution
Description: Bitmap resolution to use on a mesh face when calculating the mesh
intersection for a nonmatched domain interface.
Parameter Type: Integer
Default Value: 100
Blackbody Temperature
Description: Blackbody Temperature at a radiative boundary
Blend Emissivity
Description: Surface Emissivity of Reference Material
Default Value: 1.
Blend Factor
Description: Specifies the blend between pure UDS (0.0) and second order (1.0)
discretisation.
Default Value: 1.0
Blend Factor Relaxation

Description: Under-relaxation factor for the NAC term multiplier
Default Value: 0.25
Blend Factor Relaxation Option

Description: Relaxation option (1=always, 2=increasing only)
Default Value: 2
Blend Mach Number Type

Description: Controls how the Mach number is calculated that is used in the Mach blending
for mixed type inlets.
Allowed Values: Normal Speed, Local Speed
Default Value: Normal Speed
Body Force Averaging Type

Description: Method to average body forces to elements
Allowed Values: Volume-Weighted,Harmonic,Arithmetic,None
Boiling Temperature
Border Visibility
Description: Toggles the viewport border visibility in the viewer.
Boundary List
Description: A comma delimited list of locator names.
Boundary List1
Description: The list of boundaries on side one of a domain interface.
Boundary List2
Description: The list of boundaries on side two of a domain interface.
Boundary Only Field

Description: Specifies if a variable only exists on a boundary.
Default Value: No
Boundary Type
Description: Type of the boundary.
Allowed Values: OPEN, INLET, OUTLET, OPENING, OPEN MIXED, WALL, SYMMETRY,
PERIODIC, INTERFACE
Bounded Volume Fraction Linearisation

Description: Determines whether IPMT terms are linearised to keep volume fractions
bounded.
Bounds Violation Action

Description: Tells the solver what action to take if the variable exceeds its bounds.
Allowed Values: Silent, Warn, Stop
Breakup Coefficient
Description: Calibration factor for the breakup rate
Default Value: 1.0
Breakup Factor Integration Option

Description: Controls the details of the integration over df_BV
Allowed Values: Lower Mass, Middle Mass, None
Default Value: Lower Mass
Breakup Rate
Description: Breakup Rate for the MUSIG model
Quantity Type: Per Time
Buoyancy Coalescence Coefficient

Description: Calibration factor for the buoyancy coalescence rate
Default Value: 1.0
Buoyancy Reference Density

Description: Buoyancy Reference Density
Quantity Type: Density
Buoyancy Reference Temperature

Description: Buoyancy Reference Temperature
C Coefficient
Description: Turbunt wall function log-law coefficient C
Default Value: 5.2
C1 Coefficient
Description: C1 turbulence model coefficient
C2 Coefficient
Description: C2 turbulence model coefficient
C3 Coefficient
Description: C3 KE1E turbulence model coefficient
CAB Bag Breakup Factor

Default Value: 0.05
CCL Setup Debug Level

CEL Root
Description: For internal solver use only. Locates CEL definition of a VARIABLE within
solver data structures.
CFX Pre Version

Description: CFX-Pre version identifier as used in session files.
CI1 Coefficient
Description: CI1 intermittency equation coefficient
Default Value: 0.03
CI2 Coefficient
Default Value: 50.0
CI3 Coefficient
Default Value: 0.5
CTHETA Coefficient
Description: CTHETA coefficient of the transport equation for the turbulence transition
onset momentum thickness Reynolds number.
Default Value: 0.03
CallBack Name
Description: Callback name for functions.
Calling Name
Description: Symbolic name for user routine. For FORTRAN routines, this name should be
lower case.
Camera Mode
Description: Defines the current viewer camera mode. It can be either Standard (specified
by Standard View parameter) or User Specified, in which case a CAMERA object has to be
defined and specified in User Camera parameter.
Allowed Values: Standard, User Specified
Default Value: Standard
Carbon Dioxide Material
Description: Carbon dioxide material
Default Value: CO2
Carbon Fraction
Description: Carbon elements mass fraction
Cartesian Coordinates
Description: Position <x,y,z
Case Filename
Description: The filename to which the case data will be written.
Default Value: default.cfx
Catalogue Memory Factor

Description: Increases memory for MMS catalogue in CCLSETUP in case default estimate
is insufficient.
Catalogue Size Multiplier

Default Value: 1.0
Cavitation Condensation Coefficient
Description: Parameter in cavitation model for condensation
Default Value: 0.01
Cavitation Pressure Coefficient Factor

Description: Scale factor for cavitation rate pressure coefficient
Default Value: 1.
Cavitation Rate
Description: Cavitation mass transfer rate from fluid 1 to 2
Quantity Type: Mass Source
Cavitation Rate Under Relaxation Factor

Description: Cavitation rate underrelaxation factor
Default Value: 0.25
Cavitation Vaporization Coefficient

Description: Parameter in cavitation model for vaporization
Default Value: 50.
Ce1 Coefficient
Description: Ce1 Epsilon equation coefficient
Ce2 Coefficient
Description: Ce2 Epsilon equation coefficient
Centre Point for Normal Distribution

Centroid Type
Description: Whether the centroid is the "real" centroid, or the nearest point on the location.
Allowed Values: Absolute, Nearest Point on Mesh
Default Value: Absolute
Char Material
Description: Char material
Default Value: Char
Character Memory Factor

Check Entropy Table Consistency

Default Value: No
Chemical Amount Units

Description: Units for chemical amounts
Default Value: [mol]
Chemical Timescale
Description: Chemical Timescale Limit For Extinction
Default Value: 1.37E-4 [s]
Quantity Type: Time
Chemistry Time Step Multiplier

Description: Chemistry time step multiplier for particle combustion
Default Value: 1.0
Chlorine Fraction
Description: Chlorine elements mass fraction
Clip Plane
Description: Defines the CLIP PLANE object that is used for scene clipping.
Clip Scene
Description: Toggles the scene clipping plane in the viewer.
Close CFXPre
Description: Close the application..
Cmu Coefficient
Description: Cmu turbulence model coefficient
Default Value: 0.09
Coalescence Mass Matrix Option

Description: Option for the mass matrix used for coalescence
Allowed Values: Lumped Mass, Linear
Default Value: Linear
Coalescence Rate
Description: Coalescence Rate for the MUSIG model
Quantity Type: Volumetric Flow
Colour
Description: A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring an object with constant colour.
Default Value: .6, .6, .6
Colour Mode
Description: Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
Allowed Values: Use Plot Variable, Constant, Variable, Time, Unique
Default Value: Constant
Colour Variable
Description: The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set
equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Combination
Description: The method of combination for region lists.
Allowed Values: Union, Intersection, Complement, Alias, Difference, Symmetric
Difference, Sorted Union
Default Value: Union
Compaction Modulus
Description: Parameter in Gidaspow model for solid pressure.
Component Bounds Flag

Component Clip Factors

Component Long Names

Component Lower Bounds

Component MMS Names

Component Name
Component Short Names

Component Upper Bounds

Compressible Linearisation
Description: Determines whether drho/dp is used to linearise density derivatives in the
continuity equation
Default Value: Yes
Compressible Production
Description: 1.0=analytical; 3.0=bounded for shocks (compressible turbulence production
factor)
Default Value: 3.0
Compressible Transient Option

Description: Determines whether the pressure field is shifted to accelerate mass
conservation for compressible transient simulations which have no pressure boundaries.
Allowed Values: None, Shift Pressure
Default Value: Shift Pressure
Cone Angle
Connection Type
Description: Specifies if an interface should use best match or GGI interface.
Allowed Values: Automatic, GGI, Direct
Default Value: Automatic
Conservation Target
Description: The maximum relative equation imbalance for convergence.
Default Value: 0.01
Const Physics Param

Allowed Values: OK, Pending, Changed
Default Value: OK
Constant Total Pressure

Description: Use constant total pressure condition
Default Value: No
Constitutive Relation Iteration Limit

Default Value: 100
Constitutive Relation Temperature Criterion

Default Value: 0.01 [K]
Constitutive Relation Under Relaxation
Default Value: 1.0
Contained Primitives
Description: Primitives contained in a boundary
Contour Location
Description: List of regions on which a contour plot is to be rendered.
Contour Parameter Path

Description: Refers to the object which contains the parameters with profiles to be
rendered.
Contour Parameter Value

Description: Contour Value.
Coord Frame
Description: Local coordinate frame for computing expressions. The default at the top level
of the command data structure is Coord 0, that is no transformation. The default at lower
levels is to inherit the value from objects higher up the structure.
Coord Frame Type

Description: Specifies if a Coordinate Frame is Cartesian or Cylindrical.
Allowed Values: Cartesian, Cylindrical
Default Value: Cartesian
Coord Transform
Description: Specifies the coordinate transformation to apply to all objects shown in this
viewport.
Allowed Values: Cartesian, 3D Meridional, 3D Turbo, 2D Meridional, 2D Blade-to-blade
Courant Number
Description: Courant number used for adaptive timestep calculation
Default Value: 5.0
Cr1 Coefficient
Description: Cr1 Reynolds Stress turbulence model coefficient
Cr2 Coefficient
Cr3 Coefficient
Cr4 Coefficient
Cr5 Coefficient
Create Other Side

Description: Defines whether a boundary clone operation is needed to produce the thin
surface partner.
Default Value: Off
Critical Amplitude Coefficient

Default Value: 0.5
Critical Pressure
Critical Stress
Critical Temperature
Critical Volume
Quantity Type: Molar Volume
Critical Weber Number for Bag Breakup
Default Value: 6.0
Critical Weber Number for Catastrophic Breakup

Critical Weber Number for Stripping Breakup

Default Value: 80.0
Cross Derivative Weighting

Description: Weighting of cross derivatives for anisotropic turbulent diffusion for Turbulent
Flux Closure
Default Value: 1.0
Cross Sectional Area Factor

Default Value: 1.0
Cs1 Coefficient
Description: Cs1 Reynolds Stress turbulence model coefficient
Cs2 Coefficient
Description: Cs2 Reynolds Stress turbulence model coefficient
Culling Mode
Description: Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Allowed Values: No Culling, Back Faces, Front Faces
Default Value: No Culling
Current GTM Checkpoint

Current Units
Description: Units for electric current.
Default Value: [amp]
Curvature Type
Description: Method for curvature evaluation
Allowed Values: Conservative,Non-Conservative
Curvature Under Relaxation Factor

Description: Curvature underrelaxation factor
Default Value: 1
Custom Units Setting
Description: This is a comma delimited list of Quantities and their selected units for the
Custom Units Setting. The list will contain both Quantities and the units: e.g. Acceleration,
m s^-2, Angle, radian, ...
Cxi Coefficient
Description: Cxi Scalar Dissipation Rate coefficient
Default Value: 2.0
Damping Coefficient
Default Value: 5.0
Damping Factor
Description: Damping Factor for turbulence wall function damping
Default Value: 25.0
Data
Description: The data list for a user 3d interpolation function.
Data Pairs
Description: The data list for a user 1d interpolation function.
Decreasing Pressure Relaxation
Description: Determines whether the rate of pressure decrease is restricted for
compressible flows
Default Value: Yes
Decreasing Pressure Relaxation Factor

Description: Maximum rate of pressure decrease in an iteration
Default Value: 0.9
Decreasing Relaxation Factor

Description: Used to under relax the timestep when using adaptive timestepping and the
timestep is decreasing
Default Value: 1.0
Decreasing Temperature Relaxation

Description: Determines whether the rate of temperature decrease is restricted for
compressible flows
Default Value: Yes
Decreasing Temperature Relaxation Factor

Description: Maximum rate of temperature decrease in an iteration
Default Value: 0.9
Default Source Variable

Description: Define a default entry for Source Variable List for an equation source.
Default Vulnerability
Description: Default vulnerability for non-permanent solver data.
Define Particle Data

Description: Defines whether particle data is set on this boundary
Default Value: Off
Definition Method
Description: Specifies definition method for object type.
Allowed Values: OBJECT, Parameter, Allowed Names
Definition Path
Description: Specifies ccl path to object definition.
Delete Original
Description: Specifies if the original mesh is deleted
Delete Reflected
Description: Specifies if the original mesh is deleted
Density
Description: Material density
Density Depends On
Diagnostic Output Level

Description: Diagnostic Output Level
Default Value: 0
Diameter
Diameter List
Diffuse Fraction
Default Value: 1.
Dimension
Description: The dimensionality of the regions in the editor.
Allowed Values: All, 3D, 2D
Default Value: All
Direction 1 Bound
Description: Length of Rectangular Plane Bound.
Default Value: 1.0
Direction 1 Orientation
Description: Orientation of Rectangular Plane Bound length.
Default Value: 0 [degree]
Direction 1 Points
Description: Number of Sample points in direction 1.
Default Value: 10
Direction 2 Bound
Description: Width of Rectangular Plane Bound.
Default Value: 1.0
Direction 2 Points
Default Value: 10
Directional Dissipation
Description: Flag controlling directional buoyancy turbulence dissipation model
Default Value: False
Displacement Relative To
Description: Periodic motion is ensured by solving displacements relative to the initial
mesh.
Allowed Values: Initial Mesh, Previous Mesh
Default Value: Previous Mesh
Displacement X Component
Displacement Y Component
Displacement Z Component
Dissipation Coefficient
Description: Scale factor for buoyancy turbulence dissipation term
Default Value: 1.0
Distance from Centre Point

Distribution Factor
Description: Specifies proportion of bulk source distributed to given fluid.
Domain Name
Domain Temperature
Domain Type
Allowed Values: Fluid, Solid, Porous
Default Value: Fluid
Drag Coefficient
Default Value: 0.44
Drag Coefficient Derivative

Draw Faces
Description: Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics object in the viewer.
Default Value: On
Draw Lines
Description: Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Default Value: On
Dynamic Bulk Viscosity

Description: Dynamic bulk viscosity (lambda+2/3 mu). Excluding this parameter recovers
Stokes" hypothesis (lambda=2/3 mu).
Quantity Type: Dynamic Viscosity
Dynamic Viscosity
ETAB Bag Breakup Factor

Default Value: 2./9.
Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient A

Description: Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient A
Default Value: 4.0
Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient B

Description: Eddy Dissipation Model Coefficient B
Default Value: -1.0
Eddy Length Scale

Eddy Viscosity
Description: Specify eddy viscosity for zero-equation turbulence model. Omission of this
parameter implies the default formula.
Eddy Viscosity Prandtl Number
Description: Specify eddy viscosity Prandtl number for dispersed phase zero-equation
turbulence model. Omission of this parameter implies the default value.
Eddy Viscosity Ratio

Description: Specify (Turb / Molecular) viscosity ratio
Default Value: 10.
Efficiency Factor
Description: Efficiency factor as a third body collision partner (catalyst)
Default Value: 1.0
Efficiency Factor List

Elasticity Modulus
Description: Parameter in simple model for solid pressure.
Elimination Factor
Description: Elimination Factor for Zero Gradient option
Default Value: 0.5
Emissivity
Description: Surface Emissivity
Default Value: 1.
Energy Calibration Coefficient

Description: Temperature log-law coefficient CTROUGH1 for rough walls
Default Value: 0.2
Energy Flux
Quantity Type: Heat Flux in
Energy Flux Coefficient

Quantity Type: Heat Transfer Coefficient
Energy Ratio Factor

Energy Source
Quantity Type: Energy Source
Energy Source Coefficient

Quantity Type: Energy Source Coefficient
Energy Under Relaxation Factor
Default Value: 0.75
Energy Under Relaxation Factor at Time Step Start

Default Value: 1.0
Energy Under Relaxation Factor for First Particle Integration

Default Value: 1.0
Enhanced Eddy Viscosity

Description: Specify eddy particle induced eddy viscosity for zero-equation particle
induced turbulence model. Omission of this parameter implies the default formula due to
Sato.
Enhancement of Yield
Description: Enhancement of volatiles yield for rapid heating
Default Value: 1.25
Enthalpy Table Error Tolerance

Default Value: 0.01
Enthalpy Table Maximum Points
Default Value: 100
Enthalpy Table Pressure Extrapolation

Default Value: No
Enthalpy Table Temperature Extrapolation

Default Value: Yes
Entropy Table Error Tolerance

Default Value: 0.03
Entropy Table Maximum Points

Default Value: 100
Entropy Table Pressure Extrapolation

Default Value: No
Entropy Table Temperature Extrapolation

Default Value: No
Epsilon
Quantity Type: Epsilon
Epsilon Flux
Quantity Type: Epsilon Flux
Epsilon Flux Coefficient

Quantity Type: Epsilon Flux Coefficient
Epsilon Source
Quantity Type: Epsilon Source
Epsilon Source Coefficient

Quantity Type: Epsilon Source Coefficient
Equation Class Scope

Error Tolerance
Description: Table generator relative error tolerance
Default Value: 0.01
Eta0 Coefficient
Description: Eta0 RNG model coefficient
Default Value: 4.38
Export File
Description: The filename to which the exported data will be written.
Default Value: export.dat
Expression Value
Description: Single valued CEL expression.
Quantity Type: Expression
Extend Max
Default Value: No
Extend Min
Default Value: No
External Force Coefficient

External Refractive Index

Default Value: 1.0
Extinction Temperature
Description: Extinction-Ignition Temperature
Default Value: 900 [K]
Extra Output Variables List

Face Colour
Green/Blue) values to be used for colouring the faces on a graphics object.
Default Value: .6, .6, .6
Face Weighting Factor

False Timestep Linearisation

Description: Determines whether to linearise a body force using a physics-based pseudo-
timestep
False Timestep Linearisation Factor

Description: Scaling factor for body force linearisation coefficient
Default Value: 1.0
Field Name
Field Variable
Default Value: True
File Compression Level
Allowed Values: None, Default, Best Speed Least Compression, Low Speed Most
Compression
Default Value: Default
File Name
File Path
Description: The windows or UNIX style path of a file
File Type
Description: The type of the file.
Allowed Values: Mesh
Filename Prefix
Filter Domain List1

Description: A filter for the list of regions used on the first side of the domain interface
Filter Domain List2

Description: A filter for the list of regions used on the second side of the domain interface
Final Film Thickness

Description: Critical thickness of film when rupture occurs between coalescing bubbles
Default Value: 1.0E-8 [m]
Final Number of Nodes

Fine Structure Length Coefficient

Description: Fine structure length coefficient for Eddy Dissipation Concept (EDC)
Default Value: 1.43
Fine Structure Velocity Coefficient

Description: Fine structure velocity coefficient for Eddy Dissipation Concept (EDC)
Default Value: 1.74
First Iteration for Particle Calculation

Default Value: 10
First Line Point for Normal Distribution

First Point of Axis

First Update Time
Description: Adaptive timestepping starts at this time value.
Default Value: 0.0 [s]
Quantity Type: Time
Fixed Carbon Fraction

Description: Fixed carbon mass fraction
Fixed Temperature
Flow Direction Linearisation

Description: Determines the type of linearisation the solver uses to compute coefficients
for direction specified flow boundaries. Normal component assumes that the boundary
velocity has the same normal component as the vertex velocity. Velocity magnitude
assumes they have the same magnitude.
Allowed Values: Normal Component, Velocity Magnitude
Fluctuation Level
Fluid
Description: The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations.
Fluid Temperature
Fluid1 Additional Variable Flux Coefficient

Description: First fluid add. var. coefficient part of flux from first fluid to second.
Fluid1 Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient

Description: Fluid 1 interphase transfer coefficient for additional variables.
Fluid1 Area Density Coefficient

Description: interfacial area density linearisation coefficient against fluid 1 volume fraction
Fluid1 Flux Coefficient

Description: fluid 1 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 Flux Fluid1 Coefficient

Description: fluid 1 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1

Description: fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 Flux out

Description: scalar flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 Heat Flux Coefficient

Description: First fluid add. var. coefficient part of flux from first fluid to second.
Fluid1 Heat Transfer Coefficient

Description: Fluid 1 heat transfer coefficient.
Fluid1 Mass Transfer Coefficient

Description: Effective mass transfer coefficient on first-fluid side of interface.
Quantity Type: Velocity
Fluid1 Nusselt Number

Description: Fluid 1 Nusselt Number for interfluid heat transfer.
Fluid1 Sherwood Number

Description: Fluid 1 Sherwood number governing interphase transfer of AV"s and
components.
Fluid1 Value
Description: scalar value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 xFlux out

Description: x component of vector flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 xValue
Description: x-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 xxFlux out

Description: xx component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 xxValue
Description: xx-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 xyFlux out

Description: xy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 xyValue
Description: xy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 xzFlux out

Description: xz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 xzValue
Description: xz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 yFlux out

Description: y component of vector flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 yValue
Description: y-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 yyFlux out

Description: yy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 yyValue
Description: yy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 yzFlux out
Description: yz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 yzValue
Description: yz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 zFlux out

Description: z component of vector flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 zValue
Description: z-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1 zzFlux out

Description: zz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1
Fluid1 zzValue
Description: zz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 Additional Variable Flux

Description: Value part of flux from first fluid to second.
Fluid1to2 Flux
Description: scalar flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 Heat Flux

Description: Value part of flux from first fluid to second.
Fluid1to2 Mass Flow

Description: Mass flow rate from first fluid to second.
Fluid1to2 Mass Flux

Description: mass flux from fluid 1 to 2
Quantity Type: Interphase Transfer Coefficient
Fluid1to2 Phase Change Mass Flux

Description: mass flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 xFlux
Description: x component vector flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 xxFlux
Description: xx component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 xyFlux
Description: xy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 xzFlux
Description: xz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 yFlux
Description: y component of vector flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 yyFlux
Description: yy component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 yzFlux
Description: yz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 zFlux
Description: z component of vector flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid1to2 zzFlux
Description: zz component of symmetric tensor flux from fluid 1 to 2
Fluid2 Additional Variable Flux Coefficient

Description: Second fluid add.var. coefficient part of flux from first fluid to second.
Fluid2 Additional Variable Transfer Coefficient

Description: Fluid 2 interphase transfer coefficient for additional variables.
Fluid2 Area Density Coefficient

Description: interfacial area density linearisation coefficient against fluid 1 volume fraction
Fluid2 Flux Coefficient

Description: fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux from fluid 2 to 1

Description: fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux into fluid 2
Description: fluid 2 linearisation coefficient of a flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 Flux in
Description: scalar flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 Heat Flux Coefficient

Description: Second fluid add.var. coefficient part of flux from first fluid to second.
Fluid2 Heat Transfer Coefficient

Description: Fluid 2 heat transfer coefficient.
Fluid2 Mass Transfer Coefficient

Description: Effective mass transfer coefficient on second-fluid side of interface.
Fluid2 Nusselt Number

Description: Fluid 2 Nusselt Number for interfluid heat transfer.
Fluid2 Sherwood Number
Description: Fluid 2 Sherwood number governing interphase transfer of AV"s and
components.
Fluid2 Value
Description: scalar value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 xFlux in
Description: x component of vector flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 xValue
Description: x-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 xxFlux in
Description: xx component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 xxValue
Description: xx-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 xyFlux in
Description: xy component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 xyValue
Description: xy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 xzFlux in
Description: xz component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 xzValue
Description: xz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 yFlux in
Description: y component of vector flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 yValue
Description: y-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 yyFlux in
Description: yy component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 yyValue
Description: yy-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 yzFlux in
Description: yz component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 yzValue
Description: yz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 zFlux in
Description: z component of vector flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 zValue
Description: z-component of a vector value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluid2 zzFlux in
Description: zz component of symmetric tensor flux into fluid 2
Fluid2 zzValue
Description: zz-component of a symmetric tensor value transferred from fluid 2 to 1
Fluids List
Flux
Description: Value of flux strength per volume, in relevant units.
Flux Coefficient
Description: Derivative of Flux expression with respect to flux variable.
Flux Coefficient List

Description: Linearisation coefficient for a Flux expression, relative to corresponding entry
in Flux Variable List.
Font
Description: The font name for an item of text.
Allowed Values: Serif, Sans Serif
Default Value: Sans Serif
Fraction of Heat Released

Description: Fraction of heat released in a multiphase reaction
Default Value: 0.0
Fractional Intensity
Default Value: 0.05
Frame Type
Description: Sets the frame in which velocity components or flow direction components are
specified. If set to Rotating then the components are in the relative frame. If set to Stationary
then the components are in the absolute frame of reference.
Allowed Values: Rotating, Stationary
Default Value: Stationary
Free Surface Harmonic Averaging

Description: Harmonic average buoyancy force for free surface flow up to Transition
Iteration
Default Value: Yes
Free Surface Reduction

Description: Reduces fourth-order redistribution terms near free surface interfaces
Free Surface Reduction Factor1

Description: Reduction factor based on local volume fraction difference
Default Value: 100.
Free Surface Reduction Factor2
Description: Reduction factor based on vertex volume fraction gradient
Default Value: 100.
Freestream Damping
Freestream Damping Option

Allowed Values: First Order, Second Order
Freestream Damping for Curvature

Freestream Damping for Interface Normal

Default Value: 1.e-10
Frequency Lower Limit

Default Value: 1.E+12 [s^-1]
Frequency Upper Limit

Fuel Carbon Mass Fraction

Description: Mass Fraction of Carbon in the Fuel
Default Value: 12.0 / 16.0
Fuel Consumption Reaction

Description: Main Fuel Consumption Reaction
Fuel Material
Description: Main Fuel Material
Full Circle
Description: If set to On, the instances are placed uniformly about the instance rotation
axis. Note that the Number of Copies has to be greater than two when this option is used.
Default Value: On
General Availability
Default Value: No
Generate Values
Description: Causes the values for Profile BCs to be calculated.
Global Dynamic Model Control

Default Value: Yes
Global Edge Colour

Description: Defines the global colour used for mesh edges
Global Text Colour

Description: Defines the global colour used for Text objects
Glue Copied Assemblies

Description: Specifies whether matching assemblies should be glued after copy
Default Value: true
Glue Reflected Assemblies

Description: Specifies whether matching assemblies should be glued after a reflection
Default Value: true
Gradient Relaxation
Gradient Type
Allowed Values: Upwind, Arithmetic Average, Harmonic Average, Arithmetic Element
Average, Harmonic Element Average
Granular Temperature
Quantity Type: k
Gravity X Component
Quantity Type: Acceleration
Gravity Y Component
Gravity Z Component
Groove Direction X Component

Groove Direction Y Component

Groove Direction Z Component

Group Description
HCN Material
Description: HCN material
Default Value: HCN
HCO Material
Description: HCO material
Default Value: HCO
Hardcopy Filename
Description: Sets the file name for the output from "print".
Default Value: cfxOutput
Hardcopy Format
Description: Sets the format of hardcopy output from "print".
Allowed Values: ps, eps, jpg, ppm, bmp, png, vrml, cvf
Default Value: png
Hardcopy Tolerance
Description: A non-dimensional tolerance used in face-sorting when generating hardcopy
output. Higher values will result in faster printing times, but may cause defects in the
resulting output.
Heat Flux in
Heat Transfer Coefficient

Heat Transfer Type

Allowed Values: Fixed Temperature, Wall Heat Flux
Heating Value
Description: Heating Value, the heat released on combustion of unit mass of fuel (on an
"As Received" basis).
Default Value: 3.219E+07 [J kg^-1]
Quantity Type: Specific Enthalpy
High Speed Model

Highlight Type
Description: Indicates whether to highlight an object with a bounding box or to use a
Allowed Values: Bounding Box, Wireframe, Surface Mesh, Face Highlight
Default Value: Face Highlight
Homogeneous Coefficient Factor

Description: Factor to enforce homogeneous condition for temperature
Homogeneous Model
Description: Specifies whether the model is homogeneous or not
Default Value: Off
Hydrogen Fraction
Description: Hydrogen elements mass fraction
Ignition Temperature
Description: Ignition Temperature
Image Height
Description: The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)
Default Value: 600
Image Scale
Description: Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current
viewer window size.
Default Value: 100
Image Width
Description: The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)
Default Value: 600
Include Boundary Temperature Slip

Include Coefficient in Rhie Chow

Description: Indicates whether momentum source coefficient modifies the Rhie Chow
coupling term in the continuity equation.
Include Header
Description: Indicates whether a pre-defined header is appended to the top of the export
file, using "
Default Value: True
Include Marangoni Force

Description: Indicates whether tangential component of surface tension force is included
Default Value: Yes
Include Mesh
Description: Indicates whether mesh is written to a Selected Variables results or backup
file
Default Value: No
Include Normal Viscous Force

Description: Indicates whether normal viscous force is included at slip walls
Default Value: Yes
Include Pressure Transient Term

Include Topology
Default Value: No
Include Viscous Dissipation Term

Description: Indicates whether the shear stress term dot velocity gradient is included in the
thermal energy equation.
Default Value: No
Include Viscous Work Term

Description: Indicates whether the shear stress term dot velocity term is included in the
total energy equation.
Default Value: Off
Include in Total Energy

Description: Indicates whether mom source appears in total energy eqn
Increasing Relaxation Factor

Description: Used to under relax the timestep when using adaptive timestepping
Default Value: 0.75
Initial Film Thickness

Description: Initial thickness of film between coalescing bubbles
Default Value: 1.0E-4 [m]
Initial Timestep
Description: Initial timestep for adaptive time stepping.
Quantity Type: Time
Injection Centre
Injection Direction X Component
Default Value: 0
Injection Direction Y Component

Default Value: 0
Injection Direction Z Component

Default Value: 0
Injection Velocity Magnitude

Inner Radius of Injection Plane

Integer Memory Factor

Interface Boundary
Description: Defines whether a boundary is of type interface.
Default Value: Off
Interface Compression Level
Description: Compression level for interface sharpness: 0=none, 1=standard
compression, 2=enhanced compression.
Default Value: 1
Interface Delta Option

Description: Specifies the indicator option for a free surface interface
Interface Length Scale

Description: Specifies an effective length scale or interfacial area density available for
transfer processes under the mixture model option on FLUID PAIR.
Default Value: 1. [mm]
Interface Region List1

Description: A list of regions used on the first side of the domain interface
Interface Region List2

Description: A list of regions used on the second side of the domain interface
Interface Roughness Factor

Description: Multiplying factor for free surface interfacial area density to account for
interface roughness
Default Value: 1.
Interface Type
Default Value: Fluid Fluid
Interfacial Area Density

Description: Interfacial area per unit volume between two phases.
Intermittency
Description: Turbulence Intermittency (Gamma)
Default Value: 1.0
Internal Diffusion Efficiency

Description: Effective Internal diffusion coefficient of oxygen within the pores, used for the
Gibb char oxidation model
Default Value: 0.1
Invert Normal Axis Direction

Default Value: Off
Invert Plane Bound

Description: Reverses the plane bounds by selecting region outside plane bound.
Default Value: Off
Is A Copy
Description: used when doing saveAs.
Is Sim Closing
Description: if the simulation is being closed, a record of it is stored in the cfx file.
Isentropic Compressibility
Quantity Type: Compressibility
Isothermal Compressibility
Quantity Type: Compressibility
Iteration Convergence Criterion

Description: Determines when iterations due to reflective walls have converged
Default Value: 0.01
Iteration Frequency
Default Value: 5
Iteration Interval
Iteration List
Parameter Type: Integer List
JPEG Image Quality

Description: The quality factor for jpeg image output. Higher values results in clearer, but
larger, files.
Default Value: 80
Junction Box Location

Description: Locations in solver where junction box routines are to be called.
Allowed Values: Start of Partitioning, First Partitioning Call, End of Partitioning, First Call,
Start of Run, User Input, User Start, End of Run, User Output, Start of Time Step, End of
Time Step, Start of Coefficient Loop, End of Coefficient Loop, Start of Linear Solution, End
of Linear Solution, Start of Radiation Solution, End of Radiation Solution, Partitioning
Junction Box, Abort
Junction Box Routine

Description: List of junction box routines to be executed.
Junction Box Routine List

Description: List of junction box routines to be executed.
K12 Constant
Kappa Coefficient
Description: Turbulent wall function log-law coefficient Kappa
Default Value: 0.41
Keep Track File

Kinematic Diffusivity
Default Value: 0.0 [m^2 s^-1]
Quantity Type: Kinematic Diffusivity
Kinematic Eddy Viscosity

Label Colour Map

Description: Controls the type of colour map to use for the display of labels and boundary
markers
Allowed Values: Bright, Dark
Default Value: Dark
Lag Transient Term

Default Value: No
Laminar Flame Speed

Last Transformation Succeeded
Description: This internal parameter of MESH TRANSFORMATION states whether the
previous application of the gtmTransform action succeeded.
Latent Heat
Description: Latent Heat
Default Value: 0.0 [J kg^-1]
Legend Aspect
Description: Legend bar width control parameter
Default Value: 0.06
Legend Enabled
Description: Can the legend be displayed at all, used on load.
Default Value: Off
Legend Format
Description: Parameter to modify string format of values on legend.
Default Value: %10.3e
Legend Object
Description: object legend refers to
Legend Orientation
Description: Specifies whether to display the legend Vertically or Horizontally.
Allowed Values: Vertical, Horizontal
Default Value: Vertical
Legend Plot
Description: Name of the locator for which to provide information.
Legend Position
Description: XY position of the legend.
Default Value: 0.02, 0.15
Legend Resolution
Description: Number of colour subdivisions on the legend bar.
Default Value: 256
Legend Shading
Description: Controls interpolated shading of colour on the legend bar.
Allowed Values: Smooth, Flat
Default Value: Smooth
Legend Size
Description: Scale factor to apply to legend.
Default Value: 0.75
Legend Ticks
Description: Number of points to provide variable values next to the Legend bar.
Default Value: 5
Legend Title
Description: Specifies the legend title when Legend Title Mode is set to User Specified.
Default Value: Legend
Legend Title Mode

Description: Controls the legend title type.
Allowed Values: No Title, Variable, Variable and Location, User Specified
Default Value: Variable and Location
Legend Units
Description: legend units
Legend X Justification
Description: Specifies the horizontal justification of a text or overlay item.
Allowed Values: None, Center, Left, Right
Default Value: Left
Legend Y Justification
Description: Specifies the vertical justification of a text or overlay item.
Allowed Values: None, Center, Top, Bottom
Default Value: Center
Length Scale
Description: Specified length scale for Auto Timestep
Length Scale Option

Description: Option for calculating Auto Timestep length scale. Conservative uses the
cube root of the fluid volume, and Aggressive uses the maximum extent of the fluid volume.
Allowed Values: Conservative, Aggressive, Specified Length Scale
Default Value: Conservative
Length Units
Default Value: [m]
Library Definition Path

Description: This internal parameter should be set in non-LIBRARY ADDITIONAL
VARIABLE objects to point to the LIBRARY AV of the same name.
Library File
Description: File holding the library.
Library Name
Description: Name of shared library for entry point "Calling Name".
Library Path
Description: Directory path for shared object library directories for each platform required.
Lift Coefficient
Description: Coefficient for lift force in interfluid momentum transfer.
Default Value: 0.5
Light Angle
Description: Defines the viewer light angles in degrees. The first angle goes from left (0)
Default Value: 50, 110
Lighting
Description: Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Default Value: On
Limit Turbulent Timescale

Description: Limit k/eps scale for k and epsilon equations.
Line Colour
Line Colour Mode

Description: Determines where to get the line colour from.
Allowed Values: Default, User Specified
Line Samples
Description: Number of points in the sample line.
Default Value: 10
Line Type
Description: Indicates if the line is a cut or sample line.
Allowed Values: Cut, Sample
Default Value: Sample
Line Width
Description: Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Default Value: 1
Linear Resistance Coefficient

Quantity Type: Momentum Source Lin Coeff
Linearisation Blend Factor

Default Value: 0.00
Linearisation Scheme
Allowed Values: None, Frozen Coefficient, Newton
Default Value: Newton
Load Data
Description: This parameter indicates whether to load the results file or not if a DATA
Default Value: True
Local Timescale Factor
Location
Description: A locator name.
Default Value: No
Location List
Location X Component
Location Y Component
Location Z Component
Logical Memory Factor

Long Name
Loss Coefficient
Loss Velocity Type

Description: Specifies if we are using Superficial or True velocity for the loss model
Allowed Values: Superficial, True Velocity
Default Value: True Velocity
Lower Temperature
Lubrication Coefficient C1
Description: Coefficient C1 for wall lubrication force in interfluid momentum transfer.
Default Value: -0.01
Lubrication Coefficient C2
Description: Coefficient C2 for wall lubrication force in interfluid momentum transfer.
Default Value: 0.05
Luminance Units
Default Value: [cd]
MMS Name
MUSIG Sink Option
Description: Specifies whether to use specified or local values of size fractions when the
mass source is negative
Allowed Values: Local Size Fractions, Specified Size Fractions
Default Value: Local Size Fractions
Mach Blending
Description: Determines whether density advection blends with CDS at low Mach
numbers.
Marker Location
Description: List of regions that boundary marker is on.
Marker Parent Location

Description: List of regions that parent 3d region of boundary marker is on.
Marker Type
Allowed Values: INLET, OUTLET, PERIODIC INTERFACE, OPENING, SYMMETRY,
WALL
Mass Coefficient
Description: Mass coefficient
Default Value: 0.0
Mass Concentration
Default Value: 0 [kg m^-3]
Mass Flow Absorption Coefficient

Default Value: 0.00
Mass Flow Rate

Quantity Type: Mass Flow
Mass Flux
Mass Flux Coefficient

Mass Fraction
Default Value: 0.0
Mass Fraction Equilibrium Ratio

Mass Fraction List

Mass Source
Mass Source Coefficient

Quantity Type: Mass Source Coefficient
Mass Transfer Coefficient

Description: Mass transfer coefficient.
Mass Under Relaxation Factor

Default Value: 0.75
Mass Under Relaxation Factor at Time Step Start

Default Value: 1.0
Mass Under Relaxation Factor for First Particle Integration

Default Value: 1.0
Mass Units
Default Value: [kg]
Material Amount Option
Description: Material amount option
Allowed Values: Mass Coefficient
Default Value: Mass Coefficient
Material Description
Description: Description of material, used for matching materials in a flamelet library.
Material Group
Description: Name of material group. Used for categorising materials in a materials file so
that the GUI can show them by group name. The value of this string must be a valid CCL
Object name.
Materials List
Max
Description: The maximum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User
Specified" range.
Maximize Viewport
Description: If set to true, this viewport will be maximized to fill up the screen, regardless
of the viewport layout.
Default Value: Off
Maximized Viewport
Description: If set to a viewport number (1-4), the viewport will be resized to fill up the
screen, regardless of the viewport layout.
Default Value: -1
Maximum Absolute Pressure

Default Value: 1.0E6 [Pa]
Maximum Blend Factor

Default Value: 1.0
Maximum Blocking Factor

Description: Maximum blocking factor per level for coarsening
Default Value: 10
Maximum Buffer Size

Description: Maximum size of buffer used to hold tracking information in words
Default Value: 6000
Maximum Density Ratio

Default Value: 1000.
Maximum Diameter
Maximum Distance from Axis
Maximum Granular Temperature

Quantity Type: k
Maximum Iterations per Step

Default Value: 50
Maximum Length Scale for Area Density

Default Value: 1. [m]
Maximum Number of Adaption Steps

Default Value: 3
Maximum Number of Coefficient Loops

Default Value: 10
Maximum Number of Histories

Description: Maximum number of histories for Monte Carlo
Default Value: 2000000
Maximum Number of Integration Steps
Maximum Number of Iterations

Default Value: 100
Maximum Number of Photons

Description: Maximum number of photons tracked simultaneously by Monte Carlo
Default Value: 8000
Maximum Number of Timesteps

Maximum Number of Track Segments

Description: Maximum number of segments in a radiation track
Default Value: 9000
Maximum Packing
Maximum Particle Integration Time Step

Default Value: 1.0E10 [s]
Quantity Type: Time
Maximum Points
Description: Maximum number of property table points
Default Value: 100
Maximum RANS Blend

Default Value: 1.0
Maximum Reaction Temperature

Description: Maximum reaction temperature
Maximum Temperature
Maximum Timescale
Quantity Type: Time
Maximum Timestep
Quantity Type: Time
Maximum Tracking Distance

Default Value: 10 [m]
Maximum Tracking Time

Default Value: 10 [s]
Quantity Type: Time
Maximum Volume Fraction for Area Density

Mean Diameter
Mesh Adaption
Default Value: No
Mesh Filename
Description: Name of the file where the mesh is imported from.
Mesh Format
Description: Format of the imported mesh.
Allowed Values: CFX4, CGNS, GEM, GRD, IDEAS, MSC, PDC, Patran, Plot3d, ICEM,
CFX51, Gridgen, ANSYS, Def
Default Value: Def
Mesh Import General Options

Description: A list of general import options passed to the GTM.
Mesh Import Specific Options

Description: A list of format specific import options passed to the GTM.
Mesh Match Tolerance

Description: Sets gtm mesh gluing tolerance, default is set in CFXPreInit.ccl
Mesh Stiffness
Description: Diffusivity used in mesh displacement equation.
Default Value: 1.0 [m^2 s^-1]
Midpoint Temperature
Min
Description: The minimum value of a variable in the colourmap when using a "User
Specified" range.
Minimum Absolute Pressure

Default Value: 1000.0 [Pa]
Minimum Blend Factor

Default Value: 0.0
Minimum Blocking Factor

Description: Minimum blocking factor per level for coarsening
Default Value: 6
Minimum Diameter
Minimum Distance from Axis

Minimum Eddy Length Ratio

Description: Ratio of minimum eddy size in inertial subrange to eddy microscale
Default Value: 11.4
Minimum Edge Length

Default Value: 0.0
Minimum Number of Coefficient Loops

Default Value: 1
Minimum Number of Iterations

Default Value: 1
Minimum RANS Blend
Default Value: 0.0
Minimum Temperature
Minimum Timestep
Quantity Type: Time
Minimum Volume Fraction

Minimum Volume Fraction for Area Density

Minimum Volume Fraction for Correction

Minimum Yplus
Description: Scalable wall function (log-law) minimum y+ value
Mixing Rate Limit
Description: Eddy Dissipation Mixing Rate Upper Limit
Default Value: 2500 [s^-1]
Mixture Fraction
Default Value: 0.0
Mixture Fraction Variance

Default Value: 0.0
Mixture Material
Description: Gas phase mixture material
Default Value: Gas Mixture HCN NO
Modification
Allowed Values: Light Oil
Default Value: Light Oil
Moisture Fraction
Description: Moisture mass fraction
Molar Concentration Equilibrium Ratio
Molar Concentration Henry Coefficient

Quantity Type: Molar Concentration Henry Coefficient
Molar Fraction Equilibrium Ratio

Molar Fraction Henry Coefficient

Molar Mass
Default Value: 1.0 [kg kmol^-1]
Quantity Type: Relative Molecular Mass
Momentum Source Axial Component

Quantity Type: Momentum Source
Momentum Source Coefficient

Description: Derivative of momentum source with respect to velocity. This isotropic
coefficient is used for all components.
Quantity Type: Momentum Source Lin Coeff
Momentum Source Darcy Blending
Description: Specifies if the mass flow discretization explicitly blends to Darcy"s law.
Momentum Source Theta Component

Momentum Source X Component

Momentum Source Y Component

Momentum Source Z Component

Momentum Source r Component

Money Units
Default Value: [GBP]
Monitor Coefficient Loop Convergence

Description: Logical specifying if coefficient loop convergence should be recorded in the
monitor file.
Motion Type
Allowed Values: Specified Displacement
Multiphase Reaction Rate Return Variables List

Allowed Values: Mass Reaction Rate
Multiphase Rhie Chow Option

Description: Multiphase Rhie Chow Option
Allowed Values: Segregated,Coupled,Bulk
NASA Coefficient List

NASA a1
NASA a2
Quantity Type: InvTemp1
NASA a3
NASA a4
NASA a5
NASA a6
NASA a7
NO Material
Description: NO material
Default Value: NO
Name Strategy
Description: sets the naming convention for assembly and copies
Default Value: Assembly
Near Wall Distance Factor

Description: Omega models=2.0; other models=0.5 (scaling factor for near wall distance)
New Droplet Velocity Factor

Default Value: 1.0
Newton Coefficient
Default Value: 0.44 []
Newton Pressure Criterion

Newton Pressure Iteration Limit

Default Value: 150
Newton Pressure Under Relaxation

Default Value: 1.0
Nitrogen Fraction
Description: Nitrogen elements mass fraction
Nitrogen Material
Description: Nitrogen material
Default Value: N2
Node Allocation Parameter

Default Value: 0.0
Node Factor
Default Value: 2.0
Nonuniform Scale
Description: Non uniform scale vector
Normal
Description: An XYZ triple describing the normal vector.
Default Value: 1.0,0.0,0.0
Normal Speed
Normalising Stress
Normalized
Description: If set On, all symbols are plotted with the same size.
Default Value: Off
Nuclei Concentration
Description: Nuclei Concentration
Default Value: 0 [mol m^-3]
Quantity Type: Molar Concentration
Nuclei Cross Coefficient

Description: Coefficient for non-linear source term in nuclei equation (g0).
Default Value: 1.E-15 [m^3/s] * avogadro
Quantity Type: Soot Cross Coefficient
Nuclei Formation Activation Temperature

Description: Activation Temperature for Spontaneous Nuclei Formation
Default Value: 9.E+04 [K]
Nuclei Formation Pre Exponential Factor

Description: Pre Exponential Factor for Spontaneous Nuclei Formation
Default Value: 1.35E+37 [kg^-1 s^-1] / avogadro
Nuclei Linear Coefficient

Description: Coefficient for linear source term in nuclei equation (f-g).
Default Value: 100. [s^-1]
Nuclei Specific Concentration

Description: Nuclei Specific Concentration
Default Value: 0 [mol kg^-1]
Quantity Type: Specific Concentration
Nuclei Volume Fraction
Default Value: 5.e-4
Nukiyama Tanasawa Power

Null Token
Description: The string that should be used in the export file if no data exists for a variable
at a node.
Default Value: <null
Number
Number Fraction List

Number of Adaption Levels

Default Value: 3
Number of Arguments
Number of Backup Files

Number of Batches
Description: Number of photon groups
Default Value: 10
Number of Circumferential Bands

Description: Number of circumferential bands used for the meridional average pressure
boundary condition
Default Value: 10
Number of Copies
Description: Specifies the number of transformed copies.
Default Value: 1
Number of Dependent Variable Updates

Description: Maximum number of dependent variable updates in a time step.
Number of Gray Gas Definitions

Number of Histories
Description: Number of histories for Monte Carlo
Number of Integration Steps per Element
Default Value: 10
Number of Monitor Points

Number of Nodes in Adapted Mesh

Number of Output Intervals

Number of Passages in 360

Number of Passages in Component

Number of Radiation Sources

Number of Rays
Description: Number of rays for Discrete Transfer
Default Value: 8
Number of Results Files

Number of Size Groups
Description: Number of size groups in a MUSIG fluid.
Number of Spectral Band Definitions

Number of Timescale Updates

Number of Timesteps per Run

Number of Transient Results Files

Number of Transient Statistics

Number per Unit Mass Flow Rate

Quantity Type: Per Mass Flow
Number per Unit Time

Number per Unit Time and Mass Flow Rate

Quantity Type: Per Mass
Nusselt Number
Description: Nusselt Number for interfluid heat transfer.
Object Name List

Description: Specifies the list of objects to show in this viewport. If left empty, all objects
are shown.
Object Origin
Description: Where the Object definition came from.
Allowed Values: Library, User, Default
Default Value: User
Object Type List

Description: Specifies the list of object types to show in this viewport. If left empty (and
Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown.
Omega
Opening Temperature
Operation
Description: What operation is performed when writing or saving a case file.
Allowed Values: start solver manager with case file, start solver in batch, start cfx5post
with case file, write case file, save case file, start cfx5post, start cfx5build, start solver
manager
Default Value: start solver manager with case file
Option
Origin
Origin Point
Origin X Coord
Description: The X location of the coordinate frame origin.
Default Value: 0.0 [m]
Origin Y Coord
Description: The Y location of the coordinate frame origin.
Origin Z Coord
Description: The Z location of the coordinate frame origin.
Outer Radius of Injection Plane
Output Boundary Flows

Description: Sets whether or not boundary equation flows are output to results files. If
these are in minimal files then accurate calculations of forces are possible in CFX-Post.
Allowed Values: All, None
Default Value: None
Output Boundary List

Output Equation Residuals

Description: Sets whether or not equation residuals are output to results files.
Default Value: None
Output Fluid
Output Nodal Area Vectors

Default Value: Yes
Output Variable Operators

Description: Sets whether or not variable gradients and High Resolution "Beta" Fields are
output to results files.
Default Value: None
Output Variables List
Output to Jobfile
Default Value: No
Output to Postprocessor
Default Value: No
Outside Temperature
Overlay Size
Description: A factor by which to scale the size of a two-dimensional overlay.
Default Value: 1
Overwrite
Description: Indicates whether, if the specified filename exists, the file should be
overwritten with the new data.
Oxygen Fraction
Description: Oxygen elements mass fraction
Oxygen Material
Description: Oxygen material
Default Value: O2
Pan
Description: Defines the camera pan in screen (X, Y) coordinates, with positive X pointing
right and positive Y pointing up.
Paper Orientation
Description: Sets the rotation of the image on the printed page.
Allowed Values: Landscape, Portrait
Default Value: Landscape
Paper Size
Description: Scales hardcopy output to the specified paper size.
Allowed Values: Letter, A4
Default Value: Letter
Parallel Coefficient of Restitution

Default Value: 1.0
Parameter List
Parent Materials List
Description: Parent Materials
Parent Mesh
Description: References parent mesh
Parent Primitive3D
Description: References parent 3d region
Particle Breakup Return Variables List

Allowed Values: Particle Breakup Factor, Particle Child Droplet Diameter, Particle
Diameter Change Rate, Particle Child Droplet Velocity
Particle Coupling
Allowed Values: One-way Coupling, Fully Coupled
Default Value: Fully Coupled
Particle Locations
Allowed Values: Random, Equally Spaced
Particle Source Change Target

Default Value: 0.01
Particle Transport Drag Coefficient
Default Value: 0.44
Particle User Routine

Description: Name of the user routine
Particle User Source Return Variables List

Allowed Values: Source, Source Coefficient with respect to Particle Variable, Source
Coefficient with respect to Fluid Variable, Mass Source Coefficient with respect to Particle
Temperature
Particle Volume Injection Return Variables List

Allowed Values: Particle Position, Mean Particle Diameter, Velocity, Temperature, Particle
Mass Flow Rate, Particle Number Rate
Particle Wall Interaction Return Variables List

Allowed Values: Perpendicular Coefficient of Restitution, Parallel Coefficient of
Restitution, Mass Flow Absorption Coefficient, Particle Erosion, Particle Breakup Factor
Particles List
Path Stack
Description: Stack of paths to look in for files
Pending Delete
Description: used to flag whether the object is about to be deleted
Periodic Type
Allowed Values: Translational, Rotational
Permeability
Quantity Type: Area
Perpendicular Coefficient of Restitution

Default Value: 1.0
Physical Availability
Default Value: No
Physical Timescale
Quantity Type: Time
Pitch Angle Side1

Description: Pitch angle on first side of a GGI interface
Pitch Angle Side2
Description: Pitch angle on second side of a GGI interface
Pitch Ratio
Description: Gives the fractional change in area from side 1 to side 2 of a domain interface
Pivot Point
Description: Defines the center of rotation (pivot point) for the camera.
Default Value: 0.0, 0.0, 0.0
Plane 13 Point
Description: A point on the 13 (XZ) Plane of a coordinate frame.
Plane 13 Point X Coord

Description: The X location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame.
Plane 13 Point Y Coord

Description: The Y location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame.
Plane 13 Point Z Coord
Description: The Z location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame.
Plane Bound
Description: Defines plane bounding (Circular, Rectangular, None).
Allowed Values: None, Circular, Rectangular
Default Value: None
Plane Type
Description: Indicates if the plane is a slice or sample plane.
Allowed Values: Slice, Sample
Default Value: Slice
Point
Description: An XYZ triple which defines a point in space.
Point 1
Description: An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object.
Point 2
Description: An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object.
Point 3
Description: An XYZ triple defining the third point for this object.
Point Symbol
Description: Name of point symbol (non-directional) to be used for plot.
Allowed Values: Crosshair, Octahedron, Cube, Ball
Default Value: Ball
Point on Axis 3
Description: A point on the 3rd (Z) Axis of a coordinate frame.
Point on Plane 13
Description: A point on the 13 (XZ) Plane of a coordinate frame.
Polydispersed Fluid
Description: The polydispersed fluid to which a size group belongs.
Polydispersed Fluids List

Description: List of polydispersed fluids comprising a MUSIG fluid.
Position Mode
Description: Defines whether a text item is attached to two-dimensional screen coordinate,
or a three-dimensional spatial coordinate.
Allowed Values: Two Coords, Three Coords
Default Value: Two Coords
Pre Exponential Factor

Description: Pre-exponential factor for Arrhenius reaction rate.
Precision
Description: Indicates the number of decimal points of precision to display the exported
data to.
Default Value: 8
Preferred Units System

Description: This specifies the Units System to use.
Default Value: SI
Pressure Coefficient
Pressure Extrapolation
Default Value: No
Pressure Interpolation Type
Description: Interpolation method for pressure gradient assembly, Default is Trilinear for
buoyant problems, otherwise Linear-Linear.
Allowed Values: Linear-Linear, Trilinear
Pressure Level
Description: Pressure level set at reference location
Default Value: 0 [atm]
Pressure Level Under Relaxation Factor

Description: Pressure level underrelaxation factor for compressible transients using
Automatic
Default Value: 1.
Pressure Profile
Description: Outlet boundary condition pressure profile for mass flow rate outlets
Pressure Profile Blend

Description: Factor to blend between the specified pressure profile and a floating (implicit)
pressure profile blend factor. 0.0 is fully implicit and 1.0 imposes the specified profile.
Pressure Profile Decay

Description: Pressure profile decay on a stage interface
Default Value: 0.05
Preview Evaluated Units

Preview Expression
Preview Input Units

Preview Mode
Default Value: Query
Preview Range Steps

Preview Required Variables

Preview Variable Ranges

Preview Variable Values

Preview Varying Variable

Prim2d Global Visibility
Description: If true can display Primitive2D objects
Default Value: true
Prim2d Visibility
Description: Toggles the visibility of this graphics object in the viewer.
Default Value: On
Prim3d Visibility
Default Value: On
Primary Fluid
Primitive Region List

Description: List of regions imported into a map.
Principal Axis
Default Value: Z
Principal Variable
Description: Principal variable for an equation.
Print Line Width
Description: The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better
results on high-resolution printers.
Default Value: 1
Print Quality
Description: Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output.
Allowed Values: Draft, Medium, High
Default Value: High
Processing Mode
Description: Indicates the type of file currently being processed.
Allowed Values: None, Session, State
Default Value: None
Production Clip Factor

Description: Turbulence production clip factor
Default Value: 10.0
Profile Function
Default Value: Off
Profile Name
Description: The name of the Profile Data to be used.
Profile Reference Object
Description: Object which contains the parameters with profiles to be rendered
Profile Variable
Description: The contour colour parameter
Profile Vector Components

Description: The option value of the relevant option
Projection
Description: Defines the current projection mode in the viewer. It can be either Perspective
or Orthographic.
Allowed Values: Perspective, Orthographic
Default Value: Orthographic
Quadratic Resistance Coefficient

Quantity Type: Momentum Source Quad Coeff
Quadrature Points
Default Value: 8
Quantity
Quantity Type
Description: Specifies the Quantity Type of the variable.
Quenching Critical Velocity Gradient

Description: Critical Velocity Gradient for Quenching Model
Default Value: 8000 [s^-1]
Quenching Variance Factor

Description: Factor for Turbulence Eddy Dissipation Variance for Quenching Model
Default Value: 0.28
RGP Liquid Properties

Description: Sets whether or not the saturation data or 2D table data are used for liquid
properties
Allowed Values: Saturated, Subcooled
Default Value: Saturated
Radial Distribution Function

Radiation Flux
Radiation Intensity
Description: Radiation Intensity Magnitude
Quantity Type: Total Radiative Intensity
Radiation Source
Quantity Type: Energy Source
Radiative Heat Flux

Description: Radiative Heat Flux Magnitude
Radius
Radius of Injection Sphere

Range
Description: Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
"Global" uses the range of values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values
on the current object.
Allowed Values: Global, Local, User Specified
Default Value: Global
Raw Combustible Material

Description: Raw combustible material
Default Value: Raw Combustible
Ray Reflection Threshold

Description: Ignore rays reflected with intensity below this
Default Value: 0.01
Reaction Description
Description: Description of reaction, e.g. fuel and boundary conditions of a flamelet library.
Reaction Order
Description: Reaction order for Arrhenius type reaction rate
Default Value: 1.0
Reaction Order List

Reaction Progress
Description: Progress Variable for premixed or partially premixed combustion.
Default Value: 1.0
Reaction Rate
Description: Molar Reaction Rate
Quantity Type: Molar Concentration Rate
Reactions List
Read State Mode

Description: This parameter indicates whether the current system state information should
be overwritten or appended to.
Allowed Values: Overwrite, Append
Default Value: Overwrite
Real Memory Factor

Redistribute in Rhie Chow

Description: Indicates whether momentum source is redistributed
Reference Coord Frame

Description: The Coordinate Frame in which the physical locations used to set this
coordinate frame are described.
Default Value: Coord 0
Reference Density
Description: Reference density when defining size groups for MUSIG fluids with variable
density.
Reference Dynamic Diffusivity

Description: Reference dynamic diffusivity
Default Value: 1.8E-5 [kg m^-1 s^-1]
Reference Elasticity Modulus

Description: Parameter in Gidaspow model for solid pressure.
Reference Material
Description: Reference material
Reference Parent Material

Description: Reference parent material
Reference Pressure
Default Value: 1 [atm]
Reference Specific Enthalpy

Default Value: 0 [J kg^-1]
Reference Specific Entropy

Default Value: 0 [J kg^-1 K^-1]
Quantity Type: Specific Heat Capacity
Reference Temperature
Default Value: 25 [C]
Reference Thermal Conductivity

Quantity Type: Thermal Conductivity
Reference Velocity
Default Value: 1.0 [m s^-1]
Reference Velocity 1
Reference Viscosity
Reflection Factor
Description: Reflection factor
Default Value: 0.25
Reflection Length Scale

Description: Reflection length scale.
Reflection Mach Scale

Description: Reflection length scale.
Reflection Option
Description: Specifies how the reflection plane is defined
Allowed Values: YZ Plane, XZ Plane, XY Plane, Point and Normal, Three Points
Default Value: XY Plane
Reflection Plane
Description: Specifies the REFLECTION PLANE object to use in a transformation.
Refractive Index
Default Value: 1.0
Region List
Description: List of subregions for a region
Region List A
Region List B
Relative Pressure
Relative Pressure in Gas

Relative Static Pressure

Relative Total Pressure

Reload Action
Description: The action that is to be submitted to re-load the given file.
Render Edge Angle

Description: The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe.
Residual Relaxation Initial Value
Description: Initial residual relaxation value.
Default Value: 0.5
Residual Relaxation Iterations

Description: Number of iteration to relax residuals.
Default Value: 0
Residual Target
Residual Type
Allowed Values: RMS, MAX
Resistance Loss Coefficient

Restitution Coefficient
Restoring Force Coefficient

Default Value: 8.0
Result Units
Results Version
Rhie Chow Option

Description: Rhie Chow Option
Allowed Values: Fourth Order, High Resolution, Second Order
Default Value: Fourth Order
Rosin Rammler Power

Rosin Rammler Size

Rotation
Description: Defines the camera rotation in terms of angles about X, Y and Z axis,
respectively. X axis is pointing right, Y is pointing up and Z towards the user.
Default Value: -90, 0, 0
Rotation Angle
Description: Specifies the rotation angle.
Rotation Angle Option
Description: Specifies what type of rotation is applied
Allowed Values: Specified, Full Circle, Two Points
Default Value: Specified
Rotation Axis
Description: Coordinate Frame Axis for rotating domains or cylindrical boundary condition
specification
Default Value: Coord 0.1
Rotation Axis Begin

Description: Root of rotation axis vector
Rotation Axis End

Description: Tip of rotation axis vector
Rotation Axis From

Description: First <x,y,z
Rotation Axis To
Description: Second <x,y,z
Rotation Axis Type
Description: Specifies the rotation axis type in the transformation. If it is set to "Principal
Axis", Principal Axis parameter setting is used. It it is set to "Rotation Axis", parameters
Rotation Axis From and Rotation Axis To are used for the axis definition.
Allowed Values: Principal Axis, Rotation Axis
Default Value: Principal Axis
Rotation Offset Angle

Description: Specifies the offset angle for rotation copy transformations.
Rotation Option
Description: Specifies what type of rotation is applied
Rotation Quaternion
Description: Defines the camera rotation quaternion.
Default Value: -0.707107, 0, 0, 0.707107
Rotation Speed
Rotational Offset
Description: Controls the amount by which the child side domain on a GGI interface is
rotated before the intersection is calculated.
Rotational Reference Density
Description: Rotational Reference Density
Roughness Height
Default Value: 0 [m]
Ruler Visibility
Description: Toggles the ruler visibility in the viewport.
Default Value: true
Saturation Pressure
Description: Saturation pressure for cavitation of a pure substance.
Saturation Temperature
Description: Saturation temperature for vaporization or boiling of a pure substance.
Save Intermediate Files

Default Value: On
Save State Mode

Description: This parameter indicates whether the state file should be overwritten if it
exists.
Allowed Values: None, Overwrite
Default Value: None
Save State Objects

Description: A list of objects to save to the state file. If this list is empty, then all user
created objects will be saved.
Scale
Description: Defines the relative scale of the camera view. With the default scale (1.0), the
scene completely fills the viewer window.
Default Value: 1.0
Scale Option
Description: Specifies what type of scaling is applied
Allowed Values: Uniform, Non Uniform
Default Value: Uniform
Scale Origin
Description: Position of scale origin
Scattering Coefficient
Default Value: 0. [m^-1]
Screen Capture
Description: Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output.
Default Value: Off
Search List
Description: Specifies lookup patterns.
Second Line Point for Normal Distribution

Second Point of Axis

Secondary Heat Flux Option

Description: Expert parameter to assess different options for secondary heat fluxes with
phase change mass transfer
Allowed Values: Prakash, Use Latent Heat, Use Bulk Enthalpies
Default Value: Prakash
Separator
Description: Indicates the string to use between each variable. The string must be
delimited by quotation marks.
Default Value: " "
Session Filename
Description: The name of the session file to which session data will be saved.
Default Value: session.cse
Shape Function Option
Description: Indicates shape function option to use for tets, wedges, and pyramids. Default
is geometric for buoyant problems, otherwise parametric.
Allowed Values: Parametric, Geometric
Sherwood Number
Description: Sherwood number governing interphase transfer for additional variables.
Shock Reduction
Description: Reduces fourth-order redistribution terms near shocks
Shock Reduction Factor

Description: Shock reduction factor
Default Value: 1.0
Show Boundary Labels

Description: If true display labels
Show Boundary Markers

Default Value: true
Show Domain Labels
Show Error
Description: If true, render to indicate error on region.
Show Inlet Markers

Description: If true display
Default Value: true
Show Interface Markers

Default Value: true
Show Label
Description: If true display label
Default Value: true
Show Labels
Default Value: true
Show Legend Units

Description: Toggles display of units in the legend.
Default Value: On
Show Marker
Description: If true display marker
Default Value: true
Show Opening Markers

Default Value: true
Show Outlet Markers

Default Value: true
Show Prim2d Labels

Show Prim3d Labels

Show Region Labels

Default Value: true
Show Symmetry Markers
Default Value: true
Show Wall Markers

Sink Option
Description: Specifies whether to use specified or local values of mass fractions and
Allowed Values: Local Mass Fractions and Temperature, Specified Mass Fractions and
Temperature, Specified Mass Fractions and Local Temperature
Default Value: Local Mass Fractions and Temperature
Size Fraction
Size Group Diameter

Description: Specified diameter for a MUSIG fluid size group.
Skip Over Scalar Dissipation Rate Samples

Description: Skip over leading N Scalar Dissipation Rate samples in Flamelet library (0 or
1 for CFX-TASCflow compatibility).
Default Value: 0
Slip Power
Slip Velocity U
Slip Velocity V
Slip Velocity W
Smagorinsky Model Constant

Small Coarse Grid Size

Description: Size at which to stop coarsening a grid
Default Value: 500
Solid Angle Units

Default Value: [sr]
Solid Bulk Viscosity

Description: User specified solid bulk viscosity.
Solid Pressure
Description: User specified solid pressure.
Solid Shear Viscosity

Description: User specified solid shear viscosity.
Solid Temperature
Solid Timescale
Quantity Type: Time
Solid Timescale Control

Allowed Values: Auto Timescale,Physical Timescale
Default Value: Auto Timescale
Solid Timescale Factor

Default Value: 1.0
Solids List
Solver Name
Description: The name of this object inside the RES file.
Solver Setup Debug Level

Solver Type
Description: Specifies MMS prefix for object type.
Soot Cross Coefficient

Description: Coefficient for non-linear source term in soot equation (b).
Default Value: 8.E-14 [m^3/s] * avogadro
Quantity Type: Soot Cross Coefficient
Soot Linear Coefficient

Description: Coefficient for linear source term in soot equation (a).
Soot Material
Description: Soot Material
Default Value: Soot
Soot Particle Mean Diameter

Description: Mean Diameter of Soot Particles
Default Value: 178.5 [angstrom]
Source
Description: Value of source strength per volume, in relevant units.
Source Coefficient
Description: Derivative of Source expression with respect to source variable.
Source Coefficient List

Description: Linearisation coefficient for a Source expression, relative to corresponding
entry in Source Variable List.
Source Variable List

Description: List of linearisation variables for a Source expression. In 5.5 this must be the
principal variable for the equation, except for the energy equation which assumes it is T.
Spatial Fields
Specific Heat Capacity

Quantity Type: Specific Heat Capacity
Specific Heat Depends On

Specific Heat Type
Allowed Values: Constant Pressure, Constant Volume
Default Value: Constant Pressure
Specular Lighting
Description: Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Default Value: On
Speed Of Sound
Standard Deviation for Normal Distribution

Standard Deviation in Diameter

Standard View
Description: Defines one of the standard views in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode has
to be set to Standard for this parameter to have effect).
Allowed Values: +X, +Y, +Z, -X, -Y, -Z, Isometric, Isometric X, Isometric Y, Isometric Z
Default Value: +Y
Start Iteration List

State Filename
Description: The name of the state file to which state data will be saved.
Default Value: state.cst
Static Temperature
Stationary Frame Total Temperature

Status
Allowed Values: P,D,DR,M
Stoichiometric Coefficient
Description: Molar stoichiometric coefficient
Default Value: 1.0
Stoichiometric Coefficient List

Stokes Coefficient
Default Value: 24
Stop Iteration List
Streamwise Coefficient Multiplier

Default Value: 10.
Stripping Breakup Factor

Subdomain List
Sulphur Fraction
Description: Sulphur elements mass fraction
Sum Continuity Coefficients

Default Value: Yes
Surface Area Factor

Default Value: 1.0
Surface Drawing
Description: Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Allowed Values: Flat Shading, Smooth Shading
Default Value: Flat Shading
Surface Tension Coefficient

Description: Specifies a surface tension coefficient between a fluid pair.
Quantity Type: Surface Tension
Surface Tension Weighting Option

Description: Specifies the weighting option for surface tension forces.
Allowed Values: None,Density
Sutherlands Constant
Swelling Factor
Description: Swelling of coal particle during devolatilisation
Default Value: 0.0
Symbol
Description: Name of symbol to be used for the plot.
Default Value: Line Arrow
Symbol Size
Description: A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot.
Default Value: 1.0
Symbol Type
Description: The category a symbol falls under.
Allowed Values: Arrow2D, Arrow3D, Crosshair, Octahedron, Line Arrow, Arrowhead
Table Format
Description: Type of table format for specifying material properties
Allowed Values: TASCflow RGP
Default Value: TASCflow RGP
Table Name
Description: Path and name of the file which contains tables of material properties
Target Assemblies
Description: Assemblies this transformation is applied to
Target Coarsening Rate

Description: Target coarsening rate for radiation solver
Default Value: 64
Target Maximum Coefficient Loops

Default Value: 5
Target Minimum Coefficient Loops

Default Value: 2
Temperature
Temperature Damping Limit

Description: No damping applied if absolute temperature change smaller than this.
Temperature Exponent
Temperature Extrapolation
Default Value: Yes
Temperature Fluctuation
Description: Temperature Fluctuation (square root of variance)
Temperature Limit List

Temperature Units
Allowed Values: [K], [R]
Default Value: [K]
Temperature Variance
Description: Temperature Variance
Quantity Type: Temperature Variance
Temperature Variance Dissipation Coefficient C2

Description: Temperature Variance Dissipation Coefficient
Default Value: 2.0
Temperature Variance Production Coefficient C1

Description: Temperature Variance Production Coefficient
Default Value: 2.0
Temporary Directory
Description: The path to a temporary working directory which CFX-Pre can use for placing
temporary files. This directory does not have to exist between runs of CFX-Post, and the
contents will be deleted when Post shuts down.
Tensor Type
Allowed Values: SCALAR,VECTOR,SYMTEN2
Default Value: SCALAR
Text Colour
Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the text.
Text Colour Mode

Description: Determines where to get the text colour from.
Text Height
Description: The height an item of text should be, proportional to the screen.
Default Value: 0.02
Text Position
Description: The location an item of text should be placed.
Text Rotation
Description: Counter-clockwise rotation, in degrees, to be applied to a text item.
Default Value: 0
Text String
Description: The contents of an item of text.
Default Value: Text
Thermal Conductivity
Thermal Conductivity Axial Component

Description: Axial component of orthotropic cylindrical thermal conductivity
Thermal Conductivity Theta Component

Description: Theta component of orthotropic cylindrical thermal conductivity
Thermal Conductivity X Component

Description: x component of orthotropic Cartesian thermal conductivity
Thermal Conductivity Y Component

Description: y component of orthotropic Cartesian thermal conductivity
Quantity Type: Variable
Thermal Conductivity Z Component

Description: z component of orthotropic Cartesian thermal conductivity
Thermal Conductivity r Component

Description: r component of orthotropic cylindrical thermal conductivity
Thermal Expansivity
Quantity Type: Thermal Expansivity
Thermodynamic State
Description: State type of a pure substance
Allowed Values: Solid, Liquid, Gas
Default Value: Liquid
Time
Quantity Type: Time
Time Factor for Bag Breakup

Time Factor for Stripping

Default Value: 20
Time Interval
Default Value: 1. [s]
Quantity Type: Time
Time List
Default Value: 1. [s]
Quantity Type: Time
Time Units
Default Value: [s]
Time per run

Quantity Type: Time
Timescale Control
Allowed Values: Physical Timescale, Local Timescale Factor, Auto Timescale, Coefficient
Loops
Timescale Ramping Factor

Default Value: 2.0
Timescale Update Frequency

Default Value: 5
Timestep Decrease Factor

Default Value: 0.8
Timestep Increase Factor
Default Value: 1.06
Timestep Initialisation Option

Description: Method for initialising the solution within a timestep
Allowed Values: Extrapolation, Previous Timestep
Default Value: Previous Timestep
Timestep Initialisation Update

Description: Updates dependent variables without relaxation after initialising timestep.
Default is true if extrapolation is activated, false otherwise.
Timestep Update Frequency

Default Value: 1
Timesteps
Quantity Type: Time
Timesteps for the Run

Quantity Type: Time
Total Radiation Source

Description: Value of radiation source strength, in relevant units.
Quantity Type: Power
Total Source
Description: Value of source strength, in relevant units.
Total Source Coefficient

Description: Derivative of Total Source expression with respect to source variable.
Total Source Coefficient List

Description: Linearisation coefficient for a Total Source expression, relative to
corresponding entry in Total Source Variable List.
Total Source Variable List

Description: List of linearisation variables for a Source expression.
Total Temperature
Total Time
Quantity Type: Time
Track Distance Spacing

Track File Format
Allowed Values: unformatted, formatted, none
Track Position Interval

Default Value: 1
Track Positions
Allowed Values: Element Faces, Control Volume Faces
Track Printing Interval

Default Value: 1
Track Time Spacing

Quantity Type: Time
Transfer Coefficient
Transform Action
Description: The action that will cause the appropriate transform to occur.
Transform List
Description: A list of the TRANSFORM object names relevant to this object.
Transformation Type
Allowed Values: Automatic, None
Transformation Units
Description: Units used for transformation coordinates
Default Value: m
Transition Iteration
Transition Model Revision

Description: Revision number of the transition model (0=original model, 1=first revision)
Default Value: 1
Transition Onset Reynolds Number

Description: Transition onset momentum thickness Reynolds number (Re_theta,c)
Transition Value
Description: scalar transition transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Transition xValue
Description: x-component of vector transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Transition xxValue
Description: xx-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Transition xyValue
Description: xy-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Transition xzValue
Description: xz-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Transition yValue
Description: y-component of vector transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Transition yyValue
Description: yy-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Transition yzValue
Description: yz-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Transition zValue
Description: z-component of vector transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Transition zzValue
Description: zz-component of symmetric tensor transition value transferred from fluid 1 to 2
Translation Axis
Default Value: Coord 0.1
Translation Deltas
Description: Translation offset
Translation Option
Description: Specifies what type of translation is applied
Allowed Values: Deltas, Vector
Default Value: Vector
Translation Root
Description: Root of the translation vector
Translation Tip
Description: Tip of the translation vector
Translation Vector
Description: Specifies the translation vector.
Translation Velocity
Transparency
Description: Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
Default Value: 0.5
Turbulence Coalescence Coefficient

Description: Calibration factor for the turbulence coalescence rate
Default Value: 1.0
Turbulent Dispersion Coefficient

Description: Coefficient for turbulent dispersion force in interfluid momentum transfer.
Default Value: 0.1
Turbulent Flame Speed Factor

Description: Coefficient for Turbulent Flame Speed Closure (TFC)
Default Value: 0.5
Turbulent Prandtl Number
Description: Turbulent Prandtl number for energy
Default Value: 0.9
Turbulent Schmidt Number

Description: Turbulent Schmidt number for a quantity (density in buoyancy turbulence
term)
Default Value: 0.9
Turn Multigrid Off

Description: Turn off multigrid solver for compressible flows up to Transition Iteration
Default Value: No
U
Under Relaxation Factor

Uniform Scale
Description: Scale factor
Unit Vector Axial Component

Unit Vector Theta Component

Unit Vector X Component

Unit Vector Y Component

Unit Vector Z Component

Unit Vector r Component

Units
Update Units to Preferred

Description: This logical indicates whether all displayed units should always be updated to
display the preferred units. If this is "false", quantities will be converted to preferred types.
Upper Temperature
Use Coord Frame

Description: Specifies if the transformation is defined in another coordinate frame
Use Multiple Copy

Description: Specifies if mesh is to be copied as opposed to moved
Use Profile Data

Description: Enables the profile data object.
Use Screen Size

Description: When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size
Default Value: On
User Camera
Description: Defines the CAMERA object that is used to set up the camera view in the
effect).
User Level
Default Value: 1
User Routine Name
V
Value
Description: Input expression for VARIABLE value in relevant units.
Variable Class
Description: Solver variable class
Variable Description
Default Value: Long Name
Variable List
Description: A comma delimited list of variables whose data is to be exported.
Default Value: X, Y, Z
Variable Scope
Variable Type
Allowed Values: Unspecified, Volumetric, Specific
Default Value: Unspecified
Variables List
Vector Brackets
Description: Indicates the kind of brackets to use around vector data when displayed as
components. Any two character combination is valid, where the first character will be used
as the open-bracket, and the second as the close-bracket. If "-" is specified (no quotes), no
brackets will be displayed.
Default Value: ()
Vector Display
Description: Indicates the way that vector variables are to be displayed. Choices are:
Components | Scalar.
Allowed Values: Components, Scalar
Default Value: Components
Vector Is Cylindrical
Description: Specifies whether the boundary render vector is specified using a cylindrical
coordinate system.
Vector Location
Description: List of regions imported into a map.
Vector Parameter Path

Description: Object which contains the parameters with profiles to be rendered
Vector Parameter Value
Description: Contour Value
Vector Parent Location

Description: List of regions that parent 3d region of boundary vector is on.
Vector Variable
Description: The vector variable to be used in creating this plot.
Default Value: Velocity
Vector xValue
Description: x component of vector expression.
Vector yValue
Description: y component of vector expression.
Vector zValue
Description: z component of vector expression.
Velocity Axial Component

Velocity Fluctuation
Description: Velocity Fluctuation
Velocity Interpolation Type

Description: Interpolation method for velocity divergence assembly
Allowed Values: Linear-Linear, Trilinear
Default Value: Trilinear
Velocity Power Factor

Default Value: 2.0
Velocity Scale
Velocity Theta Component

Velocity Type
Description: Specifies if we are using Cartesian or Cylindrical components for initial
conditions
Velocity Under Relaxation Factor
Default Value: 0.75
Velocity Under Relaxation Factor at Time Step Start

Default Value: 1.0
Velocity Under Relaxation Factor for First Particle Integration

Default Value: 1.0
Velocity r Component
Version
Vertex Number
Default Value: 1
Viewport Layout
Description: Specifies the layout of viewports.
Allowed Values: Horizontal, Vertical, Horizontal Left Split, Vertical Top Split
Default Value: Horizontal
Viewport List
Description: Specifies the list of viewports to be used in the layout.
Viewport Order
Description: Specifies the viewport order to be used in the layout.
Default Value: 1, 2, 3, 4
Virtual Mass Coefficient

Description: Coefficient for virtual mass force in interfluid momentum transfer.
Default Value: 0.5
Visibility
Default Value: true
Void Fraction
Description: Void fraction of the char particle, used for the internal diffusion in the Gibb
char oxidation model
Default Value: 0.5
Volatiles Fraction
Description: Volatiles mass fraction
Volatiles Fuel Material
Description: Volatiles fuel material
Default Value: Fuel Gas
Volume Fraction
Volume Fraction Averaging Type

Description: Method to average volume fractions to elements
Allowed Values: Volume-Weighted,Harmonic,Arithmetic,None
Volume Fraction Correction Exponent

Description: Exponent for volume-fraction dependence of drag force. Omission of this
parameter, or a unit exponent, are equivalent to no correction. Typical exponent values for
dense concentrations are -1.65 for solids, 4 for bubbles.
Volume Fraction Smoothing Type

Description: Method for smoothing volume fractions
Allowed Values: None, Laplacian, Volume-Weighted
Default Value: Volume-Weighted
Volume Fraction Weighting Method

Allowed Values: WEIGHT_DEE,WEIGHT_GRAD
Volume Porosity
Description: Volume of void divided by total volume
Volume over Internal Surface Area

Description: Volume over internal surface area ratio, used for the internal diffusion in the
Gibb char oxidation model
Default Value: 5.E-9 [m]
W
Wall Contact Angle

Description: Contact angle for surface tension adhesion at a wall.
Default Value: 90. [degree]
Wall Function Transfer Coefficient

Description: Wall Function Transfer Coefficient
Wall Scale
Quantity Type: Area
Wall Slip Velocity

Wall U
Wall V
Wall Velocity Axial Component

Wall Velocity Relative To

Description: Sets whether wall velocities are evaluated relative to the specified boundary
frame or the mesh motion. This is only used for moving mesh cases.
Allowed Values: Boundary Frame, Mesh Motion
Default Value: Boundary
Wall Velocity Theta Component

Wall Velocity r Component

Wall W
Water Vapour Material
Description: Water vapour material
Default Value: H2O
Wavelength Lower Limit

Default Value: 0. [micron]
Wavelength Upper Limit

Default Value: 1000. [micron]
Wavenumber Lower Limit

Default Value: 1000. [m^-1]
Wavenumber Upper Limit

Default Value: 1.E+09 [m^-1]
Weber Number Factor for Stripping

Default Value: 0.5
Weight
Weighting Option
Description: Specifies the weighting option for average pressure outlets
Allowed Values: None,Density
White Background
Description: Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background.
Default Value: Off
Write Session Mode

Description: This parameter indicates whether the session file should be overwritten or
appended to if it exists.
Allowed Values: None, Overwrite, Append
Default Value: None
X
Description: The X coordinate value for the location of this object.
Default Value: 0.0
X Justification
X Pos
Description: Used with plane definition
Default Value: 0.0
X Split
Description: The normalized location of the vertical viewport splitter.
Default Value: 0.5
Y
Description: The Y coordinate value for the location of this object.
Default Value: 0.0
Y Justification
Default Value: None
Y Pos
Default Value: 0.0
Y Split
Description: The normalized location of the horizontal viewport splitter.
Default Value: 0.5
Z
Description: The Z coordinate value for the location of this object.
Default Value: 0.0
Z Pos
Default Value: 0.0
Zero Pressure a1
Zero Pressure a2
Zero Pressure a3
Zero Pressure a4
Zero Pressure a5
always output post processing

Description: When set to true, outputs the usual post processing even for intermediate
adaption steps (default=F)
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
apply ic fluctuations for les
Description: This parameter is only active for LES simulations. When set to true, random
fluctuations are applied to solution fields read from an initial conditions file (e.g. a RANS
solution).
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
auto turnoff solve eq flag

Description: This flag determines whether or not equations are solved when their residuals
are below the convergence criteria.
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
backup file at zero

Description: Controls whether a backup file is written at iteration 0
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
backup frequency
Description: Controls the frequency with which a backup file is produced
Default Value: 0
bounded bnd diffusion tets

Description: Controls whether or not a bounded diffusion scheme is used at boundaries for
tetrahedral elements. The diffusion scheme for other element types is bounded by default
through the default setting of 5 for the expert parameters "cht diffusion scheme" and "scalar
diffusion scheme". Tetrahedral elements are controlled separately because the bounded
scheme may be lead to less accurate results.
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
build artificial wall

Description: Controls whether or not the solver will build an artificial wall to prevent inflow
at an outlet boundary, or outflow at an inlet boundary condition.
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
check isolated regions

Description: For serial runs the solver checks if any fluid domain contains volumetric
regions which are isolated pockets. This check cannot be performed for parallel solver runs.
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
cht diffusion scheme

Description: Specifies the diffusion scheme for CHT solids: 1=central (interior) , central
(boundary); 2=posdef coefficients (interior), central (boundary); 3=posdef values (interior) ,
posdef values (boundary); 4=blended scheme (interior) , central (boundary); 5=posdef
coefficients (interior), posdef values (boundary); 6=blended scheme (interior) , posdef
values (boundary)
Allowed Values: 1,2,3,4,5,6
Default Value: 5
coupled scalars
Description: Coupling of component mass fraction equations for combustion.
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
degeneracy check tolerance
Description: A face set is considered degenerate if its dimensionless area of the face set
is less than this tolerance.
Default Value: 1.E-4
delete backup files

Description: If set to false, old backup files are not overwritten
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
force intersection
Description: If set to true, GGI intersection is forced
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
ggi periodic axial radial tolerance

Description: GGI periodic surfaces cannot be constant axial surfaces or constant radial
surfaces. This parameter controls the tolerance used to determine if the surface is in one of
these two invalid situations.
ggi permit no intersection

Description: When true, the solver will run when there is no overlap between the two sides
of a GGI/MFR interface. Use this parameter for transient rotor-stator cases with rotating
valves etc. that sometimes are fully closed to the geometry.
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
ggi vertex weighting value
Description: Weighting applied to GGI vertices used during MeTiS partioning
Default Value: 2
ignore solve flag on restart

Description: Specifies whether an autoturnoff solve flag is read from the res file when
restarting a simulation
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
include associated fields

Description: Specifies whether gradients or other associated fields should be written to
minimal transient files.
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: 1
include pref in forces

Description: Specifies whether reference pressure is included in pressure integral for force
and moment calculations
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: 1
k
Quantity Type: k
k Flux
Quantity Type: k Flux
k Flux Coefficient
Quantity Type: k Flux Coefficient
k Source
Quantity Type: k Source
k Source Coefficient
Quantity Type: k Source Coefficient
laplacian stresses
Description: Control between the Laplacian form of the viscous stresses and the strictly
correct stress tensor form
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
linearly exact numerics

Description: Controls whether the numerics are linearly exact
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
max continuity loops

Description: Maximum number of continuity loops to solve in a timestep
Default Value: 1
mg solver option
Description: Determines the coarsening algorithm for algebraic multigrid of the fluid
coupled equations
Allowed Values: 1,2,3,4
Default Value: None
min timesteps
Description: Minimum number of time steps
Default Value: 1
model coefficient relaxation

Description: A control to improve k-e turbulence model convergence
Default Value: 1.0
monitor forces
Description: When set to true, outputs forces on boundaries to the solver output file every
timestep
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
monitor ftrans
Description: When set to true, outputs false transient information (steady state only) to the
solver output file for each loop
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
monitor ranges
Description: When set to true, outputs variable ranges for each coefficient loop in steady
state simulation or for each timestep in a transient simulation
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
monitor residuals
Description: When set to True, outputs maximum residuals and locations for each
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
monitor scales
Description: When set to True, outputs variable scales for each coefficient loop (steady
state) or timestep (transient)
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
monitor totals
Description: When set to True, outputs boundary and source term flows for each
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
multigrid solver
Description: Controls whether multigrid solver is used
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
outer loop relaxations default

Description: The default value for several underrelaxation parameters at the time step loop
level
Default Value: 0.75
output eq flows
Description: Writes boundary flux data for all equations to the results file so that they can
be used for post processing
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
output eq residuals
Description: Writes residuals for all equations to the results file for steady state solutions
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
overlap relaxation fluids

Description: Linear solver underrelaxation of overlap equations in a parallel run for
hydrodynamics equations
Default Value: 1.0
part cvs weighting

Description: Vertex weighting by number of control volume sectors for parallel partitioning.
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
pressure diffusion scheme

Description: Specifies the diffusion scheme for pressure in continuity: 1=central (interior) ,
central (boundary); 2=posdef coefficients (interior), central (boundary)
Allowed Values: 1,2
Default Value: 2
pressure reference node
Description: Specifies node at which pressure reference is set if not supplied via boundary
conditions
Default Value: 0
pressure reference value

Description: Specifies reference pressure value
Default Value: 0.0
pt bnd arrays in trn files

Description: Write particle boundary information to trn-files
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
pt distribute trans particles

Description: Distribute transient particles over the time step
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
pt dynamic drag model

Description: Particle break-up dynamic drag model 0=Default, 1=None, 2=Liu, 3=Hsiang,
4=Clift, 5=Schmehl
Default Value: 0
pt extrap vel for integ

Description: Extrapolate velocity for integration
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
pt linear src coef multiplier

Description: Multiplier for the linearization coefficient of the particle sources
Default Value: 1.0
pt maximum particle temperature

Description: Maximum particle temperature
pt minimum diameter
Description: Minimum particle diameter
pt minimum eddy life time

Description: Minimum eddy life time for turbulent dispersion of particles
Default Value: 0.0
pt time interpolation
Description: Time interpolation in the particle solver: 0=use newest time level, 1=linear
interpolation, 2=quadratic interpolation
Allowed Values: 0,1,2
Default Value: 1
pt tracks in absolute frame

Description: Output tracks in absolute frame of reference
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
relax mass
Description: Changing this value can aid in convergence for problems that show residual
oscillations in separate and re-attached regions
Default Value: 0.75
require coefloop convergence

Description: If set to true then the solver will stop in a transient run if convergence is not
achieved within the coefficient loop
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
rfr domain rotation

Description: Enable domain rotation for RFR cases in the post processor by writing the
theta shift angle to the result file
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
scalar diffusion scheme

Description: Specifies the diffusion scheme for scalars: 1=central; 1=central (interior) ,
central (boundary); 2=posdef coefficients (interior), central (boundary); 3=posdef values
Default Value: 5
solve energy
Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the energy equation
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
solve fluids
Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the hydrodynamics
equations
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
solve masfrc
Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for mass fraction
equations
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
solve mixture fraction

Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for mixture fraction
mean and variance equations
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
solve particles
Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the particle transport
equations
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
solve radiation
Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the radiation equations
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
solve reaction progress

Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for reaction progress
equations
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
solve rs eps
Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the Reynolds Stress
equation
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
solve scalar
Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves equations for
additional variables
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
solve soot
Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for soot equations
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
solve temperature variance
Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves for the temperature
variance equation
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
solve turbulence
Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the turbulence model
equations
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
solve volfrc
Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the volume fraction
equations
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
solve wallscale
Description: Flag for controlling whether or not the controller solves the wall scale (wall
distance) equations
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
solver relaxation fluids

Description: The under-relaxation value for the coupled U, V, W and P linear smoother
within the multigrid solver
Default Value: 0.9
solver relaxation scalar
Description: The under-relaxation value for the scalar linear smoother within the multigrid
solver
Default Value: 1.0
solver target reduction fluids

Description: A tolerance control for the linear solver coupled mass- momentum system
Default Value: 0.1
solver target reduction scalar

Description: A tolerance control for the linear solver scalar equation
Default Value: 0.01
stage reverse flow robustness

Description: Flag to increase robustness when there is reverse flow on the downstream
side of a Stage interface
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
stress diffusion scheme

Description: Specifies the diffusion scheme for stress in momentum 1=central (interior) ,
central (boundary); 2=posdef coefficients (interior), central (boundary)
Allowed Values: 1,2
Default Value: 2
target imbalance scalar

Description: The target imbalance for Additional Variables
Default Value: None
tbulk for htc

Description: Reference bulk temperature to computer the Heat Transfer Coefficient (HTC)
tef numerics option

Description: Option for TEF numerics (0=standard, 1=gradient damping and elem.
CrossDiff)
Allowed Values: 0,1
Default Value: 0
temperature damping
Description: Apply temperature damping.
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
temperature damping factor

Description: Relaxation factor used for temperature damping.
Default Value: 0.2
temperature damping limit

Description: Apply temperature damping only for temperature changes larger than this
value.
Default Value: 0.0
topology estimate factor

Description: Factor by which memory estimate for storing topology is multiplied
Default Value: 1.0
transient initialisation override

Description: Allow solver default initialisation to be used for a transient simulation
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
use kolmogorov ts for extinction

Description: Use the Kolmogorov timescale (in contrast to mixing timescale) as turbulence
timescale for flame extinction at high turbulence.
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
uu
Quantity Type: k
uv
Quantity Type: k
uw
Quantity Type: k
vector parallel tolerance

Description: This value is the error tolerated by the solver in degrees when determining the
maximum deviation of any element face normal from the calculated average element face
normal in a symmetry plane
Default Value: 5.0
volfrc sumapp
Description: Flag for controlling whether diagonal dominance is enforced for the volume
fraction equations
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: t
vv
Quantity Type: k
vw
Quantity Type: k
wall clock time

Description: Output wall clock time during the outer loop in a steady state run or timestep
loop in a transient run.
Allowed Values: t,f
Default Value: f
wallscale diffusion scheme

Description: Wallscale diffusion differencing scheme 1=central (interior) , central
(boundary); 2=posdef coefficients (interior), central (boundary); 3=posdef values (interior) ,
posdef values (boundary); 4=blended scheme (interior) , central (boundary); 5=posdef
coefficients (interior), posdef values (boundary); 6=blended scheme (interior) , posdef
values (boundary)
Default Value: 5
wallscale relaxation factor
Description: Relaxation factor for wallscale
Default Value: 0.75
ww
Quantity Type: k
xValue
Description: Input expression for vector VARIABLE component value in relevant units.
xxValue
Description: Input expression for symmetric tensor VARIABLE component value in
relevant units.
xyValue
relevant units.
xzValue
relevant units.
yValue
yyValue
relevant units.
yzValue
relevant units.
zValue
zzValue
relevant units.
ChapNoCCL Content
ANSYS CFX-Post CCL Details
• Using the CCL Content Documentation p. 636
• CCL Objects p. 637

• CCL Parameters p. 777
Using the CCL Content Documentation
This document is generated from the CFXPostRules.ccl file in the <CFXROOT>/etc/
directory. It contains a description of all the possible CCL objects and parameters. This
includes currently unsupported models, use of which may cause unpredictable results. If
you cannot set an option in ANSYS CFX-Post, but find it defined here, then we recommend
contacting CFX support before using it.
CCL Objects
UNIT SYSTEM
Description
Singleton Object: This object stores the preferred units.
Allowed Parameters
Preferred Units System : This specifies the Units System to use.
Optional Parameters
Update Units to Preferred : This logical indicates whether all displayed units should always
be updated to display the preferred units. If this is "false", quantities will be converted to
preferred types.
Custom Units Setting : This is a comma delimited list of Quantities and their selected units
for the Custom Units Setting. The list will contain both Quantities and the units: e.g.
Acceleration, m s^-2, Angle, radian, ...
STREAMLINE
Description
Named Object: Calculates streamline plots as lines, ribbons or tubes
Allowed Sub-Objects
OBJECT VIEW TRANSFORM : This object contains object transformation info to be
processed by the viewer. Like instance transform, this object should be associated with
each geometry. It is usually specified as a sub-object.
Allowed Parameters
Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Variable : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the
name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Optional Parameters
Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Streamline Direction : The direction in which 3D streams are to be calculated
Tolerance Mode : whether Grid Tolerance or Absolute Tolerance are used
Grid Tolerance : Fraction of local grid size to use as a maximum step tolerance
Absolute Tolerance : Length to use as a maximum step tolerance
Cross Periodics : If true allows a streamline to cross a periodic boundary
Draw Symbols : Draw symbols on the streams at specified times
Stream Symbol : Name of streamline symbol to be used for plot.
Draw Streams : If false do not draw streams, but allow drawing of symbols
Symbol Start Time : The particle age at which to draw the first symbol
Symbol Stop Time : Draw no symbols with particle age lower than this
Symbol Time Interval : Draw symbols at regular times separated by this value
Colour Scale : Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By
default, the colour scale is Linear.
Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for variables
in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Colour Variable : The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be
set equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Colour Map : The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Colour Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for
colour variables in this object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Range : Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
Min : The minimum value of a variable in the colour map when using a "User Specified"
range.
Max : The maximum value of a variable in the colour map when using a "User Specified"
range.
Draw Faces : Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer.
Streamline Maximum Time : Stops streamline calculation when particle age exceeds this
Streamline Solver Type : The solver to use to calculate the streamlines
Reduction or Max Number : This indicates whether to use "Reduction Factor" to reduce
the number of items, or to use "Maximum Number of Items".
Reduction Factor : Reduces the number of items that should be displayed for a particular
locator.
Maximum Number of Items : Specifies the maximum number of items that should be
displayed. This parameter is mutually exclusive with the Reduction Factor Parameter.
Instancing Transform : Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object
instancing.
Apply Instancing Transform : Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics
object in the viewer.
Streamline Maximum Periods : Limits the number of times a streamline may cross a
periodic boundary
Stream Drawing Mode : The streamline drawing mode.
Stream Size : The initial width of stream ribbons or tubes
Stream Initial Direction : Defines the initial plane of a stream ribbon
Number of Sides : The number of sides of a "round" tube
Streamline Width : The width of the streamline.
Streamline Type : Specifies the streamline type. Surface Streamlines are restricted to a
surface location.
Seed Point Type : Specifies seed points used for Surface Streamlines.
Seed Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Surface Streamline Direction : The direction in which surface streams are to be calculated
Streamline Maximum Segments : Stops streamline calculation when number of segments
exceeds this
Simplify Geometry : Flag indicates if nodes would be "coarsened" for surface streamline
geometry
Locator Sampling Method : Specifies point cloud sampling method on a surface.
Number of Samples : The number of random samples to be taken in the plot.
Sampling Accuracy : An indicator for points sampling accuracy.
Random Seed : The seed to be used for a random number series.
Sampling Grid Angle : Specifies the rotation angle for a sampling grid.
Sample Spacing : A value between 0 and 1 relative to domain extents indicating number
points in one direction for grid sampling.
Sampling Aspect Ratio : Specifies spacing aspect ratio for grid sampling.
Add Sample Vertex Normals : If true, calculate vertex normals for sampling geometry.
Internal Parameters
Local Variable Ranges : A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element
in the list contains: "<Variable Name
INTERNAL STREAMLINE
Description
Named Object: Calculates streamline plots as lines, ribbons or tubes
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Streamline Direction : The direction in which 3D streams are to be calculated
Tolerance Mode : whether Grid Tolerance or Absolute Tolerance are used
Grid Tolerance : Fraction of local grid size to use as a maximum step tolerance
Absolute Tolerance : Length to use as a maximum step tolerance
Cross Periodics : If true allows a streamline to cross a periodic boundary
Stream Symbol : Name of streamline symbol to be used for plot.
Draw Streams : If false do not draw streams, but allow drawing of symbols
range.
range.
Streamline Maximum Time : Stops streamline calculation when particle age exceeds this
Streamline Solver Type : The solver to use to calculate the streamlines
locator.
instancing.
Streamline Maximum Periods : Limits the number of times a streamline may cross a
periodic boundary
Stream Drawing Mode : The streamline drawing mode.
Stream Size : The initial width of stream ribbons or tubes
Stream Initial Direction : Defines the initial plane of a stream ribbon
Streamline Width : The width of the streamline.
Streamline Type : Specifies the streamline type. Surface Streamlines are restricted to a
surface location.
Seed Point Type : Specifies seed points used for Surface Streamlines.
Seed Location List : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Surface Streamline Direction : The direction in which surface streams are to be calculated
Streamline Maximum Segments : Stops streamline calculation when number of segments
exceeds this
Simplify Geometry : Flag indicates if nodes would be "coarsened" for surface streamline
geometry
Internal Parameters
TEXT
Description
Named Object: A single piece of text. This text item can be attached to a point on screen
(specified in two dimensions), or attached to a point in three dimensions, following that point
through any viewer transformations. Font, size, colour, rotation and justification options are
provided.
Allowed Sub-Objects
TEXT ITEM : This defines the text to display for the associated TEXT object, and specifies
the Auto-Annotation parameters.
TEXT ITEM : This defines the text to display for the associated TEXT object, and specifies
the Auto-Annotation parameters.
Allowed Parameters
Position Mode : Defines whether a text item is attached to two-dimensional screen
coordinate, or a three-dimensional spatial coordinate.
Optional Parameters
Text Position : The location an item of text should be placed.
Overlay Size : A factor by which to scale the size of a two-dimensional overlay.

Context Controlling Parameter: Position Mode
Allowed Context Settings: Two Coords, Three Coords
Position Mode = Two Coords

Optional Parameters
X Justification : Specifies the horizontal justification of a text or overlay item.
Y Justification : Specifies the vertical justification of a text or overlay item.
TEXT ITEM
Description
Named Object: This defines the text to display for the associated TEXT object, and
specifies the Auto-Annotation parameters.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Text Item Active : Indicates whether to use this TEXT ITEM object in the final output of the
TEXT overlay. This is used to disable the TEXT ITEM objects that the user no longer wishes
to display.
Text String : The contents of an item of text.
Embed Auto Annotation : Specifies whether to embed an auto annotation item in the
string.
Auto Annotation Type : Specifies which type of annotation to show.
Auto Annotation Filename Format : Specifies the Filename display format.
Auto Annotation File Date Format : Specifies the Date display format. "D" or "DD"
specifies the day of the month, "M" or "MM" specifies the month as a number (e.g. 06 =
June), "MMM" specifies the month as a short form text (e.g. Jun = June, Aug = August),
"MMMM" specifies the full month name as text, "Y" or "YY" specifies a two digit year (e.g.
03 = 2003), and "YYY" or "YYYY" specifies a four digit year. Any consecutive duplicates
beyond what is already stated will be reduced to the closest form.
Auto Annotation File Time Format : Specifies the Time display format. "H" is hours in 24
hour format, "h" is hours in 12 hour format, "m" is minutes, "s" is seconds, and "t" is AM or
PM, depending on the time of day. Any consecutive duplicates will be reduced to a single
item.
Auto Annotation Expression : Specifies the expression to display.

Context Controlling Parameter: Auto Annotation Type
Allowed Context Settings: Filename, File Date, File Time, Timestep, Time Value,
Expression
Auto Annotation Type = Filename

Optional Parameters
Auto Annotation Filename Format : Specifies the Filename display format.
Auto Annotation Type = File Date

Optional Parameters
Auto Annotation File Date Format : Specifies the Date display format. "D" or "DD"
specifies the day of the month, "M" or "MM" specifies the month as a number (e.g. 06 =
June), "MMM" specifies the month as a short form text (e.g. Jun = June, Aug = August),
"MMMM" specifies the full month name as text, "Y" or "YY" specifies a two digit year (e.g.
03 = 2003), and "YYY" or "YYYY" specifies a four digit year. Any consecutive duplicates
beyond what is already stated will be reduced to the closest form.
Auto Annotation Type = File Time

Optional Parameters
Auto Annotation File Time Format : Specifies the Time display format. "H" is hours in 24
hour format, "h" is hours in 12 hour format, "m" is minutes, "s" is seconds, and "t" is AM or
PM, depending on the time of day. Any consecutive duplicates will be reduced to a single
item.
Auto Annotation Type = Timestep
Auto Annotation Type = Time Value
Auto Annotation Type = Expression

Optional Parameters
Auto Annotation Expression : Specifies the expression to display.
DOMAIN
Description
Named Object: An automatically created object for each domain read from the results file.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Domain Type : The type of the domain. For types other than Normal, additional geometric
variables will be generated.
Blade Region : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Hub Region : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Shroud Region : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Inlet Region : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Outlet Region : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Periodic 1 Region : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Periodic 2 Region : A comma delimited list of locator names.
Turbo 360 Case without Periodics : A domain parameter indicating a 360 case without
periodic regions. If true, engine will create an internal cut plane through axis and intersect it
with other regions to generate background mesh outline.
Background Mesh Generation Method : The method that TurboTransform module will
use to generate the background mesh
Background Mesh Density : background mesh density for turbo component
Apply Reflection : Toggles reflection in the transformation.
Apply Translation : Toggles translation in the transformation.
Apply Rotation : Toggles rotation in the transformation.
Rotation Axis Type : Specifies the rotation axis type in the transformation. If it is set to
"Principal Axis", Principal Axis parameter setting is used. It is set to "Rotation Axis",
parameters Rotation Axis From and Rotation Axis To are used for the axis definition.
Rotation Axis From : An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis.
Rotation Axis To : An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis.
Full Circle : If set to On, the instances are placed uniformly about the instance rotation axis.
Note that the Number of Copies has to be greater than two when this option is used.
Angle Definition Method : Specifies angle definition method. If it is set to "Value",
parameter Rotation Angle value will be used for angular instancing. If it is set to "Instances
in 360", parameter "Number of Components in 360" will be used.
Number of Components in 360 : Number of Components in 360 degrees
Number of Passages in 360 : Number of passages in 360 degrees
Number of Passages in Component : Number of passages in a component
Translation Vector : Specifies the translation vector.
Axis From File : Logical parameter indicating if axis of rotation is defined in the res file.
Hub Curve Mode : The type of line used to define Hub curve. The Hub line is needed for
calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the corresponding Hub
Region(s), but optionally it can be defined via a line or a polyline.
Hub Line Object : Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Hub curve.
This parameter is used when Hub Curve Mode is set to From Line.
Shroud Curve Mode : The type of line used to define Shroud curve. The Shroud line is
needed for calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the
corresponding Shroud Region(s), but optionally it can be defined via a line or a polyline.
Shroud Line Object : Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Shroud
curve. This parameter is used when Shroud Curve Mode is set to From Line.
Inlet Curve Mode : The type of line used to define Inlet curve. The Inlet line is needed for
calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the corresponding Inlet
Inlet Line Object : Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Inlet curve.
This parameter is used when Inlet Curve Mode is set to From Line.
Outlet Curve Mode : The type of line used to define Outlet curve. The Outlet line is needed
for calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the corresponding
Outlet Region(s), but optionally it can be defined via a line or a polyline.
Outlet Line Object : Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Outlet
curve. This parameter is used when Outlet Curve Mode is set to From Line.
Components to Initialize : The list of components to initialize for a domain.
Components to Update : The list of components to be initialized or updated. This list is
used only by GUI for component initialization using popup menu or by apply/initialize button.
It precede "Components to Initialize",
Components to Ignore : The list of components that are tagged as non-turbo components.
This a subset of "Component List".
Reflection Plane Option : Specifies how to define the plane that is used to create the
reflection plane. It can be defined as either some axis-parallel planes, or from an existing
plane object.
Create Additional Turbo Variables : A domain parameter indicating if additional turbo
variables have been requested by the user.
Internal Parameters
Is Rotating : flag indicating if the domain is rotating.
UpStream Domain : upstream domain for the domain.
DownStream Domain : downstream domain for the domain.
Angular Velocity : the rotational speed of a turbo component
Reference Pressure : reference pressure for a domain
Do Cylindrical Initialization : flag indicating whether cylindrical initialization will be
performed on the domain.
Ignore Theta Offset : flag indicating whether the calculated theta value will be offset
against the global min.
Component List : The list of components for a domain. This is the initial "turbo" component
list set by engine. Because a user can manually tag a component as turbo or non-turbo, the
real turbo component list is given by ("Component List" - "Components to Ignore").
Initialized Components : The list of components that have been initialized as turbo
components.
Failed Components : The list of components that have failed turbo initialization.
Current Rotation Axis From : An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis used
currently in this domain.
Current Rotation Axis To : An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis used
currently in this domain.
Number of Nodes : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to
store the number of nodes.
Number of Elements : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used
to store the number of elements.
Number of Tetrahedra : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used
to store the number of tetrahedra.
Number of Wedges : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to
store the number of wedges.
Number of Pyramids : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used
to store the number of pyramids.
Number of Hexahedra : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used
to store the number of hexahedra.
Region List : The list of regions over which to define this object (used by domain,
subdomain and boundary).

Context Controlling Parameter: Reflection Plane Option
Allowed Context Settings: XY Plane, YZ Plane, ZX Plane, From Plane
Reflection Plane Option = YZ Plane

Optional Parameters
X : The X coordinate value for the location of this object.
Reflection Plane Option = ZX Plane
Optional Parameters
Y : The Y coordinate value for the location of this object.
Reflection Plane Option = XY Plane

Optional Parameters
Z : The Z coordinate value for the location of this object.
Reflection Plane Option = From Plane

Optional Parameters
Reflection Plane : Specifies the REFLECTION PLANE object to use in a transformation.
TURBO SURFACE
Description
Named Object: A locator generated by the surface of a constant turbo coordinate.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Option : A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.
Optional Parameters
Turbo Domain List : The list of domains over which to define this object.
Circumferential Average Mode : method used to calculate circumferential average for
colouring variable on a turbo object
Maximum Number of Sampling Points : Specifies the maximum number of sampling
points for circumferential averaging.
range.
range.
Surface Type : Indicates if the surface is a slice or sample surface.
Surface Bound : Defines surface bounding (Rectangular, None).
Streamwise Min : Lower bound of M" coordinate for a turbo surface.
Streamwise Max : Upper bound of M" coordinate for a turbo surface.
Theta Min : Lower bound of Theta coordinate for the surface.
Theta Max : Upper bound of Theta coordinate for the surface.
Span Min : Lower bound of Span coordinate for a turbo surface.
Span Max : Upper bound of Span coordinate for a turbo surface.
Streamwise Points : Number of Sample points in M direction (turbo coordinate).
Theta Points : Number of Sample points in T direction (turbo coordinate).
Span Points : Number of Sample points in S direction (turbo coordinate).
Axial Points : Number of Sample points in Axial direction (AR coordinate).
Radial Points : Number of Sample points in Radial direction (AR coordinate).
Invert Surface Bound : Reverses the surface bounds by selecting region outside surface
bound.
instancing.
wireframe.
Apply Texture : Toggles display of the texture.
Texture Type : The type of texture to use.
Texture File : The texture file to display on the object.
Texture Material : The material to use for texture.
Texture Direction : The direction of texture projection to the object.
Texture Position : X-Y position of the texture.
Texture Scale : The texture scale.
Texture Angle : The texture angle in degrees.
Tile Texture : Toggles tiling of the texture.
Blend Texture : Toggles blending of the texture.
Transform Texture : Toggles transforming (spherical) of the texture.
Internal Parameters
Override CA Params : flag used to calculate circumferential average on a turbo surface
(internal parameter).
CA Mode Override : method used to calculate circumferential average on a turbo surface
CA Variable Override : The name of the variable to be used in circumferential averaging

Allowed Context Settings: Constant Span, Constant Streamwise Location, Constant
Theta, Cone
Option = Constant Streamwise Location

Optional Parameters
Streamwise Location : The normalized M" turbo coordinate value for the location of this
object.
Option = Constant Theta

Optional Parameters
Theta : The Theta coordinate value for the location of this object.
Option = Constant Span

Optional Parameters
Span : The normalized Span turbo coordinate value for the location of this object.
Option = Cone
Optional Parameters
Point Coord System : Specifies the coordinate system in which the points are specified.
Clip Cone : Enables/disables clipping in a cone surface
INTERNAL TURBO SURFACE
Description
Named Object: A locator generated by the surface of a constant turbo coordinate (internal
version).
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
Surface Type : Indicates if the surface is a slice or sample surface.
Surface Bound : Defines surface bounding (Rectangular, None).
Axial Points : Number of Sample points in Axial direction (AR coordinate).
Radial Points : Number of Sample points in Radial direction (AR coordinate).
Invert Surface Bound : Reverses the surface bounds by selecting region outside surface
bound.
instancing.
wireframe.
Turbo View Plot Type : Plot types for B2B and Meridional plots in Turbo View.
Internal Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Constant Span, Constant Streamwise Location, Constant
Theta, Cone
Option = Constant Streamwise Location

Optional Parameters
object.
Option = Constant Theta

Optional Parameters
Option = Constant Span

Optional Parameters
Option = Cone
Optional Parameters
Clip Cone : Enables/disables clipping in a cone surface
TURBO LINE
Description
Named Object: A locator defined by two constant turbo coordinate
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
Line Type : Indicates if the line is a cut or sample line.
Line Bound : Defines line bounding (End Points, None).
Invert Line Bound : Reverses the line bounds by selecting line outside line bound.
instancing.
Internal Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Inlet to Outlet, Hub to Shroud, Circumferential
Option = Inlet to Outlet

Optional Parameters
Option = Hub to Shroud

Optional Parameters
Turbo Line Mode : The method of generation of "Hub to Shroud" Turbo Line
object.
Point Distribution Method : method used to distribute points along the hub to shroud line.
Include Boundary Points : If true, place end points on range limits for a hub to shroud line.
Optional Parameters
object.
INTERNAL TURBO LINE
Description
Named Object: A locator defined by two constant turbo coordinate (internal version)
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
Line Bound : Defines line bounding (End Points, None).
Invert Line Bound : Reverses the line bounds by selecting line outside line bound.
instancing.
Internal Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Inlet to Outlet, Hub to Shroud, Circumferential
Option = Inlet to Outlet

Optional Parameters
Option = Hub to Shroud

Optional Parameters
Turbo Line Mode : The method of generation of "Hub to Shroud" Turbo Line
object.
Point Distribution Method : method used to distribute points along the hub to shroud line.
Include Boundary Points : If true, place end points on range limits for a hub to shroud line.
Optional Parameters
object.
CHART
Description
Named Object: This object is used to create a chart and specify general chart parameters,
including the CHART LINE objects that define the chart lines.
Allowed Sub-Objects
CHART LINE : This object defines the variables, line style, symbol style, and colours to use
for a chart line.
CHART LINE : This object defines the variables, line style, symbol style, and colours to use
for a chart line.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Chart Title : Specifies the title for the chart.
Chart Type : Specifies the kind of chart to create - either XY or Time.
Chart Text Colour : The colour of the chart title and X & Y Axis Labels.
Chart Viewport Colour : The colour of the chart viewport including axes, tick marks, and
axis numbering.
Chart Axes : Indicates whether the X=0 or Y=0 lines should be displayed on the chart.
Neither, either or both may be displayed.
Use Data For Axis Labels : Boolean indicating whether to use the line axis data as the axis
labels. (e.g. When plotting Pressure vs. X, the axis labels would be Pressure and X.)
Chart X Axis Label : The label to use for the X-Axis.
Chart Y Axis Label : The label to use for the Y-Axis.
X Axis Automatic Range : Indicates whether the Min and Max X values shown on the chart
will be automatically (true) or manually determined.
Max X : If the "X Axis Automatic Range" parameter is False, this parameter will indicate the
maximum X value to display.
Min X : If the "X Axis Automatic Range" parameter is False, this parameter will indicate the
minimum X value to display.
X Axis Logarithmic Scaling : Indicates whether to scale the X Axis linearly or
logarithmically.
X Axis Inverted : Indicates whether to invert the X Axis
Y Axis Automatic Range : Indicates whether the Min and Max Y values shown on the chart
will be automatically (true) or manually determined.
Max Y : If the "Y Axis Automatic Range" parameter is False, this parameter will indicate the
maximum Y value to display.
Min Y : If the "Y Axis Automatic Range" parameter is False, this parameter will indicate the
minimum Y value to display.
Y Axis Logarithmic Scaling : Indicates whether to scale the Y Axis linearly or
logarithmically.
Y Axis Inverted : Indicates whether to invert the Y Axis
Chart Legend : Specifies whether a legend should be displayed or not.
Chart Legend Position : Specifies where to place the chart legend relative to the chart.
Chart Title Font : The font definition for the Chart Title. The parameter is a comma delimited
list of four items: Font Name, Font Size, Bold (True or False), Italics (True or False).
Chart Axes Font : The font definition for the Chart Axes. The parameter is a comma
delimited list of four items: Font Name, Font Size, Bold (True or False), Italics (True or
False).
Chart Axes Titles Font : The font definition for the Chart Axes Titles. The parameter is a
comma delimited list of four items: Font Name, Font Size, Bold (True or False), Italics (True
or False).
Chart Legend Font : The font definition for the Chart Legend. The parameter is a comma
False).
Chart Line Width : Defines the line width for the chart lines.
Chart Symbol Size : Defines the size of the chart symbols.
Chart Horizontal Grid : Shows or hides the horizontal major grid.
Chart Vertical Grid : Shows or hides the Vertical major grid.
Chart Minor Grid : Shows or hides both Horizontal and Vertical Minor grid.
Chart Grid Line Width : Defines the line width for the major grid lines.
Chart Minor Grid Line Width : Defines the line width for the minor grid lines.
CHART LINE
Description
Named Object: This object defines the variables, line style, symbol style, and colours to
use for a chart line.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Chart Line Type : Indicates whether this line should be defined the regular way (i.e. get
data from a locator in the loaded file), or defined via data from a file.
Line Name : The name of this chart line. This string will be used as the label in the Legend
if one is displayed.
Chart X Variable : Specifies the name of the X-Axis variable to chart. The default value of
"Chart Count" indicates that the X-Axis will be a locator point counter.
X Variable Absolute Value : Indicates whether to take the absolute value of the X Axis data
before plotting the chart. If plotting a logarithmic chart, the minimum value will be 1e-100.
X Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be used for the X Axis
variable (Conservative or Hybrid).
Chart Y Variable : Specifies the name of the Y-Axis variable to chart.
Y Variable Absolute Value : Indicates whether to take the absolute value of the Y Axis data
before plotting the chart. If plotting a logarithmic chart, the minimum value will be 1e-100.
Y Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be used for the Y Axis
variable (Conservative or Hybrid).
Time Chart Type : Indicates the type of Time Chart to create - the options are "Point"which
will track the value of a variable at that point over time, or "Expression",which must evaluate
to a single value, and will be evaluated for each timestep.
Time Chart Location : Specifies the location to use for the Time Chart.
Time Chart Variable : Specifies the name of the variable to track over time at the specified
point.
Time Variable Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be used for the Time
Chart variable (Conservative or Hybrid).
Time Variable Absolute Value : Indicates whether to take the absolute value of the Time
Variable data before plotting the chart. If plotting a logarithmic chart, the minimum value will
be 1e-100.
Time Chart Expression : Specifies the expression to evaluate at each timestep and plot in
the chart.
Chart Line Filename : Specifies the file from which to read the line data.
Chart Line Visibility : Toggles the visibility of this chart line in the chart.
Chart Line Style : Specifies the line style to use.
Auto Chart Line Colour : Indicates whether to automatically choose the Line Colours or to
allow the user to manually select it.
Chart Line Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB
(Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the Chart Line.
Chart Symbol Style : Specifies the symbol style to use.
Chart Symbol Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB
(Red/Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the Chart Symbol.
ROOT
Description
Singleton Object: The ROOT object lists all the object types that can be defined in CFX-
Post.
Allowed Sub-Objects
UNIT SYSTEM : This object stores the preferred units.
STREAMLINE : Calculates streamline plots as lines, ribbons or tubes
INTERNAL STREAMLINE : Calculates streamline plots as lines, ribbons or tubes
TEXT : A single piece of text. This text item can be attached to a point on screen (specified
in two dimensions), or attached to a point in three dimensions, following that point through
any viewer transformations. Font, size, colour, rotation and justification options are
provided.
DOMAIN : An automatically created object for each domain read from the results file.
TURBO SURFACE : A locator generated by the surface of a constant turbo coordinate.
INTERNAL TURBO SURFACE : A locator generated by the surface of a constant turbo
coordinate (internal version).
TURBO LINE : A locator defined by two constant turbo coordinate
INTERNAL TURBO LINE : A locator defined by two constant turbo coordinate (internal
version)
CHART : This object is used to create a chart and specify general chart parameters,
including the CHART LINE objects that define the chart lines.
RULES:
LIBRARY : LIBRARY is automatically read from the VARIABLES library file.
POINT : Defines a point using X, Y and Z coordinates.
INTERNAL POINT : Defines a point using X, Y and Z coordinates.
POINT CLOUD : Generate a cloud of points on a locator(s) using a specified sampling
method.
INTERNAL POINT CLOUD : Generate a cloud of points on a locator(s) using a specified
sampling method.
POLYLINE : A locator defined by multiple sets of points read from a data file or by the
intersection of a boundary and a locator. The points may have local (path) variables
associated with them. The polyline can interact with CFD data and can be coloured using
path variables or domain variables.
INTERNAL POLYLINE : A locator defined by multiple sets of points read from a data file or
by the intersection of a boundary and a locator. The points may have local (path) variables
path variables or domain variables (internal version).
PARTICLE TRACK : A particle track object providing the filtering of the display of particle
tracks that exist in the current RES file (if any) and/or tracks loaded from a separate tracks
file.
RES PARTICLE TRACK : A particle track object that provides the default displaying of
particle tracks that exist in the loaded RES file. If the RES file has no Track data, this object
is not created.
SUBDOMAIN : A volume region of a domain defined as a subdomain.
PRIMITIVE2D : A primitive 2D region defined in the GTM database
PRIMITIVE3D : A primitive 3D region defined in the GTM database.
COMPOSITE : A composite region defined in the GTM database
COMPOSITE PERIODIC : A periodic region used by CFX4.
COMPOSITE INTER BLOCK : An inter-block region used by CFX4.
BOUNDARY : A locator defined by a boundary condition that exists in the results file.
WIREFRAME : Plots an outline of the domain given by edges between elements with
greater than the specified angle.
VECTOR : Creates a vector plot on a given list of locators.
INTERNAL VECTOR : Creates a vector plot on a given list of locators (internal version).
SYMBOL : An internal object representing a plotting symbol.
ISOSURFACE : A locator generated by the surface which passes through a constant value
of a specified variable.
INTERNAL ISOSURFACE : A locator generated by the surface which passes through a
constant value of a specified variable (internal version).
USER SURFACE : Allows the user to read an external file while contains elements
describing a general 3D surface, with local variable values optionally specified on each
node. The surface can interact with CFD data and can be coloured using local variables
or domain variables.
PLANE : A general object to describe a plane through the domain. Slice planes (which can
be bounded) and sample planes are supported.
CLIP PLANE : Defines a plane that can be used to clip graphics in the viewer.
VOLUME : An object that contains a subset of the volume elements of the domains it is
defined on. Options are provided to specify how that subset is defined.
LINE : Defines a line object.
CONTOUR : Creates a contour plot on a given list of locators.
INTERNAL CONTOUR : Creates a contour plot on a given list of locators (internal version).
SURFACE GROUP : Creates a group of surface plot on a given list of locators.
INTERNAL SURFACE GROUP : Creates a group of surface plot on a given list of locators.
SURFACE OF REVOLUTION : A general surface of revolution object.
HARDCOPY : This object contains the settings used to control the creation of hardcopy
DATA READER : This object contains the settings used to read results files into the post-
processor. It is used by the "load" action.
EXPORT : Holds parameters which control the export of data to an external text file.
SESSION : Stores parameters used by the readsession command.
STATE : Stores parameters used by the readstate and savestate commands.
VIEWPORT MANAGER : This object stores the parameters that control the global viewport
controls.
VIEWPORT : This object stores the viewport settings.
VIEWER : This object stores the viewport settings.
VECTOR VARIABLE : An object used to reference the data associated with a vector
quantity in the results file.
SCALAR VARIABLE : An object used to reference the data associated with a scalar
quantity in the results file.
USER SCALAR VARIABLE : An object used to reference scalar user-defined data.
USER VECTOR VARIABLE : An object used to reference vector user-defined data.
ANIMATION : Defines a Keyframe animation sequence. A list of KEYFRAME objects
indicate the states between which to interpolate.
KEYFRAME : Defines a specific keyframe for an animation sequence. The actual system
state is stored in a file referenced by the "Keyframe Filename" parameter.
GROUP : Allows a group of multiple objects to behave as a single object. Currently only
used internally and does not work for graphics, etc.
DEFAULT INSTANCE TRANSFORM : Specifies the default instance transformation.
INSTANCE TRANSFORM : Specifies an instance transformation that can consist of a
rotation, a translation, a reflection and a number of copies of the original object to produce.
Note that applying reflection duplicates the number of copies.
CAMERA : Defines a camera that can be used to specify the current view in the VIEWER
object.
LEGEND : Creates a labelled colour bar to show to legend associated with the named plot.
DEFAULT LEGEND : Creates a labelled colour bar to show to legend associated with the
named plot.
COORD FRAME : Defines a coordinate frame which can be used for setting direction and
axis specifications.
CALCULATOR : This singleton is used by the calculate action to define the function and
arguments to be evaluated, and store the Result.
MESH CALCULATOR : This singleton is used by the mesh calculate action to define the
function to be evaluated, and store the max and min Results.
EXPRESSION EVALUATOR : This singleton evaluates the specified Expression and
stores the Result.
EXPRESSION PREVIEW : This singleton is used to generate data for expression preview
graphs.
FILE PROCESSING : Stores parameters indicating the state of processing state or session
files.
LIBRARY
Description
Singleton Object: LIBRARY is automatically read from the VARIABLES library file.
Allowed Sub-Objects
CEL :
CEL :
POINT
Description
Named Object: Defines a point using X, Y and Z coordinates.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
Normalized : If set On, all vectors are plotted with the same length (show direction only).
instancing.
Internal Parameters
Nearest Node Number : Stores index of the mesh node nearest to this point.
Allowed Context Settings: XYZ, Node Number, Variable Minimum, Variable Maximum
Option = XYZ
Optional Parameters
Option = Node Number

Optional Parameters
Node Number :
Option = Variable Minimum

Optional Parameters
Option = Variable Maximum

Optional Parameters
INTERNAL POINT
Description
Named Object: Defines a point using X, Y and Z coordinates.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
instancing.
Symbol Size Mode : Determines whether the symbol size is defined relative to the problem
size or it is an absolute size.
Internal Parameters
Nearest Node Number : Stores index of the mesh node nearest to this point.

Allowed Context Settings: XYZ, Node Number, Variable Minimum, Variable Maximum
Option = XYZ
Optional Parameters
Option = Node Number

Optional Parameters
Node Number :
Option = Variable Minimum

Optional Parameters
Option = Variable Maximum

Optional Parameters
POINT CLOUD
Description
Named Object: Generate a cloud of points on a locator(s) using a specified sampling
method.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
instancing.
locator.
Internal Parameters
INTERNAL POINT CLOUD
Description
Named Object: Generate a cloud of points on a locator(s) using a specified sampling
method.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
Symbol Size Mode : Determines whether the symbol size is defined relative to the problem
size or it is an absolute size.
instancing.
locator.
Internal Parameters
POLYLINE
Description
Named Object: A locator defined by multiple sets of points read from a data file or by the
path variables or domain variables.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
instancing.
Internal Parameters
Allowed Context Settings: From File, Boundary Intersection, From Contour
Option = From File

Input File : The name of the file to be read that contains the definition of one or more
polylines and associated path variables.
Option = Boundary Intersection

Boundary List : A list of boundary objects
Optional Parameters
Option = From Contour

Contour Name : The name of the contour object specified in a user surface.
Optional Parameters
Contour Level : The contour level specified in a user surface.
INTERNAL POLYLINE
Description
Named Object: A locator defined by multiple sets of points read from a data file or by the
path variables or domain variables (internal version).
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
instancing.
Internal Parameters
Allowed Context Settings: From File, Boundary Intersection, From Contour
Option = From File


Optional Parameters

Optional Parameters
PARTICLE TRACK
Description
Named Object: A particle track object providing the filtering of the display of particle tracks
that exist in the current RES file (if any) and/or tracks loaded from a separate tracks file.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Reduction or Max Tracks : This indicates whether to use "Reduction Factor" to reduce the
number of tracks, or to use "Maximum Number of Tracks"
locator.
Maximum Number of Tracks : Specifies the maximum number of tracks that should be
Track Material : Specifies the material of the track for this object.
Limit Track Option : Specifies how the tracks should be limited.
Track Limit Type : Indicates whether to limit the portion of the track to be displayed by time
or by distance.
Track Start Time : The particle age at which to start drawing the track.
Track End Time : The particle age at which to stop drawing the track.
Track Start Distance : The particle travelling distance at which to start drawing the track.
Track End Distance : The particle travelling distance at which to stop drawing the track.
Activate Filter : A Logical field indicating whether to use the filter to select which tracks to
display.
Filter On Start : A Logical field indicating whether to use the Starting Boundary when
filtering.
Starting Boundary : A list of Boundary names to filter particle tracks that start on the
specified boundaries.
Filter On End : A Logical field indicating whether to use the Ending Boundary when filtering.
Ending Boundary : A list of Boundary names to filter particle tracks that end on the
Filter On Diameter : A Logical field indicating whether to use Particle Diameter when
filtering.
Particle Diameter : The Particle Diameter to use in filtering tracks.
Particle Diameter Condition : The condition to test for when filtering with Particle
Diameter. The values with their equivalent meanings are: gt (
Particle Diameter Two : The Particle Diameter to use in filtering tracks.
Particle Diameter Condition Two : The condition to test for when filtering with Particle
Filter On Track Selection : A Logical field indicating whether to use the Track Selection
when filtering.
Track Selection : A string list containing a subset of track numbers to select the tracks to
display.
Any All Condition : The way the Filtering conditions should be combined. "Any" means that
all tracks that meet any of the conditions will be displayed. "All" means that only the tracks
that meet all of the conditions will be displayed.
Track Symbol : Name of streamline symbol to be used for plot.
Draw Tracks : If false do not draw tracks, but allow drawing of symbols
Symbol Max Time Selection : Indicates how to determine the "Symbol Start Time", either
allow the user to set the parameter, or use the current time.
range.
range.
instancing.
Track Drawing Mode : The streamline drawing mode.
Track Line Width : The width of the streamline.
Track Initial Direction : Defines the initial plane of a stream ribbon
Track Size : The initial width of stream ribbons or tubes
Show Track Labels : Indicates whether or not to show the track number labels.
Text Colour : A list of three numbers between 0 and 1, which represent the RGB (Red/
Internal Parameters
Material : Specifies the type of material that this particle track is made out of. This
parameter differentiates it from other particle tracks stored in the same RES file.
Start Boundary List : A string list containing the list of valid starting boundaries for this
track.
End Boundary List : A string list containing the list of valid ending boundaries for this track.
Diameter Max : The maximum diameter of all tracks read from the file.
Diameter Min : The minimum diameter of all tracks read from the file.
Number of Tracks : The total number of tracks that are available for viewing.
Number of Displayed Tracks : The number of tracks filtered to be displayed in the viewer.
Track Index Range : The range of valid track indices. The indices may extend beyond the
number of tracks, specifically when track reduction was selected for the solver.
Tracks Displayed : A list of the track numbers that are displayed in the viewer.

Allowed Context Settings: From Res, From File
Option = From Res
Option = From File

Track File Type : The type of file to read the particle tracks from. This is only available if the
Particle Track Option is "From File". Currently only supports CFX4 files.
RES PARTICLE TRACK
Description
Named Object: A particle track object that provides the default displaying of particle tracks
that exist in the loaded RES file. If the RES file has no Track data, this object is not created.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Reduction or Max Tracks : This indicates whether to use "Reduction Factor" to reduce the
number of tracks, or to use "Maximum Number of Tracks"
locator.
Maximum Number of Tracks : Specifies the maximum number of tracks that should be
Track Material : Specifies the material of the track for this object.
Limit Track Option : Specifies how the tracks should be limited.
Track Limit Type : Indicates whether to limit the portion of the track to be displayed by time
or by distance.
Track Start Time : The particle age at which to start drawing the track.
Track End Time : The particle age at which to stop drawing the track.
Track Start Distance : The particle travelling distance at which to start drawing the track.
Track End Distance : The particle travelling distance at which to stop drawing the track.
Activate Filter : A Logical field indicating whether to use the filter to select which tracks to
display.
Filter On Start : A Logical field indicating whether to use the Starting Boundary when
filtering.
Starting Boundary : A list of Boundary names to filter particle tracks that start on the
Filter On End : A Logical field indicating whether to use the Ending Boundary when filtering.
Ending Boundary : A list of Boundary names to filter particle tracks that end on the
Filter On Diameter : A Logical field indicating whether to use Particle Diameter when
filtering.
Particle Diameter : The Particle Diameter to use in filtering tracks.
Particle Diameter Condition : The condition to test for when filtering with Particle
Particle Diameter Two : The Particle Diameter to use in filtering tracks.
Particle Diameter Condition Two : The condition to test for when filtering with Particle
Filter On Track Selection : A Logical field indicating whether to use the Track Selection
when filtering.
Track Selection : A string list containing a subset of track numbers to select the tracks to
display.
Any All Condition : The way the Filtering conditions should be combined. "Any" means that
all tracks that meet any of the conditions will be displayed. "All" means that only the tracks
that meet all of the conditions will be displayed.
Track Symbol : Name of streamline symbol to be used for plot.
Draw Tracks : If false do not draw tracks, but allow drawing of symbols
Symbol Max Time Selection : Indicates how to determine the "Symbol Start Time", either
allow the user to set the parameter, or use the current time.
range.
range.
instancing.
Track Drawing Mode : The streamline drawing mode.
Track Line Width : The width of the streamline.
Track Initial Direction : Defines the initial plane of a stream ribbon
Track Size : The initial width of stream ribbons or tubes
Show Track Labels : Indicates whether or not to show the track number labels.
Internal Parameters
Material : Specifies the type of material that this particle track is made out of. This
Start Boundary List : A string list containing the list of valid starting boundaries for this
track.
End Boundary List : A string list containing the list of valid ending boundaries for this track.
Diameter Max : The maximum diameter of all tracks read from the file.
Diameter Min : The minimum diameter of all tracks read from the file.
Number of Tracks : The total number of tracks that are available for viewing.
Number of Displayed Tracks : The number of tracks filtered to be displayed in the viewer.
Track Index Range : The range of valid track indices. The indices may extend beyond the
number of tracks, specifically when track reduction was selected for the solver.
Tracks Displayed : A list of the track numbers that are displayed in the viewer.

Allowed Context Settings: From Res, From File
Option = From Res
Option = From File
SUBDOMAIN
Description
Named Object: A volume region of a domain defined as a subdomain.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
instancing.
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
PRIMITIVE2D
Description
Named Object: A primitive 2D region defined in the GTM database
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
instancing.
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
Internal Name : The internal name of this object, such as its name in the GTM database
Set Number : Solver face/element set number for a primitive region.
PRIMITIVE3D
Description
Named Object: A primitive 3D region defined in the GTM database.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
instancing.
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
Set Number : Solver face/element set number for a primitive region.
COMPOSITE
Description
Named Object: A composite region defined in the GTM database
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
instancing.
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
Dimensions : The dimensions of a hybrid object such as composite.(0-point, 1-line, 2-
surface, 3-volume).
Has Primitives : Flag indicating if a "composite" region is defined by primitives
COMPOSITE PERIODIC
Description
Named Object: A periodic region used by CFX4.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
instancing.
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
surface, 3-volume).
COMPOSITE INTER BLOCK
Description
Named Object: An inter-block region used by CFX4.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
instancing.
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
surface, 3-volume).
BOUNDARY
Description
Named Object: A locator defined by a boundary condition that exists in the results file.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
instancing.
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
Solver Name : The name of this object inside the RES file.
Boundary Type : Internal parameter tells the type of the boundary.
Periodicity Type : Says whether the boundary is periodic in rotation or translation
Opposite Boundary List : The boundaries that form the other side of a periodic link
Interface Type : Matches the solver CCL parameter, saying what kind of GGI interface this
is
Old Periodicity : Says whether the periodic boundary is specified in old or new format.
WIREFRAME
Description
Named Object: Plots an outline of the domain given by edges between elements with
greater than the specified angle.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Edge Angle : The angle between two faces used to limit visible edges in a wireframe.
instancing.
VECTOR
Description
Named Object: Creates a vector plot on a given list of locators.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
Symbol : Name of symbol to be used for the vector plot.
Projection Type : The vector projection type to be used in creating this plot.
Direction : The direction specification for vector coord frame projection.
locator.
Surface Sampling : If set On, results are displayed at a subset of points in the plot.
instancing.
Internal Parameters
INTERNAL VECTOR
Description
Named Object: Creates a vector plot on a given list of locators (internal version).
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
Symbol : Name of symbol to be used for the vector plot.
Projection Type : The vector projection type to be used in creating this plot.
Direction : The direction specification for vector coord frame projection.
locator.
Surface Sampling : If set On, results are displayed at a subset of points in the plot.
instancing.
Internal Parameters
SYMBOL
Description
Named Object: An internal object representing a plotting symbol.
Allowed Parameters
Symbol Type : The category a symbol falls under.

Context Controlling Parameter: Symbol Type
Allowed Context Settings: Arrow2D, Arrow3D, Crosshair, Octahedron, Line Arrow,
Arrowhead, Arrowhead3D
Symbol Type = Arrow2D
Symbol Type = Arrow3D
Symbol Type = Crosshair
Symbol Type = Octahedron
Symbol Type = Line Arrow
Symbol Type = Arrowhead
Symbol Type = Arrowhead3D
ISOSURFACE
Description
Named Object: A locator generated by the surface which passes through a constant value
of a specified variable.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Value : The value of the variable at which the isosurface is to be plotted.
range.
range.
instancing.
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
INTERNAL ISOSURFACE
Description
Named Object: A locator generated by the surface which passes through a constant value
of a specified variable (internal version).
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Value : The value of the variable at which the isosurface is to be plotted.
range.
range.
instancing.
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
USER SURFACE
Description
Named Object: Allows the user to read an external file while contains elements describing
a general 3D surface, with local variable values optionally specified on each node. The
surface can interact with CFD data and can be coloured using local variables or domain
variables.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
instancing.
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
Surface Element Type : This Internal parameter stores the Type of Surface Elements that
the Geometry consists of for ANSYS Import Geometries.
ANSYS Key Option : This Internal parameter stores the ANSYS KEYOPT command value
for the specified element type. We only care about KEYOPT 8 for SURF152"s, and
KEYOPT 11 for SURF154"s. Therefore, depending on the value of "Surface Element
Type",this will have the value of the appropriate KEYOPT.

Allowed Context Settings: From File, Boundary Intersection, From Contour, Transformed
Surface, Offset From Surface, ANSYS, Patran Import
Option = From File


Optional Parameters

Optional Parameters
Option = Transformed Surface

Surface Name : The name of the surface object to offset from.
Optional Parameters
Apply Scale : Toggles scale in the transformation.
Scale Factor : The object scale factor used in the transformation
Option = Offset From Surface

Surface Name : The name of the surface object to offset from.
Optional Parameters
Offset Type : Specifies the offset type (used in Offset From Surface mode).
Offset Mode : Specifies the offset mode (used in Offset From Surface mode).
Offset Distance : The offset distance (used in Offset From Surface mode).
Offset Variable : Specifies the variable to be used for the offset (used in Offset From
Surface mode).
Offset Direction : Specifies the offset direction vector (used in Offset From Surface mode).
Option = ANSYS
Optional Parameters
File Units : Specifies the units of the data in the ANSYS CDB file to be imported.
Associated Boundary : The name of the boundary that the user wishes to associate with
the imported ANSYS mesh.
Associated Boundary Specified : Indicates whether to associate a boundary with this
geometry.
Use Absolute Pressure : Specifies whether to use Absolute Pressure, rather than
Pressure when calculating the Normal Stress on the Imported ANSYS surface.
Maintain Conservative Values : Indicates whether to scale the variable values by an
appropriate factor to ensure that the results are conservative with respect to the values on
the Associated Boundary.
Option = Patran Import

PLANE
Description
Named Object: A general object to describe a plane through the domain. Slice planes
(which can be bounded) and sample planes are supported.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
Plane Bound : Defines plane bounding (Circular, Rectangular, None).
Bound Radius : Radius of Circular Plane Bound.
Direction 1 Bound : Length of Rectangular Plane Bound.
Direction 2 Bound : Width of Rectangular Plane Bound.
Direction 1 Orientation : Orientation of Rectangular Plane Bound length.
Direction 1 Points : Number of Sample points in direction 1.
Direction 2 Points : Number of Sample points in direction 2.
Plane Type : Indicates if the plane is a slice or sample plane.
Invert Plane Bound : Reverses the plane bounds by selecting region outside plane bound.
instancing.
wireframe.
Internal Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: XY Plane, YZ Plane, ZX Plane, Point and Normal, Three Points
Option = YZ Plane
Optional Parameters
Option = ZX Plane
Optional Parameters
Option = XY Plane
Optional Parameters

Optional Parameters
Option = Three Points

Optional Parameters
CLIP PLANE
Description
Named Object: Defines a plane that can be used to clip graphics in the viewer.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Flip Normal : If this parameter is set to true, the normal of the clip plane will be flipped,
effectively inverting the clipping region.

Allowed Context Settings: XY Plane, YZ Plane, ZX Plane, Point and Normal, Three
Points, From Slice Plane
Option = YZ Plane
Optional Parameters
Option = ZX Plane
Optional Parameters
Option = XY Plane
Optional Parameters

Optional Parameters
Option = Three Points

Optional Parameters
Option = From Slice Plane

Optional Parameters
Slice Plane : Specifies the name of the PLANE object to use for the clip plane definition.
VOLUME
Description
Named Object: An object that contains a subset of the volume elements of the domains it
is defined on. Options are provided to specify how that subset is defined.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Element Type List : The element type(s) to include in the volume (Tet, Pyramid, Wedge,
Hex). If left blank, all types are included.
range.
range.
Inclusive : If this parameter set to true, then the volume for above or below intersection
includes intersections .
instancing.
wireframe.
Internal Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Sphere, From Surface, Isovolume, Surrounding Node
Option = Sphere
Optional Parameters
Radius : Radius distance of a sphere.
Option = From Surface

Optional Parameters
Volume Intersection Mode : A parameter used to define the context setting for volume
object.
Option = Isovolume
Optional Parameters
Isovolume Intersection Mode : A parameter used to define the context setting for
isovolume object.
Value 1 : The value of the variable at which the isovolume is to be plotted.
Value 2 : The value of the variable at which the isovolume is to be plotted it is used when
the isovolume mode is between values.
Option = Surrounding Node

Optional Parameters
Node Number :
LINE
Description
Named Object: Defines a line object.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
Line Samples : Number of points in the sample line.
instancing.
Internal Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Two Points
Option = Two Points

Optional Parameters
CONTOUR
Description
Named Object: Creates a contour plot on a given list of locators.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Number of Contours : Specifies number of contour lines in a contour plot.
Clip Contour : Enables/disables clipping in a contour plot.
Contour Range : Sets the method used to calculate a contour plot."Global" uses the range
of variable values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the specified
list of objects. "User Specified" uses Min and Max parameter value. "Value List" plots
contours on the values specified in Value List parameter.
range.
range.
Value List : Specifies a list of variable values for a contour plot. In order for this list to be
used, Contour Range has to be set to "Value List".
Constant Contour Colour : If set to On, then the "Line Colour" parameter is used to
determine the contour colour. Otherwise, the contour is coloured by the contour variable.
Show Numbers : Toggles contour numbering.
Draw Contours : Enables/disables drawing of the contour lines.
Fringe Fill : If set to On, the space between contours in a contour plot is filled with fringe
bands.
instancing.
Internal Parameters
INTERNAL CONTOUR
Description
Named Object: Creates a contour plot on a given list of locators (internal version).
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Number of Contours : Specifies number of contour lines in a contour plot.
Clip Contour : Enables/disables clipping in a contour plot.
Contour Range : Sets the method used to calculate a contour plot."Global" uses the range
of variable values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the specified
list of objects. "User Specified" uses Min and Max parameter value. "Value List" plots
contours on the values specified in Value List parameter.
range.
range.
Value List : Specifies a list of variable values for a contour plot. In order for this list to be
Constant Contour Colour : If set to On, then the "Line Colour" parameter is used to
determine the contour colour. Otherwise, the contour is coloured by the contour variable.
Show Numbers : Toggles contour numbering.
Draw Contours : Enables/disables drawing of the contour lines.
Fringe Fill : If set to On, the space between contours in a contour plot is filled with fringe
bands.
instancing.
Internal Parameters
SURFACE GROUP
Description
Named Object: Creates a group of surface plot on a given list of locators.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.
instancing.
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
INTERNAL SURFACE GROUP
Description
Named Object: Creates a group of surface plot on a given list of locators.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
range.
range.
Object State : Indicates the colour state of item.
instancing.
wireframe.
Internal Parameters
SURFACE OF REVOLUTION
Description
Named Object: A general surface of revolution object.
Allowed Sub-Objects
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Use Angle Range : If set to true Theta Min and Theta Max are used to limit the surface.
Otherwise, a 360 degree surface is generated.
Starting Axial Shift : Shift in the axial direction for the initial theta location.
Ending Axial Shift : Shift in the axial direction for the final theta location.
Starting Radial Shift : Shift in the radial direction for the initial theta location.
Ending Radial Shift : Shift in the radial direction for the final theta location.
range.
range.
instancing.
wireframe.
Internal Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Cylinder, Cone, Disc, Sphere, From Line
Option = Cylinder
Optional Parameters
Meridional Point 1 : A-R coordinates defining a point in meridional plane.
Meridional Points : Number of points in the meridional plane (used in sample mode).
Option = Cone
Optional Parameters
Option = Disc
Optional Parameters
Option = Sphere
Optional Parameters
Option = From Line

Optional Parameters
Project to AR Plane : Enables/disables projecting of line points to AR plane before the
generation of surface of revolution.
HARDCOPY
Description
Singleton Object: This object contains the settings used to control the creation of hardcopy
Allowed Parameters
Hardcopy Format : Sets the format of hardcopy output from "print".
Optional Parameters
Hardcopy Filename : Sets the file name for the output from "print".

Context Controlling Parameter: Hardcopy Format
Allowed Context Settings: ps, eps, jpg, ppm, bmp, png, vrml, cvf
Hardcopy Format = ps
Optional Parameters
background.
Hardcopy Format = eps

Optional Parameters
background.
Hardcopy Format = bmp

Optional Parameters
background.
viewer window size.
Hardcopy Format = jpg

Optional Parameters
background.
viewer window size.
JPEG Image Quality : The quality factor for jpeg image output. Higher values results in
clearer, but larger, files.
Hardcopy Format = png

Optional Parameters
background.
viewer window size.
Hardcopy Format = ppm

Optional Parameters
background.
viewer window size.
DATA READER
Description
Singleton Object: This object contains the settings used to read results files into the post-
processor. It is used by the "load" action.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Current Results File : The name of the results file to be read into the post-processor.
Current Timestep : The timestep to be used when reading a transient results file.
Current Timevalue : The time value of the currently loaded results file. To change current
timestep, use Current Timestep parameter.
Domains to Load : A list of domains for processing.
Force File Reload : Parameter indicating whether or not to force a reload of the file even if
the filename is the same as that currently loaded.
Clear All Objects : Parameter indicating whether or not to remove all objects in the system
before loading the new res file.
Keep Camera Position : Parameter indicating whether or not to reset the camera position
after loading the new res file.
Load Particle Tracks : Parameter indicating whether to load the Particle tracks from a RES
file or not.
File Length Units : Length units read from the file.
File Mass Units : Mass units read from the file.
File Time Units : Time units read from the file.
File Temperature Units : Temperature units read from the file.
File Angle Units : Angle units read from the file.
File Light Units : Light units read from the file.
File Money Units : Money units read from the file.
File Current Units : Current units read from the file.
File Solid Angle Units : Solid Angle units read from the file.
File Chemical Amount Units : Chemical Amount units read from the file.
Internal Parameters
Current File Type : The type of the results file to be read into the post-processor. This is
an internal parameter.
Current Results File Version : The version of the current results file.
Particle Track Material List : A list of Particle Track Materials that exist in the RES file. This
parameter is empty if no Particle Tracks exist.
Expression List : A list of Expressions that were loaded with the res file. These expressions
must be deleted when a new RES file is loaded.
File Is Turbo : Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo problem
Timestep List : A list of all the timesteps that exist for the loaded file.
Current Case Name : Internal CFX-Post name for the currently analysed problem.
Available Domains : All available domains contained in the res file.
EXPORT
Description
Singleton Object: Holds parameters which control the export of data to an external text file.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Export File : The filename to which the exported data will be written.
Export Type : Sets the rotation of the image on the printed page.
Overwrite : Indicates whether, if the specified filename exists, the file should be overwritten
with the new data.
Export Chart Name : Sets the name of the chart to export the data for. This parameter will
be used if the
Include Header : Indicates whether to include header information in the exported file, or just
output the data.
Separator : Indicates the string to use between each variable. The string must be delimited
by quotation marks.
Include File Information : Indicates whether to include file information including file name
version of Post, and date of export.
Export Units System : Sets the Units System to convert all exported data to. By default the
value is "Preferred" which will use the users currently selected Preferred Units setting.
Context Controlling Parameter: Export Type
Allowed Context Settings: Generic, ANSYS, BC Profile, Case Summary
Export Type = Generic

Optional Parameters
Export Location Aliases : Allows the user to specify a list of names which will be assigned
to each respective locator as the data is exported. If insufficient names are given, or if this
parameter is blank, the locator name will be used for each locator that has no alias.
Variable List : A comma delimited list of variables whose data is to be exported.
Export Geometry : Boolean indicating whether or not the locator geometry (i.e. X, Y &
Z)should be exported.
Export Connectivity : Boolean indicating whether or not to export the locator connectivity
along with the geometry. This will only be allowed if the geometry is also exported.
Export Node Numbers : Boolean indicating whether to export the node number along with
the geometry.
Export Null Data : Indicates whether to export points at which a variable is not defined.
Null Token : The string that should be used in the export file if no data exists for a variable
at a node.
Precision : Indicates the number of decimal points of precision to display the exported data
to.
Vector Display : Indicates the way that vector variables are to be displayed. Choices are:
Vector Brackets : Indicates the kind of brackets to use around vector data when displayed
as components. Any two character combination is valid, where the first character will be
used as the open-bracket, and the second as the close-bracket. If "-" is specified (no
quotes), no brackets will be displayed.
Export Coord Frame : The Coordinate Frame relative to which all data will be exported.
Export Variable Type : Specifies what variable data to export. If "Current" is selected, the
varType for each variable is used. If Hybrid or Conservative is selected, then all variable
have their Hybrid or Conservative values exported.
Export Type = ANSYS

Optional Parameters
ANSYS Export Data : The list of data items to export.
ANSYS Export Locator : The locator to export the data on.
ANSYS Specify Reference Temperature : Indicates whether the user wishes to specify
the Reference Temperature (Tref) when exporting Element Convection.
ANSYS Reference Temperature : Specifies the Reference Temperature to use when the
ANSYS Specify Reference Temperature parameter is set to true when exporting Element
Convection.
ANSYS Fluid Selection : Specifies the fluid from which to obtain Wall Shear data if
applicable. If "All Fluids" is selected, then the Wall Shear for all the fluids are summed.
Export Type = BC Profile

Optional Parameters
Export Location Aliases : Allows the user to specify a list of names which will be assigned
to each respective locator as the data is exported. If insufficient names are given, or if this
BC Profile Type : The type of BC Profile to export.
Spatial Variables : The list of Spatial variables to export.
Variable List : A comma delimited list of variables whose data is to be exported.
Precision : Indicates the number of decimal points of precision to display the exported data
to.
Export Coord Frame : The Coordinate Frame relative to which all data will be exported.
Export Type = Case Summary

Optional Parameters
Case Summary Format : Sets the Export format for the Case Summary export.
Case Summary Type : Sets the export type for the Case Summary export.
SESSION
Description
Singleton Object: Stores parameters used by the readsession command.
Allowed Parameters
Session Filename : The name of the session file to which session data will be saved.
Optional Parameters
Write Session Mode : This parameter indicates whether the session file should be
overwritten or appended to if it exists.
STATE
Description
Singleton Object: Stores parameters used by the readstate and savestate commands.
Allowed Parameters
State Filename : The name of the state file to which state data will be saved.
Optional Parameters
Read State Mode : This parameter indicates whether the current system state information
should be overwritten or appended to.
Save State Mode : This parameter indicates whether the state file should be overwritten if
it exists.
Load Data : This parameter indicates whether to load the results file or not if a DATA
Save State Objects : A list of objects to save to the state file. If this list is empty, then all
user created objects will be saved.
VIEWPORT MANAGER
Description
Singleton Object: This object stores the parameters that control the global viewport
controls.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Viewport Layout : Specifies the layout of viewports.
Viewport Order : Specifies the viewport order to be used in the layout.
Viewport List : Specifies the list of viewports to be used in the layout.
X Split : The normalized location of the vertical viewport splitter.
Y Split : The normalized location of the horizontal viewport splitter.
Background Type : Specifies the type of background to use in the viewer.
Background Colour Type : Specifies the type of background colour gradient to use in the
viewer.
Background Image Type : The type of image to use.
Background Image : The predefined image to use
Background Image File : The image file to use for the viewer background.
Background Image Mapping : Flat - image is mapped as a flat background; Spherical -
image is mapped to a background sphere (must have 2x1 width to height pixel ratio)
Background Colour 2 : Defines the R, G and B values for the second viewer background
colour (used for gradients)
Global Edge Colour : Defines the global colour used for mesh edges
Global Text Colour : Defines the global colour used for Text objects
Maximized Viewport : If set to a viewport number (1-4), the viewport will be resized to fill
up the screen, regardless of the viewport layout.
VIEWPORT
Description
Named Object: This object stores the viewport settings.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
effect).
or Orthographic.
Border Visibility : Toggles the viewport border visibility in the viewport.
Draw All Objects : If enabled, all visible objects are drawn in this viewport
objects are shown.
Object Name Exclusion List : Specifies the list of objects NOT to show in this viewport. If
left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown.
Object Type Exclusion List : Specifies the list of object types NOT to show in this viewport.
If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown.
this viewport.
Highlight Type : Specifies the highlight type used when picking.
Angular Coord Shift : The angular shift value. The shift is used in adjusting Turbo B2B
view.
VIEWER
Description
Singleton Object: This object stores the viewport settings.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
effect).
or Orthographic.
Border Visibility : Toggles the viewport border visibility in the viewport.
Draw All Objects : If enabled, all visible objects are drawn in this viewport
objects are shown.
Object Name Exclusion List : Specifies the list of objects NOT to show in this viewport. If
left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown.
Object Type Exclusion List : Specifies the list of object types NOT to show in this viewport.
If left empty (and Object Name List is empty too), all object types are shown.
this viewport.
Highlight Type : Specifies the highlight type used when picking.
Angular Coord Shift : The angular shift value. The shift is used in adjusting Turbo B2B
view.
VECTOR VARIABLE
Description
Named Object: An object used to reference the data associated with a vector quantity in
the results file.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Boundary Values : Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable
(Conservative or Hybrid).
User Units : Specifies the preferred units to display this variable in if different from the
default units setting. To use the default units, this parameter must be empty (blank).
Internal Parameters
VarMin : The global minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
VarMax : The global maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
HybridMin : The global hybrid minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
HybridMax : The global hybrid maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
Boundary Only : Parameter indicating whether or not the particular variable has only
values on the boundary.
Variable Dimensions : The dimensions of the variable as read from the results file.
Base Units : The base units of a variable.
Has Hybrid Values : Internal parameter specifying whether a variable can load Hybrid
Values on boundary nodes.
User Level : Specifies the user level of the variable.
Quantity Type : Specifies the Quantity Type of the variable.
Related Object : Specifies the Object that this variable is related to. This is only applicable
for Variables that are defined as Local to a specific geometry.
Variable Is Turbo : Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo variable
SCALAR VARIABLE
Description
Named Object: An object used to reference the data associated with a scalar quantity in
the results file.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Internal Parameters
Component Index : Specifies vector component to be used for the variable.
Recipe : Contains instructions on how to build a value list for the variable.
User Level : Specifies the user level of the variable.

Context Controlling Parameter: Recipe
Allowed Context Settings: Standard, Vector Component
Recipe = Standard
Optional Parameters
Recipe = Vector Component
USER SCALAR VARIABLE
Description
Named Object: An object used to reference scalar user-defined data.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Calculate Global Range : If toggles on, the global range of the user variable will be
calculated.
Internal Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Expression, Frozen Copy
Recipe = Expression
Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression.
Recipe = Frozen Copy

Variable to Copy : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal
to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
USER VECTOR VARIABLE
Description
Named Object: An object used to reference vector user-defined data.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Calculate Global Range : If toggles on, the global range of the user variable will be
calculated.
Internal Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Expression, Frozen Copy
Recipe = Expression
X Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression defining X component of a vector
variable
Y Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression defining Y component of a vector
variable
Z Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression defining Z component of a vector
variable
Recipe = Frozen Copy
Variable to Copy : The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal
to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
CEL
Description
Singleton Object:
Allowed Sub-Objects
EXPRESSIONS : This object holds the definitions of all CEL expressions in the post-
processor.
EXPRESSIONS : This object holds the definitions of all CEL expressions in the post-
processor.
EXPRESSIONS
Description
Singleton Object: This object holds the definitions of all CEL expressions in the post-
processor.
TABLE
Description
Named Object: Definition of the TABLE object.
Allowed Sub-Objects
TABLE CELLS : Definition of the TABLE object.
TABLE CELLS : Definition of the TABLE object.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Table Export Format : What to export the table to.
Export Table Only : Whether or not to export the table within the context of a complete
HTML document, or to just export the table itself as a section of HTML.
Table Export HTML Title : Specifies the HTML Table title to give to the HTML document
This only applies to HTML Export when the Export Table Only parameter is "False".
Table Export HTML Caption Position : Specifies whether or not to show the caption
specified in the Table Export Caption parameter.
Table Export HTML Caption : Specifies a caption for the table to give a description of the
contents of the table.
Table Export HTML Border Width : Specifies the width of the border around the exported
HTML table. If "0" is specified, then no borders are shown around the table, nor between
the cells.
Table Export HTML Cell Padding : Specifies the padding between the cell data and the
borders around the cell. Specified as a percentage.
Table Export HTML Cell Spacing : Specifies the spacing between the cells in the exported
HTML table. This may not be supported by all HTML browsers.
Table Export Lines : Specifies which lines to show between the cells of the table. This
applies to HTML and Text export
Table Export Trailing Separators : Specifies whether to show trailing separators when
exporting to CSV or Text files.
Table Export Separator : Specifies the separator to use between each table cell when
exporting to Text.
Internal Parameters
Table Exists :
TABLE CELLS
Description
Singleton Object: Definition of the TABLE object.
ANIMATION
Description
Singleton Object: Defines a Keyframe animation sequence. A list of KEYFRAME objects
indicate the states between which to interpolate.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Animation Name : The name of this animation.
Animation Filename : The name of the file to save this animation to.
Keyframe List : An ordered list of keyframe names to be used for this animation.
Looping : Indicates the type of looping to perform for the animation.
Looping Cycles : Indicates the number of cycles that the Animation loop should complete
before stopping automatically. A value of -1 will repeat the cycles forever.
Timestep Interpolation Method : Indicates what timestep information to interpolate if
timesteps are to be animated.
Frame Increment : DEPRECATED The number of frames to increment the frame counter
by when incrementing to go to the next frame.
Animate Camera : Indicates whether to animate the camera (flythrough)along with the
other objects, or leave the camera at the current position.
Save Hardcopy : Boolean indicating whether to save the current animation to a file, as it
progresses. A filename needs to be specified.
Animation Hardcopy Filename : The path of the file to save a hardcopy to.
Animation Quality : Modifies the Frame Pattern to one of three predefined values providing
a variety of quality settings. If "Custom" is selected, then users may enter their own pattern
via the "Animation Frame Pattern" parameter.
Animation Frame Pattern : The MPEG frame type pattern. This must be a list of B, P and
I characters. If any of the characters are not B, P or I, then the default value will be used. I
("intra-frame") encoded frames are complete frames (i.e. contain all the data to completely
render themselves). P ("predicted") encoded frames use data from previous frames to
render themselves. B ("bi-directional") frames use data from previous and following frames
to render themselves.
Animation Bit Rate : The number of Bits per Second maximum rate.
Variable Bit Rate : Boolean indicating whether to apply the specified Bit Rate. If this
parameter is "false", then a specified Bit Rate will not be sent to the encoder which will then
use a variable bit rate.
Intermediate File Format : The format in which to save intermediate files when generating
animation MPEGs.
Keep Intermediate Files : Boolean indicating whether or not CFX-Post should delete the
intermediate files after the MPEG generation is complete.
Output Directory : Animation frame images will be saved to this directory if "Output to User
Directory" parameter is set.
Output to User Directory : If set, the frame image files will be output to the directory
specified in "Output Directory" parameter. Otherwise, they will saved to TEMP directory.
Animation Frame Rate : The Frame Rate at which to generate the Animation MPEG.
Use Screen MPEG Size : DEPRECATED When set to On, the current screen size is used
as the MPEG size
MPEG Size : Selects which size to create the MPEG.
MPEG Width : The image width (used when MPEG Size is set to Use Screen Size)
MPEG Height : The image height (used when MPEG Size is set to Use Screen Size)
MPEG Scale : The amount to scale the viewer image for the Animation MPEG output.
background.
Speed Adjustment Selection : Indicates how to interpret the Animation Speed Factor.
Animation Speed Factor : Specifies the amount of scaling that should apply to the speed
of the animation. Whether the speed is reduced or increased depends on the Speed
Adjustment Selection parameter.
Speed Scaling Method : The "Pad or Clip MPEG Frames" option only applies the scaling
to the generated MPEG frames, reducing the number of frames or reusing some of the
frames to generate the MPEG animation. For this option, no visible changes will occur in
Post as you run through the animation. The "Distribute Frames Smoothly" option will scale
the number of frames that exist between keyframes by the given factor. As the animation
plays, you will see more or fewer frames in the animation. The scaling will occur whether
or not an MPEG will be generated.
QAnim Object List : The list of named objects to Quick Animate.
QAnim Frames : The number of frames per Quick Animation loop.
QAnim Looping : Indicates the type of looping to perform for the quick animation.
QAnim Looping Cycles : Indicates the number of cycles that the quick animation loop
should complete before stopping automatically. A value of -1 will repeat the cycles forever.
QAnim Save MPEG : Indicates whether to create an MPEG file out of the Quick Animation.
QAnim MPEG Filename : The filename of the Quick Animation MPEG to create.
QAnim Symbol Spacing : The proportional spacing to provide
QAnim Override Symbol : Indicates whether to override the object Symbol settings when
animating Streamlines or Particle Tracks.
QAnim Symbol Size : A scaling factor for the Streamline or Particle Track Symbol size.
QAnim Symbol Type : Name of streamline symbol to be used for plot.
Internal Parameters
Current Frame : The current frame that is displayed or calculated. This is useful to
determine where in the animation you are when stepping through the frames. This is an
internal parameter for status display purposes only.
Playback Status : This parameter indicates whether the animation is stopped or playing
forward or backward. This is an internal parameter for status display purposes only.
KEYFRAME
Description
Named Object: Defines a specific keyframe for an animation sequence. The actual system
state is stored in a file referenced by the "Keyframe Filename" parameter.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Keyframe Name : A string containing the name of the keyframe to display to the user.
Number Of Frames : The number of frames in the animation to insert between this
keyframe and the next.
Keyframe Filename : A string containing the name of the state file associated with this
keyframe.
GROUP
Description
Named Object: Allows a group of multiple objects to behave as a single object. Currently
only used internally and does not work for graphics, etc.
Allowed Parameters
Member List : A list of objects included in the group.
Turbo Member List : A list of objects included in the group.
DEFAULT INSTANCE TRANSFORM
Description
Named Object: Specifies the default instance transformation.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Instancing Info From Domain : logical parameter indicating if instancing info should come
from each domain for a geometric object.
plane object.


Optional Parameters

Optional Parameters

Optional Parameters

Optional Parameters
INSTANCE TRANSFORM
Description
Named Object: Specifies an instance transformation that can consist of a rotation, a
translation, a reflection and a number of copies of the original object to produce. Note that
applying reflection duplicates the number of copies.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Instancing Info From Domain : logical parameter indicating if instancing info should come
from each domain for a geometric object.
plane object.

Optional Parameters

Optional Parameters

Optional Parameters

Optional Parameters
OBJECT VIEW TRANSFORM
Description
Singleton Object: This object contains object transformation info to be processed by the
viewer. Like instance transform, this object should be associated with each geometry. It is
usually specified as a sub-object.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Apply Scale : Toggles scale in the transformation.
Scale Vector : Specifies the scale vector.
plane object.


Optional Parameters

Optional Parameters

Optional Parameters

Optional Parameters
CAMERA
Description
Named Object: Defines a camera that can be used to specify the current view in the
VIEWER object.
Allowed Parameters

Allowed Context Settings: Pivot Point and Quaternion, Pivot Point and Rotation
Option = Pivot Point and Quaternion

Optional Parameters
Rotation Quaternion : Defines the camera rotation quaternion.
Scale : Defines the relative scale of the camera view. With the default scale (1.0), the scene
completely fills the viewer window.
Option = Pivot Point and Rotation

Optional Parameters
Rotation : Defines the camera rotation in terms of angles about X, Y and Z axis,
Scale : Defines the relative scale of the camera view. With the default scale (1.0), the scene
completely fills the viewer window.
LEGEND
Description
Named Object: Creates a labelled colour bar to show to legend associated with the named
plot.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
DEFAULT LEGEND
Description
Singleton Object: Creates a labelled colour bar to show to legend associated with the
named plot.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Internal Parameters
Legend Object List : Specifies a list of objects to use for the Default (auto) Legend, and
the order in which to use them.
COORD FRAME
Description
Named Object: Defines a coordinate frame which can be used for setting direction and axis
specifications.
Allowed Parameters
Optional Parameters
Reference Coord Frame : The Coordinate Frame in which the physical locations used to
set this coordinate frame are described.
Coord Frame Type : The orthonormal space used to define the coordinate frame.

Allowed Context Settings: Axis Points
Option = Axis Points

Origin Point : The location of the coordinate frame origin.
Axis 3 Point : The location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame.
Plane 13 Point : The location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame.
CALCULATOR
Description
Singleton Object: This singleton is used by the calculate action to define the function and
arguments to be evaluated, and store the Result.
Allowed Parameters
Function : The context controlling parameter for the CALCULATOR object, which defines
the name of the function to be evaluated.
Optional Parameters
Verbose : Controls if the result of a calculation is written to the screen.
Internal Parameters
Result : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR
object used to store the results of a function evaluation.
Result Units : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION
EVALUATOR object used to store the units of the results of a function evaluation.

Context Controlling Parameter: Function
Allowed Context Settings: area, areaAve, areaInt, ave, count, force, forceNorm, length,
lengthAve, lengthInt, massFlow, massFlowAve, massFlowAveAbs, massFlowInt, maxVal,
minVal, probe, sum, torque, volume, volumeAve, volumeInt
Function = massFlow
Optional Parameters
Fluid : The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations.
Function = massFlowAve
Optional Parameters
Function = massFlowAveAbs
Optional Parameters
Function = area
Optional Parameters
Axis : The axis specification for directional quantitative calculations.
Function = areaAve
Function = areaInt
Optional Parameters
Function = ave
Function = sum
Function = minVal
Function = maxVal
Function = probe
Function = force
Optional Parameters
Function = forceNorm
Optional Parameters
Function = torque
Optional Parameters
Function = lengthInt
Function = lengthAve
MESH CALCULATOR
Description
Singleton Object: This singleton is used by the mesh calculate action to define the function
to be evaluated, and store the max and min Results.
Allowed Parameters
Mesh Function : The context controlling parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object,
which defines the name of the function to be evaluated.
Internal Parameters
Max Result : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
max result of evaluation.
Min Result : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
min result of evaluation.
Number of Nodes : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to
store the number of nodes.
Number of Elements : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used
to store the number of elements.
Number of Tetrahedra : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used
to store the number of tetrahedra.
Number of Wedges : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to
store the number of wedges.
Number of Pyramids : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used
to store the number of pyramids.
Number of Hexahedra : The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used
to store the number of hexahedra.
EXPRESSION EVALUATOR
Description
Singleton Object: This singleton evaluates the specified Expression and stores the Result.
Allowed Parameters
Evaluated Expression : A CFX Expression Language expression for usage in
EXPRESSION EVALUATOR.
Internal Parameters
Result : The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION EVALUATOR
object used to store the results of a function evaluation.
EXPRESSION PREVIEW
Description
Singleton Object: This singleton is used to generate data for expression preview graphs.
Allowed Parameters
Preview Expression :
Optional Parameters
Preview Mode :
Preview Variable Values :
Preview Variable Ranges :
Preview Range Steps :
Internal Parameters
Preview Required Variables :
Preview Varying Variable :
Preview Evaluated Units :
Preview Input Units :
FILE PROCESSING
Description
Singleton Object: Stores parameters indicating the state of processing state or session
files.
Allowed Parameters
Path Stack : Stack of paths to look in for files
Processing Mode : Indicates the type of file currently being processed.
CCL Parameters
ANSYS Export Data

Description: The list of data items to export.
Allowed Values: Element Pressure, Element Shear, Element Stress, Element Convection,
Element Heat Flux, Node Temperature
Default Value: Element Heat Flux
ANSYS Export Locator

Description: The locator to export the data on.
ANSYS Fluid Selection

Description: Specifies the fluid from which to obtain Wall Shear data if applicable. If "All
Fluids" is selected, then the Wall Shear for all the fluids are summed.
Default Value: All Fluids
ANSYS Key Option

Description: This Internal parameter stores the ANSYS KEYOPT command value for the
specified element type. We only care about KEYOPT 8 for SURF152"s, and KEYOPT 11
for SURF154"s. Therefore, depending on the value of "Surface Element Type",this will have
the value of the appropriate KEYOPT.
ANSYS Reference Temperature

Description: Specifies the Reference Temperature to use when the ANSYS Specify
Reference Temperature parameter is set to true when exporting Element Convection.
ANSYS Specify Reference Temperature

Description: Indicates whether the user wishes to specify the Reference Temperature
(Tref) when exporting Element Convection.
Absolute Tolerance
Description: Length to use as a maximum step tolerance
Activate Filter
Description: A Logical field indicating whether to use the filter to select which tracks to
display.
Default Value: Off
Add Sample Vertex Normals

Description: If true, calculate vertex normals for sampling geometry.
Default Value: On
Angle Definition Method

Description: Specifies angle definition method. If it is set to "Value", parameter Rotation
Angle value will be used for angular instancing. If it is set to "Instances in 360", parameter
"Number of Components in 360" will be used.
Allowed Values: Value, Instances in 360
Default Value: Instances in 360
Angular Coord Shift

Description: The angular shift value. The shift is used in adjusting Turbo B2B view.
Default Value: 0.0
Angular Velocity
Description: the rotational speed of a turbo component
Default Value: 0.0
Animate Camera
Description: Indicates whether to animate the camera (flythrough)along with the other
objects, or leave the camera at the current position.
Default Value: On
Animation Bit Rate

Description: The number of Bits per Second maximum rate.
Animation Filename
Description: The name of the file to save this animation to.
Animation Frame Pattern

Description: The MPEG frame type pattern. This must be a list of B, P and I characters. If
any of the characters are not B, P or I, then the default value will be used. I ("intra-frame")
encoded frames are complete frames (i.e. contain all the data to completely render
themselves). P ("predicted") encoded frames use data from previous frames to render
themselves. B ("bi-directional") frames use data from previous and following frames to
render themselves.
Default Value: IBBPBB
Animation Frame Rate

Description: The Frame Rate at which to generate the Animation MPEG.
Allowed Values: 23.976, 24, 25, 29.97, 30, 50, 59.94, 60
Default Value: 24
Animation Hardcopy Filename
Description: The path of the file to save a hardcopy to.
Default Value: cfxMovie.mpg
Animation Name
Description: The name of this animation.
Animation Quality
Description: Modifies the Frame Pattern to one of three predefined values providing a
variety of quality settings. If "Custom" is selected, then users may enter their own pattern
via the "Animation Frame Pattern" parameter.
Allowed Values: High, Medium, Low, Custom
Default Value: Medium
Animation Speed Factor

Description: Specifies the amount of scaling that should apply to the speed of the
animation. Whether the speed is reduced or increased depends on the Speed Adjustment
Selection parameter.
Default Value: 2.0
Antialiasing
Description: Enables the antialiasing of the graphics (smooth edges).
Default Value: On
Any All Condition

Description: The way the Filtering conditions should be combined. "Any" means that all
tracks that meet any of the conditions will be displayed. "All" means that only the tracks that
meet all of the conditions will be displayed.
Allowed Values: Match ANY, Match ALL
Default Value: Match ALL
Apply Instancing Transform

Description: Toggles the instancing transformation for this graphics object in the viewer.
Default Value: On
Apply Reflection
Description: Toggles reflection in the transformation.
Apply Rotation
Description: Toggles rotation in the transformation.
Default Value: true
Apply Scale
Description: Toggles scale in the transformation.
Default Value: true
Apply Texture
Description: Toggles display of the texture.
Default Value: Off
Apply Translation
Description: Toggles translation in the transformation.
Associated Boundary
Description: The name of the boundary that the user wishes to associate with the imported
ANSYS mesh.
Associated Boundary Specified

Description: Indicates whether to associate a boundary with this geometry.
Default Value: true
Auto Annotation Expression

Description: Specifies the expression to display.
Default Value:
Auto Annotation File Date Format

Description: Specifies the Date display format. "D" or "DD" specifies the day of the month,
"M" or "MM" specifies the month as a number (e.g. 06 = June), "MMM" specifies the month
as a short form text (e.g. Jun = June, Aug = August), "MMMM" specifies the full month name
as text, "Y" or "YY" specifies a two digit year (e.g. 03 = 2003), and "YYY" or "YYYY"
specifies a four digit year. Any consecutive duplicates beyond what is already stated will be
reduced to the closest form.
Default Value: DD/MM/YY
Auto Annotation File Time Format

Description: Specifies the Time display format. "H" is hours in 24 hour format, "h" is hours
in 12 hour format, "m" is minutes, "s" is seconds, and "t" is AM or PM, depending on the time
of day. Any consecutive duplicates will be reduced to a single item.
Default Value: h:m:s t
Auto Annotation Filename Format

Description: Specifies the Filename display format.
Allowed Values: Entire Path, Filename Only
Default Value: Filename Only
Auto Annotation Type

Description: Specifies which type of annotation to show.
Allowed Values: Filename, File Date, File Time, Timestep, Time Value, Expression
Default Value: Expression
Auto Chart Line Colour

Description: Indicates whether to automatically choose the Line Colours or to allow the
user to manually select it.
Default Value: True
Available Domains
Description: All available domains contained in the res file.
Axial Points
Description: Number of Sample points in Axial direction (AR coordinate).
Default Value: 10
Axis
Description: The axis specification for directional quantitative calculations.
Axis 3 Point
Description: The location of the point in the Z axis of the coordinate frame.
Axis From File
Description: Logical parameter indicating if axis of rotation is defined in the res file.
Default Value: true
Axis Visibility
Description: Toggles the axis visibility in the viewport.
Default Value: true
BC Profile Type
Description: The type of BC Profile to export.
Allowed Values: Inlet Velocity, Inlet Total Pressure, Inlet Direction, Inlet Supersonic, Outlet
Pressure, Wall, Custom
Default Value: Inlet Velocity
Background Colour
Description: Defines the R, G and B values for the viewer background colour.
Background Colour 2
Description: Defines the R, G and B values for the second viewer background colour (used
for gradients)
Background Colour Type

Description: Specifies the type of background colour gradient to use in the viewer.
Allowed Values: Solid, Top-Bottom Gradient, Left-Right Gradient, Diagonal Gradient
Default Value: Top-Bottom Gradient
Background Image
Description: The predefined image to use
Allowed Values: Mountains, Earth West, Earth East
Default Value: Mountains
Background Image File

Description: The image file to use for the viewer background.
Background Image Mapping

Description: Flat - image is mapped as a flat background; Spherical - image is mapped to
a background sphere (must have 2x1 width to height pixel ratio)
Allowed Values: Flat, Spherical
Default Value: Flat
Background Image Type

Description: The type of image to use.
Background Mesh Density

Description: background mesh density for turbo component
Default Value: 2000
Background Mesh Generation Method

Description: The method that TurboTransform module will use to generate the background
mesh
Allowed Values: Linear, Quasi Orthogonal
Default Value: Quasi Orthogonal
Background Type
Description: Specifies the type of background to use in the viewer.
Allowed Values: Colour, Image
Base Units
Description: The base units of a variable.
Blade Region
Blend Texture
Description: Toggles blending of the texture.
Default Value: On
Border Visibility
Description: Toggles the viewport border visibility in the viewport.
Bound Radius
Description: Radius of Circular Plane Bound.
Boundary List
Description: A list of boundary objects
Boundary Only
Description: Parameter indicating whether or not the particular variable has only values on
the boundary.
Boundary Type
Description: Internal parameter tells the type of the boundary.
Boundary Values
Description: Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for this variable
Allowed Values: Conservative, Hybrid
CA Mode Override
Description: method used to calculate circumferential average on a turbo surface (internal
parameter).
Allowed Values: None, Length, Area, Mass
Default Value: None
CA Variable Override
Description: The name of the variable to be used in circumferential averaging (internal
parameter).
Calculate Global Range
Description: If toggles on, the global range of the user variable will be calculated.
Default Value: No
Camera Mode
Description: Defines the current viewer camera mode. It can be either Standard (specified
by Standard View parameter) or User Specified, in which case a CAMERA object has to be
defined and specified in User Camera parameter.
Allowed Values: Standard, User Specified
Case Summary Format

Description: Sets the Export format for the Case Summary export.
Allowed Values: XML
Default Value: XML
Case Summary Type

Description: Sets the export type for the Case Summary export.
Allowed Values: ANSYS FSI
Default Value: ANSYS FSI
Chart Axes
Description: Indicates whether the X=0 or Y=0 lines should be displayed on the chart.
Neither, either or both may be displayed.
Allowed Values: None, X Only, Y Only, Both
Default Value: Both
Chart Axes Font
Description: The font definition for the Chart Axes. The parameter is a comma delimited
Default Value: Arial, 10, False, False
Chart Axes Titles Font

Description: The font definition for the Chart Axes Titles. The parameter is a comma
False).
Default Value: Arial, 12, True, False
Chart Grid Line Width

Description: Defines the line width for the major grid lines.
Default Value: 1
Chart Horizontal Grid

Description: Shows or hides the horizontal major grid.
Default Value: True
Chart Legend
Description: Specifies whether a legend should be displayed or not.
Default Value: True
Chart Legend Font

Description: The font definition for the Chart Legend. The parameter is a comma delimited
Default Value: Arial, 10, False, False
Chart Legend Position
Description: Specifies where to place the chart legend relative to the chart.
Allowed Values: Bottom, Top, Left, Right
Default Value: Bottom
Chart Line Colour

Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the Chart Line.
Chart Line Filename

Description: Specifies the file from which to read the line data.
Chart Line Style

Description: Specifies the line style to use.
Allowed Values: Automatic, None, Solid, Dash, Dot, Dash Dot, Dash Dot Dot
Chart Line Type

Description: Indicates whether this line should be defined the regular way (i.e. get data
from a locator in the loaded file), or defined via data from a file.
Allowed Values: Regular, From File
Default Value: Regular
Chart Line Visibility

Description: Toggles the visibility of this chart line in the chart.
Default Value: true
Chart Line Width
Description: Defines the line width for the chart lines.
Default Value: 2
Chart Minor Grid

Description: Shows or hides both Horizontal and Vertical Minor grid.
Chart Minor Grid Line Width

Description: Defines the line width for the minor grid lines.
Default Value: 1
Chart Symbol Colour

Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the Chart Symbol.
Chart Symbol Size

Description: Defines the size of the chart symbols.
Default Value: 4
Chart Symbol Style

Description: Specifies the symbol style to use.
Allowed Values: None, Ellipse, Rectangle, Diamond, Triangle, Cross, XCross
Default Value: None
Chart Text Colour
Description: The colour of the chart title and X & Y Axis Labels.
Allowed Values: Black, Red, Yellow, Green, Aquamarine, Pink, Wheat, Grey, Brown, Blue,
Blueviolet, Cyan, Turquoise, Magenta, Salmon, White
Default Value: White
Chart Title
Description: Specifies the title for the chart.
Default Value: Title
Chart Title Font

Description: The font definition for the Chart Title. The parameter is a comma delimited list
of four items: Font Name, Font Size, Bold (True or False), Italics (True or False).
Default Value: Arial, 24, True, False
Chart Type
Description: Specifies the kind of chart to create - either XY or Time.
Allowed Values: XY, Time
Default Value: XY
Chart Vertical Grid

Description: Shows or hides the Vertical major grid.
Default Value: True
Chart Viewport Colour

Description: The colour of the chart viewport including axes, tick marks, and axis
numbering.
Allowed Values: Black, Red, Yellow, Green, Aquamarine, Pink, Wheat, Grey, Brown, Blue,
Blueviolet, Cyan, Turquoise, Magenta, Salmon, White
Default Value: Yellow
Chart X Axis Label

Description: The label to use for the X-Axis.
Default Value: X Axis
Chart X Variable
Description: Specifies the name of the X-Axis variable to chart. The default value of "Chart
Count" indicates that the X-Axis will be a locator point counter.
Default Value: Chart Count
Chart Y Axis Label

Description: The label to use for the Y-Axis.
Default Value: Y Axis
Chart Y Variable
Description: Specifies the name of the Y-Axis variable to chart.
Circumferential Average Mode

Description: method used to calculate circumferential average for colouring variable on a
turbo object
Allowed Values: None, Length, Area, Mass
Default Value: None
Clear All Objects

Description: Parameter indicating whether or not to remove all objects in the system before
loading the new res file.
Clip Cone
Description: Enables/disables clipping in a cone surface
Default Value: On
Clip Contour
Description: Enables/disables clipping in a contour plot.
Default Value: Off
Clip Plane
Description: Defines the CLIP PLANE object that is used for scene clipping.
Clip Scene
Description: Toggles the scene clipping plane in the viewer.
Colour
Green/Blue) values to be used when colouring the faces of an object by constant colour.
Default Value: 0.75, 0.75, 0.75
Colour Map
Description: The name of the colour map to use when colouring the object.
Default Value: Rainbow
Colour Mode
Description: Sets the mode used to colour the object. If set equal to "Constant" then the
Allowed Values: Use Plot Variable, Constant, Variable, Time, Unique
Default Value: Constant
Colour Scale
Description: Sets whether to colour the object with a Linear or Logarithmic scale. By
Allowed Values: Linear, Logarithmic
Default Value: Linear
Colour Variable
Description: The name of the variable to be used in colouring the object. Should be set
equal to the name of a currently defined VARIABLE object.
Colour Variable Boundary Values

Description: Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for colour variables in this
object (Conservative or Hybrid).
Default Value: Hybrid
Component Bounds Flag

Component Clip Factors

Component Index
Description: Specifies vector component to be used for the variable.
Allowed Values: 1, 2, 3
Default Value: 1
Component List
Description: The list of components for a domain. This is the initial "turbo" component list
set by engine. Because a user can manually tag a component as turbo or non-turbo, the
real turbo component list is given by ("Component List" - "Components to Ignore").
Component Long Names

Component Lower Bounds

Component MMS Names

Component Short Names

Component Upper Bounds

Components to Ignore
Description: The list of components that are tagged as non-turbo components. This a
subset of "Component List".
Components to Initialize
Description: The list of components to initialize for a domain.
Components to Update
Description: The list of components to be initialized or updated. This list is used only by
GUI for component initialization using popup menu or by apply/initialize button. It precede
"Components to Initialize",
Constant Contour Colour

Description: If set to On, then the "Line Colour" parameter is used to determine the contour
colour. Otherwise, the contour is coloured by the contour variable.
Default Value: Off
Contour Level
Description: The contour level specified in a user surface.
Default Value: 1
Contour Name
Description: The name of the contour object specified in a user surface.
Contour Range
Description: Sets the method used to calculate a contour plot."Global" uses the range of
variable values in the problem domain. "Local" uses the range of values on the specified list
of objects. "User Specified" uses Min and Max parameter value. "Value List" plots contours
on the values specified in Value List parameter.
Allowed Values: Global, Local, User Specified, Value List
Coord Frame Type
Description: The orthonormal space used to define the coordinate frame.
Allowed Values: Cartesian
Coord Transform
Description: Specifies the coordinate transformation to apply to all objects shown in this
viewport.
Allowed Values: Cartesian, 3D Meridional, 3D Turbo, 2D Meridional, 2D Blade-to-blade
Create Additional Turbo Variables

Description: A domain parameter indicating if additional turbo variables have been
requested by the user.
Cross Periodics
Description: If true allows a streamline to cross a periodic boundary
Default Value: Yes
Culling Mode
Description: Controls the face culling of this object in the viewer.
Allowed Values: No Culling, Back Faces, Front Faces
Default Value: No Culling
Current Case Name

Description: Internal CFX-Post name for the currently analysed problem.
Current File Type

Description: The type of the results file to be read into the post-processor. This is an
internal parameter.
Allowed Values: CFX5, CFX4, TASCflow, CGNS
Current Frame
Description: The current frame that is displayed or calculated. This is useful to determine
where in the animation you are when stepping through the frames. This is an internal
parameter for status display purposes only.
Current Results File

Description: The name of the results file to be read into the post-processor.
Current Results File Version

Description: The version of the current results file.
Current Rotation Axis From

Description: An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis used currently in this
domain.
Current Rotation Axis To

Description: An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis used currently in
this domain.
Current Timestep
Description: The timestep to be used when reading a transient results file.
Default Value: -1
Current Timevalue
Description: The time value of the currently loaded results file. To change current timestep,
use Current Timestep parameter.
Default Value: 1
Custom Units Setting

Description: This is a comma delimited list of Quantities and their selected units for the
Custom Units Setting. The list will contain both Quantities and the units: e.g. Acceleration,
m s^-2, Angle, radian, ...
Default Vulnerability
Description: Default vulnerability for non-permanent solver data.
Diameter Max
Description: The maximum diameter of all tracks read from the file.
Diameter Min
Description: The minimum diameter of all tracks read from the file.
Dimensions
Description: The dimensions of a hybrid object such as composite.(0-point, 1-line, 2-
surface, 3-volume).
Direction
Description: The direction specification for vector coord frame projection.
Direction 1 Bound
Description: Length of Rectangular Plane Bound.
Direction 1 Orientation
Description: Orientation of Rectangular Plane Bound length.
Direction 1 Points
Default Value: 10
Direction 2 Bound
Description: Width of Rectangular Plane Bound.
Direction 2 Points
Default Value: 10
Do Cylindrical Initialization
Description: flag indicating whether cylindrical initialization will be performed on the
domain.
Domain List
Description: The list of domains over which to define this object.
Default Value: All Domains
Domain Type
Description: The type of the domain. For types other than Normal, additional geometric
variables will be generated.
Allowed Values: Normal, Axisymmetric, Turbo Component
Default Value: Normal
Domains to Load
Description: A list of domains for processing.
DownStream Domain
Description: downstream domain for the domain.
Draw All Objects

Description: If enabled, all visible objects are drawn in this viewport
Default Value: true
Draw Contours
Description: Enables/disables drawing of the contour lines.
Default Value: On
Draw Faces
Description: Toggles the visibility filled faces for this graphics objectin the viewer.
Default Value: On
Draw Lines
Description: Toggles the visibility of lines around each face of this graphics object.
Default Value: Off
Draw Streams
Description: If false do not draw streams, but allow drawing of symbols
Default Value: Yes
Draw Symbols
Description: Draw symbols on the streams at specified times
Default Value: No
Draw Tracks
Description: If false do not draw tracks, but allow drawing of symbols
Default Value: Yes
Edge Angle
Element Type List
Description: The element type(s) to include in the volume (Tet, Pyramid, Wedge, Hex). If
left blank, all types are included.
Default Value: Tet, Pyramid, Wedge, Hex
Embed Auto Annotation

Description: Specifies whether to embed an auto annotation item in the string.
End Boundary List

Description: A string list containing the list of valid ending boundaries for this track.
Ending Axial Shift

Description: Shift in the axial direction for the final theta location.
Ending Boundary
Description: A list of Boundary names to filter particle tracks that end on the specified
boundaries.
Ending Radial Shift

Description: Shift in the radial direction for the final theta location.
Evaluated Expression
Description: A CFX Expression Language expression for usage in EXPRESSION
EVALUATOR.
Export Chart Name

Description: Sets the name of the chart to export the data for. This parameter will be used
if the
Export Connectivity
Description: Boolean indicating whether or not to export the locator connectivity along with
the geometry. This will only be allowed if the geometry is also exported.
Export Coord Frame

Description: The Coordinate Frame relative to which all data will be exported.
Export File
Description: The filename to which the exported data will be written.
Default Value: export.csv
Export Geometry
Description: Boolean indicating whether or not the locator geometry (i.e. X, Y & Z)should
be exported.
Default Value: true
Export Location Aliases

Description: Allows the user to specify a list of names which will be assigned to each
respective locator as the data is exported. If insufficient names are given, or if this
Export Node Numbers
Description: Boolean indicating whether to export the node number along with the
geometry.
Export Null Data

Description: Indicates whether to export points at which a variable is not defined.
Export Table Only

Description: Whether or not to export the table within the context of a complete HTML
document, or to just export the table itself as a section of HTML.
Default Value: True
Export Type
Allowed Values: Generic, ANSYS, BC Profile, Case Summary
Default Value: Generic
Export Units System

Description: Sets the Units System to convert all exported data to. By default the value is
"Preferred" which will use the users currently selected Preferred Units setting.
Default Value: Current
Export Variable Type

Description: Specifies what variable data to export. If "Current" is selected, the varType
for each variable is used. If Hybrid or Conservative is selected, then all variable have their
Hybrid or Conservative values exported.
Allowed Values: Current, Conservative, Hybrid
Default Value: Current
Expression
Description: A CFX Expression Language expression.
Expression List
Description: A list of Expressions that were loaded with the res file. These expressions
must be deleted when a new RES file is loaded.
Failed Components
Description: The list of components that have failed turbo initialization.
File Angle Units

Description: Angle units read from the file.
Default Value: rad
File Chemical Amount Units

Description: Chemical Amount units read from the file.
Default Value: mol
File Current Units

Description: Current units read from the file.
Default Value: A
File Is Turbo
Description: Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo problem
File Length Units

Description: Length units read from the file.
Default Value: m
File Light Units

Description: Light units read from the file.
Default Value: cd
File Mass Units

Description: Mass units read from the file.
Default Value: kg
File Money Units

Description: Money units read from the file.
Default Value: GBP
File Solid Angle Units

Description: Solid Angle units read from the file.
Default Value: sr
File Temperature Units

Description: Temperature units read from the file.
Default Value: K
File Time Units

Description: Time units read from the file.
Default Value: s
File Units
Description: Specifies the units of the data in the ANSYS CDB file to be imported.
Default Value: m
Filter On Diameter
Description: A Logical field indicating whether to use Particle Diameter when filtering.
Default Value: Off
Filter On End
Description: A Logical field indicating whether to use the Ending Boundary when filtering.
Default Value: Off
Filter On Start
Description: A Logical field indicating whether to use the Starting Boundary when filtering.
Default Value: Off
Filter On Track Selection

Description: A Logical field indicating whether to use the Track Selection when filtering.
Default Value: Off
Flip Normal
Description: If this parameter is set to true, the normal of the clip plane will be flipped,
effectively inverting the clipping region.
Fluid
Description: The fluid specification for multiphase quantitative calculations.
Font
Description: The font name for an item of text.
Allowed Values: Serif, Sans Serif
Default Value: Sans Serif
Force File Reload

Description: Parameter indicating whether or not to force a reload of the file even if the
filename is the same as that currently loaded.
Frame Increment
Description: DEPRECATED The number of frames to increment the frame counter by
when incrementing to go to the next frame.
Default Value: 1
Fringe Fill
Description: If set to On, the space between contours in a contour plot is filled with fringe
bands.
Default Value: On
Full Circle
Description: If set to On, the instances are placed uniformly about the instance rotation
axis. Note that the Number of Copies has to be greater than two when this option is used.
Default Value: Off
Function
Description: The context controlling parameter for the CALCULATOR object, which
defines the name of the function to be evaluated.
General Availability
Default Value: No
Global Edge Colour

Description: Defines the global colour used for mesh edges
Global Text Colour

Description: Defines the global colour used for Text objects
Grid Tolerance
Description: Fraction of local grid size to use as a maximum step tolerance
Default Value: 0.01
Hardcopy Filename
Description: Sets the file name for the output from "print".
Default Value: cfxOutput
Hardcopy Format
Description: Sets the format of hardcopy output from "print".
Allowed Values: ps, eps, jpg, ppm, bmp, png, vrml, cvf
Default Value: png
Hardcopy Tolerance
Description: A non-dimensional tolerance used in face-sorting when generating hardcopy
output. Higher values will result in faster printing times, but may cause defects in the
resulting output.
Has Hybrid Values

Description: Internal parameter specifying whether a variable can load Hybrid Values on
boundary nodes.
Default Value: Yes
Has Primitives
Description: Flag indicating if a "composite" region is defined by primitives
Highlight Type
Description: Specifies the highlight type used when picking.
Allowed Values: Bounding Box, Wireframe, Face Highlight, Surface Mesh
Default Value: Surface Mesh
Hub Curve Mode
Description: The type of line used to define Hub curve. The Hub line is needed for
calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the corresponding Hub
Allowed Values: From Turbo Region, From Line
Default Value: From Turbo Region
Hub Line Object

Description: Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Hub curve. This
parameter is used when Hub Curve Mode is set to From Line.
Hub Region
HybridMax
Description: The global hybrid maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
HybridMin
Description: The global hybrid minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
Ignore Theta Offset

Description: flag indicating whether the calculated theta value will be offset against the
global min.
Default Value: true
Image Height
Description: The image height (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)
Default Value: 600
Image Scale
Description: Scales the size of bitmap images to a fraction (in percent) of the current
viewer window size.
Default Value: 100
Image Width
Description: The image width (used when Use Screen Size is set to Off)
Default Value: 600
Include Boundary Points

Description: If true, place end points on range limits for a hub to shroud line.
Default Value: On
Include File Information

Description: Indicates whether to include file information including file name version of
Post, and date of export.
Include Header
Description: Indicates whether to include header information in the exported file, or just
output the data.
Default Value: true
Inclusive
Description: If this parameter set to true, then the volume for above or below intersection
includes intersections .
Initialized Components
Description: The list of components that have been initialized as turbo components.
Inlet Curve Mode

Description: The type of line used to define Inlet curve. The Inlet line is needed for
calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the corresponding Inlet
Inlet Line Object

Description: Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Inlet curve. This
parameter is used when Inlet Curve Mode is set to From Line.
Inlet Region
Input File
Description: The name of the file to be read that contains the definition of one or more
Default Value: data.txt
Instancing Info From Domain

Description: logical parameter indicating if instancing info should come from each domain
for a geometric object.
Default Value: true
Instancing Transform
Description: Defines the TRANSFORM object that is used for the object instancing.
Default Value: Default Transform
Interface Type
Description: Matches the solver CCL parameter, saying what kind of GGI interface this is
Allowed Values: Periodic Fluid Solid, Fluid Fluid, Fluid Porous, Fluid Solid, Porous Porous,
Solid Porous, Solid Solid, Periodic
Intermediate File Format

Description: The format in which to save intermediate files when generating animation
MPEGs.
Allowed Values: jpg, ppm
Default Value: jpg
Internal Name
Description: The internal name of this object, such as its name in the GTM database
Invert Line Bound

Description: Reverses the line bounds by selecting line outside line bound.
Default Value: Off
Invert Plane Bound

Description: Reverses the plane bounds by selecting region outside plane bound.
Default Value: Off
Invert Surface Bound
Description: Reverses the surface bounds by selecting region outside surface bound.
Default Value: Off
Is Rotating
Description: flag indicating if the domain is rotating.
Isovolume Intersection Mode

Description: A parameter used to define the context setting for isovolume object.
Allowed Values: At Value, Below Value, Above Value, Between Values
Default Value: At Value
JPEG Image Quality

Description: The quality factor for jpeg image output. Higher values results in clearer, but
larger, files.
Default Value: 80
Keep Camera Position

Description: Parameter indicating whether or not to reset the camera position after loading
the new res file.
Default Value: true
Keep Intermediate Files

Description: Boolean indicating whether or not CFX-Post should delete the intermediate
files after the MPEG generation is complete.
Default Value: Off
Keyframe Filename
Description: A string containing the name of the state file associated with this keyframe.
Keyframe List
Description: An ordered list of keyframe names to be used for this animation.
Keyframe Name
Description: A string containing the name of the keyframe to display to the user.
Legend Aspect
Description: Legend bar width control parameter
Default Value: 0.06
Legend Format
Description: Parameter to modify string format of values on legend.
Default Value: %10.3e
Legend Object List

Description: Specifies a list of objects to use for the Default (auto) Legend, and the order
in which to use them.
Legend Orientation
Description: Specifies whether to display the legend Vertically or Horizontally.
Allowed Values: Vertical, Horizontal
Default Value: Vertical
Legend Plot
Description: Name of the locator for which to provide information.
Legend Position
Description: XY position of the legend.
Legend Resolution
Description: Number of colour subdivisions on the legend bar.
Default Value: 256
Legend Shading
Description: Controls interpolated shading of colour on the legend bar.
Allowed Values: Smooth, Flat
Default Value: Smooth
Legend Size
Description: Scale factor to apply to legend.
Default Value: 0.75
Legend Ticks
Description: Number of points to provide variable values next to the Legend bar.
Default Value: 5
Legend Title
Description: Specifies the legend title when Legend Title Mode is set to User Specified.
Default Value: Legend
Legend Title Mode

Description: Controls the legend title type.
Allowed Values: No Title, Variable, Variable and Location, User Specified
Default Value: Variable and Location
Legend X Justification
Default Value: Right
Legend Y Justification
Light Angle
Description: Defines the viewer light angles in degrees. The first angle goes from left (0)
Default Value: 50, 110
Lighting
Description: Toggles the lighting of this graphics object in the viewer.
Default Value: true
Limit Track Option
Description: Specifies how the tracks should be limited.
Allowed Values: Up To Current Timestep, Since Last Timestep, User Specified
Default Value: Up To Current Timestep
Line Bound
Description: Defines line bounding (End Points, None).
Allowed Values: None, End Points
Default Value: None
Line Colour
Line Colour Mode

Description: Determines where to get the line colour from.
Line Name
Description: The name of this chart line. This string will be used as the label in the Legend
if one is displayed.
Default Value: New Line
Line Samples
Description: Number of points in the sample line.
Default Value: 10
Line Type
Description: Indicates if the line is a cut or sample line.
Allowed Values: Cut, Sample
Default Value: Sample
Line Width
Description: Controls the width (in pixels) of lines drawn for this graphics object.
Default Value: 1
Load Data
Description: This parameter indicates whether to load the results file or not if a DATA
Default Value: True
Load Particle Tracks

Description: Parameter indicating whether to load the Particle tracks from a RES file or not.
Default Value: true
Local Variable Ranges

Description: A list of Variable Local Range data in base units. Each element in the list
contains: "<Variable Name
Location
Description: A locator name.
Location List
Locator Sampling Method

Description: Specifies point cloud sampling method on a surface.
Allowed Values: Equally Spaced, Random, Rectangular Grid, Vertex, Face Center, Free
Edge
Default Value: Equally Spaced
Long Name
Looping
Description: Indicates the type of looping to perform for the animation.
Allowed Values: Bounce, Loop
Default Value: Loop
Looping Cycles
Description: Indicates the number of cycles that the Animation loop should complete
Default Value: 1
MMS Name
MPEG Height
Description: The image height (used when MPEG Size is set to Use Screen Size)
Default Value: 480
MPEG Scale
Description: The amount to scale the viewer image for the Animation MPEG output.
Default Value: 100
MPEG Size
Description: Selects which size to create the MPEG.
Allowed Values: Use Screen Size, 320 x 240, 640 x 480, 720 x 480, 720 x 576, Custom
Default Value: 640 x 480
MPEG Width
Description: The image width (used when MPEG Size is set to Use Screen Size)
Default Value: 640
Maintain Conservative Values

Description: Indicates whether to scale the variable values by an appropriate factor to
ensure that the results are conservative with respect to the values on the Associated
Boundary.
Default Value: true
Material
Description: Specifies the type of material that this particle track is made out of. This
Max
Description: The maximum value of a variable in the colour map when using a "User
Specified" range.
Max Result
Description: The internal parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object used to store the
max result of evaluation.
Max X
Description: If the "X Axis Automatic Range" parameter is False, this parameter will
indicate the maximum X value to display.
Default Value: 1.0
Max Y
Description: If the "Y Axis Automatic Range" parameter is False, this parameter will
indicate the maximum Y value to display.
Default Value: 1.0
Maximize Viewport
Description: If set to true, this viewport will be maximized to fill up the screen, regardless
of the viewport layout.
Default Value: Off
Maximized Viewport
Description: If set to a viewport number (1-4), the viewport will be resized to fill up the
screen, regardless of the viewport layout.
Default Value: -1
Maximum Number of Items

Description: Specifies the maximum number of items that should be displayed. This
parameter is mutually exclusive with the Reduction Factor Parameter.
Default Value: 10
Maximum Number of Sampling Points
Description: Specifies the maximum number of sampling points for circumferential
averaging.
Default Value: 18
Maximum Number of Tracks

Description: Specifies the maximum number of tracks that should be displayed. This
parameter is mutually exclusive with the Reduction Factor Parameter.
Default Value: 10
Member List
Description: A list of objects included in the group.
Meridional Point 1
Description: A-R coordinates defining a point in meridional plane.
Meridional Point 2
Description: A-R coordinates defining a point in meridional plane.
Meridional Points
Description: Number of points in the meridional plane (used in sample mode).
Default Value: 10
Mesh Function
Description: The context controlling parameter for the MESH CALCULATOR object,
which defines the name of the function to be evaluated.
Allowed Values: Maximum Face Angle, Minimum Face Angle, Edge Length Ratio,
Connectivity Number, Element Volume Ratio, Mesh Statistics
Default Value: Maximum Face Angle
Min
Description: The minimum value of a variable in the colour map when using a "User
Specified" range.
Min Result
min result of evaluation.
Min X
Description: If the "X Axis Automatic Range" parameter is False, this parameter will
indicate the minimum X value to display.
Default Value: -1.0
Min Y
Description: If the "Y Axis Automatic Range" parameter is False, this parameter will
indicate the minimum Y value to display.
Default Value: -1.0
Nearest Node Number

Description: Stores index of the mesh node nearest to this point.
Node Number
Description: the node number which the point plot will be drawn
Default Value: 0
Normal
Description: An XYZ triple describing the normal vector.
Default Value: 1.0,0.0,0.0
Normalized
Description: If set On, all vectors are plotted with the same length (show direction only).
Default Value: Off
Null Token
Description: The string that should be used in the export file if no data exists for a variable
at a node.
Default Value: 0
Number Of Frames
Description: The number of frames in the animation to insert between this keyframe and
the next.
Default Value: 10
Number of Components in 360

Description: Number of Components in 360 degrees
Default Value: 12
Number of Contours
Description: Specifies number of contour lines in a contour plot.
Default Value: 11
Number of Copies
Description: Specifies the number of transformed copies.
Default Value: 1
Number of Displayed Tracks

Description: The number of tracks filtered to be displayed in the viewer.
Number of Elements
number of elements.
Number of Hexahedra
number of hexahedra.
Number of Nodes
number of nodes.
Number of Passages in 360

Description: Number of passages in 360 degrees
Default Value: 12
Number of Passages in Component
Description: Number of passages in a component
Default Value: 1
Number of Pyramids
number of pyramids.
Number of Samples
Description: The number of random samples to be taken in the plot.
Default Value: 10
Number of Sides
Description: The number of sides of a "round" tube
Default Value: 8
Number of Tetrahedra
number of tetrahedra.
Number of Tracks
Description: The total number of tracks that are available for viewing.
Number of Wedges
number of wedges.
Object Name Exclusion List
Description: Specifies the list of objects NOT to show in this viewport. If left empty (and
Object Name List

Description: Specifies the list of objects to show in this viewport. If left empty, all objects
are shown.
Object State
Description: Indicates the colour state of item.
Allowed Values: unavailable, incomplete, complete, invalid
Default Value: incomplete
Object Type Exclusion List

Description: Specifies the list of object types NOT to show in this viewport. If left empty
Object Type List

Description: Specifies the list of object types to show in this viewport. If left empty (and
Offset Direction
Description: Specifies the offset direction vector (used in Offset From Surface mode).
Offset Distance
Description: The offset distance (used in Offset From Surface mode).
Default Value: 0.0
Offset Mode
Description: Specifies the offset mode (used in Offset From Surface mode).
Allowed Values: Uniform, Variable
Default Value: Uniform
Offset Type
Description: Specifies the offset type (used in Offset From Surface mode).
Allowed Values: Normal, Translational
Offset Variable
Description: Specifies the variable to be used for the offset (used in Offset From Surface
mode).
Old Periodicity
Description: Says whether the periodic boundary is specified in old or new format.
Opposite Boundary List

Description: The boundaries that form the other side of a periodic link
Option
Description: A generic parameter used to define the context setting for a variety of objects.
Origin Point
Description: The location of the coordinate frame origin.
Outlet Curve Mode

Description: The type of line used to define Outlet curve. The Outlet line is needed for
calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the corresponding
Outlet Region(s), but optionally it can be defined via a line or a polyline.
Outlet Line Object

Description: Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Outlet curve.
This parameter is used when Outlet Curve Mode is set to From Line.
Outlet Region
Output Directory
Description: Animation frame images will be saved to this directory if "Output to User
Directory" parameter is set.
Default Value: ./
Output to Jobfile
Default Value: No
Output to Postprocessor
Default Value: No
Output to User Directory

Description: If set, the frame image files will be output to the directory specified in "Output
Directory" parameter. Otherwise, they will saved to TEMP directory.
Default Value: Off
Overlay Size
Description: A factor by which to scale the size of a two-dimensional overlay.
Default Value: 1
Override CA Params
Description: flag used to calculate circumferential average on a turbo surface (internal
parameter).
Default Value: Off
Overwrite
Description: Indicates whether, if the specified filename exists, the file should be
overwritten with the new data.
Pan
Description: Defines the camera pan in screen (X, Y) coordinates, with positive X pointing
right and positive Y pointing up.
Paper Orientation
Allowed Values: Landscape, Portrait
Default Value: Landscape
Paper Size
Description: Scales hardcopy output to the specified paper size.
Allowed Values: Letter, A4
Default Value: Letter
Particle Diameter
Description: The Particle Diameter to use in filtering tracks.
Particle Diameter Condition

Description: The condition to test for when filtering with Particle Diameter. The values with
their equivalent meanings are: gt (
Allowed Values: gt, gte, lt, lte, eq
Default Value: gt
Particle Diameter Condition Two

Description: The condition to test for when filtering with Particle Diameter. The values with
their equivalent meanings are: gt (
Allowed Values: NA, gt, gte, lt, lte, eq
Default Value: NA
Particle Diameter Two

Description: The Particle Diameter to use in filtering tracks.
Particle Track Material List

Description: A list of Particle Track Materials that exist in the RES file. This parameter is
empty if no Particle Tracks exist.
Path Stack
Description: Stack of paths to look in for files
Periodic 1 Region
Periodic 2 Region
Periodicity Type
Description: Says whether the boundary is periodic in rotation or translation
Allowed Values: Rotation, Translation
Physical Availability
Default Value: No
Pivot Point
Description: Defines the center of rotation (pivot point) for the camera.
Plane 13 Point
Description: The location of the a point in the XZ plane of the coordinate frame.
Plane Bound
Description: Defines plane bounding (Circular, Rectangular, None).
Allowed Values: None, Circular, Rectangular
Default Value: None
Plane Type
Description: Indicates if the plane is a slice or sample plane.
Playback Status
Description: This parameter indicates whether the animation is stopped or playing forward
or backward. This is an internal parameter for status display purposes only.
Allowed Values: Stopped, Forward, Backward, Paused
Default Value: Stopped
Point
Description: An XYZ triple which defines a point in space.
Point 1
Description: An XYZ triple defining the first point for this object.
Point 2
Description: An XYZ triple defining the second point for this object.
Point 3
Description: An XYZ triple defining the third point for this object.
Point Coord System

Description: Specifies the coordinate system in which the points are specified.
Point Distribution Method

Description: method used to distribute points along the hub to shroud line.
Allowed Values: Equal Distance, Equal Mass Flow, Equal Area
Default Value: Equal Distance
Point Symbol
Description: Name of point symbol (non-directional) to be used for plot.
Allowed Values: Crosshair, Octahedron, Cube, Ball
Default Value: Crosshair
Position Mode
Description: Defines whether a text item is attached to two-dimensional screen coordinate,
or a three-dimensional spatial coordinate.
Allowed Values: Two Coords, Three Coords
Default Value: Two Coords
Precision
Description: Indicates the number of decimal points of precision to display the exported
data to.
Default Value: 8
Preferred Units System

Description: This specifies the Units System to use.
Default Value: SI
Preview Evaluated Units

Preview Expression
Preview Input Units

Preview Mode
Default Value: Query
Preview Range Steps

Preview Required Variables

Preview Variable Ranges
Preview Variable Values

Preview Varying Variable

Principal Axis
Default Value: Z
Print Line Width

Description: The width of lines in hardcopy output. Increasing this value may give better
results on high-resolution printers.
Default Value: 1
Print Quality
Description: Controls quality vs. speed of hardcopy output.
Allowed Values: Draft, Medium, High
Default Value: High
Processing Mode
Description: Indicates the type of file currently being processed.
Allowed Values: None, Session, State
Default Value: None
Project to AR Plane
Description: Enables/disables projecting of line points to AR plane before the generation
of surface of revolution.
Default Value: On
Projection
Description: Defines the current projection mode in the viewer. It can be either Perspective
or Orthographic.
Allowed Values: Perspective, Orthographic
Default Value: Orthographic
Projection Type
Description: The vector projection type to be used in creating this plot.
Allowed Values: None, Coord Frame, Normal, Tangential, Streamwise, Span, Axial,
Radial, Circumferential
Default Value: None
QAnim Frames
Description: The number of frames per Quick Animation loop.
Default Value: 20
QAnim Looping
Description: Indicates the type of looping to perform for the quick animation.
Allowed Values: Bounce, Loop
Default Value: Bounce
QAnim Looping Cycles
Description: Indicates the number of cycles that the quick animation loop should complete
Default Value: -1
QAnim MPEG Filename

Description: The filename of the Quick Animation MPEG to create.
Default Value: cfxMovie.mpg
QAnim Object List

Description: The list of named objects to Quick Animate.
QAnim Override Symbol

Description: Indicates whether to override the object Symbol settings when animating
Streamlines or Particle Tracks.
Default Value: On
QAnim Save MPEG

Description: Indicates whether to create an MPEG file out of the Quick Animation.
Default Value: Off
QAnim Symbol Size

Description: A scaling factor for the Streamline or Particle Track Symbol size.
Default Value: 1.0
QAnim Symbol Spacing

Description: The proportional spacing to provide
Default Value: 0.6
QAnim Symbol Type

Description: Name of streamline symbol to be used for plot.
Allowed Values: Crosshair, Octahedron, Cube, Ball, Arrow2D, Arrow3D, Line Arrow,
Arrowhead, Arrowhead3D, Fish3D
Default Value: Ball
Quantity
Quantity Type
Description: Specifies the Quantity Type of the variable.
Radial Points
Description: Number of Sample points in Radial direction (AR coordinate).
Default Value: 10
Radius
Description: Radius distance of a sphere.
Random Seed
Description: The seed to be used for a random number series.
Default Value: 1
Range
Description: Sets the method used to calculate the extents of the colour map on an object.
Allowed Values: Global, Local, User Specified
Read State Mode

Description: This parameter indicates whether the current system state information should
be overwritten or appended to.
Allowed Values: Overwrite, Append
Default Value: Overwrite
Recipe
Description: Contains instructions on how to build a value list for the variable.
Allowed Values: Standard, Vector Component, Expression, Frozen Copy
Reduction Factor
Description: Reduces the number of items that should be displayed for a particular locator.
Default Value: 1.0
Reduction or Max Number

Description: This indicates whether to use "Reduction Factor" to reduce the number of
items, or to use "Maximum Number of Items".
Allowed Values: Max Number, Reduction
Default Value: Max Number
Reduction or Max Tracks
Description: This indicates whether to use "Reduction Factor" to reduce the number of
tracks, or to use "Maximum Number of Tracks"
Allowed Values: Max Tracks, Reduction
Default Value: Max Tracks
Reference Coord Frame

Description: The Coordinate Frame in which the physical locations used to set this
coordinate frame are described.
Default Value: Coord 0
Reference Pressure
Description: reference pressure for a domain
Default Value: 0.0
Reflection Plane
Description: Specifies the REFLECTION PLANE object to use in a transformation.
Reflection Plane Option

Description: Specifies how to define the plane that is used to create the reflection plane.
It can be defined as either some axis-parallel planes, or from an existing plane object.
Allowed Values: XY Plane, YZ Plane, ZX Plane, From Plane
Default Value: From Plane
Region List
Description: The list of regions over which to define this object (used by domain,
Related Object
Description: Specifies the Object that this variable is related to. This is only applicable for
Variables that are defined as Local to a specific geometry.
Render Edge Angle

Result
Description: The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION
EVALUATOR object used to store the results of a function evaluation.
Result Units
Description: The internal parameter for the CALCULATOR and EXPRESSION
Rotation
Description: Defines the camera rotation in terms of angles about X, Y and Z axis,
Default Value: -90, 0, 0
Rotation Angle
Description: Specifies the rotation angle.
Rotation Axis From

Description: An XYZ triple defining the first point of the rotation axis.
Rotation Axis To
Description: An XYZ triple defining the second point of the rotation axis.
Rotation Axis Type

Description: Specifies the rotation axis type in the transformation. If it is set to "Principal
Axis", Principal Axis parameter setting is used. It is set to "Rotation Axis", parameters
Rotation Axis From and Rotation Axis To are used for the axis definition.
Rotation Quaternion
Description: Defines the camera rotation quaternion.
Default Value: -0.707107, 0, 0, 0.707107
Ruler Visibility
Description: Toggles the ruler visibility in the viewport.
Default Value: true
Sample Spacing
Description: A value between 0 and 1 relative to domain extents indicating number points
in one direction for grid sampling.
Default Value: 0.1
Sampling Accuracy
Description: An indicator for points sampling accuracy.
Allowed Values: Low, Medium, High
Default Value: High
Sampling Aspect Ratio

Description: Specifies spacing aspect ratio for grid sampling.
Default Value: 1
Sampling Grid Angle

Description: Specifies the rotation angle for a sampling grid.
Save Hardcopy
Description: Boolean indicating whether to save the current animation to a file, as it
progresses. A filename needs to be specified.
Default Value: Off
Save State Mode

Description: This parameter indicates whether the state file should be overwritten if it
exists.
Allowed Values: None, Overwrite
Default Value: None
Save State Objects

Description: A list of objects to save to the state file. If this list is empty, then all user
created objects will be saved.
Scale
Description: Defines the relative scale of the camera view. With the default scale (1.0), the
scene completely fills the viewer window.
Default Value: 1.0
Scale Factor
Description: The object scale factor used in the transformation
Default Value: 1.0
Scale Vector
Description: Specifies the scale vector.
Screen Capture
Description: Enables the screen capture mode for producing image output.
Default Value: Off
Seed Location List

Seed Point Type

Description: Specifies seed points used for Surface Streamlines.
Allowed Values: Equally Spaced Samples, Random Samples, Rectangular Grid, Vertices,
Face Centers, Free Edges, Locations
Default Value: Equally Spaced Samples
Separator
Description: Indicates the string to use between each variable. The string must be
delimited by quotation marks.
Default Value: ", "
Session Filename
Description: The name of the session file to which session data will be saved.
Default Value: session.cse
Set Number
Description: Solver face/element set number for a primitive region.
Show Legend Units

Description: Toggles display of units in the legend.
Default Value: On
Show Numbers
Description: Toggles contour numbering.
Default Value: Off
Show Track Labels

Description: Indicates whether or not to show the track number labels.
Default Value: No
Shroud Curve Mode
Description: The type of line used to define Shroud curve. The Shroud line is needed for
calculation of the Background Mesh. By default it is calculated from the corresponding
Shroud Region(s), but optionally it can be defined via a line or a polyline.
Shroud Line Object

Description: Specifies the line object(s) to be used for the definition of the Shroud curve.
This parameter is used when Shroud Curve Mode is set to From Line.
Shroud Region
Simplify Geometry
Description: Flag indicates if nodes would be "coarsened" for surface streamline geometry
Default Value: No
Slice Plane
Description: Specifies the name of the PLANE object to use for the clip plane definition.
Solver Name
Description: The name of this object inside the RES file.
Span
Description: The normalized Span turbo coordinate value for the location of this object.
Default Value: 0.5
Span Max
Description: Upper bound of Span coordinate for a turbo surface.
Default Value: 1.0
Span Min
Description: Lower bound of Span coordinate for a turbo surface.
Default Value: 0.0
Span Points
Description: Number of Sample points in S direction (turbo coordinate).
Default Value: 10
Spatial Variables
Description: The list of Spatial variables to export.
Default Value: X,Y,Z
Specular Lighting
Description: Toggles the specular lighting of this object in the viewer.
Default Value: On
Speed Adjustment Selection

Description: Indicates how to interpret the Animation Speed Factor.
Allowed Values: Normal, Slower, Faster
Speed Scaling Method
Description: The "Pad or Clip MPEG Frames" option only applies the scaling to the
generated MPEG frames, reducing the number of frames or reusing some of the frames to
generate the MPEG animation. For this option, no visible changes will occur in Post as you
run through the animation. The "Distribute Frames Smoothly" option will scale the number
of frames that exist between keyframes by the given factor. As the animation plays, you will
see more or fewer frames in the animation. The scaling will occur whether or not an MPEG
will be generated.
Allowed Values: Pad or Clip MPEG Frames, Distribute Frames Smoothly
Default Value: Distribute Frames Smoothly
Standard View
Description: Defines one of the standard views in the viewer (Note that Camera Mode has
to be set to Standard for this parameter to have effect).
Allowed Values: +X, +Y, +Z, -X, -Y, -Z, Isometric, Isometric X, Isometric Y, Isometric Z
Default Value: Isometric Y
Start Boundary List

Description: A string list containing the list of valid starting boundaries for this track.
Starting Axial Shift

Description: Shift in the axial direction for the initial theta location.
Starting Boundary
Description: A list of Boundary names to filter particle tracks that start on the specified
boundaries.
Starting Radial Shift
Description: Shift in the radial direction for the initial theta location.
State Filename
Description: The name of the state file to which state data will be saved.
Default Value: state.cst
Status
Allowed Values: P,D,DR,M
Stream Drawing Mode

Description: The streamline drawing mode.
Allowed Values: Line, Tube, Ribbon
Default Value: Line
Stream Initial Direction

Description: Defines the initial plane of a stream ribbon
Parameter Type: Direction
Stream Size
Description: The initial width of stream ribbons or tubes
Default Value: 1.0
Stream Symbol
Default Value: Ball
Streamline Direction
Description: The direction in which 3D streams are to be calculated
Allowed Values: Forward, Backward, Forward and Backward
Default Value: Forward
Streamline Maximum Periods

Description: Limits the number of times a streamline may cross a periodic boundary
Default Value: 20
Streamline Maximum Segments

Description: Stops streamline calculation when number of segments exceeds this
Streamline Maximum Time

Description: Stops streamline calculation when particle age exceeds this
Streamline Solver Type

Description: The solver to use to calculate the streamlines
Allowed Values: Euler, RungeKutta2, RungeKutta4
Default Value: RungeKutta2
Streamline Type
Description: Specifies the streamline type. Surface Streamlines are restricted to a surface
location.
Allowed Values: 3D Streamline, Surface Streamline
Default Value: 3D Streamline
Streamline Width
Description: The width of the streamline.
Default Value: 2
Streamwise Location
Description: The normalized M" turbo coordinate value for the location of this object.
Default Value: 0.5
Streamwise Max
Description: Upper bound of M" coordinate for a turbo surface.
Default Value: 1.0
Streamwise Min
Description: Lower bound of M" coordinate for a turbo surface.
Default Value: 0.0
Streamwise Points
Description: Number of Sample points in M direction (turbo coordinate).
Default Value: 10
Surface Bound
Description: Defines surface bounding (Rectangular, None).
Allowed Values: None, Rectangular
Default Value: None
Surface Drawing
Description: Sets the algorithm used to shade the faces for this graphics object.
Allowed Values: Flat Shading, Smooth Shading, Draw As Lines, Draw As Points
Default Value: Smooth Shading
Surface Element Type

Description: This Internal parameter stores the Type of Surface Elements that the
Geometry consists of for ANSYS Import Geometries.
Allowed Values: 152, 154
Default Value: 152
Surface Name
Description: The name of the surface object to offset from.
Surface Sampling
Description: If set On, results are displayed at a subset of points in the plot.
Default Value: Off
Surface Streamline Direction

Description: The direction in which surface streams are to be calculated
Allowed Values: Forward, Backward, Forward and Backward
Default Value: Forward and Backward
Surface Type
Description: Indicates if the surface is a slice or sample surface.
Symbol
Description: Name of symbol to be used for the vector plot.
Allowed Values: Arrow2D, Arrow3D, Ball, Crosshair, Line Arrow, Arrowhead,
Arrowhead3D, Fish3D, Octahedron, Cube
Symbol Max Time Selection

Description: Indicates how to determine the "Symbol Start Time", either allow the user to
set the parameter, or use the current time.
Allowed Values: User Specified, Current Time
Default Value: User Specified
Symbol Size
Description: A scaling factor for all symbols in the plot.
Default Value: 1.0
Symbol Size Mode

Description: Determines whether the symbol size is defined relative to the problem size or
it is an absolute size.
Allowed Values: Absolute, Relative
Default Value: Relative
Symbol Start Time
Description: The particle age at which to draw the first symbol
Symbol Stop Time

Description: Draw no symbols with particle age lower than this
Default Value: -10.0 [s]
Symbol Time Interval

Description: Draw symbols at regular times separated by this value
Symbol Type
Description: The category a symbol falls under.
Allowed Values: Arrow2D, Arrow3D, Crosshair, Octahedron, Line Arrow, Arrowhead,
Arrowhead3D
Table Exists
Table Export Format

Description: What to export the table to.
Allowed Values: State, HTML, CSV, Text
Default Value: State
Table Export HTML Border Width
Description: Specifies the width of the border around the exported HTML table. If "0" is
specified, then no borders are shown around the table, nor between the cells.
Default Value: 1
Table Export HTML Caption

Description: Specifies a caption for the table to give a description of the contents of the
table.
Table Export HTML Caption Position

Description: Specifies whether or not to show the caption specified in the Table Export
Caption parameter.
Allowed Values: Top, Bottom
Default Value: Bottom
Table Export HTML Cell Padding

Description: Specifies the padding between the cell data and the borders around the cell.
Specified as a percentage.
Default Value: 5
Table Export HTML Cell Spacing

Description: Specifies the spacing between the cells in the exported HTML table. This may
not be supported by all HTML browsers.
Default Value: 1
Table Export HTML Title

Description: Specifies the HTML Table title to give to the HTML document This only
applies to HTML Export when the Export Table Only parameter is "False".
Table Export Lines
Description: Specifies which lines to show between the cells of the table. This applies to
HTML and Text export
Allowed Values: All, Rows, Cols, None
Default Value: All
Table Export Separator

Description: Specifies the separator to use between each table cell when exporting to Text.
Allowed Values: Tab, Comma, Comma Space, Space
Default Value: Tab
Table Export Trailing Separators

Description: Specifies whether to show trailing separators when exporting to CSV or Text
files.
Default Value: True
Tensor Type
Allowed Values: SCALAR, VECTOR, SYMTEN2
Default Value: SCALAR
Text Colour
Text Colour Mode

Description: Determines where to get the text colour from.
Text Height
Description: The height an item of text should be, proportional to the screen.
Text Item Active

Description: Indicates whether to use this TEXT ITEM object in the final output of the TEXT
overlay. This is used to disable the TEXT ITEM objects that the user no longer wishes to
display.
Text Position
Description: The location an item of text should be placed.
Text Rotation
Description: Counter-clockwise rotation, in degrees, to be applied to a text item.
Default Value: 0
Text String
Description: The contents of an item of text.
Default Value:
Texture Angle
Description: The texture angle in degrees.
Default Value: 0
Texture Direction
Description: The direction of texture projection to the object.
Texture File
Description: The texture file to display on the object.
Texture Material
Description: The material to use for texture.
Allowed Values: Metal, White Metal, Brushed Metal, Blue Metal, Red Metal, Chrome, Gold,
Rough Wall, Brick
Default Value: Metal
Texture Position
Description: X-Y position of the texture.
Texture Scale
Description: The texture scale.
Default Value: 1.0
Texture Type
Description: The type of texture to use.
Theta
Description: The Theta coordinate value for the location of this object.
Default Value: 0.0 [degree]
Theta Max
Description: Upper bound of Theta coordinate for the surface.
Default Value: 180.0 [degree]
Theta Min
Description: Lower bound of Theta coordinate for the surface.
Default Value: -180.0 [degree]
Theta Points
Description: Number of Sample points in T direction (turbo coordinate).
Default Value: 10
Tile Texture
Description: Toggles tiling of the texture.
Default Value: Off
Time Chart Expression

Description: Specifies the expression to evaluate at each timestep and plot in the chart.
Time Chart Location

Description: Specifies the location to use for the Time Chart.
Time Chart Type
Description: Indicates the type of Time Chart to create - the options are "Point"which will
track the value of a variable at that point over time, or "Expression",which must evaluate to
a single value, and will be evaluated for each timestep.
Allowed Values: Point, Expression
Default Value: Point
Time Chart Variable

Description: Specifies the name of the variable to track over time at the specified point.
Time Variable Absolute Value

Description: Indicates whether to take the absolute value of the Time Variable data before
plotting the chart. If plotting a logarithmic chart, the minimum value will be 1e-100.
Time Variable Boundary Values

Description: Sets the type of boundary values to be used for the Time Chart variable
Timestep Interpolation Method

Description: Indicates what timestep information to interpolate if timesteps are to be
animated.
Allowed Values: Timestep, TimeValue, Sequential
Default Value: Timestep
Timestep List
Description: A list of all the timesteps that exist for the loaded file.
Tolerance Mode
Description: whether Grid Tolerance or Absolute Tolerance are used
Allowed Values: Grid Relative, Absolute
Default Value: Grid Relative
Track Drawing Mode

Description: The streamline drawing mode.
Allowed Values: Line, Tube, Ribbon
Default Value: Line
Track End Distance

Description: The particle travelling distance at which to stop drawing the track.
Track End Time

Description: The particle age at which to stop drawing the track.
Track File Type

Description: The type of file to read the particle tracks from. This is only available if the
Particle Track Option is "From File". Currently only supports CFX4 files.
Allowed Values: CFX4
Default Value: CFX4
Track Filename
Description: The path and filename of the Particle Track File to load.
Track Index Range

Description: The range of valid track indices. The indices may extend beyond the number
of tracks, specifically when track reduction was selected for the solver.
Track Initial Direction

Description: Defines the initial plane of a stream ribbon
Parameter Type: Direction
Track Limit Type

Description: Indicates whether to limit the portion of the track to be displayed by time or by
distance.
Allowed Values: Time, Distance
Default Value: Time
Track Line Width

Description: The width of the streamline.
Default Value: 2
Track Material
Description: Specifies the material of the track for this object.
Track Selection
Description: A string list containing a subset of track numbers to select the tracks to
display.
Track Size
Description: The initial width of stream ribbons or tubes
Default Value: 1.0
Track Start Distance

Description: The particle travelling distance at which to start drawing the track.
Track Start Time

Description: The particle age at which to start drawing the track.
Track Symbol
Default Value: Ball
Tracks Displayed
Description: A list of the track numbers that are displayed in the viewer.
Transform Texture
Description: Toggles transforming (spherical) of the texture.
Default Value: Off
Translation Vector
Description: Specifies the translation vector.
Transparency
Description: Set between 0.0 (fully opaque) and 1.0 (fully transparent) to control the
Default Value: 0.0
Turbo 360 Case without Periodics

Description: A domain parameter indicating a 360 case without periodic regions. If true,
engine will create an internal cut plane through axis and intersect it with other regions to
generate background mesh outline.
Turbo Domain List

Description: The list of domains over which to define this object.
Default Value: All Domains
Turbo Line Mode

Description: The method of generation of "Hub to Shroud" Turbo Line
Allowed Values: Linear, Quasi Orthogonal
Default Value: Quasi Orthogonal
Turbo Member List

Description: A list of objects included in the group.
Turbo View Plot Type

Description: Plot types for B2B and Meridional plots in Turbo View.
Allowed Values: Outline, Colour, Contour, Vector, Stream
Under Relaxation Factor

UpStream Domain
Description: upstream domain for the domain.
Update Units to Preferred

Description: This logical indicates whether all displayed units should always be updated to
display the preferred units. If this is "false", quantities will be converted to preferred types.
Use Absolute Pressure

Description: Specifies whether to use Absolute Pressure, rather than Pressure when
calculating the Normal Stress on the Imported ANSYS surface.
Use Angle Range

Description: If set to true Theta Min and Theta Max are used to limit the surface. Otherwise,
a 360 degree surface is generated.
Default Value: Off
Use Data For Axis Labels

Description: Boolean indicating whether to use the line axis data as the axis labels. (e.g.
When plotting Pressure vs. X, the axis labels would be Pressure and X.)
Default Value: true
Use Screen MPEG Size
Description: DEPRECATED When set to On, the current screen size is used as the MPEG
size
Default Value: Off
Use Screen Size

Description: When set to On, the current screen size is used as the image size
Default Value: On
User Camera
Description: Defines the CAMERA object that is used to set up the camera view in the
effect).
User Level
Description: Specifies the user level of the variable.
Allowed Values: 1, 2, 3
Default Value: 1
User Units
Description: Specifies the preferred units to display this variable in if different from the
Value
Description: The value of the variable at which the isosurface is to be plotted.
Default Value: 0.0
Value 1
Description: The value of the variable at which the isovolume is to be plotted.
Default Value: 0.0
Value 2
Description: The value of the variable at which the isovolume is to be plotted it is used
when the isovolume mode is between values.
Default Value: 0.0
Value List
Description: Specifies a list of variable values for a contour plot. In order for this list to be
VarMax
Description: The global maximum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
VarMin
Description: The global minimum value from this variable as read from the RES file.
Variable
Description: The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the
Variable Bit Rate
Description: Boolean indicating whether to apply the specified Bit Rate. If this parameter
is "false", then a specified Bit Rate will not be sent to the encoder which will then use a
variable bit rate.
Default Value: On
Variable Boundary Values

Description: Sets the type of boundary values to be presented for variables in this object
Default Value: Hybrid
Variable Class
Description: Solver variable class
Variable Description
Variable Dimensions
Description: The dimensions of the variable as read from the results file.
Variable Is Turbo
Description: Parameter indicating whether it is a turbo variable
Variable List
Description: A comma delimited list of variables whose data is to be exported.
Variable Type
Allowed Values: Unspecified, Volumetric, Specific
Default Value: Unspecified
Variable to Copy
Description: The name of the variable used to create the object. Should be set equal to the
Vector Brackets
Description: Indicates the kind of brackets to use around vector data when displayed as
components. Any two character combination is valid, where the first character will be used
as the open-bracket, and the second as the close-bracket. If "-" is specified (no quotes), no
brackets will be displayed.
Default Value: ()
Vector Display
Description: Indicates the way that vector variables are to be displayed. Choices are:
Allowed Values: Components, Scalar
Default Value: Scalar
Vector Variable
Description: The vector variable to be used in creating this plot.
Default Value: Velocity
Verbose
Description: Controls if the result of a calculation is written to the screen.
Default Value: Off
Viewport Layout
Description: Specifies the layout of viewports.
Allowed Values: Horizontal, Vertical, Horizontal Left Split, Vertical Top Split
Default Value: Horizontal
Viewport List
Description: Specifies the list of viewports to be used in the layout.
Viewport Order
Description: Specifies the viewport order to be used in the layout.
Default Value: 1, 2, 3, 4
Visibility
Default Value: true
Volume Intersection Mode

Description: A parameter used to define the context setting for volume object.
Allowed Values: Intersection, Below Intersection, Above Intersection
Default Value: Intersection
White Background
Description: Toggles if hardcopy output is produced on a white or black background.
Default Value: Off
Write Session Mode
Description: This parameter indicates whether the session file should be overwritten or
appended to if it exists.
Allowed Values: None, Overwrite, Append
Default Value: None
X
Description: The X coordinate value for the location of this object.
Default Value: 0.0
X Axis Automatic Range

Description: Indicates whether the Min and Max X values shown on the chart will be
automatically (true) or manually determined.
Default Value: True
X Axis Inverted
Description: Indicates whether to invert the X Axis
X Axis Logarithmic Scaling

Description: Indicates whether to scale the X Axis linearly or logarithmically.
X Expression
Description: A CFX Expression Language expression defining X component of a vector
variable
X Justification
X Split
Description: The normalized location of the vertical viewport splitter.
Default Value: 0.5
X Variable Absolute Value

Description: Indicates whether to take the absolute value of the X Axis data before plotting
the chart. If plotting a logarithmic chart, the minimum value will be 1e-100.
X Variable Boundary Values

Description: Sets the type of boundary values to be used for the X Axis variable
Y
Description: The Y coordinate value for the location of this object.
Default Value: 0.0
Y Axis Automatic Range

Description: Indicates whether the Min and Max Y values shown on the chart will be
automatically (true) or manually determined.
Default Value: True
Y Axis Inverted
Description: Indicates whether to invert the Y Axis
Y Axis Logarithmic Scaling

Description: Indicates whether to scale the Y Axis linearly or logarithmically.
Y Expression
Description: A CFX Expression Language expression defining Y component of a vector
variable
Y Justification
Default Value: None
Y Split
Description: The normalized location of the horizontal viewport splitter.
Default Value: 0.5
Y Variable Absolute Value

Description: Indicates whether to take the absolute value of the Y Axis data before plotting
the chart. If plotting a logarithmic chart, the minimum value will be 1e-100.
Y Variable Boundary Values
Description: Sets the type of boundary values to be used for the Y Axis variable
Z
Description: The Z coordinate value for the location of this object.
Default Value: 0.0
Z Expression
Description: A CFX Expression Language expression defining Z component of a vector
variable
Frequently Asked Questions
Introduction
• The Questions (p. 881)
• The Answers (p. 883)
This chapter comprises of questions that are frequently asked by CFX customers. If you
cannot find the answer to your question here, you can obtain further support online from
the ANSYS Customer Portal. For a link to this website, or to contact a CFX representative, see
Contact Information (p. 51).
The Questions
The questions are categorized into the following sections:
• General
• Help Documentation
• ANSYS CFX-Pre
• ANSYS CFX-Solver and ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager
• ANSYS CFX-Post
General
1. What is meant by <CFXROOT> and how can I find it for my installation?
2. Where should my CFX setup files be placed if I’m using a Windows machine?
3. When my Windows 2000 machine is not connected to the network the CFX License
Manager shows the Host ID as a string “ffffffff”. It is fine when connected to the network.
Why does it show that string?
4. Distributed parallel fails to start PVM on the remote machine. Why does this happen?
5. I’m having problems with parallel setup with a machine name that contains an
underscore character. How do I fix these problems?
6. On Linux, if I don't have the correct Portland compiler version, can I use the g77 compiler
instead?
Frequently Asked Questions: The Questions
7. When attempting to run a CFX application on IRIX, I receive an error message describing
unresolvable symbols.
Help Documentation
1. How can I obtain a good quality printed document?
2. Why does nothing happen when I press F1?
ANSYS CFX-Pre
1. Why do I need to specify a Domain Temperature for an isothermal simulation?
2. How can I add my fluid to the list of template fluids?
3. How do I create thin surfaces?
4. How does the multi-select, drop-down menu work?
5. How do I set up a multiphase problem?
6. When should I use multiple domains?
7. How can I move a boundary condition to a different domain?
8. How do I visually inspect the initial conditions?
ANSYS CFX-Solver and ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager

1. What is a reasonable physical timescale to use for my problem?
2. Why does a steady state simulation require a timescale
3. How does the Solver compute the Auto Timescale?
4. How do I restart a calculation without changing the physics?
5. I want to change some parameters and/or physics without restarting ANSYS CFX-Pre.
How do I do this?
6. Is there maximum file size limit for my results file?
7. Why does the Solver fail when I try to run my problem?
8. I get a message saying that a wall has been placed at one of my boundaries. What does
this mean?
9. How can I create backup files during the run?
10. How can I view the mass balances at each iteration?
11. Can I add a domain, boundary condition, subdomain, region or change the
geometry/mesh density on a restart?
12. How can I stop a run of the solver?
13. My simulation doesn’t converge. What can I do?
14. Why does the Auto Timescale option give an excessively small or large timestep?
15. The CFX Solver complains about my mesh. What has happened?
16. The Solver tells me to "Increase vector parallel tolerance”. What does this mean?
17. How can I improve the convergence of a transient simulation, starting from a steady
state solution with an average static pressure outlet?
18. I am getting finmes errors and the linear solver is failing. What’s wrong?
19. ANSYS CFX stops with an error message about element volumes during a mesh
adaption step.
Frequently Asked Questions: The Answers
20. Why does the ANSYS CFX-Solver fails during memory allocation on Windows?.
ANSYS CFX-Post
1. When using power syntax with variables or locators that contain spaces, I receive error
messages.
2. My isosurface does not display. Why not?
3. How can I create a Line Locator (a line of points)?
4. How can I change the font of the numbers on my Legend?
5. How can I show/hide numbers on my contour plot?
6. How can I create a Linegraph (XY plot) in ANSYS CFX-Post?
7. How can I view the residuals?
8. How can I view the values of YPLUS?
9. The list of variables which appear in ANSYS CFX-Post doesn’t seem to include what I
need to use. What can I do?
10. There are lots of variables in the Variables list that aren’t familiar. Where can I find out
what they all are?
11. How do I display all of the surface mesh?
12. How can I show a single mesh element?
13. How can I compute the massflow for a single component of a multi-component fluid in
Perl?
14. How can I compare res file results in ANSYS CFX?
The Answers
A list of answers to Frequently Asked Questions follows:
General
What is meant by <CFXROOT> and how can I find it for my installation?
<CFXROOT> is the directory in which ANSYS CFX is installed. If you are asked to type
something which includes the symbol <CFXROOT>, you should substitute this directory
name for the symbol.
Where should my CFX setup files be placed if I’m using a Windows machine?
The default location that CFX looks for customization files (e.g.: cfx5rc.txt, hosts.ccl,
start-methods.ccl, etc...) is in C:\Document and Settings\<username>\.cfx. The
secondary location is %HOME%\.cfx where HOME is an environment variable pointing to a
directory. You can place your setup files in either of these locations. For details, see
Customizing ANSYS CFX (p. 23 in "ANSYS CFX Introduction").
When my Windows 2000 machine is not connected to the network the CFX License
Manager shows the Host ID as a string “ffffffff”. It is fine when connected to the
network. Why does it show that string?
This is a feature of Windows 2000 that it drops knowledge of the host ID when taken off the
network. You can overcome this by setting a variable in the Registry called
DisableDHCPMediaSense. This is described on the web page whose address is:
http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q239/9/24.asp
Note: Extreme care should be taken when carrying out this action; if you have an IT
team, let them do it for you.
In practice what you do is log on as Administrator and open the Registry (Start > Run then
type regedit in the Open: field). Change to
HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE/System/CurrentControlSet/Services/Tcpip and highlight
Parameters. Then add a new DWORD value with name DisableDHCPMediaSense, by selecting
Edit > New > DWORD value, type the name DisableDHCPMediaSense, select Edit >
Modify and set Value to 1. Exit from the Registry.
Now if the machine is off the network the host ID will still be shown in the License Manager.
Distributed parallel fails to start PVM on the remote machine. Why does this happen?
A possible cause of this (particularly on Windows) is an inconsistency between the hosts.ccl
and PVMhosts files in the config directory of the installation.
Case is important in the host names of these files, and it must be the same in both files. It
is not rate to see PVM failures due to mismatched case in the host names. Another possibility
is that the rsh service was not correctly installed and setup on the remote machine. For
details, see the ANSYS CFX Parallel Installation Manual.
I’m having problems with parallel setup with a machine name that contains an
underscore character. How do I fix these problems?
Parallel and ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager errors will occur if a machine name contains the
underscore (_) character. To fix the problem, edit the file <cfxroot>/config/hosts.ccl
and make the following two changes (e.g., for a computer called MY_MACHINE):
Find the line that says HOST DEFINITION: MY_MACHINE, and remove the _ from the
machine name (i.e., to MYMACHINE). Add a line to the HOST DEFINITION object (i.e., right
after the Installation Root line, or thereabouts), that says:
Remote Host Name = MY_MACHINE .
On Linux, if I don't have the correct Portland compiler version, can I use the g77
compiler instead?
Yes you can, but remember that the g77 compiler can only be used for single precision runs,
and you cannot perform file I/O in your user FORTRAN as well as use utility routines built into
the CFX Solver which also perform FORTRAN file I/O (such as the utility routines outlined in
the Moving Mesh tutorial). Double precision runs need the correct version of the Portland
compiler which is version 6.0-8 or later. If the Portland compiler is not in your path
environment variable then cfx5mkext will attempt to use g77. If the Portland compiler is
included in your path then you will need to either remove it from your path or copy the file
etc/cfx5mkext.ccl to the directory config/. Edit this copy of the file so that the
following line:
fc = pgf90|g77
reads:
fc = g77
The g77 compiler will then be picked up as the Fortran compiler in preference to the
Portland Group compiler.
When attempting to run a CFX application on IRIX, I receive an error message

describing unresolvable symbols.
This is likely to be due to out-of-date C++ runtimes, caused by an out of date IRIX
installation. ANSYS CFX, Release 11.0 requires IRIX 6.5.19 or above to run correctly. Older
versions may or may not function correctly, and are not supported.
Help Documentation
How can I obtain a good quality printed document?
A complete set of PDF files are available from the ANSYS website.
You can use Adobe Reader, available from www.adobe.com.
Note: Before you print, check the number of pages in the book you choose as some of the
books contain many pages.
Why does nothing happen when I press F1?

The help system is based on mouse focus, meaning that help will appear for the area of the
application that is under the mouse pointer at the time you press <F1>.
ANSYS CFX-Pre
Why do I need to specify a Domain Temperature for an isothermal simulation?
In ANSYS CFX, fluid properties can vary according to temperature, pressure and other
variables. Even for an isothermal simulation, a Domain Temperature may be required for
evaluating fluid properties.
How can I add my fluid to the list of template fluids?

In general, it is recommended that you use the Export CCL feature in ANSYS CFX-Pre to save
new materials to a file which can later be imported into new simulations. For details, see
Library Materials (p. 101 in "ANSYS CFX-Pre User's Guide"). You may also edit the MATERIALS
file, but this is considered an advanced option. For details, see Adding to the MATERIALS file
(p. 39 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide").
How do I create thin surfaces?

A Thin Surface is used to model a two-dimensional wall boundary within a fluid region. You
can create a thin surface by first defining a 3D SubRegion during mesh generation and then
using one or more of its exterior faces to describe the location of a thin surface by creating
a 2D region for each surface that is required to be a thin surface. After importing the mesh
into ANSYS CFX-Pre, you will find that two regions will exist - one for each side of the thin
surface. You can then assign boundary conditions to both sides to create a thin surface. You
must assign boundary conditions to both sides. If only one side has a boundary condition,
the ANSYS CFX-Solver will fail. To assist with creating boundary conditions on both sides,
you can select only one side of a thin surface and then enable the Create Thin Surface
Partner toggle. For details, see Create Thin Surface Partner (p. 178 in "ANSYS CFX-Pre User's
Guide"). ANSYS CFX-Pre will then try to automatically create another boundary condition for
the other side. The ANSYS CFX-Solver treats each side of a thin surface uniquely and
computes the flow variables for both sides separately.
How does the multi-select, drop-down menu work?

There are many examples of multi-select, drop-down menus in ANSYS CFX-Pre, such as the
selection of multiple regions for a domain or boundary condition. After you make a
selection, the drop-down menu does not automatically close. It is possible to make multiple
selections using the <Ctrl> and <Shift> keys. Pressing the <Ctrl> key allows you to make
extra selections one at a time. Pressing the <Shift> key allows you to select a range of items.
The menu will close when you click away from the menu or on any other widget.
How do I set up a multiphase problem?

In the Domain Definition panel, under General Options, multi-select the fluids you need
from the Fluids List. Tabs for the additional multiphase physics will then be shown in the
Domain Definition panel.
When should I use multiple domains?

It is only necessary to use multiple domains when the physics in different locations is
changing. The three primary reasons are for Conjugate Heat Transfer, Porous Domains, and
Multiple Frame of Reference cases.
If you have multiple grids with the same physics, you do not need multiple domains and you
can include all grids in a single domain. If necessary, you can define an interface between
grids within the domain.
How can I move a boundary condition to a different domain?

You can use the ANSYS CFX-Pre tree view Copy and Paste capability to move or replicate
any valid CCL objects except singletons. Right-click on any object in the tree view and select
Copy. Highlight the parent object in the CCL tree, right-click and select Paste. An example
of a parent object would be the Flow object for a domain.
How do I visually inspect the initial conditions?

In the Insert > Solver > Expert Parameters menu in ANSYS CFX-Pre, under the I/O Control
tab, set the expert I/O parameter backup file at zero to t (true). Run the solver. Before the
first iteration starts, the solver will produce a backup file called 0_full.bak which can be
visualized in ANSYS CFX-Post. You may want to stop the solver before viewing the backup
file.
ANSYS CFX-Solver and ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager

What is a reasonable physical timescale to use for my problem?
In general, it is advisable to use about 1/3 to 1/5 of the residence time. For rotating cases, try
1 ⁄ ω , and for buoyant simulations, l ⁄ ( β × g × ∆T ) is recommended. If you are not
certain of what to pick for a timescale then you could try the Auto Timescale option, (For
details, see Auto Timescale (p. 375 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide").) or if you want
to set your own timescale see Timestep Selection (p. 374 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling
Guide").
Why does a steady state simulation require a timescale

All simulations run in ANSYS CFX are obtained by a transient evolution of the flow from the
initial conditions provided by the user (or automatically generated by the solver if
requested) to the steady state conditions desired. The physical timescale is used to control
the rate at which time marching process will converge to a steady state. The converged
steady state solution does not depend on the initial conditions, nor on the timescale used
to arrive at the steady state (some exceptions may include physical flows that exhibit
hysteresis, closed systems, and some compressible flow situations).
The use of a timescale to evolve from initial conditions to steady state conditions is a useful
way to obtain the steady state answer in the minimum CPU time. The general idea is to
evolve the flow in a physical manner, and thereby avoid non-physical flow situations that
might hamper or prevent convergence to the steady state. In general, when one is
interested in the steady state simulation, one should choose a timescale that is as large as
possible, defined as the timestep that minimizes the number of iterations required to obtain
the steady state flow. A general rule of thumb is to estimate the flow residence time and try
and take a timestep that is similar to this (large) timescale.
For example, the residence time for flow through a long duct is the duct length (L) divided
by the mean flow velocity (V). A good timescale to use might be 20% of L/V for this case.
How does the Solver compute the Auto Timescale?

Additional information on this topic is available. For details, see Automatic Time Scale
Calculation (p. 58 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Theory Guide").
How do I restart a calculation without changing the physics?

Use the previous ANSYS CFX results file as the definition file. The calculation will continue
from the latest solution for the number of iterations originally specified, or until the
calculation converges. For details, see Restarting a Run (p. 18 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager
User's Guide").
I want to change some parameters and/or physics without restarting ANSYS CFX-Pre.
How do I do this?
Many parameters can be changed using the Command File editor or using the cfx5cmds
command and a text editor like vi or emacs. For details, see Editing Definition Files (p. 71 in
"ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's Guide"). After writing the modified setup into the
definition file, you can use your latest results file as an initial values file for the new problem.
You can also directly modify the results file and continue from that as well.
Is there maximum file size limit for my results file?

On Windows platforms, the maximum file size is limited to 2GB. On UNIX systems, the file
size is restricted only by the available disk space on your system. Additional information on
results files is available. For details, see ANSYS CFX Results File (p. 33 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver
Manager User's Guide").
Why does the Solver fail when I try to run my problem?

Solver overflow can often occur when an inappropriate timestep has been selected. Advice
on choosing a timestep is available. For details, see Timestep Selection (p. 374 in "ANSYS
CFX-Solver Modeling Guide"). It is also worth opening the out file in a text editor to check
your boundary conditions. Errors in choosing units or entering values can seriously affect
the solution. For details, see ANSYS CFX Output File (p. 34 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager
User's Guide").
Additional help on solving problems is available. For details, see Advice on Flow Modeling
I get a message saying that a wall has been placed at one of my boundaries. What
does this mean?
Additional help for this issue is available. For details, see Using Inlets, Outlets and Openings
How can I create backup files during the run?

You can create a Backup Results object on the Output Control form in ANSYS CFX-Pre using
the Iteration or Timestep Interval output frequency option. Backup Tab (p. 220 in "ANSYS
CFX-Pre User's Guide").
You can also make manual backups during the run by clicking the backup icon in the
ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager.
How can I view the mass balances at each iteration?

In the ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager, create a new monitor plot with Workspace/New Monitor,
and select the desired quantities from the IMBALANCE section of the Plot Lines tab.
Can I add a domain, boundary condition, subdomain, region or change the

geometry/mesh density on a restart?
Yes, but you must interpolate the previous solution onto the new mesh which includes the
subdomain. You can interpolate a results file onto a new definition file by using the
Interpolate feature in the ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager, or by selecting the "Interpolate Initial
Values onto Def File Mesh" option in the Run Definition panel. For details, see Interpolate
Command (p. 99 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's Guide"). This can be used, for
example, when you wish to run one set of results on a finer grid. If you wish to add a source
and require a new subdomain then you can also use this feature since a new subdomain will
change the mesh.
If there are minor changes to the existing geometry you may likely be able to restart after an
interpolation. Depending on the nature of the geometry change you may simply have to
restart the calculation from the beginning.
How can I stop a run of the solver?

If you have the ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager open, make sure that the Run you wish to stop
is the current Run. Then you can just click on the Stop button. For details, see Stop Current
Run Command (p. 93 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's Guide").
Otherwise you can use the cfx5stop command at the command line. For details, see
cfx5stop (p. 112 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's Guide").
My simulation doesn’t converge. What can I do?

Suggestions of how to overcome difficulties with convergence is available. For details, see
Advice on Flow Modeling (p. 369 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide").
Why does the Auto Timescale option give an excessively small or large timestep?
In some cases, the Auto Timescale option fails to give a reasonable timestep size for a steady
state simulation. This may occur if there is no available velocity or temperature scale on
which to base the timestep size or the length scale used by the solver may also be
inappropriate.
To solve this problem, do one of the following steps:
• use an Initial Guess with a non-zero velocity and/or temperature field so that the Auto
Timescale calculation gives a more reasonable value, or,
• manually set a characteristic length scale for your problem. This is usually a length
roughly equivalent to the flow path length from inlet to outlet through the problem
• use a fixed physical timestep size.
• Additional information on timestep size selection is available. For details, see Timestep
Selection (p. 374 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide").
The CFX Solver complains about my mesh. What has happened?

If the ANSYS CFX-Solver complains about the quality of some of your mesh elements, it may
continue to solve your CFD problem despite these warnings. However, you may have
convergence difficulties or you may find that the results are poor, particularly if the bad
mesh elements are in regions where the flow pattern is changing rapidly. To overcome this
problem, you will have to make suitable changes to the mesh(i.e., decrease the mesh length
scale in problematic regions).
The ANSYS CFX-Solver writes three fields to the results file which will aid you in diagnosing
problematic areas in the mesh. These fields are called Orthogonality Angle, Aspect Ratio,
Mesh Expansion Factor and are meant to complement the additional mesh diagnostics
available in ANSYS CFX-Post. It may also prove useful to re-mesh the geometry with the
original settings and pay close attention to the warning messages the mesher produces. For
details, see:
• Measures of Mesh Quality (p. 371 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide")
• Mesh Calculator (p. 142 in "ANSYS CFX-Post User's Guide")
If the ANSYS CFX-Solver does not give you enough information to be able to pinpoint the
region which is causing the problems, then you will have to re-mesh with the original
settings and pay close attention to the warning messages the mesher produces.
The Solver tells me to "Increase vector parallel tolerance”. What does this mean?
The value of vector parallel tolerance is the number of degrees tolerated by the solver
in determining the maximum deviation of any element face normal from the average
element face normal in a symmetry plane boundary condition. This error may occur when
element inflation is used on surfaces adjacent to the symmetry plane boundary. It
sometimes also occurs on meshes where the initial geometry was not a perfectly planar
surface.
In some cases you can visualize the problem area by creating a plot in ANSYS CFX-Post of
the coordinate which is normal to the surface. For example, if the Z axis is normal to the
surface make a plot of the Z coordinate on the symmetry plane and set the variable range
to local. Most of the plot should generally appear a single color (usually blue by default).
Problematic faces will generally appear a different color than most of the symmetry
condition.
Additional information on this parameter is available. For details, see ANSYS CFX-Solver
Expert Control Parameters (p. 420 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide"). Help on adding
and changing expert parameters is available. For details, see Editing Definition Files (p. 71 in
"ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's Guide").
How can I improve the convergence of a transient simulation, starting from a steady
state solution with an average static pressure outlet?
When starting a transient problem from a steady-state solution where an average static
pressure outlet boundary condition was employed, convergence can be improved in
certain cases by using a CONSTANT outlet static pressure condition. The average pressure
condition is a weak constraint on the pressure and sometimes the extra stiffness introduced
by the constant static pressure option will improve the behavior.
I am getting finmes errors and the linear solver is failing. What’s wrong?
Linear solver errors (or failures) such as this are usually caused by 'unphysical' boundary or
initial conditions, especially if they occur on the first loop.
You should check through your boundary conditions for any errors and consider using
Automatic with Value for the initial conditions. Sensible values can then be used to start
the simulation, or ideally CEL expressions that approximate the expected solution field.
ANSYS CFX stops with an error message about element volumes during a mesh
adaption step.
If you get the following error appearing during a mesh adaption step:
ERROR #002100010 has occurred in subroutine cVolSec.
| Message:
| A negative ELEMENT volume has been detected. This is a fatal
| error and execution will be terminated. The location of the first
| negative volume is reported below.
The failure usually occurs due to a poor quality initial mesh and then adapting that mesh to
the underlying geometry. The consequent large movement of individual nodes created on
the surface of the geometry during adaption can greatly distort elements so that sectors
within the elements become inverted.
The solution is to:
1. Toggle off "Adapt to Geometry" on the Mesh Adaption Advanced Parameters form. This
does not reduce the quality of the geometrical representation of the initial mesh.
However, it will produce a faceted geometrical surface mesh when adaption occurs on
the surface. And/or,
2. Improve the quality of the initial mesh, particularly where the geometry is highly curved,
to reduce the amount of node movement when new nodes are snapped back to the
geometrical surface. This can be achieved using angular resolution on the
Mesh/Set/Mesh Params form.
Why does the ANSYS CFX-Solver fails during memory allocation on Windows?
The ANSYS CFX-Solver requests its necessary memory from the operating system at the
beginning of the run. If it fails to do so, it will fail with the following error.
+------------------------------------------------------+
*** Run-time memory configuration error ***
Not enough free memory is currently available on the system.
Could not allocate requested memory - exiting!
+------------------------------------------------------+
Windows workstations with large amounts of memory (>2GB) can fail during this stage even
if the total amount of requested memory is less than 2GB. If this happens, first verify that
sufficient Virtual Memory has been allocated in the Operating System. It is recommended
that the maximum size of Virtual Memory be at least twice the size of the available physical
memory.
Even with enough Virtual Memory, the problem may persist and is a limitation of the
Windows Operating System. Under all current 32-bit Windows operating systems (Windows
NT, 2000, XP), the total available address space for any process is 2GB. If the solver is
attempting to allocate more than 2GB of memory, it will fail.
Unfortunately, even if the solver is attempting to allocate less than 2GB of memory, it may
fail. The problem lies in the details of how Windows manages the memory address space
(physical & virtual memory). When a Windows application loads, dynamic link libraries (or
DLLs) may also be loaded at the same time. These libraries are loaded into the memory
address space at the address location specified in the DLL file. Sometimes DLLs will load in
the middle of the address space creating fragmentation of the address space. The
fragmentation reduces the maximum contiguous size of a free block of memory. When the
solver tries to allocate memory, it is given the largest contiguous space in the entire address
range. Depending on where Windows loaded the initial libraries, this may be 1.7GB, 1.3GB,
or even less. You may be surprised to find that a 1.4GB solver run was fine one time, but
failed to allocate memory a subsequent time. This is an unfortunate side effect of how
Windows virtual memory management works.
If the solver fails memory allocation, but is close to the available memory, using explicit
solver memory allocation may allow the case to run. When it starts, the solver estimates the
amount of memory required. Depending of the details of the case, this estimation may be
conservative and request more memory than is actually required (but not by more than
about 10%). It is possible to override the solver memory estimate and specify the memory
allocation. For details, see Memory Allocation Factor (p. 12 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager
User's Guide"). Manually decreasing the allocation may allow the memory to fit within the
available contiguous space.
If you have additional parallel keys, another solution is to execute the job with a larger
number of parallel partitions, even if that means having more partitions than number of
CPUs. With more parallel processes, each individual process will be smaller, and at some
point will fit within the process memory limitations. This is done at the expense of some
solver inefficiency due to additional parallel overhead.
Finally, other operating systems such a Linux do not display this limitation and may be
considered if you want to take maximum advantage of your available memory.
ANSYS CFX-Post
When using power syntax with variables or locators that contain spaces, I receive
error messages.
Wherever variables or locators contain spaces, for example Plane 1, the variables or locators
must be passed as string literals. i.e Plane 1 should be entered as “Plane 1”, and
Eddy Viscosity should be entered as “Eddy Viscosity”. Additional help on Power Syntax is
available. For details, see Power Syntax Overview (p. 199 in "ANSYS CFX-Post User's Guide").
My isosurface does not display. Why not?

This could be due to several reasons.
Check that the value specified for the isosurface is not the minimum or maximum value in
the range.
If you are viewing a transient solution the range of values on the slider is the global range
over all timesteps. Check that the value you specified is within the range in the current
timestep. You can do this by opening the Statistics panel and select the appropriate variable
to see the variable range in the current timestep.
How can I create a Line Locator (a line of points)?

You can create a Line directly using Create > Line, but other methods are available.
You can create a polyline using two methods:
• One way is to create a “points file” which contains all the points you want, and then
create a polyline locator using that file. Additional information on creating polylines is
available, as well as additional help on setting up your data file. For details, see Polyline
Command (p. 77 in "ANSYS CFX-Post User's Guide"). Also see POLYLINE Data Format
• An alternative method is to use the Boundary intersection method, where a boundary
intersects with a locator that has been created. For details, see Polyline Command (p. 77
in "ANSYS CFX-Post User's Guide").
How can I change the font of the numbers on my Legend?

This can easily be done by selecting the Appearance toggle and selecting a font style, size
and color.
How can I show/hide numbers on my contour plot?

Click on the Labels tab menu in the details view and toggle the Show Numbers checkbox
on or off. If you wish to see actual variable values at each contour, create a Legend of the
Contour Plot.
How can I create a Linegraph (XY plot) in ANSYS CFX-Post?

Select Insert > Chart. For details, see Viewing a Chart (p. 113 in "ANSYS CFX-Post User's
Guide").
How can I view the residuals?

You can view residuals for any run at any time using the ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager,
provided that you still have the relevant output file. Information on how to do this is
available. For details, see Residual Plotting (p. 65 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's
Guide").
The residuals are not usually available for viewing in ANSYS CFX-Post as they are not stored
in the results file (in order to reduce the size of this file). However, it is possible to use the
CFX-5 Command File editor. Specification that residuals should be stored in the results file,
in which case they will be available for viewing in ANSYS CFX-Post, is available. For details,
see Editing Definition Files (p. 71 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's Guide"). Also see
Expert Control Parameters (p. 419 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Modeling Guide").
How can I view the values of YPLUS?

Yplus will appear in the list of variables which are loaded into ANSYS CFX-Post, if it is
appropriate for your calculation. It is a user level 2 variable which can be found by clicking
on the - icon next to the Variable selection drop-down menu in the details view. This
parameter is only specified on the boundary. See For details, see Boundary Value Only
Variables (p. 30 in "ANSYS CFX-Post User's Guide"). for more details on what you can do to
display it. The difference between Yplus and Solver Yplus should be noted. For details, see
Scalable Wall Functions (p. 108 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Theory Guide").
The list of variables which appear in ANSYS CFX-Post doesn’t seem to include what I
need to use. What can I do?
By default, only those variables which are tagged as “User Level 1” appear in the Variable
selection drop-down list. A full list of variables can be viewed by clicking on the icon
(just to the right) instead. A complete list of variables and their user levels is available. For
details, see ANSYS CFX Output File (p. 34 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's Guide").
There are lots of variables in the Variables list that aren’t familiar. Where can I find
out what they all are?
For details, see ANSYS CFX Output File (p. 34 in "ANSYS CFX-Solver Manager User's Guide").
How do I display all of the surface mesh?

Set the edge angle to 0 on the Definition tab menu for the Wireframe details view. For
details, see Wireframe (p. 14 in "ANSYS CFX-Post User's Guide").
How can I show a single mesh element?

Use the Spherevolume locator with a very small radius. The result will be the display of the
single mesh element containing the specified point. For details, see Volume Command
How can I compute the massflow for a single component of a multi-component fluid
in Perl?
The massflow crossing a surface, i.e., Plane 1, can be calculated with the calculator in ANSYS
CFX-Post. The same can be done in a Perl script. However, the corresponding expression
! $mfwater = Water at RTP.massFlow()@Plane 1;
will result in an error message when applied for a multi component fluid.
There are two options how to obtain the correct value. These are:
• Short syntax:
! $mfwater = getExprString("Water at RTP.massFlow\@Plane 1");
Please note that you have to escape the '@' character, i.e., \@.
• Long syntax:
EXPRESSIONS:
! mfwp1=Water at RTP.massFlow@Plane 1
END
EXPRESSION EVALUATOR:
Evaluated Expression = mfwp1

END
> forceupdate EXPRESSION EVALUATOR
! $mfwater=getExprString(mfwp1);
How can I compare res file results in ANSYS CFX?

The interpolate function is useful for starting a fine grid solution with an initial guess from a
coarse grid solution. However, when applied to two res files, the interpolator can also be
used to compare results.
Following the completion of an interpolation, the program will output a summary of
maximum differences of values and the difference as a percentage (MaxDiff / Range).
Furthermore, additional scalar fields are created which contain the difference of scalar
values in the two .RES files. These "Difference..." fields may be post processed in ANSYS
CFX-Post, or output to your favorite third party post processor, thus allowing direct
comparison of two runs.
The new variable fields appear as: Difference Density, Difference Pressure, Difference
Specific Heat Capacity at Constant Pressure and so on.
Since the scalar fields in your existing res file will be overwritten, it is recommended that you
perform the operation on a copy of your .RES file in order to preserve your original results.
Bibliography
Introduction
• References 1-20
• References 21-40
This bibliography contains entries referenced in the ANSYS CFX Documentation.
References 1-20
1. Hutchinson, B.R. and Raithby, G.D.,
“A Multigrid method Based on the Additive Correction Strategy”, Numerical Heat Transfer,
Vol. 9, pp. 511-537, 1986.
2. Rhie, C.M. and Chow, W.L.,

“A Numerical Study of the Turbulent Flow Past an Isolated Airfoil with Trailing Edge
Separation”,
AIAA Paper 82-0998, 1982
3. Raw, M.J.,
“A Coupled Algebraic Multigrid Method for the 3D Navier-Stokes Equations”,
10th GAMM Seminar, Kiel, 1994.
4. Launder, B.E., Reece, G.J. and Rodi, W.,

“Progress in the developments of a Reynolds-stress turbulence closure”,
J. Fluid Mechanics, Vol. 68, pp.537-566, 1975.
5. Speziale, C.G., Sarkar, S. and Gatski, T.B.,

Bibliography: References 1-20
“Modelling the pressure-strain correlation of turbulence: an invariant dynamical systems
approach”,
J. Fluid Mechanics, Vol. 277, pp. 245-272, 1991.
6. Schiller, L. and Naumann, A.,

VDI Zeits, 77, p 318, 1933.
7. Hughmark, G.A.,
AIChE J., 13 p 1219, 1967.
8. Raithby, G.D.,
“Equations of motion for reacting, particle-laden flows”,
Progress report, Thermal Science Ltd., 1991.
provided to EMR.
9. Menter, F.R.,
“Two-equation eddy-viscosity turbulence models for engineering applications”,
AIAA-Journal., 32(8), pp. 1598 - 1605, 1994.
10. Grotjans, H. and Menter, F.R.,

“Wall functions for general application CFD codes”,
In K.D.Papailiou et al., editor, ECCOMAS 98 Proceedings of the Fourth European
Computational Fluid Dynamics Conference, pages 1112-1117. John Wiley & Sons, 1998.
11. Wilcox, D.C.,

“Multiscale model for turbulent flows”,
In AIAA 24th Aerospace Sciences Meeting. American Institute of Aeronautics and
Astronautics, 1986.
12. Menter, F.R.,

“Multiscale model for turbulent flows”,
In 24th Fluid Dynamics Conference. American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics,
1993.
13. Launder, B.E. and Spalding, D.B.,

“The numerical computation of turbulent flows”,
Comp Meth Appl Mech Eng, 3:269-289, 1974.
14. M. White, F.M.,

“Viscous Fluid Flow”,
McGraw-Hill, 1979.
15. Kader, B.A.,

“Temperature and concentration profiles in fully turbulent boundary layers”,
International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer, 24(9):1541-1544, 1981.
16. Huang, P.G., Bradshaw, P. and Coakley, T.J.,

“Skin friction and velocity profile family for compressible turbulent boundary layers”,
American Institute of Aeronautics and Astronautics Journal, 31(9):1600-1604, 1993.
17. Bouillard, J.X, Lyczkowski, R.W.and Gidaspow, D.,

“Porosity Distribution in a Fluidised Bed with an Immersed Obstacle”,
AIChE J., 35, 908-922, 1989.
18. Gidaspow, D.,

“Multiphase Flow and Fluidisation”, Academic Press, 1994.
19. Ishii, M. and Zuber, N.,

“Drag Coefficient and Relative Velocity in Bubbly, Droplet or Particulate Flows”,
AIChE J., 25, 843-855, 1979.
20. Lopez de Bertodano, M.,

“Turbulent Bubbly Flow in a Triangular Duct”,
Ph. D. Thesis, Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, Troy New York, 1991.
References 21-40
21. Lopez de Bertodano, M.,
“Two Fluid Model for Two-Phase Turbulent Jet”,
Nucl. Eng. Des. 179, 65-74, 1998.
22. Sato, Y. and Sekoguchi, K.,

“Liquid Velocity Distribution in Two-Phase Bubbly Flow”,
Int. J. Multiphase Flow, 2, p.79, 1975.
23. Siegel, R and Howell, J.R.,

“Thermal Radiation Heat Transfer”,
ISBN 0-89116-506-1.
24. Goldstein, M.and Howell, J.R.,

“Boundary Conditions for the Diffusion Solution of Coupled Conduction-Radiation
Problems”,
NASA Technical Note, NASA TN D-4618.
25. Raw, M.J.,

“Robustness of Coupled Algebraic Multigrid for the Navier-Stokes Equations”,
AIAA 96-0297, 34th Aerospace and Sciences Meeting & Exhibit, January 15-18 1996, Reno,
NV.
26. Kee, R. J., Rupley, F. M. and Miller, J. A.,

“Chemkin -II: A Fortran Chemical Kinetics Package for the Analysis of Gas-Phase Chemical
Kinetics",
Sandia National Laboratories Report, SAND89-8009,(1991).
27. Brackbill, J.U, Kothe, D.B. and Zemach, C.,

“A Continuum Method for Modelling Surface Tension”,
Journal of Computational Physics 100:335-354, 1992.
28. Barth, T.J., and Jesperson, D.C,

“The Design and Application of Upwind Schemes on Unstructured Meshes”,
AIAA Paper 89-0366, 1989.
29. Bird, R.B., Stewart, W.E. and Lightfoot, E.N.,

“Transport Phenomena”,
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 1960.
30. Wilcox, D.C.,

“Turbulence Modelling for CFD”,
DCW Industries, 2000, La Canada, CA 91011, p. 314.
31. Launder, B.E., Tselepidakis, D. P., Younis, B. A.,

“A second-moment closure study of rotating channel flow”,
J. Fluid Mech., vol. 183, pp. 63-75, 1987.
32. Menter, F. R.,

“Eddy Viscosity Transport Equations and their Relation to the k-ε Model”,
NASA Technical Memorandum 108854, November 1994.
33. Menter, F. R.,

“Eddy Viscosity Transport Equations and their Relation to the k-ε Model”,
ASME J. Fluids Engineering, vol. 119, pp. 876-884, 1997.
34. Smagorinsky, J.,

“General Circulation Experiments with the Primitive Equations”,
Month. Weath. Rev. Vol.93, pp. 99-165, 1963.
35. Clift, R., Grace, J.R., Weber, M.E.,

“Bubbles, Drops and Particles”,
Academic Press, New York, U.S.A., 1978.
36. Liang, L., Michaelides, E. E.,
“The magnitude of Basset forces in unsteady multiphase flow computations”,
Journal of Fluids Engineering, Vol. 114, pp. 417-419, 1992.
37. Peters, N.,

“Turbulent Combustion”,
Cambridge monographs on mechanics, Cambridge University Press, 2000.
38. Zimont, V.L., Polifke, W., Bettelini, M. and Weisenstein, W.,

“An efficient Computational Model for Premixed Turbulent Combustion at High Reynolds
Numbers Based on a Turbulent Flame Speed Closure“,
J. Engineering for Gas Turbines and Power (Transactions of the ASME), vol 120, pp. 526-532,
1998.
39. Hinze, J. O.,

“Turbulence”,
McGraw-Hill, New York, U.S.A., 1975.
40. Zimont, V.L.,

“Gas Premixed Combustion at High Turbulence. Turbulent Flame Closure Combustion
Model”,
Proceedings of the Mediterranean Combustion Symposium, Instituto di Richerche sulla
Combustione - CNR, Italy, pp. 1155-1165, 1999.
References 41-60
41. Zimont, V.L., Biagioli, F. and Syed, Khawar,
“Modelling turbulent premixed combustion in the intermediate steady propagation
regime”,
Progress in Computational Fluid Dynamics, Vol. 1, pp. 14-28, 2001.
42. Linan, A.,

“On the internal structure of laminar diffusion flames”,
Technical note, Inst. nac. de tec. aeron., Esteban Terradas, Madrid, Spain, 1961.
43. Warnatz, J., Mass, U. and Dibble, R. W.,

“Combustion”,
Springer, Varlag, 1996, pp.219-221.
44. Magnussen, B. F.,

“The Eddy Dissipation Concept for Turbulent Combustion Modelling. Its Physical and
Practical Implications”,
Presented at the First Topic Oriented Technical Meeting, International Flame Research
Foundation, IJmuiden, The Netherlands, Oct. 1989.
45. Tesner, P. A., Snegirova, T. D., and Knorre, V. G.,

“Kinetics of Dispersed Carbon Formation”,
Combustion and Flame, Vol 17, pp 253-260, 1971.
46. Magnussen, B. F., and Hjertager, B. H.,

“On Mathematical Modeling of Turbulent Combustion with Special Emphasis on Soot
Formation and Combustion”,
Sixteenth Symp. (Int.) on Combustion, The Combustion Institute, p 719, 1976.
47. Vukalovich, M. P.,

“Thermodynamic Properties of Water and Steam”,
Mashgis, Moscow, 6th ed., 1958.
48. Hottel, H.C. and Sarofim, A.F.,

“Radiative transfer”,
McGraw-Hill, New York 1967.
49. Hadvig, S.,

“Gas emissivity and absorptivity”,
J. Inst. Fuel, 43, pp 129-135., 1970.
50. Leckner, B.,

“Spectral and total emissivity of water vapour and carbon dioxide”,
Comb. Flame, 19, pp 33-48., 1972.
51. Taylor, P.B. and Foster, P.J.,

“The total emissivities of luminous and non-luminous flames”,
Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer, 17, pp 1591-1605., 1974.
52. Beer, J.M., Foster, P.J. and Siddall, R.G.,

“Calculation methods of radiative heat transfer”,
HTFS Design Report No. 22, AEA Technology (Commercial)., 1971.
53. Prakash, C.,

“Two phase model for binary liquid-solid phase change”,
Parts I and II, Numerical Heat Transfer, B 15, p. 171.
54. CFX Limited, Waterloo, Ontario, Canada,

CFX-TASCflow Theory Documentation,
Section 4.1.2, Version 2.12, 2002.
55. Menter, F. R. and Kuntz, M.,
“Development and Application of a Zonal DES Turbulence Model for CFX-5”,
CFX-Validation Report, CFX-VAL17/0503.
56. Menter, F.R., Kuntz, M.,

“Adaptation of Eddy-Viscosity Turbulence Models to Unsteady Separated Flow Behind
Vehicles”,
Proc. Conf. The Aerodynamics of Heavy Vehicles: Trucks, Busses and Trains, Asilomar, Ca,
2002.
57. Spalart, P.R, Jou, W.-H., Strelets, M. and Allmaras, S.R.,

“Comments on the feasibility of LES for wings, and on a hybrid RANS/LES approach”,
1st AFOSR Int. Conf. On DNS/LES, Aug.4-8, 1997, Ruston, LA. In Advances in DNS/LES, C. Liu
& Z. Liu Eds., Greyden Press, Colombus, OH.
58. Strelets, M.,

“Detached Eddy Simulation of Massively Separated Flows”,
AIAA Paper 2001-0879, 39th Aerospace Sciences Meeting and Exhibit, Reno, NV, 2001.
59. Ishii, M.,

“One-dimensional drift-flux model and constitutive equations for relative motion between
phases in various two-phase flow regimes”,
Argonne National Laboratory ANL-77-47, 1977.
60. Manninen, M. and Tavassalo, V.,

“On the Mixture Models for Multiphase Flow”,
VTT Publications, 1996.
References 61-80
61. Luo, S.M., and Svendsen, H.,
“Theoretical Model for Drop and Bubble Breakup in Turbulent Dispersions”,
AIChE Journal 42, 1225 -1233.
62. Prince, M. and Blanch, H.,

“Bubble Coalescence and Break-Up in Air-Sparged Bubble Columns”,
AIChE Journal 36, 1485-1499.
63. Hutchings, I.M.,

“Mechanical and metallurgical aspects of the erosion of metals”,
Proc. Conf. on Corrosion-Erosion of Coal Conversion System Materials, NACE (1979) 393.
64. Dosanjh, S., and Humphrey, J.A.C.,
“The influence of turbulence C on erosion by a particle laden fluid jet, Wear”,
V.102, 1985, pp 309-330.
65. Aungier, R.H.,

“Centrifugal Compressors: A strategy for Aerodynamic Design and Analysis”,
ASME Press, New York, 2000.
66. Westbrook, C.K., Dryer, F.L.,

“Simplified Reaction Mechanisms for the Oxidation of Hydrocarbon Fuels in Flames”,
Combustion Science and Technology Vol. 27, 31-43, 1981.
67. Faeth, G. M.,

“Mixing, transport and combustion in sprays”,
Process Energy Combustion Science, Vol. 13, pp. 293-345, 1987.
68. Mijnbeek, G.,

“Bubble column, airlift reactors and other reactor designs'', Operational Modes of
Bioreactors, Chapter 4,
Butterworth and Heinemann, 1992.
69. Bello, R. A., Robinson, C. W., and Moo-Young, M.,

Canadian Journal of Chemical Engineering, Vol. 62, pp. 573. Chemical Institute of Canada
and Canadian Society for Chemical Engineering, 1984.
70. García-Calvo, E. and Letón, P.,

“Prediction of gas hold-up and liquid velocity in airlift reactors using two-phase flow friction
coefficients”,
Journal of Chemical Technology & Biotechnology, Vol. 67, pp. 388–396,
Wiley Interscience, 1996.
71. Maneri, C. C. and Mendelson, H. D.,

American Institute of Chemical Engineers Journal, Vol. 14, p. 295. American Institute of
Chemical Engineers, 1968.
72. Baker, J. L. L. and Chao, B. T.,

American Institute of Chemical Engineers Journal, Vol. 11, p. 268. American Institute of
Chemical Engineers, 1965.
73. Hughmark, G. A.,

Industrial Engineering and Chemical Process Design and Development, Volume 6, page 218.
1967.
74. S. Lo, R. Bagatin and M. Masi.,
“The Development of a CFD Analysis and Design Tool for Air-lift Reactors”,
Proceedings of the SAIChE 2000 Conference, Secunda, South Africa, 2000.
75. Ranz, W.E. and Marshall, W.R.,

Chem. Eng. Prog. 48(3), p 141, 1952.
76. Bardina, J.E., Huang, P.G. and Coakley, T.J.,

“Turbulence Modeling Validation Testing and Development”,
NASA Technical Memorandum 110446, 1997. (See also Bardina, J.E., Huang, P.G. and
Coakley, T.J., “Turbulence Modeling Validation”, AIAA Paper 97-2121.)
77. H. Schlichting.,
“Boundary Layer Theory”,
McGraw-Hill, 1979.
78. Badzioch, S., and Hawksley, P.G.W.,

“Kinetics of thermal decomposition of pulverised coal particles, Industrial Engineering
Chemistry Process Design and Development, 9 p 521”, 1997.
79. S.J. Ubhayakar, D.B. Stickler, C.W. Von Rosenburg and R.E.Gannon, R.E.,
“Rapid devolatilization of pulverised coal in hot combustion gases”,
16th Symposium (International) on Combustion, The Combustion Institute, p 426, 1976.
80. Wall, T.F. , Phelan, W.J., and Bartz, S.,

“The prediction of scaling of burnout in swirled pulverised coal flames”,
InternationalFlame Research Foundation Report F388/a/3 IJmuiden, TheNetherlands, 1976.
References 81-100
81. Sutherland, W.,
“The Viscosity of Gases and Molecular Force”,
Phil. Mag. 5:507-531, 1893.
82. Hirschfelder, J.O., Taylor, and M.H., Bird, R.B.,

“Molecular Theory of Gases and Liquids”,
Wiley, New York, 1954.
83. Chung, T.H., Lee, L.L., and Starling, K.E.,

Ind. Eng. Chem. Fundam.
23:8, 1984.
84. Poling, B.E., Prausnitz, J.M., and O’Connell, J.P.,

“The Properties of Gases and Liquids”,
McGraw-Hill, New York, 2001.
85. Redlich, O., and Kwong, J.N.S.,

Chem Rev 44:233, 1949.
86. Saffman, P.,

“The lift on a small sphere in a slow shear flow”,
J. Fluid Mech., 22, p. 385, 1965.
87. Mei, R. and Clausner, J.,

“Shear lift force on a spherical bubble”,
Int. J. Heat and Fluid Flow, 15, 1994.
88. Antal, S., Lahey, R., and Flaherty, J.,

“Analysis of phase distribution in fully-developed laminar bubbly two phase flow”,
Int. J. Multiphase Flow, 7, p. 635, 1991.
89. Krepper, E., and Prasser, H-M.,

“Measurements and CFX Simulations of a bubbly flow in a vertical pipe”,
in AMIFESF Workshop, Computing Methods in Two-Phase Flow, 2000.
90. Burns, A.D.B., Frank, Th., Hamill, I., and Shi, J-M.,
“Drag Model for Turbulent Dispersion in Eulerian Multi-Phase Flows”,
5th International Conference on Multiphase Flow, ICMF-2004, Yokohama, Japan.
91. Moraga, J.F., Larreteguy, A.E., Drew, D.A., and Lahey, R.T.,
“Assessment of turbulent dispersion models for bubbly flows in the low Stokes number
limit”,
Int. J. Multiphase Flow, 29, p 655, 2003.
92. CIBSE Guide A,

CIBSE, U.K., 1999.
93. ISO 7730-1984(E),

1984.
94. Yamada, T. and R.D. Gunn,

J. Chem Eng. Data, 18: 234 , 1973.
95. Pitzer, K.S., D.Z. Lippmann, R.F. Curl, C.M. Huggins, and D.E. Petersen,
J. Am. Chem. Soc., 77: 3433 (1955).
96. Aungier, R.H.,

“A Fast, Accurate Real Gas Equation of State for Fluid Dynamic Analysis Applications”,
97. H. Enwald, E. Peirano and A. E. Almstedt,
“Eulerian Two-Phase Flow Theory Applied to Fluidisation”,
Int. J. Multiphase Flow, 22 Suppl., pp 21-66,1996.
98. J. Ding and D. Gidaspow,

“A Bubbling Fluidisation Model using Theory of Granular Flow”,
AIChEJ. 36, pp. 523-538, 1990.
99. C.K.K. Lun, S.B. Savage, D.J. Jeffery, and N. Chepurniy,

“Kinetic Theories for Granular Flow: Inelastic Particles in Couette Flow and Slightly Inelastic
Particles in a General Flow Field”,
J. Fluid Mech., 140, pp. 223-256, 1984.
100. C.K.K. Lun, and S.B. Savage,

“The Effects of an Impact Velocity Dependant Coefficient of Restitution on Stresses
Developed by Sheared Granular Materials”,
Acta Mechanica., 63, pp. 15-44, 1986.
References 101-120
101. Menter, F.R., Langtry, R.B., Likki, S.R., Suzen, Y.B., Huang, P.G., and Völker, S.,
“A Correlation based Transition Model using Local Variables Part 1- Model Formulation”,
ASME-GT2004-53452, ASME TURBO EXPO 2004, Vienna, Austria.
102. Langtry, R.B., Menter, F.R., Likki, S.R., Suzen, Y.B., Huang, P.G., and Völker, S.,
“A Correlation based Transition Model using Local Variables Part 2 – Test Cases and
Industrial Applications”,
ASME-GT2004-53454, ASME TURBO EXPO 2004, Vienna, Austria.
103. Langtry, R.B., Menter, F.R.,

“Transition Modeling for General CFD Applications in Aeronautics”,
AIAA paper 2005-522, 2005.
104. Mayle, R.E.,

“The Role of Laminar-Turbulent Transition in Gas Turbine Engines”,
ASME Journal of Turbomachinery, Vol. 113, pp. 509-537, 1991.
105. R. Schmehl,
“Advanced Modelling of Droplet Deformation and Breakup for CFD Analysis of Mixture
Preparation",
ILASS-Europe 2002, 2002.
106. Miller A. and Gidaspow D,
AIChE Journal, Vol. 38, No. 11, p. 1811, 1992.
107. F.X. Tanner,

“Liquid Jet Atomization and Droplet Breakup Modeling of Non-Evaporating Diesel Fuel
Sprays”,
SAE Technical Paper Series, 970050, 1997.
108. B. Liu, D. Mather and R.D. Reitz,

“Effects of Drop Drag and Breakup on Fuel Sprays”,
SAE Technical Paper 930072, 1993.
109. L.P. Hsiang and G.M. Faeth,

“Near-Limit Drop Deformation and Secondary Breakup”,
International Journal of Multiphase Flow, Vol. 18, No. 5, pp. 635-652, 1992.
110. S. C. Kuensberg, S.-C., Kong and R. D. Reitz,

“Modelling the Effects of Injector Nozzle Geometry on Diesel Sprays”,
SAE Paper 1999-01-0912, 1999.
111. H. Hiroyasu and T. Kadota,

“Fuel droplet size distribution in diesel combustion chamber”,
SAE Technical Paper, 740715, 1974.
112. R. Schmehl, G. Maier and S. Wittig,

“CFD Analysis of Fuel Atomization, Secondary Droplet Breakup and Spray Dispersion in the
Premix Duct of a LPP Combustor”,
Proc. of 8th Int. Conf. on Liquid Atomization and Spray Systems, Pasadena, CA, USA, 2000.
113. R. Clift, J.R. Grace and M.E. Weber,

“Bubbles, Drops and Particles”,
Academic Press, 1978.
114. W.H. Nurick,

“Orifice Cavitation and Its Effect on Spray Mixing”,
115. R.D. Reitz and R. Diwakar,

“Structure of High-Pressure Fuel Sprays”,
116. P.J.O'Rourke and A.A. Amsden,

“The TAB Method for Numerical Calculation of Spray Droplet Breakup”,
117. M. Pilch and C.A. Erdman,

“Use of Breakup Time Data and Velocity History Data to Predict the Maximum Size of Stable
Fragments for Acceleration-Induced Breakup of a Liquid Drop”,
Int. J. Multiphase Flow, Vol. 13, No. 6, pp 741-757, 1987.
118. S.V. Patankar,

“Numerical Heat Transfer and Fluid Flow”,
Hemisphere Publishing Corp., 1980.
119. S. Majumdar,
“Role of Underrelaxation in Momentum Interpolation for Calculation of Flow with
Nonstaggered Grids”,
Numerical Heat Transfer 13:125-132.
120. C. Baumgarten, H. Lettmann and G.P. Merker,

“Modelling of Primary and Secondary Break-Up Processes in High Pressure Diesel Sprays”,
Paper No. 7, CIMAC Congress, Kyoto 2004.
References 121-140
121. T. Iijima and T. Takeno,
“Effects of pressure and temperature on burning velocity”,
Combust. Flame, Vol. 65, pp. 35-43, 1986.
122. B. Lewis and G. v. Elbe,

“Combustion, Flames and Explosions of Gases”,
3rd Edition, Academic Press, London, 1987.
123. B. E. Milton and J.C. Keck,

“Laminar burning velocities in stoichiometric hydrogen and hydrogen-hydrocarbon gas
mixtures”,
124. M. Metghalchi and J.C. Keck,

“Burning Velocities of Mixtures of Air with Methanol, iso-octane and indolene at High
Pressure and Temperature”,
125. W. Wagner, and A. Kruse,

“The Industrial Standard IAPWS-IF97: Properties of Water and Steam”,
Springer, Berlin, 1998.
126. Senecal, P.K., Schmidt, D.P., Nouar, I., Rutland, C.J., Reitz, R.D. and Corradin, M.L.,
"Modeling High-Speed Viscous Liquid Sheet Atomization",
International Journal of Multiphase Flow, 25, pp. 1073-1097, 1999.
127. Han, Z., Perrish, S., Farrell, P.V. and Reitz R.D.,
"Modeling Atomization Processes of Pressure-Swirl Hollow-Cone Fuel Sprays",
Atomization and Sprays, Vol. 7, pp. 663-684, Nov.-Dec. 1997.
128. Kato, M., Launder, B.E.,

"The modelling of turbulent flow around stationary and vibrating square cylinders",
Ninth Symposium on "Turbulent Shear Flows", Kyoto, Japan, August 16-18, 1993.
129. Menter, F. R.,

"Zonal two equation k-ω turbulence models for aerodynamic flows",
AIAA Paper 93-2906, 1993.
130. Menter F. R. and Egorov, Y.,

"Re-visiting the turbulent scale equation",
Proc. IUTAM Symposium; One hundred years of boundary layer research, Göttingen, 2004.
131. Menter, F.R. and Egorov, Y.,

"A Scale-Adaptive Simulation Model using Two-Equation Models",
AIAA paper 2005-1095, Reno/NV, 2005.
132. Menter, F. R, Kuntz, M., Bender R.,

"A scale-adaptive simulation model for turbulent flow predictions",
AIAA Paper 2003-0767, 2003.
133. Menter. F. R., Kuntz, M. and Durand. L.,

"Adaptation of eddy viscosity turbulence models to unsteady separated flow behind
vehicles",
The Aerodynamics Of Heavy Vehicles: Trucks, Buses And Trains, Monterey, Dec.2-6, 2002.
134. Rotta, J. C.,

"Turbulente Strömungen",
Teubner Verlag, Stuttgart, 1972.
135. Spalart P. R.,

"Young-Person's Guide to Detached-Eddy Simulation Grids",
NASA/CR-2001-211032, 2001.
136. Wilcox, D. C.,
"Turbulence Modelling for CFD",
DWC Industries, La Cañada, 1993.
137. Squires, K.,

"Detached eddy simulation: Current status and future perspectives",
Proc. DLES-5 Conference, München, 2004.
138. Jovic, S., Driver, D. M.,

"Backward-facing step measurement at low Reynolds number, Reh=5000",
NASA TM 108807, 1994.
139. Roache, P. J.,

“Verification and Validation in Computational Science and Engineering”,
Hermosa publishers, Albuquerque, New Mexico, 1998.
140. Casey, M. and Wintergerste W.,

“Best Practice Guidelines”,
ERCOFTAC Special Interest Group on Quality and Trust in Industrial CFD, Report, 2000.
References 141-160
141. Ferziger, J. H. and Peric, M.,
”Computational methods for fluid dynamics“,
Springer, Berlin.
142. Menter, F. R. and Esch T.,

“Elements of Industrial Heat Transfer Predictions”,
16th Brazilian Congress of Mechanical Engineering (COBEM), Nov. 2001, Uberlandia, Brazil.
143. Menter, F.,

“CFD Best Practice Guidelines for CFD Code Validation for Reactor Safety Applications”,
Evaluation of Computational Fluid Dynamic Methods for Reactor Safety Analysis (ECORA),
European Commission, 5th EURATOM FRAMEWORK PROGRAMME, 1998-2002.

“Turbulence Models based on the Length-Scale Equation”,
Fourth International Symposium on Turbulent Shear Flow Phenomena, Williamsburg, 2005
- Paper TSFP4-268, 2005.

“SAS Turbulence Modelling of Technical Flows”,
DLES 6 - 6th ERCOFTAC Workshop on Direct and Large Eddy Simulation September, Poitiers,
2005.
146. Spalart P. R.,

“Strategies for turbulence modelling and simulations”,
Int. J. Heat Fluid Flow, 21, pp, 252-263, 2000.
Index
Numerics atstep 9
automatic
16 digits near-wall treatment - hybrid
double precision - round-off errors 85 methods 97
3D axi-symmetric
problems with grid lines not aligned to geometries and validation cases 103
the flow direction 82
simulations and coarse grid solution in
the asymptotic range 85 B
8 digits
single precision - round-off errors 85 backward Euler integration 83
benchmark studies
and user errors 91
A bibliography
references from ANSYS CFX
accuracy documentation 897
of boundary layer simulations 97 block-structured grids
of CFD methods and experimental and non-scalable topologies 92
data 102 boundary condition
round-off errors - See also precision 85 lack of information resulting in the
acplgstep 9 numerical error 90
adaptation boundary layer flows 96
of grid and indicator functions 92
aitern 9
alteration C
of inflow profiles - application
uncertainties 99 CAD
analytical importing and checking geometry
solutions and software errors 102 data 91
application uncertainties calibration
error - numerical 90 and validation of statistical models 102
arbitrary grid interfaces of model coefficients and model
and grid generation 92 capability 88
aspect ratio CEL (CFX expression language) 1
of cells - defined 97 available system variables 10
asymptotic constants 3, 15
range and coarse grid solution 85 examples 16
range and error estimation 85 expression names 9
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide Page i

Index: D
expression properties 10 for a large number of particles
expression syntax 3 (bubbles) - multi-phase
expressions 2, 16 models 98
functions and constants 4 count entries 54
fundamentals 1 cstagger 9
introduction 1 ctstep 9
multiple-line expressions 3
offset temperature 16
operators and built-in functions 10 D
scalar expressions 9
statements 3 defined constants and structures 53
technical details 19 demonstration
unavailable system variables 10 of model capabilities - purpose 105
units 3 DesignXplorer
values interface to CFX 75
dimensionless 2 using in CFX 75
variables 4 Detached Eddy Simulation (DES) 93
CEL limitations dialogs
create DX expressions in CFX-Post 1 Set up CFX/DesignXplorer Study 75
CFD simulation differences
model selection and application 93 between exact equations and
CFX discretized equations -
accessing DesignXplorer 75 numerical errors 81
CFX-5 Direct Numerical Simulation (DNS) 81
export documentation errors 90
user-defined export routines 51 double
CFX-5 Solver precision - round-off errors; See also
FAQ 882 single precision 85
CFX-5 Solver Manager doubling
FAQ 882 of the grid resolution - first order
citern 9 method 82
coarse dtstep 9
and fine grid - interpolation
of solution 85
coding errors 90 E
coefficient loops
and time discretization error 83 eddy viscosity 96
computational cells and heat transfer models 98
representation of geometry of the flow and one-equation models 94
domain 92 element
constants data structure 54
CEL 15 routines 58
constants in CEL 3 types 53
convergence element types (VMI) 21
asymptotic evaluation on unstructured hexahedral 22
meshes - an overview 79 prismatic 22
plotting the value of the target pyramidal 22
variable 84 tetrahedral 22
correlation errors
experimental - verification
experiments 103
Page ii ANSYS CFX Reference Guide

Index: F
application - resulting due to expression names
insufficient information to CEL 9
define a CFD simulation 81 expression syntax 3
minimizing the user errors - structured expressions
work plan; project create in CFX-Post for DX 1
management; benchmark in CEL 16
studies 91 extrapolation
modeling - resulting due to flow Richardson 85
phenomena - turbulence;
combustion; multi-phase 81
numerical - resulting due to the F
differences between the exact
equations and the discretized face warpage
equations 81 and grid generation 92
separation of 79 false diffusion 82
software - due the inconsistency FAQ 881
between the documentation CFX-5 Solver and Solver Manager 882
and actual implementation of general 881
CFD software 81 online help 882
user - resulting from inadequate use of field error 85
CFD software 81 fine
Euler-Euler formulation and coarse grid - interpolation
multi-phase models 98 of solution 85
evaluation fluid-structure interaction
asymptotic - convergence on introduction 67
unstructured meshes 79 free shear flow 93
of CFD capabilities - an overview of and Large Eddy Simulation models 96
difficulties involving frequently asked questions
quantification and <italic>see FAQ
documentation 79 functions and constants
examples CEL 4
CEL 16
feedback to control inlet
temperature 17 G
Reynolds number dependent
viscosity 16 geometry
experimental details - lack of information resulting in
data for solution evaluation and the numerical error 90
numerical errors 90 generation and considerations -
expression coordinate system; units;
properties in CEL 10 geometrical simplification;
expression language 1 local details; closed volumes 91
constants 15 grid
expressions 2 application of grid adaptation - refined
statements 3 grid for critical regions 92
multiple-line expressions 3 lines not aligned to the flow direction -
syntax 3 3D problems 82
units 3 recommendations for grid generation -
using 16 aspect ratio; grid density; grid
values angle; grid topology 92
dimensionless 2
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide Page iii

Index: H
refinement and scalable wall functions 97
refinement and time step reduction 85
resolution - assessment of mesh parameters - mesh generators; CFD solvers 92
sensitivity - SAS model and DES formulation 96
GUI errors 90
heat transfer models 98

help
FAQ 882
hybrid methods
for omega-equation based turbulence models 96
inflow profiles
and boundary conditions 90
and inlet boundary conditions 90
internal flows 96
interpolation
of solution between grids and integral quantities 85
interpolation of error 85
isosurface
displaying 892
iteration
coefficient loops and time discretization error 83
error - numerical 84
error - quantified in terms of a residual 84
judgement
of the correct implementation of the code or model 103
of validation data from the total balances - mass; momentum; energy conservation 103
k-epsilon
model selection and scalable wall functions 97
two equation model 88
k-omega
two equation model 88
Page iv ANSYS CFX Reference Guide

Index: L
L
Lagrange models
multi-phase models 98
Laminar channel flow 103
Laminar Couette flow 103
Large Eddy Simulation (LES) 93
law of the wall
and standard wall functions 97
length scale
and turbulence models 93
logarithmic region
and standard wall functions 97
low-Reynolds (low-Re)
and DNS studies - validation cases 103
and wall boundary conditions 97
mass transfer
between phases - multi-phase models 98
maximum error 85
mesh
resolution - See grid 92
modeling
models
combustion 88
multi-phase 88
radiation 88
turbulence 88
multi-field run 9
multi-phase models
Euler-Euler 98
Lagrange 98
multiple-line expressions 3
Navier-Stokes 88
near-wall
aspect ratio - grid generation 92
automatic treatment - hybrid methods 97
length scales and boundary layer flows 96
resolution at wall nodes - low-Re models 97
negative volumes
and grid generation 92
nodes
data structure 54
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide Page v

Index: O
routines 57
non-miscible fluids
and multi-phase models 98
non-orthogonal meshes 92
numerical
diffusion term - false diffusion 82
problems due to round-off errors - high aspect ratios 96
numerical diffusion
arising due to non-orthogonal cells 92
numerical errors 81
application uncertainties 90
iteration 84
modeling 88
round-off 85
software 90
solution 81
solution error estimation 85
spatial discretization 82
time discretization 83
user 89
offset temperature
in CEL 16
one-equation model
turbulence model based on an equation for the eddy viscosity 94
online help
FAQ 882
operators and built-in functions
CEL 10
physics
multi-phase and unsteady effects - an approach 79
plot
target variables as a function of iteration number 100
target variables as a function of the convergence level 84
Prandtl number
and heat transfer models 98
precision
double - round-off errors 85
single - round-off errors 85
programming
error - See also errors 81
project management
to reduce the user errors 81, 91
pseudo
Page vi ANSYS CFX Reference Guide

Index: Q
time stepping scheme and iteration error 84
quality
desirable solutions from second and higher order space discretization methods 100
of a statistical model and validation tests 103
of a test case and large-scale unsteadiness 103
of grid - checking the mesh parameters 92
of numerical results - setting the estimates for evaluation 85
of solution - measurement of overall reduction in the residual 84
of the data and validation 103
quality assurance
definition of target variables - an overview 79
random
behavior of the numerical solution - round-off errors 85
refinement
grid and time step reduction 85
residual
and iteration error 84
Reynolds Averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) 88
Reynolds stresses
and Second Moment Closure - two-equation model 95
Richardson extrapolation 85
for the determination of the relative solution error 85
Richardson interpolation
to improve the solution on the fine grid 85
rms error 85
round-off
errors and wall functions 97
run-time
displaying the target variables 99
scalable wall function

and boundary conditions 97
scalar expressions
CEL 9
Scale-Adaptive-Simulation (SAS) 93
scaler
quantities - defining the type of error 79
Second Moment Closure (SMC) 93
selection
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide Page vii

Index: S
of model and modeling errors 88
sensitivity
analysis to reduce application uncertainties 99
grid - SAS model and DES formulation 96
of the application and model selection 93
to swirl and system rotation - Second Moment Closure models 95
separation
of errors - an overview 79
Set up CFX/DesignXplorer Study dialog 75
shear layer
grids that are aligned with 92
Shear Stress Transport (SST) 93
shocks
and fine grids - regions with high gradients or large changes 92
single
phase - Navier-Stokes equations 81
physics - validation cases 103
precision - round-off errors; See also double precision 85
software
errors and verification studies 102
solution
analytical and software errors 102
space
and time - resolution of grid and modeling errors 93
and time - resolution requirements 88
spatial discretization
and non-linear algebraic equations 83
and truncation error 82
stagnation regions
and Second Moment Closure models 95
turbulence build-up and two-equation models 95
statistical model
and resolution requirements 88
quality of 103
validation and calibration - to assess the accuracy of CFD methods 102
streamline curvature
swirling flows and two-equation models 95
swirling flows
and residuals 100
and two-equation models 95
system variable prefixes 7
system variables
available 10
unavailable 10
Page viii ANSYS CFX Reference Guide

Index: T
T
target variable error 85

target variables
to monitor numerical errors 99
Taylor series
and time discretization error 83
and truncation error - spatial discretization 82
temperature
in CEL expressions 16
terminal
rise velocity of a spherical bubble in a calm fluid 103
thin surfaces
how to create 885
three-dimensional - See also 3D
trajectories of particles and Lagrange models 98
time
and space - resolution of grid and modeling errors 93
and space - resolution requirements 88
time discretization
and inner iterations or coefficient loops 83
time step
and target variables 100
in case of unsteadiness due to a moving front 101
reducing the errors 81
reduction and grid refinement 85
training
to reduce the user errors 81
trajectories
of particles and Lagrange models 98
transport equation
and Second Moment Closure - two-equation model 95
truncation error
and spatial discretization 82
turbulence
model - time or ensemble averaging of the equations 88
models - required to bridge the gap between the real flow and the statistically averaged
equations 81
two-dimensional
geometries and validation cases 103
two-equation model
k-omega and Shear Stress Transport model 95
uncertainty
and sensitivity analysis 99
in CFD methods due to the accuracy of simulation 88
physical standpoint of 79
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide Page ix

Index: V
See also errors 81
units
in CEL 3
unsteadiness
and quality of a test case 103
due to a moving front and time step 101
Unsteady RANS (URANS) 93
user
validation
and calibration of statistical models 102
tests to check the quality of a statistical model 103
variables
CEL 4
verification
of model implementation 102
studies to detect the software errors 102
viscous sublayer
and aspect ratio of the cells - standard wall functions 97
and integration of the equations - low-Re models 97
volume fractions
the missing information for validation cases 103
volume mesh import (VMI)
custom
libraries 23
Volume of Fluid (VOF) method 101
wall functions
boundary condition 97
using the classical - inconsistent with grid refinement 98
wall heat transfer
for coarser grids 97
one-dimensional distribution 79
wall shear stress
for coarser grids 97
y+
and accuracy of boundary layer simulations 97
near-wall resolution required by low-Re models 97
Yplus
viewing 893
Page x ANSYS CFX Reference Guide

Index: Z
Z
zone routines 55
ANSYS CFX Reference Guide Page xi

Index: Z
Page xii ANSYS CFX Reference Guide

Xref 11

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Исходное описание:

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

Xref 11

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

ANSYS CFX

ANSYS CFX Release 11.0

U.S. Government Rights

U.S. Government Rights

CFX Expression Language

Volume Mesh Import API

ANSYS CFX Reference Guide Page v

Mesh and Results Export API

Page vi ANSYS CFX Reference Guide

Reference Guide for Mesh Deformation and Fluid-Structure Interaction

ANSYS CFX Reference Guide Page vii

ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Numerical Accuracy

ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Cavitation

ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Combustion

Page viii ANSYS CFX Reference Guide

ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for HVAC

ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Multiphase

ANSYS CFX Best Practices Guide for Turbomachinery

ANSYS CFX Reference Guide Page ix

Page x ANSYS CFX Reference Guide

ANSYS CFX Reference Guide Page 1

How CEL Interacts with the ANSYS CFX-Solver

Values and Expressions

CFX Expression Language Statements

Expression All numbers are treated as real numbers.

CEL Variables, Functions and Constants

Variables Available for use in CEL Expressions

Name Units Meaning

Name Units Meaning

Name Units Meaning

x m Direction 1, 2 and 3 in Local Coordinate Frame.

Expression There are three properties of expressions:

Operator First Operand’s Second Operands’ Result’s

x^y (if y is a simple, Any Dimensionless Any* [x]^y

atan( [ ] ) Any Radians

exp( [ ] ) Any Dimensionless

log10( [ ] )‡ 0<x Dimensionless

step( [ ] ) ** Any Dimensionless

Function Operand’s Values Result’s Dimensions

Examples of the calling syntax for an expression are:

Function Name and Syntax Operation Valid <Location>

CEL functions with Multiphase Flow

Functions involving coordinates

Example 1: Reynolds Number Dependent Viscosity

Example 2: Feedback to Control Inlet Temperature

The Expression Workspace

CEL Technical Details

Valid Mesh Elements in ANSYS CFX

ANSYS CFX Reference Guide Page 21

Prismatic (Wedge) Hexahedral

Creating a Custom Mesh Import Executable for ANSYS CFX-Pre

Compiling Code with the Mesh Import API

Linking Code with the Mesh Import API

Using a Custom Mesh Import Executable with ANSYS CFX-Pre

Details of the Mesh Import API

cfxImportStatus int cfxImportStatus ()

cfxImportInit void cfxImportInit ()

cfxImportTest int cfxImportTest (filename)

cfxImportDone long cfxImportDone ()

cfxImportTotals long cfxImportTotals (counts)

Error Handling Routines

cfxImportFatal void cfxImportFatal (errmsg)